Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 10, 2003
Registration No. 333-          


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


NETGEAR, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


         
Delaware   3577   77-0419172
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

NETGEAR, Inc.

4500 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, California 95054
(408) 907-8000
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)


Patrick C.S. Lo

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
NETGEAR, Inc.
4500 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, California 95054
(408) 907-8000
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

     
John T. Sheridan, Esq.
John B. Turner, Esq.
Virginia E. Rosas, Esq.
Michael Post, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304-1050
(650) 493-9300
  Patrick A. Pohlen, Esq.
Laura I. Bushnell, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
135 Commonwealth Drive
Menlo Park, California 94025
(650) 328-4600


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.     o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

         


Proposed Maximum
Title of Each Class of Aggregate Offering Amount of
Securities to be Registered Price(1) Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
  $115,000,000   $9,304

(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee, in accordance with Rule 457(o) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.

     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion, dated April 10, 2003

PROSPECTUS

                        Shares

(NETGEAR LOGO)

Common Stock


We are offering                     shares of our common stock in this initial public offering. No public market currently exists for our common stock.

We have applied to have the shares listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “NTGR.” We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $          and $          per share.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 5.

                 
Per Share Total


Public Offering Price
  $       $    
Underwriting Discount
  $       $    
Proceeds to NETGEAR (before expenses)
  $       $    

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to                additional shares of common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount to cover over-allotments.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Lehman Brothers, on behalf of the underwriters, expects to deliver the shares on or about                     , 2003.


LEHMAN BROTHERS
  MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
  UBS WARBURG

                        , 2003


Table of Contents

[NETGEAR logo with the caption: Plug into the power of networking]


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The Offering
RISK FACTORS
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
NETGEAR, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIGNATURES
EXHIBIT 1.1
EXHIBIT 3.1
EXHIBIT 3.2
EXHIBIT 3.3
EXHIBIT 3.4
EXHIBIT 3.5
EXHIBIT 4.2
EXHIBIT 4.3
EXHIBIT 10.1
EXHIBIT 10.2
EXHIBIT 10.3
EXHIBIT 10.4
EXHIBIT 10.5
EXHIBIT 10.6
EXHIBIT 10.7
EXHIBIT 10.8
EXHIBIT 10.10
EXHIBIT 10.11
EXHIBIT 10.12
EXHIBIT 10.13
EXHIBIT 10.14
EXHIBIT 10.19
EXHIBIT 10.28
EXHIBIT 21.1
EXHIBIT 23.1
EXHIBIT 23.2
EXHIBIT 23.3
EXHIBIT 23.4
EXHIBIT 99.1


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

Prospectus Summary
    1  
The Offering
    3  
Risk Factors
    5  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    18  
Use of Proceeds
    19  
Dividend Policy
    19  
Capitalization
    20  
Dilution
    22  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
    24  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    27  
Business
    41  
Management
    53  
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
    64  
Principal Stockholders
    67  
Description of Capital Stock
    69  
United States Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-United States Holders
    73  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
    75  
Underwriting
    77  
Legal Matters
    81  
Experts
    81  
Where You Can Find Additional Information
    81  
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-1  


      You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from that contained in this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy shares in any jurisdiction where such offer or any sales of shares would be unlawful. The information in this prospectus is complete and accurate only as of the date of the front cover regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares. In this prospectus, the “Company,” “NETGEAR,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

      Until                     , 2003, 25 days after the date of this offering, all dealers that effect transactions in our shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

(This page intentionally left blank)

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary highlights key aspects of the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors.”

NETGEAR, Inc.

      We are a leader in designing, developing and marketing technologically advanced, branded networking products that address the specific needs of small business and home users. We supply innovative networking products that meet the ease-of-use, quality, reliability, performance and affordability requirements of these users. Our broad suite of approximately 100 products enables users to share Internet access, peripherals, files, digital multimedia content and applications among multiple personal computers, or PCs, and other Internet-enabled devices.

      Since our inception in 1996, we have been focused solely on the networking needs of the small business, which we define as businesses with fewer than 250 employees, and home markets, and we have shipped over 17 million units. As a result of our strong brand name, the successful implementation of our operating strategy and the growth in demand for networking products within small businesses and homes, we have achieved net revenue growth in each year since our inception, reaching $237.3 million in net revenue for 2002. Our net revenue is well balanced worldwide, with 63% of our 2002 net revenue derived from sales in the United States and 37% derived from international sales. Our global sales channel network includes traditional retailers with over 2,800 retail locations in North America, including Best Buy, CompUSA and Staples, and over 2,500 international retail locations such as PC World in the United Kingdom and MediaMarkt in Germany, as well as online retailers such as Amazon.com and Buy.com. In addition, we sell our products both domestically and internationally through direct market resellers, or DMRs, such as CDW and MicroWarehouse, and thousands of value added resellers, or VARs. We are also are increasingly selling our products through broadband service providers such as Time-Warner Cable and Telewest UK.

      A number of factors are driving increased demand for networking products within small businesses and homes, including the need to share information, broadband Internet access and resources among multiple users and devices. Users are also demanding the convenience and flexibility of wireless networking and are increasingly focused on the security of their network connections. Based on industry sources, we believe that the markets for small business and home networking products will grow from approximately $3.0 billion in 2002 to approximately $5.2 billion in 2005. Our networking products for these markets are classified into the following three categories:

        Ethernet networking products, including switches (multiple port devices used to network PCs and peripherals); network interface cards, or NICs, or adapters (devices that connect PCs to a network); and peripheral servers such as print servers (devices that manage printing on a network).

        Broadband products, including routers (intelligent devices used to connect two networks together, such as a local area network and the Internet), gateways (a router with an integrated modem for Internet access), and products that include an integrated wireless access point such as a wireless gateway.

        Wireless networking products, including access points (devices that provide a wireless link between the wired network and wireless devices), wireless NICs or adapters (devices that wirelessly connect PCs to a network).

      We believe that our products meet the specific needs of small business and home users and that we have the following competitive strengths:

  •  Reliable, easy-to-use, affordable products. Our quality networking products are easy to install, use and maintain, and satisfy the budgetary requirements of small business and home users.

1


Table of Contents

  •  Broad product offering. We offer an extensive range of networking products for small business and home users for use in a variety of networking environments, including traditional Ethernet cabling and wireless.
 
  •  Extensive global channel presence. We sell our products in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific through an extensive sales channel network, which includes traditional retailers, online retailers, DMRs, VARs and broadband service providers.
 
  •  History of product innovation. We have a history of introducing new technologies to the small business and home markets. We believe our experience, market presence and global reach enable us to identify trends in product demand and rapidly introduce products to meet that demand.
 
  •  Operational discipline. We work closely with our component vendors as well as our design and manufacturing partners in China and Taiwan to bring products to market quickly, minimize product costs and ensure product quality. In addition, we maintain tight operational discipline over product development and supply chain and channel inventory management.

      Our objective is to be the leading provider of innovative networking products specifically designed for the small business and home markets. The following are key elements of our strategy:

  •  Be first to market with innovative products. We intend to extend our technology leadership and ability to quickly introduce innovative products to the market by continuing to enhance our internal research and development capabilities, strengthening current supplier relationships and forging new relationships with emerging suppliers of software and semiconductor technology.
 
  •  Expand and enhance our sales channels. We plan to expand our extensive sales channel network, add new resellers and evaluate emerging sales channel opportunities as they develop.
 
  •  Extend our geographic presence. We believe that one of our most significant competitive advantages is our global presence. We intend to continue to expand our geographic presence by targeting emerging and growing markets, such as China and India, either through direct investment or teaming with existing local companies.
 
  •  Expand our marketing initiatives. We have made significant investments to establish the NETGEAR brand and intend to continue building our brand identity through product design, packaging, public relations, advertising campaigns and other marketing efforts.
 
  •  Enhance operational efficiencies. We plan to continue to invest in personnel, technology and processes to enhance our operational discipline and efficiencies with respect to product development, manufacturing, demand assessment and supply chain and channel inventory management.

Corporate Information

      We were incorporated in Delaware on January 8, 1996 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bay Networks, Inc. to focus exclusively on providing networking solutions for small businesses and homes. In August 1998, Nortel Networks NA Inc. purchased Bay Networks, and we remained a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nortel Networks until March 2000 when we sold a portion of our capital stock to a third party. In September 2000, Nortel Networks sold a portion of its ownership interest in NETGEAR to third parties. In February 2002, Nortel Networks sold all of its remaining ownership interest to us in exchange for cash, non-cash consideration and a $20.0 million promissory note, which we intend to repay upon the completion of this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California 95054, and our telephone number is (408) 907-8000. We maintain a web site at www.NETGEAR.com. The reference to our web address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at this site.

      NETGEAR is a registered trademark of ours. Other trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

2


Table of Contents

The Offering

 
Common stock offered by NETGEAR           shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering           shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use $20.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay our outstanding subordinated unsecured convertible promissory note payable to Nortel Networks. We expect to use the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing expenses, research and development expenses, general and administrative expenses, capital expenditures, and possible joint ventures with, investments in, or acquisitions of businesses, products or technologies that complement our business. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol NTGR

      The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding on December 31, 2002 and excludes:

  •  6,476,842 shares of common stock subject to stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2002, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.67 per share;
 
  •  218,750 shares of common stock subject to a warrant outstanding as of December 31, 2002, with an exercise price of $1.29 per share; and
 
  •  916,908 shares of common stock available for future grant or issuance under our stock plan as of December 31, 2002.

      Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise the option granted to purchase additional shares in this offering and that all of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock is converted into common stock on a 1-for-1 basis upon the closing of this offering. The share and per share amounts presented in this prospectus have been retroactively restated to give effect to a 1.75-for-1 split of our capital stock to be effected prior to the completion of this offering.

3


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

      The following tables summarize consolidated financial data regarding our business and should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                 
Year Ended December 31,

1999 2000 2001 2002




(in thousands)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                               
Net revenue(1)
  $ 111,856     $ 176,663     $ 192,440     $ 237,331  
Gross profit(1)
    20,591       31,132       19,645       60,215  
Income (loss) from operations
    (6,474 )     4,752       (15,303 )     10,612  
Net income (loss)
    (6,544 )     2,654       (19,484 )     8,139  
                         
December 31, 2002

Pro Forma
Actual Pro Forma as Adjusted



(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 19,880     $ 19,880          
Working capital
    13,753       13,753          
Total assets
    84,910       84,910          
Total current liabilities
    67,455       67,455          
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
    48,052                
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (30,597 )     17,455          

      Pro forma amounts give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.

      Pro forma as adjusted amounts give effect to the issuance and sale of shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $                    per share, and the receipt and application of the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, as set forth under “Use of Proceeds” and “Capitalization.”


(1)  On January 1, 2000, we began to follow Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue 01-09, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or Reseller of the Vendor’s Products,” and as a consequence, record cooperative marketing costs as a reduction in net revenue. Prior to January 1, 2000, it was not practical for us to determine the amount of cooperative marketing costs to record as a reduction of net revenue, and such amounts were included as sales and marketing expense.

4


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      An investment in our common stock involves many risks. You should carefully consider the following information about these risks, together with the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, before you decide to buy our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations would likely suffer. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you might lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We expect our operating results to fluctuate on a quarterly and annual basis, which could cause our stock price to fluctuate and decline.

      Our operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate substantially from quarter-to-quarter or year-to-year for a variety of reasons, many of which are beyond our control. As we implement our growth strategy, our expenditures may become significantly higher than our historical costs. We may not generate revenue sufficient to offset these expenditures or adjust spending in a timely manner to respond to any unanticipated decline in our revenue. If we are unable to manage our growth, we may experience significant losses on a quarterly and annual basis. As of December 31, 2002, we had an accumulated deficit of $38.4 million. Although we achieved net income of $2.7 million in 2000, we incurred a net loss of $19.5 million in 2001, before returning to profitability in 2002, with net income of $8.1 million for the year. If our actual revenue were to fall below our expectations, our quarterly and annual results would be negatively impacted. Other factors that could affect our quarterly and annual operating results include those listed in this “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and others such as:

  •  changes in the pricing policies of or the introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;
 
  •  general market conditions and effects of recession on the small business and home networking, consumer electronics, personal computer and related industries;
 
  •  slow or negative growth in the networking product, personal computer, Internet infrastructure, home electronics and related technology markets, as well as decreased demand for Internet access;
 
  •  changes in or consolidation of our sales channel and wholesale distributor relationships;
 
  •  delay or failure to fulfill orders for our products on a timely basis;
 
  •  our inability to accurately forecast our contract manufacturing needs;
 
  •  cancellation or postponement of product orders by wholesale distributors and our sales channel;
 
  •  delays in the introduction of new or enhanced products by us or market acceptance of these products;
 
  •  failure to manage our sales channel inventory and warehousing requirements;
 
  •  deferral of revenue under our revenue recognition policies, which may occur for a variety of reasons, including our determination that our wholesale distributors or members of our sales channel have excess inventory;
 
  •  increases in price protection claims, product returns and reserves for doubtful accounts;
 
  •  operational disruptions, such as transportation delays or failure of our order processing system, particularly if they occur at the end of a fiscal quarter;
 
  •  seasonal patterns, including a higher concentration of sales during the second half of our fiscal year; and
 
  •  unexpected changes in our costs, operating expenses or personnel.

5


Table of Contents

      As a result, period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on them as an indication of our future performance. In addition, our future operating results may fall below the expectations of public market analysts or investors. In this event, our stock price could decline significantly.

If the small business and home markets into which we sell our products experience recession or other cyclical effects that diminish or delay the purchase by end users of networking products, our operating results could be severely harmed.

      In recent years, our results of operations have been negatively impacted by unfavorable economic conditions and reduced business and consumer spending, and our future results could be harmed to the extent that unfavorable economic conditions continue or worsen. Many sectors in the technology industry, including the network, semiconductor and personal computer sectors, have experienced a dramatic decrease in sales in recent years. In particular, our sales were negatively impacted during 2001 in part because of a general economic slowdown. We cannot predict if, or when, the economy will improve, but if the economic conditions in the United States worsen or if the global economic slowdown continues, we could experience a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. The home market in particular may view our products as non-essential items and delay purchases during weak economic times. If the markets into which we sell our products experience recession or other cyclical effects that diminish or delay networking product expenditures, our operating results could be severely harmed.

If the acceptance of networking products in the small business and home markets does not continue to grow, we will be unable to increase or sustain our net revenue, and our business will be severely harmed.

      Our success will depend substantially upon the growing use of networking products in the small business and home markets. We believe that growth in the small business market will depend, in significant part, on the growth of the number of personal computers purchased by these end users and the demand for sharing data intensive applications, such as large graphic files. We believe that acceptance of networking products in the home will depend upon the availability of affordable broadband Internet access and increased demand for wireless products. We may not be able to accurately predict the future growth rate or the ultimate size of the networking needs for these markets. Moreover, if networking functions are integrated more directly into personal computers and other Internet-enabled devices, such as electronic games or personal video recorders, and these devices do not rely upon external network-enabling devices, sales of our products could suffer.

We face intense competition, which could result in price reductions, reduced margins and loss of market share.

      We compete in a rapidly evolving and highly competitive market, and we expect competition to intensify. Our principal competitors in the small business market include 3Com Corporation, Allied Telesyn International, Cisco Systems, Inc., Dell Computer Corporation, D-Link Systems, Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company, The Linksys Group and Nortel Networks. Our principal competitors in the home market include D-Link, Linksys and Microsoft Corporation. Other current and potential competitors include numerous local vendors such as Corega International SA and Melco, Inc./ Buffalo Technology in Japan and TP-Link in China. Our potential competitors also include consumer electronics vendors who could integrate networking capabilities into their line of products.

      Many of our existing and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources, including Cisco Systems and Microsoft. Cisco Systems recently announced plans to acquire Linksys, a major competitor of ours. These competitors may, among other things, undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies, obtain more favorable pricing from suppliers and manufacturers and exert more influence on the sales channel than we can. We anticipate that current and potential competitors will also intensify their efforts to penetrate our target markets. These competitors may have more advanced technology, more extensive distribution channels, stronger brand names, greater access to shelf space in retail locations, bigger

6


Table of Contents

promotional budgets and larger customer bases than we do. These companies could devote more capital resources to develop, manufacture and market competing products than we could.

      If any of these companies are successful in competing against us, our sales could decline, our margins could be negatively impacted, and we could lose market share, any of which could seriously harm our business and results of operations.

The average selling prices of our products typically decrease rapidly over the sales cycle of the product, which may negatively affect our gross margins.

      Our products typically experience price erosion, a fairly rapid reduction in the average selling prices over their respective sales cycles. In order to sell products that have a falling average selling price and maintain margins at the same time, we need to continually reduce product and manufacturing costs. To manage manufacturing costs, we must collaborate with our third-party manufacturers to engineer the most cost-effective design for our products. In addition, we must carefully manage the price paid for components used in our products. We must also successfully manage our freight and inventory costs to reduce overall product costs. We also need to continually introduce new products with higher sales prices and gross margins in order to maintain our overall gross margins. If we are unable to manage the cost of older products or successfully introduce new products with higher gross margins, our business will suffer.

If we fail to continue to introduce new products and product enhancements that achieve broad market acceptance on a timely basis, we will not be able to compete effectively and we will be unable to increase or maintain net revenue and gross margins.

      We operate in a highly competitive, quickly changing environment, and our future success depends on our ability to develop and introduce new products and product enhancements that achieve broad market acceptance in the small business and home markets. Our future success will depend in large part upon our ability to:

  •  identify demand trends in the small business and home markets and quickly develop, manufacture and sell products that satisfy these demands;
 
  •  manage our cost structure to enable us to bring new products to market at competitive prices;
 
  •  respond effectively to new product announcements by our competitors by designing, either internally or through third parties, competitive products; and
 
  •  provide compatibility and interoperability of our products with products offered by other vendors and new technologies as they emerge.

      We have experienced delays in releasing new products and product enhancements in the past, which resulted in lower quarterly net revenue than expected. For example, in 2000, we introduced a proprietary wireless networking solution. Later, we decided to re-design our products to be compliant with the 802.11 standard promulgated by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. As a result, we introduced our wireless local area networking, or LAN, 802.11b products in the first quarter of 2001, six months behind some of our competitors. In addition, we have experienced unanticipated delays in product introductions beyond announced release dates. Also, we announced in the second quarter of 2001 that our Gigabit manageable switches would be available in 2001. These products were actually made available in the fourth quarter of 2002 due to delays in porting software to a new central processing unit. Delays in product development and introduction could result in the following:

  •  loss of or delay in revenue and loss of market share;
 
  •  negative publicity and damage to our reputation and brand;
 
  •  cancellation of orders;
 
  •  decline in the average selling price of our products; and

7


Table of Contents

  •  adverse reactions in our sales channel, such as reduced shelf space or reduced online product visibility.

We depend substantially on our sales channel, and our failure to maintain and expand our sales channel would harm our business.

      To maintain and grow our market share, net revenue and brand, we must maintain and expand our sales channel. We sell our products through our sales channel, which consists of traditional retailers, on-line retailers, direct market resellers, or DMRs, value added resellers, or VARs, and, recently, broadband service providers. These entities typically purchase our products through our wholesale distributors. We sell to small businesses primarily through DMRs, VARs and retail locations, and we sell to our home users primarily through retail locations, online retailers and broadband service providers. We have no minimum purchase commitments or long-term contracts with any of these third parties.

      Traditional retailers have limited shelf space and promotional budgets, and competition is intense for these resources. A competitor with more extensive product lines and stronger brand identity, such as Microsoft or Cisco Systems, may have greater bargaining power with these retailers. The competition for retail shelf space may increase, which would require us to increase our marketing expenditures simply to maintain current levels of retail shelf space. The recent trend in the consolidation of online retailers and DMR channels has resulted in intensified competition for preferred product placement, such as product placement on an online retailer’s home page. Expanding our presence in the VAR channel may be difficult and expensive. We compete with established companies that have longer operating histories and longstanding relationships with VARs that we would find highly desirable as sales channel partners. If we were unable to maintain and expand our sales channel, our growth would be limited and our business would be harmed.

      We must also continuously monitor and evaluate emerging sales channels. If we fail to establish a presence in an important developing sales channel, our business could be harmed. For example, we believe that broadband service providers, such as cable operators and telecommunication carriers, will be an increasingly important channel for selling networking products. Broadband service providers typically bundle their service with some initial product sales and recommend hardware products to their customers. We may not be successful in establishing relationships with broadband service providers. Even if we do establish these types of relationships, we could experience reduced gross margins due to the relative strength of service providers’ purchasing power and the negotiating leverage this may provide them. If we are unable to establish relationships in emerging sales channels, our sales could decline and we would lose market share.

We rely on a limited number of wholesale distributors for most of our sales, and changes in price or purchasing patterns could adversely affect our operating results.

      We sell a substantial portion of our products through wholesale distributors, including Ingram Micro, Inc. and Tech Data Corporation. During 2002, sales to Ingram Micro and its affiliates accounted for 32% of our net revenue, and sales to Tech Data and its affiliates accounted for 20% of our net revenue. We expect that a significant portion of our net revenue will continue to come from sales to a small number of wholesale distributors for the foreseeable future. We have no minimum purchase commitments or long-term contracts with any of these distributors. The wholesale distributors could decide at any time to discontinue, decrease or delay their purchases of our products. In addition, the prices that wholesale distributors pay for our products are subject to negotiation and could change at any time. If any of our major wholesale distributors change their purchasing patterns or refuse to pay the prices that we set for our products, our net revenue and operating results could be harmed. If our wholesale distributors increase the size of their product orders without sufficient lead-time for us to process the order, our ability to fulfill product demands would be compromised. In addition, because our accounts receivable are concentrated with a small group of wholesale distributors, the failure of any of them to pay on a timely basis, or at all, would reduce our cash flow.

8


Table of Contents

If we do not effectively manage our sales channel inventory and product mix, we may incur costs associated with excess inventory, or lose sales from having too few products.

      If we are unable to properly monitor, control and manage our sales channel inventory and maintain an appropriate level and mix of products with our wholesale distributors and within our sales channel, we may incur increased and unexpected costs associated with this inventory. We currently have particularly limited visibility as to the inventory levels of our international wholesale distributors and sales channel. We generally allow wholesale distributors and traditional retailers to return a limited amount of our products in exchange for other products. Under our price protection policy, if we reduce the list price of a product, we are often required to issue a credit in an amount equal to the reduction for each of the products held in inventory by our wholesale distributors and retailers. If our wholesale distributors and retailers are unable to sell their inventory in a timely manner, we might lower the price of the products, or these parties may exchange the products for newer products. If we improperly forecast demand for our products we could end up with too many products and be unable to sell the excess inventory in a timely manner, if at all, or, alternatively we could end up with too few products and not be able to satisfy demand. This problem is exacerbated because we attempt to closely match inventory levels with product demand leaving limited margin for error. If these events occur, we could incur increased expenses associated with writing off excessive or obsolete inventory or lose sales and therefore suffer declining gross margins.

We depend on a limited number of third-party contract manufacturers for substantially all of our manufacturing needs. If these contract manufacturers experience any delay, disruption or quality control problems in their operations, we could lose market share and our brand may suffer.

      All of our products are manufactured, assembled, tested and packaged by a limited number of original design manufacturers, or ODMs, and original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs. In recent years, most of our products have been manufactured by Delta Electronics, Inc., Cameo Communications, Lite-On Group, Sercomm Corp. and Zcom Inc. We rely on our contract manufacturers to procure components and, in some cases, subcontract engineering work. Some of our products are manufactured by a single contract manufacturer. Our contract manufacturers are primarily located in a geographically concentrated region of mainland China, and may be subject to disruption by earthquakes, typhoons and other natural disasters, as well as political, social or economic instability. We do not have any long-term contracts with any of our third-party contract manufacturers. Some of these third-party contract manufacturers produce products for our competitors. The loss of the services of any of our primary third-party contract manufacturers could cause a significant disruption in operations and delays in product shipments. Qualifying a new contract manufacturer and commencing volume production is expensive and time consuming.

      Our reliance on third-party contract manufacturers also exposes us to the following risks over which we have limited control:

  •  unexpected increases in manufacturing and repair costs;
 
  •  interruptions in shipments if one of our manufacturers is unable to complete production;
 
  •  inability to control the quality of finished products;
 
  •  inability to control delivery schedules;
 
  •  unpredictability of manufacturing yields; and
 
  •  potential lack of adequate capacity to manufacture all or a part of the products we require.

      All of our products must satisfy safety and regulatory standards and some of our products must also receive government certifications. Our ODM and OEM contract manufacturers are primarily responsible for obtaining most regulatory approvals for our products. If our ODMs and OEMs fail to obtain timely domestic or foreign regulatory approvals or certificates, we would be unable to sell our products and our sales and profitability could be reduced, our relationships with our sales channel could be harmed, and our reputation and brand would suffer.

9


Table of Contents

If we are unable to provide our third-party contract manufacturers an accurate forecast of our component and material requirements, we may experience delays in the manufacturing of our products and the costs of our products may increase.

      We provide our third-party contract manufacturers with a rolling forecast of demand which they use to determine our material and component requirements. Lead times for ordering materials and components vary significantly and depend on various factors, such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand and supply for a component at a given time. Some of our components have long lead times, such as local access network repeaters, switching fabric chips, physical layer transceivers, connector jacks and metal and plastic enclosures. If our forecasts are less than our actual requirements, our contract manufacturers may be unable to manufacture products in a timely manner. If our forecasts are too high, our contract manufacturers will be unable to use the components they have purchased on our behalf. The cost of the components used in our products tends to drop rapidly as volumes increase and the technologies mature. Therefore, if our contract manufacturers are unable to promptly use components purchased on our behalf, our cost of producing products may be higher than our competitors due to an over supply of higher-priced components. Moreover, if they are unable to use components ordered at our direction, we will need to reimburse them for any losses they incur.

If disruptions in our transportation network occur or our shipping costs substantially increase, our operating expenses could increase and our financial results could be negatively impacted.

      We are highly dependent upon the transportation systems we use to ship our products, including surface and air freight. Our attempts to closely match our inventory levels to our product demand intensifies the need for our transportation systems to function effectively and without delay. The transportation network is subject to disruption from a variety of causes, including labor disputes or port strikes, acts of war or terrorism and natural disasters. For example, in September 2002, a major strike disrupted ports on the West Coast, which halted the transportation of our product shipments, resulting in our inability to meet some customer orders in a timely manner. Labor disputes among freight carriers are common, especially in Europe, and we expect labor unrest and its effects on shipping our products to be a continuing challenge for us. Since September 11, 2001, the rate of inspection of international freight by governmental entities has substantially increased, and has become increasingly unpredictable. If our delivery times increase unexpectedly for these or any other reasons, our ability to deliver products on time would be materially adversely affected and result in delayed or lost revenue. In addition, if the recent increases in fuel prices were to continue, our transportation costs would likely further increase. Moreover, the cost of shipping our products by air freight is greater than other methods. From time to time in the past, we have shipped products using air freight to meet unexpected spikes in demand or to bring new product introductions to market quickly. If we rely more heavily upon air freight to deliver our products, our overall shipping costs will increase. A prolonged transportation disruption or a significant increase in the cost of freight could severely disrupt our business and harm our operating results.

We obtain several key components from limited or sole sources, and if these sources fail to satisfy our supply requirements, we may lose sales and experience increased component costs.

      Any shortage or delay in the supply of key product components would harm our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries. Many of the semiconductors used in our products are specifically designed for use in our products and are obtained from sole source suppliers on a purchase order basis. In addition, some components that are used in all our products are obtained from limited sources. These components include connector jacks, plastic casings and physical layer transceivers. We also obtain switching fabric semiconductors, which are used in our Ethernet switches and Internet gateway products, from a limited number of suppliers. Our contract manufacturers purchase these components on our behalf on a purchase order basis, and we do not have any contractual commitments or guaranteed supply arrangements with our suppliers. If demand for a specific component increases, we may not be able to obtain an adequate number of that component in a timely manner. In addition, if our suppliers experience financial or other difficulties or if worldwide demand for the components they provide increases significantly, the availability of these

10


Table of Contents

components could be limited. It could be difficult, costly and time-consuming to obtain alternative sources for these components, or to change product designs to make use of alternative components. In addition, difficulties in transitioning from an existing supplier to a new supplier could create delays in component availability that would have a significant impact on our ability to fulfill orders for our products. If we are unable to obtain a sufficient supply of components, or if we experience any interruption in the supply of components, our product shipments could be reduced or delayed. This would affect our ability to meet scheduled product deliveries, damage our brand and reputation in the market, and cause us to lose market share.

We rely upon third parties for technology that is critical to our products, and if we are unable to continue to use this technology and future technology, our business could suffer.

      We rely on third parties to obtain non-exclusive patented hardware and software license rights in technologies that are incorporated into and necessary for the operation and functionality of our products. Because the intellectual property we license is available from third parties, barriers to entry may be lower than if we owned exclusive rights to the technology we license and use. On the other hand, if a competitor or potential competitor enters into an exclusive arrangement with any of our key third-party technology providers, our ability to develop and sell products containing that technology would be severely limited. Our licenses often require royalty payments or other consideration to third parties. Our success will depend in part on our continued ability to have access to these technologies, and we do not know whether these third-party technologies will continue to be licensed to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to license the necessary technology, we may be forced to acquire or develop alternative technology of lower quality or performance standards. This would limit and delay our ability to offer competitive products and increase our costs of production. As a result, our margins, market share, and operating results could be significantly harmed.

If we are unable to secure and protect our intellectual property rights, our ability to compete could be harmed.

      We rely upon third parties for a substantial portion of the intellectual property we use in our products. For the intellectual property we own, we rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws, nondisclosure agreements with employees, consultants and suppliers and other contractual provisions to establish, maintain and protect our proprietary rights. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our product design or to obtain and use technology and other intellectual property that we regard as proprietary. For example, one of our primary intellectual property assets is the NETGEAR name, trademark and logo. We may be unable to stop third parties from adopting similar names, trademarks and logos, especially in international markets where intellectual property rights may be less protected. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technology or duplicate our intellectual property. In addition, the technology and other intellectual property incorporated into or related to our products may infringe upon intellectual property rights owned by third parties. Our inability to secure and protect our proprietary rights could significantly harm our brand and our business, operating results and financial condition.

We could become subject to litigation, including litigation regarding intellectual property rights, which could be costly and subject us to significant liability.

      The networking industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent, trade secret and other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading companies in the data communications markets, some of which are competitors, have extensive patent portfolios with respect to networking technology. From time to time, third parties, including these leading companies, have asserted and may assert exclusive patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property rights against us and demand license or royalty payments or payment for damages, seek injunctive relief and pursue other remedies. We may be a party to litigation in the future as a result of an alleged infringement of another party’s intellectual property. In addition, third parties, some of which are potential competitors, may

11


Table of Contents

initiate litigation against our manufacturers, suppliers or members of our sales channel, alleging infringement of their proprietary rights with respect to existing or future products. Any such claims, regardless of merit, could be time consuming and result in costly litigation and diversion of our technical personnel and management and require us to pay royalties or damages, enter into licensing agreements and discontinue use of an important intellectual property right. Royalty or licensing agreements may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. In the event of a successful claim of infringement and our failure or inability to license or independently develop alternative technology on a timely basis, we may be unable to offer competitive products, our product portfolio would be limited, and we would experience increased expenses. As a result, our business, operating results and financial condition could be significantly harmed.

      In addition, from time to time we may be subject to other kinds of litigation, including claims from former or current employees. These types of claims can also be time consuming and costly to defend, even if they are without merit. If successful, these types of claims could be costly, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If our products contain undetected defects or errors, we could incur significant unexpected expenses, experience product returns and lost sales, suffer damage to our brand and reputation, and be subject to product liability or other claims.

      Our products are complex and may contain undetected defects, errors or failures, particularly when first introduced when new versions are released. For example, in the quarter ended September 29, 2002, we recalled some of our 48 port 10/100 Mbps Ethernet switches due to an intermittent connectivity issue with a connector. Some errors and defects may be discovered only after a product has been installed and used by the end user. If our products contain defects or errors, we could experience decreased sales and increased product returns, loss of customers and market share, and increased service, warranty and insurance costs. In addition, our reputation and brand could be damaged, and we could face potential legal claims regarding our products. A successful product liability or other claim could result in negative publicity and further harm our reputation, result in unexpected expenses and adversely impact our operating results.

We intend to expand our operations and infrastructure, which may strain our operations and increase our operating expenses.

      We intend to expand our operations and pursue market opportunities domestically and internationally to grow our sales. We expect that this expansion will strain our existing management information systems, and operational and financial controls. In addition, as we continue to grow, our expenditures will likely be significantly higher than our historical costs. For example, we anticipate that we will increase our sales and marketing expenditures in conjunction with our plans to continue developing our brand. In addition, we may increase our product development and engineering expenditures, including the addition of personnel and payments to suppliers for design services, tooling and product certification. Finally, there are significant costs associated with being a public company, including increased administrative expenses, insurance expenses and professional fees. We may not generate a sufficient level of net revenue to offset these expenditures or adjust spending in a timely manner to respond to any unanticipated decline in our net revenue. To continue to grow our business we will also be required to:

  •  manage our existing relationships and enter into new relationships with suppliers, contract manufacturers, wholesale distributors, sales channel partners and other service providers;
 
  •  improve existing operational, financial and managerial systems, order processing and reporting systems; and
 
  •  hire, train, integrate, motivate and manage additional qualified personnel, including sales, marketing and research and development personnel, both domestically and internationally.

      Even if we manage this growth effectively, we might make errors in other areas of our business, including sales forecasting, inventory and warehousing management, and financial planning, which could result in unanticipated fluctuations in our operating results. We may not be able to install adequate controls in

12


Table of Contents

an efficient and timely manner as our business grows, and our current systems may not be adequate to support our future operations. The difficulties associated with installing and implementing these new systems, procedures and controls may place a significant burden on our management, operational and financial resources. In addition, as we grow internationally, we will have to expand and enhance our communications infrastructure. If we fail to continue to improve our management information systems, procedures and financial controls or encounter unexpected difficulties during expansion, our business could be harmed.

Our sales and operations in international markets expose us to operational, financial and regulatory risks.

      International sales comprise a significant amount of our overall net revenue. International sales were 33% of our net revenue in 2000, and 37% in each of 2001 and 2002. We anticipate that international sales may grow as a percentage of net revenue. We have committed resources to expanding our international operations and sales channels and these efforts may not be successful. International sales are subject to a number of risks. For example, we recognize revenue from our international sales when our products reach the country of destination. As a result, if these products are delayed in transit, we are unable to recognize revenue.

      International operations are subject to a number of risks, including:

  •  political and economic instability, international terrorism and anti-American sentiment, particularly in emerging markets;
 
  •  preference for locally branded products, and laws and business practices favoring local competition;
 
  •  unusual or burdensome foreign laws or regulations, and unexpected changes to those laws or regulations;
 
  •  import and export license requirements, tariffs and taxes and other barriers;
 
  •  costs of customizing products for foreign countries;
 
  •  exchange rate fluctuations;
 
  •  increased difficulty in managing inventory;
 
  •  delayed revenue recognition;
 
  •  seasonal reductions in business activity;
 
  •  less effective protection of intellectual property; and
 
  •  difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations.

      The recent outbreak of severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, that began in China, Hong Kong, Singapore and Vietnam may have a negative impact on our operations. Our operations may be impacted by a number of SARS-related factors, including, but not limited to, disruptions at our third-party manufacturers that are primarily located in China, reduced sales in our international retail channels and increased supply chain costs. If the number of cases continues to rise or spread to other areas, our international sales and operations could be harmed.

      We currently do not engage in any currency hedging transactions. Except for sales to Japan and Singapore, our foreign sales are currently invoiced in United States dollars. Nonetheless, as we expand our international operations, we may allow payment in additional foreign currencies and our exposure to losses in foreign currency transactions may increase. Moreover, the costs of doing business abroad may increase as a result of adverse exchange rate fluctuations. For example, if the United States dollar declined in value relative to a local currency, we could be required to pay more for our expenditures in that market, including salaries, commissions, local operations and marketing expenses, each of which is paid in local currency. In addition, we may lose customers if exchange rate fluctuations, currency devaluations or economic crises increase the local currency price of our products or reduce our customers’ ability to purchase products.

13


Table of Contents

If we lose our key personnel, we may not be able to execute our business strategy effectively.

      Our future success depends in large part upon the continued services of our key technical, sales, marketing and senior management personnel. The loss of any of our senior management or other key research, development, sales or marketing personnel, particularly if lost to competitors, could harm our ability to implement our business strategy and respond to the rapidly changing needs of the small business and home markets. Loss of key personnel could also delay the development and introduction of new products and product enhancements and negatively impact our ability to sell our products. In particular, the services of Patrick C.S. Lo, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, would be difficult to replace. All of our executive officers or key employees are at will employees, and we do not maintain any key person life insurance policies.

Our business is subject to disruption from natural disasters or actions of third parties.

      Our operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from computer viruses, human error, natural disasters, telecommunications failures, intentional acts of vandalism and similar events. For example, much of our order fulfillment process is automated and the order information is stored on our server. If our computer systems and servers go down even for a short period at the end of a fiscal quarter, our ability to recognize revenue would be delayed until we were again able to process and ship our orders. This could result in our quarterly results failing to meet expectations. Other interruptions in our operations occurring at the end of a quarter could be equally disruptive.

      Our corporate headquarters are located in Northern California and one of our warehouses is located in Southern California, regions known for seismic activity. In addition, substantially all of our manufacturing occurs in a geographically concentrated area in mainland China, where disruptions from natural disasters and political, social and economic instability may affect the region. If our manufacturers or warehousing facilities are disrupted or destroyed, we would be unable to distribute our products on a timely basis, which could harm our business. We have not established a formal disaster recovery plan. Our back-up operations may be inadequate and our business interruption insurance may not be enough to compensate us for any losses that may occur. A significant business interruption could result in losses or damages and harm our business.

If we undertake strategic joint ventures, investments or acquisitions, these transactions may not be successful and they could also dilute your ownership in our common stock.

      We may expand our business by pursuing joint ventures with, investments in, and acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies. We currently have no agreements, commitments or understandings with respect to any of these types of transactions, but we expect to consider them in the future. None of these transactions may be successful, and they could cause us to incur significant expense. To finance these transactions, it may be necessary for us to raise additional funds through public or private financings. Future transactions by us could result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt and assumption of liabilities, and amortization expenses related to intangible assets, any of which could harm our business. These transactions entail numerous other risks, including:

  •  risks of entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience;
 
  •  difficulties in the assimilation of acquired businesses, products or technologies;
 
  •  diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns; and
 
  •  potential loss of key employees of acquired organizations.

      We may not be able to successfully integrate any businesses, products, technologies or personnel that might be acquired in the future.

14


Table of Contents

Risks Related to this Offering

We expect to experience volatility in our stock price, which could negatively affect your investment in our stock.

      The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

  •  quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of our competitors;
 
  •  announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships, or capital commitments;
 
  •  demand for networking products in general and our ability to develop, market and ship in a timely manner new and enhanced products that meet these demands;
 
  •  disruption to our operations or those of our contract manufacturers, suppliers, wholesale distributors or sales channels;
 
  •  consolidation of our sales channels or the emergence of new sales channels in which we are unable to compete effectively;
 
  •  our ability to develop and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;
 
  •  our involvement in litigation;
 
  •  changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals;
 
  •  changes in our earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; and
 
  •  general economic conditions and slow or negative growth in personal computer, home electronic, Internet infrastructure and related markets.

      In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies such as ours in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance.

      Securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. The risk is especially acute for us because technology companies such as ours have experienced significant share price volatility in recent years. As a result, we may in the future be the target of similar litigation. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources, and could seriously harm our business and negatively impact our stock price.

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

      Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders will beneficially own, in total, approximately           % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, will have the ability to exert substantial influence over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors and any proposed merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets and other corporate transactions. They could dictate the management of our business and affairs. This concentration of control could be disadvantageous to other stockholders with interests different from those of our officers, directors and principal stockholders. For example, our officers, directors and principal stockholders could delay or prevent an acquisition or merger even if the transaction would benefit other stockholders. In addition, this significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price for our common stock because investors often perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling stockholders. Please see “Principal Stockholders” for a more detailed description of our share ownership.

15


Table of Contents

The large number of shares eligible for public sale after this offering could cause our stock price to decline.

      Our current stockholders hold a substantial number of shares of our common stock that they will be able to sell in the public market in the near future. A significant portion of these shares are held by a small number of stockholders. Sales by our current stockholders of a substantial number of shares after this offering could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. In addition, the perception that our current stockholders might sell common stock could depress the trading price of the common stock. Sales of our shares, and the possibility of these sales, could make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we consider appropriate. Substantially all of our outstanding shares of capital stock are subject to lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting.”

      After this offering, the holders of approximately 20,228,481 shares of common stock, consisting of shares issued upon conversion of our preferred stock, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. In addition, after this offering, we intend to register all common stock that we may issue under our stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting.” If any of these holders cause a large number of securities to be sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital. Please see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a description of sales that may occur in the future.

Prior to this offering there was no established trading market for our stock and an active trading market might not develop, which would limit your ability to liquidate your investment.

      Before this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. An active public trading market may not develop following completion of this offering or, if a market does develop, may not be sustained. Moreover, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price that was not established in a competitive market. The price of the shares of common stock sold in this offering was determined by negotiation between the underwriters and us, and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. The price of our common stock that will prevail in the market may be lower than the price you pay. Please see “Underwriting” for a more detailed discussion regarding our arrangement with the underwriters and the factors considered in setting the initial public offering price.

We may apply the proceeds of this offering to uses that do not improve our operating results or increase the value of your investment.

      Upon the closing of this offering we intend to use $20.0 million to repay debt owed to Nortel Networks. We will have broad discretion in how we use the remaining proceeds from this offering, and we may spend these proceeds in ways that do not improve our operating results or increase the value of your investment. You may not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions regarding how to use the proceeds from this offering.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

      The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $                    in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on the assumed initial offering price of $          per share. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants will result in further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you may experience immediately after this offering, please see “Dilution.”

16


Table of Contents

Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could prevent a change in our control, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.

      Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and of Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions also may prevent changes in our management. These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and under Delaware law could reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions. For a further description of anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law, please see “Description of Capital Stock — Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Anti-Takeover Law.”

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock.

      We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings for funding growth and, therefore, do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, if we were to borrow against our existing credit facility, we would be prohibited from paying cash dividends.

17


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “should,” “plan,” “expect” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, among other things:

  •  the future growth of the small business and home markets;
 
  •  our business strategies and development plans;
 
  •  new products and technologies;
 
  •  future expenses and financing requirements; and
 
  •  competition and competitive factors in the small business and home markets.

      These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

      You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We cannot assure you that the events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

18


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $                    million or approximately $                    million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

      We do not have any specific plans or proposals for the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering, other than using $20.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay our outstanding subordinated unsecured convertible promissory note payable to Nortel Networks.

      We expect to use the remainder of the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including:

  •  working capital;
 
  •  sales and marketing expenses;
 
  •  research and development expenses;
 
  •  general and administrative expenses;
 
  •  capital expenditures; and
 
  •  possible joint ventures with, investments in or acquisitions of businesses, products or technologies that complement our business.

      Although we may use a portion of the net proceeds to enter into joint ventures, investments or acquisitions with respect to businesses, products or technologies that are complementary to our business, we have no current plans in this regard. Pending such uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term investment grade, interest-bearing securities.

DIVIDEND POLICY

      We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business. Therefore, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, if we were to borrow against our existing credit facility, we would be prohibited from paying cash dividends.

19


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table summarizes our capitalization as of December 31, 2002:

  •  on an actual basis;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock on a 1-for-1 basis into 20,234,028 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to receipt of the net proceeds from the sale by us in this offering of                      shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, after deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

      You should read this table in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2002:

                           
As of December 31, 2002

Pro Forma
Actual Pro Forma As Adjusted



(in thousands, except share
and per share data)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 19,880     $ 19,880     $    
     
     
     
 
Note payable to Nortel Networks(1)
  $ 13,294     $ 13,294     $  
     
     
     
 
Redeemable convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; shares authorized, 40,508,038 actual, 5,000,000 pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
                       
 
Series A, shares designated: 26,250,000;
Shares issued and outstanding: 5,976,082 actual; none pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    6,630              
 
Series B, shares designated: 3,320,538;
Shares issued and outstanding: 3,320,538 actual; none pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    14,955              
 
Series C, shares designated: 10,937,500;
Shares issued and outstanding: 10,937,408 actual; none pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    26,467              
     
     
     
 
      48,052              
     
     
     
 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
                       
 
Common stock: $0.001 par value; shares authorized, 63,656,250 actual, 200,000,000 pro forma and      pro forma as adjusted; shares issued and outstanding; none actual, 20,234,028 pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
          20          
 
Additional paid-in capital
    12,810       60,842          
 
Deferred stock-based compensation
    (4,997 )     (4,997 )        
 
Accumulated deficit
    (38,410 )     (38,410 )        
     
     
     
 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (30,597 )     17,455          
     
     
     
 
Total capitalization
  $ 30,749     $ 30,749     $    
     
     
     
 


(1)  The $20.0 million note payable to Nortel Networks is carried at its net present value of $13.3 million as of December 31, 2002. We expect to use $20.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay the note payable to Nortel Networks. As a result of this $20.0 million cash payment, we will incur an extinguishment of debt charge of approximately $6.7 million in the quarter in which we make the repayment.

20


Table of Contents

      The table above excludes the following shares:

  •  6,476,842 shares of common stock subject to stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2002, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.67 per share;
 
  •  218,750 shares of common stock subject to a warrant outstanding as of December 31, 2002, with an exercise price of $1.29 per share; and
 
  •  916,908 shares of common stock available for future grant or issuance under our stock plan as of December 31, 2002.

      We expect to complete a 1.75-for-1 split of our capital stock prior to the completion of this offering. All share amounts have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the stock split.

21


Table of Contents

DILUTION

      If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding assuming the conversion of all shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2003, into 20,228,481 shares of common stock.

      Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate, substantial dilution. Our pro forma net tangible book value was $                              million, or $                              per share of common stock, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. Assuming the sale by us of                     shares of common stock offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2003, would have been $          , or $          per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $          per share of common stock to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $          per share to the new investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $    
 
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2003
  $            
 
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering
               
     
         
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering
               
             
 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $    
             
 

      The following table sets forth on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of March 31, 2003, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing holders of common stock and by the new investors, before deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

                                         
Shares Purchased Total Consideration


Average Price
Number Percent Amount Percent Per Share





Existing stockholders
                                  $    
New investors
                                       
     
     
     
     
         
Total
            100.0 %           $ 100.0 %   $    
     
     
     
     
         

      If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to           % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering; and the number of shares of common stock held by the new investors will be increased to                    shares or           % of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering. See “Principal Stockholders.”

      The discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, the outstanding warrant or any outstanding stock options. As of December 31, 2002, there were 6,476,842 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $4.67 per share, and 916,908 shares available for future grant or issuance under our 2000 Stock Plan. As of December 31, 2002, there were also 218,750 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant with an exercise price of $1.29 per share. In April 2003, our board of directors approved a new 2003 Stock Plan under which they reserved 750,000 shares for future grant or issuance and a 2003 Employee Stock

22


Table of Contents

Purchase Plan under which they reserved                                shares for future issuance. To the extent that these options and warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

      Following the completion of this offering, we intend to repay in full the $20.0 million subordinated unsecured convertible promissory note we issued to Nortel Networks using a portion of the proceeds from this offering. If we do not repay the $20.0 million promissory note, then for the two-year period following the completion of this offering Nortel Networks may convert any outstanding amounts owing under the promissory note into shares of our common stock at the public offering price of the shares sold in this offering.

23


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

      Selected consolidated financial data for the period from January 1, 1998 to August 31, 1998 is referred to as the “Predecessor Company” information. On August 31, 1998, Nortel Networks NA Inc. acquired Bay Networks, Inc., including its ownership interest in NETGEAR, in a transaction that was accounted for using the purchase method. The selected financial data after August 31, 1998 includes the financial statement impact of recording fair value adjustments arising from the acquisition of Bay Networks.

      The consolidated statements of operations data for NETGEAR and its Predecessor Company for the period from January 1, 1998 to August 31, 1998, the period from September 1, 1998 to December 31, 1998 and the year ended December 31, 1999, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1998, 1999 and 2000 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2001 and 2002 are derived from audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Deloitte & Touche LLP performed the audits of the consolidated financial statements for all periods through December 31, 2000. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP performed the audits of the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2001 and 2002 and for the years then ended.

24


Table of Contents

                                                               
Predecessor
Company

January 1, September 1,
1998 to 1998 to Year Ended December 31,
August 31, December 31,
1998 1998 1998(1) 1999 2000 2001 2002







(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
Net revenue(2)
  $ 32,801     $ 25,099     $ 57,900     $ 111,856     $ 176,663     $ 192,440     $ 237,331  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Cost of revenue:
                                                       
 
Cost of revenue
    25,696       20,830       46,526       91,265       145,531       172,795       176,972  
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
                                        144  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total cost of revenue
    25,696       20,830       46,526       91,265       145,531       172,795       177,116  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gross profit
    7,105       4,269       11,374       20,591       31,132       19,645       60,215  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                                                       
 
Research and development
    1,175       676       1,851       2,641       3,319       4,432       7,359  
 
Sales and marketing(2)
    8,081       5,104       13,185       20,320       18,309       24,267       32,622  
 
General and administrative
    2,374       918       3,292       3,769       4,417       5,914       8,103  
 
Goodwill amortization
          112       112       335       335       335        
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation:
                                                       
   
Research and development
                                        306  
   
Sales and marketing
                                        346  
   
General and administrative
                                        867  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total operating expenses
    11,630       6,810       18,440       27,065       26,380       34,948       49,603  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from operations
    (4,525 )     (2,541 )     (7,066 )     (6,474 )     4,752       (15,303 )     10,612  
Interest income
                            1,092       308       119  
Interest expense
                                  (939 )     (1,240 )
Other expense, net
    (25 )     (152 )     (177 )     (70 )     (1,322 )     (478 )     (19 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before taxes
    (4,550 )     (2,693 )     (7,243 )     (6,544 )     4,522       (16,412 )     9,472  
Provision for income taxes
                            1,868       3,072       1,333  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    (4,550 )     (2,693 )     (7,243 )     (6,544 )     2,654       (19,484 )     8,139  
Deemed dividend on preferred stock
                            (2,601 )           (17,881 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders:
  $ (4,550 )   $ (2,693 )   $ (7,243 )   $ (6,544 )   $ 53     $ (19,484 )   $ (9,742 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
                                                       
 
Basic(3)
  $ (0.17 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.28 )   $ (0.25 )   $ 0.00     $ (0.66 )   $ (0.46 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted(3)
  $ (0.17 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.28 )   $ (0.25 )   $ 0.00     $ (0.66 )   $ (0.46 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income per share:
                                                       
 
Basic(3)
                                                  $ 0.38  
                                                     
 
 
Diluted(3)
                                                  $ 0.36  
                                                     
 


(1)  Supplementary unaudited information for the year ended December 31, 1998 represents the combined results of NETGEAR and the Predecessor Company for the periods in 1998.
 
(2)  On January 1, 2000, we began to follow Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue 01-09, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or Reseller of the Vendor’s Products,” and as a consequence, record cooperative marketing costs as a reduction in net revenue. Prior to January 1, 2000, it was not practical for us to determine the amount of cooperative marketing costs to record as a reduction of net revenue, and such amounts were included as sales and marketing expense.
 
(3)  Information regarding calculation of per share data is described in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

25


Table of Contents

                                         
December 31,

1998 1999 2000 2001 2002





Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,313     $ 10,427     $ 6,447     $ 9,152     $ 19,880  
Working capital
    6,649       22,989       36,253       16,179       13,753  
Total assets
    32,618       62,220       112,142       58,182       84,910  
Total current liabilities
    23,862       37,635       73,946       40,171       67,455  
Redeemable convertible preferred stock
                44,078       44,078       48,052  
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    8,567       24,129       (6,583 )     (26,067 )     (30,597 )

26


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ significantly from those projected in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

      We are a leader in designing, developing and marketing technologically advanced, branded networking products that address the specific needs of small business and home users. We supply innovative networking products that meet the ease-of-use, quality, reliability, performance and affordability requirements of these users. From our inception in January 1996 until May 1996, our operating activities related primarily to research and development, developing relationships with outsourced design, manufacturing and technical support partners, testing prototype designs, staffing a sales and marketing organization and establishing relationships with distributors and resellers. We began product shipments during the quarter ended June 30, 1996, and recorded net revenue of $4.0 million in 1996. In 2002, our net revenue was $237.3 million and our net income was $8.1 million.

      We were incorporated in January 1996 as a wholly owned subsidiary of Bay Networks, Inc. to focus exclusively on providing networking solutions for small businesses and homes. In August 1998, Nortel Networks purchased Bay Networks, including its wholly owned subsidiary NETGEAR. We remained a wholly owned subsidiary of Nortel Networks until March 2000 when we sold a portion of our capital stock to Pequot Private Equity Fund II, L.P. as part of a joint effort by us and Nortel Networks to reduce Nortel Networks’ ownership interest in us. In September 2000, Nortel Networks sold a portion of its ownership interest in us to Shamrock Holdings of California, Inc., which is a related party to Shamrock Capital Growth Fund, L.P.; Blue Ridge Limited Partnership and an affiliated fund; Halyard Capital Fund, LP; The Abernathy Group Institutional HSN Fund, L.P. and an affiliated fund; and Delta International Holding Limit. In February 2002, Nortel Networks sold its remaining ownership interest in NETGEAR to us in exchange for cash, non-cash consideration, and a $20.0 million promissory note, which we intend to repay upon the completion of this offering.

      Our extensive product line currently includes approximately 100 different products. These products are available in multiple configurations to address the needs of our customers in each geographic region in which our products are sold. Our products are grouped into three major segments within the small business and home markets: Ethernet networking products, broadband products and wireless networking products. Ethernet networking products include switches, network interface cards, or NICs, and print servers. Broadband products include routers and gateways. Wireless networking products include wireless access points and wireless NICs. Since we originally launched our business in 1996 with the shipment of Ethernet networking products and a single broadband product, we have continually introduced new products in response to market demand. For example, in 2002, we introduced 40 new products.

      Our products are sold through multiple sales channels worldwide, including traditional retailers, online retailers, direct market resellers, or DMRs, value added resellers, or VARs, and, recently, broadband service providers. Our retail channel includes traditional retail locations domestically and internationally and online retailers, such as Amazon.com and Buy.com. We sell directly to Best Buy, Circuit City, Costco, Fry’s Electronics and Staples. The remaining traditional retailers, as well as our online retailers, DMRs and VARs are fulfilled through approximately 65 wholesale distributors. These wholesale distributors are located in the United States, the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Japan and Canada and approximately 30 other countries. A substantial portion of our net revenue to date has been derived from a limited number of

27


Table of Contents

wholesale distributors, the largest of which are Ingram Micro and Tech Data. The table below sets forth the percentage of net revenue derived from these major wholesale distributors, and their affiliates, in 2000, 2001 and 2002. We expect that these wholesale distributors will continue to contribute a significant percentage of our net revenue for the foreseeable future.
                           
Year Ended
December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Ingram Micro, Inc.
    33 %     36 %     32 %
Tech Data Corporation
    20 %     23 %     20 %
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    53 %     59 %     52 %
     
     
     
 

      We derive a substantial portion of our net revenue from international sales. International sales as a percentage of net revenue grew from 33% in 2000 to 37% in each of 2001 and 2002. Sales in Europe grew from $38.9 million in 2000 to $68.0 million in 2002, representing an increase of approximately 75% during that period. In addition, we are targeting emerging and growing markets such as China, where in 2002 we opened three sales offices and began shipping products. The table below sets forth our net revenue by major geographic region.

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



(in thousands)
United States
  $ 118,422     $ 121,688     $ 150,096  
Europe
    38,935       52,977       68,006  
Asia Pacific
    17,899       16,294       18,053  
Rest of the world
    1,407       1,481       1,176  
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 176,663     $ 192,440     $ 237,331  
     
     
     
 

      Our net revenue consists of gross product shipments, less allowances for estimated returns for stock rotation and warranty, price protection, customer rebates and cooperative marketing expenses and net changes in deferred revenue. Revenue from product sales is generally recognized at the time the product is shipped, provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility of the related receivable is reasonably assured. At the end of each quarter, we estimate and defer revenue related to the product in-transit to international customers and retail customers that purchase directly from us based upon title passage, and distributor and reseller channel inventory that we deem to be in excess of our expected end user sales levels. Currently, for our international customers, title passes upon delivery to the port of destination. For our retailers to whom we sell directly, title passes upon their receipt of product.

      Prior to the year ended December 31, 2001, we recognized revenue on shipments to domestic distributors upon resale by those distributors, and on shipment to international distributors upon cash collection. Beginning in 2001, we had sufficient historical evidence with respect to returns and cash collections to enable us to recognize revenue in accordance with our current policy as described above and in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. Our net revenue for the year ended December 31, 2001 reflects the one-time effect of this change, resulting in additional net revenue of $21.0 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2001, offset partially by provisions for returns for stock rotation and warranty and price protection of $9.4 million.

      Our financial condition and results of operations have been and are likely to continue to be affected by seasonal patterns. In the past, we have experienced higher net revenue during the second half of our fiscal year, with our highest net revenue during the year-end holiday season. Absent other factors, we would therefore expect higher net revenue in the third and fourth quarter of each calendar year. To the extent our retail sales increase as a percentage of our net revenue, we expect to experience seasonally higher sales as a percentage of net revenue in the third and fourth quarters.

28


Table of Contents

      Cost of revenue consists primarily of the following: the cost of finished products from our third-party contract manufacturers; overhead costs including purchasing, product planning, inventory control, warehousing and distribution logistics; and freight, warranty and inventory costs. We outsource our manufacturing, warehousing and distribution logistics. We believe this outsourcing strategy allows us to better manage our product costs and gross margin. Our gross margin is affected by other factors, including changes in average sales prices, fluctuations in warranty and overhead costs, prices paid for components and freight and increases in excess or obsolete inventory caused by fluctuations in manufacturing volumes and transitions from older to newer products.

      Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, payments to suppliers for design services, tooling, safety and regulatory testing, product certification expenditures to qualify our products for sale into specific markets and other consulting fees and product certification fees paid to third parties. Research and development expenses are recognized as they are incurred. We have invested in building our research and development organization to allow us to introduce innovative and easy to use products. For example, in 2002, we more than doubled the number of employees focused on research and development. We expect to continue to hire a significant number of additional employees in our research and development department. We believe that research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars in the future as we expand into new hardware and software networking product technologies, enhance the ease-of-use of our products and broaden our core competencies.

      Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of advertising, trade shows, corporate communications and other marketing expenses, personnel expenses for sales and marketing staff, product marketing expenses and technical support expenses. We believe that maintaining and building brand awareness is key to both net revenue growth and maintaining our gross margin. We also believe that maintaining widely available and high quality technical support is key to building and maintaining brand awareness. Accordingly, we expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the future, related to the planned growth of our business.

      General and administrative expenses consist of salaries and related expenses for executive, finance and accounting, and management information systems personnel, professional fees, bad debt provision, and other corporate expenses. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we add personnel and incur additional expenses related to the growth of our business and operations as a public company.

      Goodwill amortization relates to goodwill recorded in connection with Nortel Networks’ purchase of Bay Networks in August 1998. In connection with our adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 142, we discontinued amortizing goodwill in the year ended December 31, 2002.

      During the year ended December 31, 2002, we recorded deferred stock-based compensation of $6.7 million in connection with stock options granted with exercise prices below the deemed fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. We are amortizing this deferred stock-based compensation over the four-year vesting period of the stock options and such amounts are allocated to the respective operating expense categories based upon individual employee departments.

      Interest income represents amounts earned on our cash and cash equivalent deposits. Interest expense consists of interest paid on loans, and beginning in February 2002, includes imputed interest associated with a note payable to Nortel Networks. The note has a principal amount of $20.0 million, with principal and accrued but unpaid interest due on February 7, 2009. Interest on the note, at 7% per year, starts to accrue on February 7, 2005. We carry this note at its present value and are accreting its carrying value to reflect its imputed interest. We intend to use approximately $20.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay this note. As a result of this $20.0 million cash payment, we will incur an extinguishment of debt charge of approximately $6.7 million in the quarter in which we make the repayment.

      Other expense, net, represents gains and losses on foreign currency transactions and, in 2000, included direct costs associated with an equity financing transaction that was not completed.

29


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

      The following table sets forth the consolidated statements of operations, expressed as a percentage of net revenue, for the periods indicated:

                               
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Net revenue
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
     
     
 
Cost of revenue:
                       
 
Cost of revenue
    82.4       89.8       74.6  
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
                0.0  
     
     
     
 
     
Total cost of revenue
    82.4       89.8       74.6  
     
     
     
 
Gross margin
    17.6       10.2       25.4  
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                       
 
Research and development
    1.9       2.3       3.1  
 
Sales and marketing
    10.3       12.6       13.8  
 
General and administrative
    2.5       3.1       3.4  
 
Goodwill amortization
    0.2       0.2        
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation:
                       
   
Research and development
                0.1  
   
Sales and marketing
                0.1  
   
General and administrative
                0.4  
     
     
     
 
     
Total operating expenses
    14.9       18.2       20.9  
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from operations
    2.7       (8.0 )     4.5  
Other income (expense), net
    (0.1 )     (0.5 )     (0.5 )
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before taxes
    2.6       (8.5 )     4.0  
Provision for income taxes
    1.1       1.6       0.6  
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    1.5 %     (10.1 )%     3.4 %
     
     
     
 

     Year Ended December 31, 2002 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2001

          Net Revenue

      Net revenue increased $44.9 million, or 23%, to $237.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, from $192.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. This increase was primarily due to an increase in gross shipments associated with the introduction of new wireless LAN and broadband gateway products such as our 802.11b Wireless PC Card NIC and our Cable/ DSL Web Safe Gateway during 2002, partially offset by an increase in rebates and cooperative marketing costs associated with increased retail product sales of $8.8 million.

          Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

      Cost of revenue increased $4.3 million, or 2%, to $177.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 from $172.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. However, our gross margin improved to 25.4% for the year ended December 31, 2002, from 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2001. This improvement in gross margin was due primarily to operational efficiency programs we implemented that led to a reduction in both the average material cost per product and the level of price protection expenses paid to our channel partners. This improvement in gross margin was partially offset by an increase in air freight expenses.

30


Table of Contents

          Operating Expenses

      Research and development. Research and development expenses increased $2.9 million, or 66%, to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, from $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. This increase was primarily due to increased headcount and salary increases for existing employees of $1.8 million, an increase in payments to suppliers of $1.3 million, and an increase in certification expenses paid to third parties of $440,000 offset by a reduction in a one-time charge associated with the discontinuation of a product development project recognized in prior year of $645,000.

      Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $8.4 million, or 34%, to $32.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, from $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. This increase was primarily due to increased salary and related expenses for additional sales and marketing personnel and increased compensation for existing personnel of $4.8 million, and increased product promotion, advertising and outside technical support expenses of $3.6 million.

      General and administrative. General and administrative expenses increased $2.2 million, or 37%, to $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, from $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. This increase was primarily due to increased salary expenses of $1.6 million for additional employees and increased compensation expenses for existing personnel, and $285,000 related to depreciation expense and bad debt allowance.

      Goodwill amortization. Goodwill amortization expenses decreased to zero for the year ended December 31, 2002, from $335,000 for the year ended December 31, 2001 due to the discontinuation of goodwill accounting treatment under SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002.

      Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation. During the year ended December 31, 2002, we recorded amortization of deferred stock-based compensation in cost of revenue of $144,000, $306,000 in research and development expenses, $346,000 in sales and marketing expenses, and $867,000 in general and administrative expenses. The remaining balance of deferred stock-based compensation of $5.0 million is expected to be amortized in future periods as follows: $1.5 million in 2003, $1.7 million in 2004, $1.3 million in 2005 and $500,000 million in 2006.

 
Other Income (Expense), Net

      Other expense, net remained approximately the same at $1.1 million for both the year ended December 31, 2002 and the year ended December 31, 2001. During these periods, an increase in interest expense of $301,000 primarily due to imputed interest associated with the Nortel Networks’ note payable offset a reduction in foreign exchange losses of $441,000 due to a decline in the value of the Japanese yen and other foreign currencies as compared to the United States dollar.

          Provision for Income Taxes.

      Provision for income taxes decreased by $1.7 million from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. This decrease occurred because we were able to reduce taxable income by utilizing almost all of our approximately $7.7 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards.

     Year Ended December 31, 2001 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2000

          Net Revenue

      Net revenue increased $15.8 million, or 9%, to $192.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, from $176.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. This increase was primarily due to our ability to recognize $20.1 million of revenue as a result of our change in methodology of recognizing net revenue described in “Overview” above, partially offset by provisions for returns for stock rotation and warranty and price protection of $9.4 million. In addition, our net revenue increased as a result of the introduction of new broadband gateway products such as our Cable/ DSL Web Safe Router during 2001.

31


Table of Contents

 
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin

      Cost of revenue increased $27.3 million, or 19%, to $172.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 from $145.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. However, our gross margin declined to 10.2% for the year ended December 31, 2001 from 17.6% for the year ended December 31, 2000. This decline in gross margin was due primarily to reductions in average selling prices, increased price protection claims and charges related to excess and obsolete inventory, as we made a significant effort to reduce excess inventory levels during the year.

 
Operating Expenses

      Research and development. Research and development expenses increased $1.1 million, or 34%, to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, from $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. This increase was primarily due to a one-time charge of $645,000 associated with the discontinuation of a product development project, an increase in payments to suppliers for design services, tooling, safety and regulatory testing of $265,000, and an increase in salary and related expenses of $208,000 due to additional headcount and salary increases for existing employees.

      Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses increased $6.0 million, or 33%, to $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, from $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. This increase was primarily due to increased product promotion, advertising and outside technical support expenses of $4.8 million, and an increase in salary and related expenses for additional sales and marketing personnel and increased compensation expenses for existing personnel of $1.1 million.

      General and administrative. General and administrative expenses increased $1.5 million, or 34%, to $5.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, from $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2000. This increase was primarily the result of increased salary expenses of $1.1 million for additional employees and increased compensation expenses for existing personnel, and an increase of $284,000 for bad debt allowance.

      Goodwill amortization. Goodwill amortization expenses remained constant at $335,000 for both the year ended December 31, 2001 and the year ended December 31, 2000.

 
Other Income (Expense), Net

      Other expense, net increased from $230,000 in 2000 to $1.1 million in 2001. The increase was primarily due to growth in interest expense of $939,000 related to borrowings under our line of credit, a reduction in interest income of $784,000, and an increase in foreign exchange losses of $309,000 offset by a reduction in expenses of $1.2 million recorded in 2000 relating to an equity financing transaction that was not completed.

 
Provision for Income Taxes

      We recorded a provision for income taxes in 2001 to provide a full valuation allowance against our net deferred tax assets because we believe that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be utilized.

32


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Results

      The following tables set forth our unaudited consolidated results of operations for each of our last eight quarters in dollars and as a percentage of our net revenue. In the opinion of our management, this unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and includes all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the data. These quarterly results are not necessarily indicative of future quarterly patterns or future patterns or results. This information should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                                                       
Three Months Ended

March 31, June 30, Sept 30, Dec 31, March 31, June 30, Sept 29, Dec 31,
2001 2001 2001 2001 2002 2002 2002 2002








(in thousands)
Net revenue
  $ 61,354     $ 44,411     $ 43,773     $ 42,902     $ 45,528     $ 55,538     $ 64,362     $ 71,903  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Cost of revenue:
                                                               
 
Cost of revenue
    53,539       45,268       38,350       35,638       34,685       41,326       48,188       52,773  
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
                            66       20       22       36  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total cost of revenue
    53,539       45,268       38,350       35,638       34,751       41,346       48,210       52,809  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gross profit (loss)
    7,815       (857 )     5,423       7,264       10,777       14,192       16,152       19,094  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                                                               
 
Research and development
    952       1,655       907       918       894       1,606       2,378       2,481  
 
Sales and marketing
    5,657       6,257       5,613       6,740       7,180       7,809       8,456       9,177  
 
General and administrative
    897       1,645       1,444       1,928       1,528       2,024       2,113       2,438  
 
Goodwill amortization
    84       84       84       83                          
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation:
                                                               
   
Research and development
                            143       37       51       75  
   
Sales and marketing
                            143       45       59       99  
   
General and administrative
                            200       167       130       370  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total operating expenses
    7,590       9,641       8,048       9,669       10,088       11,688       13,187       14,640  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from operations
    225       (10,498 )     (2,625 )     (2,405 )     689       2,504       2,965       4,454  
Other income (expense), net
    (13 )     (689 )     (142 )     (265 )     (65 )     (373 )     (234 )     (468 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before taxes
    212       (11,187 )     (2,767 )     (2,670 )     624       2,131       2,731       3,986  
Provision for income taxes
    3,072                         87       299       385       562  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    (2,860 )     (11,187 )     (2,767 )     (2,670 )     537       1,832       2,346       3,424  
Deemed dividend on Preferred Stock
                            (17,881 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
  $ (2,860 )   $ (11,187 )   $ (2,767 )   $ (2,670 )   $ (17,344 )   $ 1,832     $ 2,346     $ 3,424  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
                                                               
 
Basic
  $ (0.10 )   $ (0.38 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.72 )   $ 0.09     $ 0.12     $ 0.17  
 
Diluted
  $ (0.10 )   $ (0.38 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.09 )   $ (0.72 )   $ 0.09     $ 0.10     $ 0.15  

33


Table of Contents

                                                                       
As a Percentage of Net Revenue

March 31, June 30, Sept 30, Dec 31, March 31, June 30, Sept 29, Dec 31,
2001 2001 2001 2001 2002 2002 2002 2002








Net revenue
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Cost of revenue:
                                                               
 
Cost of revenue
    87.3       101.9       87.6       83.1       76.2       74.4       74.9       73.4  
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
                            0.1                    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total cost of revenue
    87.3       101.9       87.6       83.1       76.3       74.4       74.9       73.4  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gross margin (loss)
    12.7       (1.9 )     12.4       16.9       23.7       25.6       25.1       26.6  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                                                               
 
Research and development
    1.6       3.7       2.1       2.1       2.0       2.9       3.7       3.5  
 
Sales and marketing
    9.2       14.1       12.8       15.7       15.8       14.1       13.1       12.8  
 
General and administrative
    1.5       3.7       3.3       4.5       3.4       3.6       3.3       3.4  
 
Goodwill amortization
    0.1       0.2       0.2       0.2                          
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
                                                               
   
Research and development
                            0.3       0.1       0.1       0.1  
   
Sales and marketing
                            0.3       0.1       0.1       0.1  
   
General and administrative
                            0.4       0.3       0.2       0.5  
     
Total operating expenses
    12.4       21.7       18.4       22.5       22.2       21.1       20.5       20.4  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from operations
    0.3       (23.6 )     (6.0 )     (5.6 )     1.5       4.5       4.6       6.2  
Other income (expense), net
          (1.6 )     (0.3 )     (0.6 )     (0.1 )     (0.7 )     (0.4 )     (0.6 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before taxes
    0.3       (25.2 )     (6.3 )     (6.2 )     1.4       3.8       4.2       5.6  
Provision for income taxes
    5.0                         0.2       0.5       0.6       0.8  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    (4.7 )%     (25.2 )%     (6.3 )%     (6.2 )%     1.2 %     3.3 %     3.6 %     4.8 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Our net revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2001, reflects the one-time impact of our change in methodology of recognizing net revenue, as described in “Overview” above. We were able to recognize $21.0 million as net revenue in the quarter ended March 31, 2001, which was partially offset by the recording of provisions for returns for stock rotation and warranty and price protection of $9.4 million. Our net revenue exhibited little or no growth from the quarter ended June 30, 2001 through the quarter ended March 31, 2002 due primarily to weaker industry conditions as a result of the continued economic downturn. However, our net revenue has increased in each of the subsequent quarters beginning in the quarter ended June 30, 2002 due to the introduction of new products, development of our retail channels, geographic expansion in Europe, and increased sales and marketing efforts.

      Gross margin as a percentage of net revenue was 12.7% for the quarter ended March 31, 2001, and reflected the impact of our change in revenue recognition described above. Gross loss as a percentage of net revenue was 1.9% for the quarter ended June 30, 2001. This gross loss was primarily due to declining average selling prices, price protection charges and excess and obsolete inventory charges. In addition, our gross margin in the quarter ended March 31, 2001 was positively impacted by the one-time effect of our change in methodology of recognizing revenue. Since that time, our gross margin has increased in each of the subsequent quarters, with the exception of a slight decline in the quarter ended September 29, 2002, which was due to increased cooperative marketing costs and price protection. This general quarterly improvement has been due to our ability to decrease product costs faster than the decline in average selling prices and reduce warranty costs, offset by increases in freight costs.

      The amounts of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenue in the quarter ended March 31, 2001 were lower than in subsequent quarters due to the one-time impact of our change in methodology of recognizing net revenue, as described above. The

34


Table of Contents

amount of research and development expenses declined in the quarter ended September 30, 2001 due to a one-time charge associated with the discontinuation of a product development project recognized in the prior quarter. These expenses have increased in the subsequent quarters due primarily to additional headcount and salary increases for existing employees, as well as increases in payments to suppliers for design services and certification expenses paid to third parties.

      The amount of sales and marketing expenses also declined slightly in the three months ended September 30, 2001 due to a drop in technical support expense. The amount of these expenses increased in each of the subsequent quarters due to increased product promotion, advertising and outside service expenses associated with growth in revenues, and an increase in salary expenses for additional sales and marketing personnel and increased compensation expenses for existing personnel, but have declined as a percentage of net revenue since the quarter ended March 31, 2002.

      The amount of general and administrative expenses have remained relatively constant during the quarters indicated above with a slight increase in recent quarters due to additional headcount, depreciation expense associated with installation of new enterprise reporting systems, as well as related support expenses, such as legal, facilities and other outside services.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      We began 2001 with $6.4 million in cash and ended 2001 with a cash balance of $9.2 million. We began 2002 with $9.2 million in cash and ended 2002 with a cash balance of $19.9 million. As of December 31, 2002, we had outstanding letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $756,000 and had the ability to borrow approximately $19.6 million under our existing $20.0 million line of credit with Comerica Bank-California.

      Our cash balance increased from $9.2 million as of December 31, 2001, to $19.9 million as of December 31, 2002. Operating activities during 2002 provided cash of $15.2 million primarily from a net income of $8.1 million, non-cash items of $4.2 million and contribution from working capital of $2.8 million. Investing activities for this period used $3.2 million due to purchases of property and equipment. Financing activities for this period used cash of $1.2 million primarily due to the repurchase of preferred stock of $4.7 million offset by proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock of $3.5 million. In addition, our financing activities for this period included borrowings under our line of credit. We borrowed under our line of credit on 21 separate occasions during the quarter ended March 31, 2002 principally to fund our daily working capital requirements. On average, such borrowings individually amounted to $2.3 million, and were generally repaid within a relatively short time frame as we collected accounts receivable. The average outstanding borrowings during this period amounted to $1.1 million, and as of March 31, 2002 we had an insignificant amount outstanding.

      Our cash balance increased from $6.4 million as of December 31, 2000, to $9.2 million as of December 31, 2001. Operating activities during 2001 provided cash of $3.8 million primarily from a decrease in deferred income taxes of $3.5 million, non cash items of $1.2 million and contribution from working capital of $18.6 million, partially offset by a net loss of $19.5 million. Investing activities for this period used $1.1 million due to purchases of property and equipment. Financing activities provided no net cash since the bank line of credit was utilized and subsequently repaid within the year.

      In March 2001, we entered into a $20.0 million revolving line of credit with Bank of America, which was terminated on June 30, 2002. Borrowings under this line of credit bore interest at either a prime rate or LIBOR plus 2.67% per year and were collateralized by substantially all of our assets. In March 2001, we drew down $12.0 million of this line of credit. We used approximately $6.0 million of this initial drawdown to pay outstanding obligations to Celestica Asia who served as our primary third-party warehousing and logistics provider. The remaining amounts borrowed were used for working capital. The $12.0 million draw on the line of credit was completely repaid by December 31, 2001. As of December 31, 2002, letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $360,000 were outstanding with Bank of America.

      As part of our repurchase of Series A preferred stock from Nortel Networks completed on February 7, 2002, we entered into a subordinated unsecured convertible promissory note payable to Nortel Networks

35


Table of Contents

Limited. The Nortel Note has a principal amount of $20.0 million. Principal and accrued but unpaid interest are due on February 7, 2009. The promissory note bears interest at 7% per year, and begins to accrue on February 7, 2005. The entire $20.0 million balance remained payable as of December 31, 2002. The promissory note is carried at its net present value of $13.3 million as of December 31, 2002. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay in full the promissory note. As a result of this $20.0 million cash payment, we will incur an extinguishment of debt charge of approximately $6.7 million in the quarter in which we make the payment. For more information concerning this note, please see Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements.

      On July 25, 2002, we entered into a revolving line of credit agreement with Comerica Bank-California that provides for a maximum line of credit of $20.0 million, which includes direct loans, letters of credit, foreign exchange contracts, and corporate credit cards. Availability under this line of credit is based on a formula of eligible accounts receivable balances. Direct borrowings bear interest at the bank’s prime rate plus 75 basis points. Borrowings are collateralized by all of the Company’s assets. The credit line contains covenants, including but not limited to certain financial covenants based on earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, and tangible net worth, and does not allow for declaration of dividends. We are not required to maintain compensation balances, however, we are required to keep 50% of total deposits in Comerica accounts and we are required to pay a fee of 0.25% per annum on the unused portion of the total facility and 1.50 % per annum for letters of credit. During 2002 we borrowed amounts under this line of credit for working capital purposes. As of December 31, 2002, all amounts borrowed under this credit line had been repaid, but letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $396,000 were outstanding, leaving approximately $19.6 million available for borrowing under this line of credit.

      After repayment of the Nortel Note, we intend to use proceeds of this offering for general corporate purposes. As our net revenue grows and as we continue to invest in building our business, we expect growth in our operating expenses and working capital requirements for the foreseeable future. We believe that our cash on hand, cash flows from operations, amounts available under our bank line of credit and the net proceeds from the sale of common stock in this offering will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements for the next 12 months.

      We lease office space and equipment under noncancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through December 2004. Rent expense was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 and $959,000 for the year ended December 31, 2002. The terms of the facility lease provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period, and have accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

      Minimum payments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows (in thousands):

           
Payments Under
Year Ending December 31, Operating Leases


2003
  $ 1,047  
2004
    634  
     
 
 
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 1,681  
     
 

      We enter into various inventory-related purchase agreements with suppliers. Under these agreements, orders are cancelable by giving notice 30 to 60 days prior to the expected shipment date and payment of a 5% cancellation fee. Orders are noncancelable within 30 days prior to the expected shipment date. At December 31, 2002, we had approximately $21.7 million in noncancelable purchase commitments with suppliers and $16.7 million subject to the 5% cancellation fees. We expect to sell all products which we have committed to purchase from suppliers.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported

36


Table of Contents

in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate significant estimates used in preparing our financial statements including those related to sales returns and allowances; bad debt; inventory reserves; and deferred taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The following are critical judgments, assumptions, and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.
 
Revenue Recognition

      Revenue from product sales is generally recognized at the time the product is shipped, provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. At the end of each quarter, we estimate and defer revenue related to the product in-transit to international customers and retail customers that purchase direct from us based upon title passage. We use an estimated number of days based on historical transit periods for different geographies to estimate the amount of revenue to be deferred. Currently, for our international customers, title passes upon delivery to the port of destination, and for our retailers to whom we sell directly, title passes upon their receipt of product. In addition, we monitor distributor and reseller channel inventory levels to identify any excess inventory in the channel. We estimate that normal inventory in the channel may range up to eight weeks of demand on hand for distributors and 12 weeks of demand on hand for resellers. Revenue related to channel inventory in excess of these amounts is deferred. Weeks of demand on hand are estimated based on historical sell through rates. Gross revenue is reduced for estimated returns for stock rotation and warranty, price protection programs, customer rebates and cooperative marketing expenses deemed to be a sales incentive under Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue 01-9, to derive net revenue.

      At the time of each transaction, we assess whether collection of the receivable is reasonably assured. We assess collectibility based on a number of factors, including past transaction history with the customer and the creditworthiness of the customer. We do not request collateral from our customers. If we determine that collection is not reasonably assured, we defer revenue until receipt of cash.

      Material differences may result in the amount and timing of our revenue for any period if our management made different judgments and estimates.

      Prior to January 1, 2001, revenue on shipments to domestic distributors was deferred until resale to end-users because we could not reasonably estimate the amount of future returns. Revenue on all shipments to international distributors was recognized upon cash collection, as the Company had not established a history of collection with foreign distributors. In 2001, we determined that we had accumulated sufficient historical evidence with respect to returns and cash collections with our distributors to enable us to make reasonable estimates for all shipments on and after January 1, 2001.

 
Reserves for Returns for Stock Rotation and Warranty, Price Protection Programs and Doubtful Accounts

      Management makes estimates of potential future product returns and price protection claims related to current period revenue. Such estimates are based on historical returns or claims rates, channel inventory levels, current economic trends and changes in customer demand and acceptance of our products. Material differences may result in the amount and timing of our revenue for any period if our management made different judgments and estimates.

      We evaluate our ability to collect our receivables based on a combination of factors. We regularly analyze our significant customer accounts, and, when we become aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to us, such as in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the customer’s operating results or financial position, we record a specific reserve for bad debt to reduce the related receivable to the amount we reasonably believe is collectible. We also record reserves for bad debt for all other customers based on a variety of factors including the length of time the receivables are past due, the financial health of the customer, macroeconomic considerations and historical experience. If circumstances

37


Table of Contents

related to specific customers change, our estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted.

      As of December 31, 2002, we have provided allowances for a total of $873,000 for doubtful accounts, $3.1 million for price protection, and $12.3 million for sales returns. After applying these allowances to our gross accounts receivable balance of $49.8 million, we had $33.6 million in net accounts receivable outstanding as of December 31, 2002.

 
Valuation of Inventory

      We value our inventory at the lower of the actual cost of our inventory or its current estimated market value. We continually assess the value of our inventory and will periodically write down its value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions. On a quarterly basis, we review inventory quantities on hand and on order, under non-cancellable purchase commitments, in comparison to our estimated forecast of product demand for the next twelve months. As demonstrated during 2001, demand for our products can fluctuate significantly. If actual demand is lower than our forecasted demand we could be required to record additional inventory write-downs, which would have a negative effect on our gross margin.

 
Income Taxes

      As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves us estimating our actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and accounting purposes. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance.

      Management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We have recorded a full valuation allowance as of December 31, 2001 and 2002, because, based on the available evidence, we believe it is more likely than not that we will not be able to utilize all of our deferred tax assets in the future. Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance, were zero as of December 31, 2001 and 2002.

     Stock-based Compensation

      Our stock-based employee compensation plans are described more fully in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements. We account for those plans under the recognition and measurement principles of Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations. We amortize stock-based compensation using the straight-line method over the vesting periods of the related options, which are generally four years.

      We have recorded deferred stock-based compensation representing the difference between the deemed fair value of our common stock for accounting purposes and the option exercise price. We determined the deemed fair value of our common stock based upon several factors, including a valuation report of our Company from an independent appraiser, trends in the broad market for technology stocks and the expected valuation we would obtain in an initial public offering. We recorded deferred stock-based compensation of $6.7 million for stock options granted to employees during the year ended December 31, 2002, and we amortized $1.7 million of this amount in the year ended December 31, 2002. Had different assumptions or criteria been used to determine the deemed fair value of our common stock, materially different amounts of stock-based compensation could have been reported.

      Pro forma information regarding net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share is required in order to show our net income (loss) as if we had accounted for employee stock options under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148. This information is contained in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements. The fair value of options and shares issued pursuant to our option plans at the grant date

38


Table of Contents

were estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. This model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option-pricing models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. We use projected volatility rates, which are based upon historical volatility rates experienced by comparable public companies. Because our employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of publicly traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of our stock options.

      The effects of applying pro forma disclosures of net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share are not likely to be representative of the pro forma effects on net income and earnings per share in the future years for the following reasons: (1) the number of future shares to be issued under these plans is not known and (2) the assumptions used to determine the fair value can vary significantly.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure Regarding Market Risk

      The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. Some of the securities that we may invest in may have market risk. This means that a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the investment to fluctuate. For example, if we hold a security that was issued with a fixed interest rate at the then-prevailing rate and the prevailing interest rate later rises, the principal amount of our investment will probably decline. To minimize this risk in the future, we intend to maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term investments in a variety of securities, including commercial paper, money market funds, government and non-government debt securities. The average duration of all of our investments in 2002 was less than one year. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe we currently have no material exposure to interest rate risk arising from our investments.

      Inflation has not had a significant impact on our operations during the periods presented.

      We transact business in various foreign countries. All foreign currency cash flow requirements are met using spot foreign exchange transactions. We currently do not hedge any of our local currency cash flows, however we may in the future review the potential for hedging local currency cash flows.

Related Party Transactions

      For a description of our related party transactions, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.”

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.” SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity to be recognized and measured initially at fair value only when the liability is incurred. SFAS No. 146 is effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS 146 to have a material impact on the our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 45, or FIN 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” FIN 45 requires that a liability be recorded in the guarantor’s balance sheet upon issuance of a guarantee. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. Our guarantees issued before December 15, 2002, which would have been disclosed in accordance with disclosure requirements of FIN 45, were not material.

      In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” EITF Issue No. 00-21 provides guidance on how to account for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. The provisions

39


Table of Contents

of EITF Issue No. 00-21 will apply to revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. We do not expect the adoption of EITF No. 00-21 to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure.” SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS No. 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The alternative methods of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The disclosure provision of SFAS No. 148 is effective for interim periods beginning after December 15, 2002. The Company follows APB 25 in accounting for its employee stock options. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Change in Auditors

      Deloitte & Touche LLP previously served as our independent accountants as well as the accountants for our prior parent Nortel Networks. In February 2002, concurrent with Nortel Networks selling its remaining ownership of our capital stock, we changed from Deloitte & Touche to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as our independent accountants. Our audit committee and the board of directors approved the decision to change accountants.

      In connection with the audit of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2000, we had no disagreements with Deloitte & Touche LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statements disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements if not resolved to their satisfaction would have caused Deloitte & Touche LLP to make reference in connection with their opinion to the subject matter of the disagreement.

      The audit report of Deloitte & Touche LLP on our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2000, did not contain any adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor were they qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.

40


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

General

      We are a leader in designing, developing and marketing technologically advanced, branded networking products that address the specific needs of the small business, which we define as a business with fewer than 250 employees, and home users. We supply innovative networking products that meet the ease-of-use, quality, reliability, performance and affordability requirements of these users. Our broad suite of approximately 100 products enables users to share Internet access, peripherals, files, digital media content and applications among multiple personal computers, or PCs, and other Internet-enabled devices. Our products are grouped into three major segments within the small business and home markets: Ethernet networking products, broadband products and wireless networking products. We sell our products primarily through a global sales channel network, which includes traditional retailers with over 5,000 locations worldwide, online retailers, direct market resellers, or DMRs, value added resellers, or VARs, and broadband service providers.

Industry Background

      A number of factors are driving today’s increasing demand for networking products within small businesses and homes. As the number of computing devices, such as PCs, has increased in recent years, networks are being deployed in order to share information and resources among users and devices. This information and resource sharing occurs internally, through a local area network, or LAN, or externally, via the Internet. To take advantage of complex applications, advanced communication capabilities and rich multimedia, users are upgrading their Internet connections by deploying high-speed broadband access technologies. Users are also demanding the convenience and flexibility of operating their PCs, laptops and related computing devices in a more mobile, or wireless, manner. Finally, as the usage of networks, including the Internet, has increased, users have become much more focused on the security of their connections and the protection of the data within their networks.

      The number of PCs within small businesses and homes is increasing. The increased affordability and capabilities of these devices are driving small businesses and homes to deploy multiple PCs within these environments. According to International Data Corporation, or IDC, at the end of 2002, 69% of U.S. businesses with less than 100 employees have multiple PCs, while only 32% have deployed networks. As the number of PCs has grown and users have become more familiar with and dependent upon their capabilities, users are demanding networks that enable them to share devices (printers and storage), access data and rich content (pictures, music and video files), leverage collaborative applications (email and instant messaging) and share Internet access.

      As small business and home users increasingly need to access and interact with bandwidth intensive files and applications, they are demanding an upgrade from dial-up connections to broadband connections, using cable or digital subscriber line, or DSL, modems, which enable Internet access at speeds up to 20 times faster than dial-up modems. Broadband Internet access services have become increasingly affordable and available, thereby fueling penetration of these services. According to IDC, the number of DSL and cable modem broadband Internet connections worldwide is expected to increase from 56.1 million in 2002 to 174.1 million in 2006, reflecting a compound annual growth rate of 33%. Increasingly, networking products are being deployed within small businesses and homes in order to share these high-speed Internet connections among multiple users and devices.

      As wireless technologies have become more prevalent, cost-efficient and easy-to-use and install, small business and home users increasingly value the flexibility to wirelessly access and interact with their networks, including the Internet. For small businesses or homes, wireless LANs provide mobility for users and can be an affordable alternative to a wired network. Users are also able to utilize their notebook computers to access networks from a variety of locations, including their homes, offices and various other ‘hot spot’ locations, such as airports, cafes and university campuses. The adoption of industry standards for wireless LAN communications has helped spur the proliferation of a variety of wireless products for both the small business and home markets. Cahners’ In-Stat/ MDR estimates that the total number of worldwide

41


Table of Contents

shipments of wireless LAN equipment, including both network interface cards, or NICs, and access points, will grow from 18.4 million in 2002 to 75.0 million in 2006, reflecting a compound annual growth rate of 42%.

      With the proliferation of networks, maintaining the security of information and protecting the privacy of communication becomes essential to both small business and home users alike. Unlike the private dedicated communication networks of past decades, which were relatively secure from intruders, the Internet and networks connected to it are increasingly susceptible to security threats. In recent years, there has been a heightened awareness of the need to protect against breaches of network security. Accordingly, there has been an increase in the demand for security related products, or the integration of security features into networking products such as Internet routers and wireless networking equipment, to protect information on networks and to limit the usage of networks only to authorized individuals.

      Networking products for the small business and home markets are primarily classified into three broad categories:

           Ethernet networking products, including switches (multiple port devices used to network PCs and peripherals), NICs or adapters (devices that connect PCs to a network), and peripheral servers such as print servers (devices that manage printing on a network).

           Broadband products, including routers (intelligent devices used to connect two networks together, such as a local area network and the Internet), gateways (a router with an integrated modem for Internet access), and products that include an integrated wireless access point such as a wireless gateway.

           Wireless networking products, including access points (devices that provide a wireless link between the wired network and wireless devices) and wireless NICs or adapters (devices that wirelessly connect PCs to a network).

      A typical small business network consists of:

  •  multiple PCs;
 
  •  peripherals such as printers and storage devices;
 
  •  a network connection device such as a router, which often includes security functionality;
 
  •  a NIC for each personal computer; and
 
  •  a central network controller such as a switch.

      A typical home network consists of:

  •  one or more PCs;
 
  •  peripherals such as printers and scanners;
 
  •  Internet access devices such as a router or a gateway; and
 
  •  a NIC for each personal computer.

      Within both the small business and home markets, devices are typically linked together through Ethernet cables or, increasingly, wireless connections. In-home power lines can also be used to transmit data among components to form a home network.

      Based on industry sources, we believe that the market for small business and home networking products will grow from approximately $3.0 billion in 2002 to approximately $5.2 billion in 2005.

      Small business and home users demand a complete set of wired and wireless networking and broadband solutions that are tailored to their specific needs and budgets and also incorporate the latest networking technologies. These users require the continual introduction of new and refined products. Small business and home users often lack extensive IT resources and technical knowledge and therefore demand ‘plug-and-play’ or easy-to-install and use solutions. These users demand reliable products that require little or no

42


Table of Contents

maintenance, and are supported by effective technical support and customer service. We believe that these users also prefer the convenience of obtaining a networking solution from a single vendor with whom they are familiar, and as they expand their networks, tend to be loyal purchasers of that vendor. In addition, purchasing decisions of users in the small business and home markets are also driven by the affordability of networking products. To provide reliable, easy-to-use products at an attractive price, we believe a successful vendor must have a company-wide focus on the unique requirements of this market and the operational discipline and cost-efficient company infrastructure and processes that allow for efficient product development, manufacturing and distribution.

Competitive Strengths

      Since our inception in 1996, we have been solely focused on the networking needs of the small business and home markets. We provide a broad family of innovative networking products and have shipped over 17 million units worldwide. Over the course of the past seven years, we have built a significant market share in several of the geographic and product markets we serve. We believe that the NETGEAR brand name is widely recognized for quality products that meet the networking needs of small business and home users worldwide.

      Reliable, Easy-to-Use, Affordable Products. We design quality products, perform rigorous technology evaluation and conduct significant product testing, which we believe allow us to achieve a high degree of customer satisfaction and a low rate of product returns and defects. Our networking products are easy to install, use and maintain and minimize the need for users to perform hardware or software configuration. For example, our proprietary, Internet browser-based ‘Smart Wizard’ application provides users with simple graphical step-by-step installation instructions, including the automatic detection of their Internet connection type in order to automatically configure their routers or gateways. We also provide comprehensive technical support and customer service. Our products satisfy the budgetary requirements of small businesses and home users.

      Broad Product Offering. We offer an extensive range of networking products to users within the small business and home markets, including routers, gateways, access points, switches and NICs. Our product line includes approximately 100 products that are available in multiple configurations to serve the geographic region in which they are sold. Our products are designed for a variety of networking environments, including traditional Ethernet cabling and wireless as well as emerging in-home electrical wiring communication. We offer broadband products for a wide range of connection types, such as DSL and cable modems. Our wireless products include wireless LAN and security functionality to address the increasing mobility and security requirements of users. We believe users in the small business and home markets prefer to purchase all of their networking products from one vendor. We therefore believe the breadth of our product line represents a competitive strength due to our ability to meet a wide range of their networking needs.

      Extensive Global Channel Presence. We sell our products in North America, Europe and Asia Pacific through an extensive network of sales channels. Our net revenue is well balanced worldwide, with 63% of our net revenue in 2002 being derived from sales in the United States and 37% derived from international sales. Our worldwide channel presence enables our end-user customers to purchase our products with the same ease with which they purchase personal computers and software. We currently sell products through traditional retailers with more than 2,800 retail locations in North America, including Best Buy, Circuit City, CompUSA, Costco, Fry’s Electronics and Staples domestically, and 2,500 international retail locations, such as MediaMarkt (Germany, Austria) and PC World (UK) in Europe, and Harris (Australia) in Asia Pacific. Our broad product offering and sales volume enables us to command substantial shelf space at our traditional retailers worldwide, which we believe is a significant competitive advantage in our target markets. We also sell through online stores such as Amazon.com and Buy.com. We have a significant DMR presence, in both catalog sales and direct marketing channels, including relationships with CDW and PC Connections domestically and Misco Global, MicroWarehouse and Insight Direct both domestically and internationally. We have relationships with thousands of VARs worldwide, including over 5,000 domestically and more than 1,500 internationally, which participate in our Powershift Partner program. This program provides incentives and

43


Table of Contents

training to select members who meet quarterly sales goals. In addition, we recently began selling our products through broadband service providers such as Time-Warner Cable and Telewest UK.

      History of Product Innovation. The product requirements of small business and home networking users are continually changing with the rapid adoption of new technologies. We believe that our experience, market presence, and global reach enable us to identify trends in product demand and rapidly introduce products to meet that demand. Our main headquarters are based in Silicon Valley and we team with a number of leading semiconductor and software companies in order to offer products that incorporate emerging technologies. In addition, our internal research and development efforts focus on designing products that meet the requirements of both the small business and home markets. We believe that the combination of our demand assessment capabilities and our technology collaborations often provides us with a time-to-market advantage. We have a history of being the first company to introduce a number of new technologies to the small business and home markets including unmanaged Gigabit Ethernet switches, Cable/ DSL routers, wireless routers and gateways with high security capabilities and 802.11a/b/g wireless NICs. In 2002, we introduced 40 new products.

      Operational Discipline. We utilize our management team’s significant experience in the networking, computer and retail industries to maintain tight operational discipline over product development and supply chain and channel inventory management. This has resulted in reduced manufacturing lead times, warranty costs, price protection expenses and channel inventory. Once we have identified a promising new networking technology, we work closely with our component vendors and original design manufacturer partners, or ODMs, in China and Taiwan to bring our products to market quickly, minimize product costs and ensure product quality. We have implemented several operational efficiency initiatives, including refining our supply chain management by introducing computerized monitoring of inventory levels and end-user purchases for many of our domestic resellers. We have also introduced a sophisticated demand assessment process, which allows us to work with our resellers to closely monitor demand for specific product offerings.

Our Strategy

      Our objective is to be the leading provider of innovative networking products that address the needs of the small business and home markets. The following are key elements of our strategy:

      Be first to market with innovative products. We believe that our experience in the small business and home markets, along with our access to technology road maps through our relationships with leading semiconductor and software companies, enable us to quickly introduce innovative products to the market. We intend to extend our technology leadership by strengthening current relationships and forging new relationships with emerging suppliers of software and semiconductor technology. We intend to continue to invest in internal research and development activities designed to enhance our products to satisfy the wide range of evolving networking requirements in small businesses and homes. We plan to further broaden our product portfolio into new areas that will complement our current product offerings while leveraging our brand, channel presence and operational efficiency. For example, we believe our recent introduction of managed Ethernet switches for small businesses addresses an important market opportunity.

      Expand and enhance our sales channels. We believe that the most effective way to sell networking products to the small business and home markets is through a diverse set of traditional retailers, online retailers, DMRs, VARs and broadband service providers. We plan to expand relationships with our retail network, and continue to add new resellers, such as general merchandise retailers like Costco, which began selling our products in the fourth quarter of 2002. Similarly we intend to continue to work closely with the VAR channel, both in terms of expanding the number of our relationships as well as developing products specifically addressing their customers’ needs. We are increasingly developing and enhancing relationships with broadband service providers in North America and internationally and have, as an example, begun reselling our products through Time-Warner Cable and Telewest UK. We intend to continue these initiatives and expect to pursue similar relationships with broadband service providers in the future.

      Extend our geographic presence. We believe that one of our most significant competitive advantages is our global presence. We derive substantial revenue from each of the North American, European and Asia

44


Table of Contents

Pacific markets. In 2002, 37% of our net revenue was generated from international sales. We view several international markets as opportunities for continued significant growth for our business. We have recently entered the market in China by setting up sales offices and establishing a presence with local retailers and VARs. We intend to continue to expand our geographic presence by targeting emerging and growing markets, such as China and India, either through direct investment or teaming with existing local companies. In addition, we plan to leverage our success in European countries, such as Italy, that are experiencing growing demand for networking products. From time to time, we may also consider acquisitions, strategic alliances or joint ventures to increase our penetration in identified markets.

      Expand our marketing initiatives. NETGEAR is one of the most widely recognized brands in the small business and home networking markets, known for affordable, reliable and easy-to-use products. We believe that the purchasing decisions of small business and home users are influenced by brand recognition. Consequently, we have made significant investments to establish the NETGEAR brand, our GearGuy logo and the consistent and recognizable design of our products. We intend to continue building our brand identity through product design, packaging, public relations, advertising campaigns and other marketing efforts.

      Enhance operational efficiencies. We believe one of the keys to our success in operating a profitable business within the small business and home networking markets has been our ability to control operational costs while continuing to provide first-to-market, innovative products. We have implemented processes to manage product development efficiency, inventory and channel costs, and overall operating expenses. We plan to continue to invest in personnel, technology and processes to enhance our operational discipline and efficiencies with respect to product development, manufacturing, demand assessment and supply chain and channel inventory management. By focusing on operational efficiencies, we intend to continue to meet the demands of our target markets for affordable, high quality products while maintaining a profitable business model.

Products

      Our extensive product line currently includes approximately 100 different products. These products are available in multiple configurations to address the needs of our customers in each geographic region in which our products are sold. Our products target the following three major segments within the small business and home markets:

  •  Ethernet networking products, including switches, NICs or adapters and print servers;
 
  •  broadband products, including wired and wireless routers and gateways; and
 
  •  wireless networking products, including access points and wireless NICs or adapters.

45


Table of Contents

      The following table identifies our principal products as of March 31, 2003:

         

SMALL BUSINESS HOME

    Switches
• 10/100 megabits per second, or using Ethernet cables
• 10/100/1000 Mbps using Ethernet or fiber cables
• 10/100/1000 Mbps Stackable using Ethernet or fiber cables
• 10/100/1000 Mbps Managed using Ethernet or fiber cables
  Switches
• 10/100 Mbps Platinum Series using Ethernet cables
 
ETHERNET
NETWORKING
PRODUCTS
       
 
    NICs   NICs
    • 10/100 Mbps Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) NIC
• 10/100 Mbps PC Card NIC
• 10/100 Mbps Ethernet Universal Serial Bus (USB) NIC
• 1000 Mbps PCI NIC
  • 10/100 Mbps PCI NIC
• 10/100 Mbps PC card NIC
• 10/100 Mbps Ethernet USB NIC
• 14Mbps Wall-Plugged NIC
    Servers   Servers
    • Print Servers   • Print Servers

BROADBAND
PRODUCTS
  Routers
• Ethernet Cable/DSL Web Safe Router
• Ethernet Cable/ DSL ProSafe Firewall Router
• Ethernet Cable/ DSL ProSafe Virtual Private Network (VPN) Firewall Router
• Wireless 802.11b ProSafe Firewall Router
• Wireless 802.11b ProSafe VPN Firewall Router
• Wireless 802.11a Cable/ DSL High-Speed Router
  Routers/ Gateways
• Ethernet Cable Modem
• Ethernet DSL Modem
• Ethernet Cable Modem Gateway
• Ethernet DSL Modem Gateway
• Ethernet Cable/ DSL Web Safe Gateway
• Wireless 802.11b DSL Modem Gateway
• Wireless 802.11b Cable/ DSL Router
• Wireless 802.11b Cable Modem Gateway

    Access Points   Access Points
WIRELESS
NETWORKING
PRODUCTS
 
  • 802.11a Access Point
• 802.11a/b Dual-Mode Wireless Access Point
• Power Over Ethernet Adapter
NICs
• 802.11a Wireless PCI NIC
• 802.11a Wireless 32-bit Card Bus NIC
• 802.11a/b Dual-Mode Wireless NIC
• 802.11a/b/g Dual Band Tri-mode Wireless NIC
  • 802.11b Access Point
• 802.11g Access Point


NICs
• 802.11b Wireless USB NIC
• 802.11b Wireless PCI NIC
• 802.11b Wireless PC Card NIC
• 802.11b Compact Flash NIC
• 802.11g Wireless PC Card NIC

      We customize our products to meet the specific needs of both the small business and home markets, tailoring various elements of the product design, including component specification, physical characteristics such as casing, design and coloration, and specific hardware and software features to meet the needs of these markets. However, we leverage many of our technological developments, high volume manufacturing, technical support and engineering infrastructure across both markets to maximize business efficiencies.

      Our small business products are designed with an industrial look and feel, including metal cases, and for some product categories, the ability to mount the product within standard data networking racks. These products typically include higher port counts, higher data transfer rates and other performance characteristics

46


Table of Contents

designed to meet the needs of a small business user. For example, we offer data transfer rates up to one Gigabit per second for our business products to meet the higher capacity requirements of business users. These products are also designed to support transmission modes such as fiber optic cabling, which is common in more sophisticated business environments. Security requirements within our broadband products include firewall and virtual private network capabilities that allow for secure interactions between remote offices and business headquarter locations. Our wireless product offerings for the small business market include higher transfer rates as well as enhanced security capabilities often required in a business setting.

      Our current development efforts for Ethernet networking products for the small business market include expanding our network management capabilities, as well as offering higher port counts and densities for Fast Ethernet and Gigabit products to support the needs of growing small business customers. For our broadband products in the small business market, we plan to continue enhancing the capabilities of our routers with advanced firewall and virtual private network capabilities and to permit voice calls over the Internet. We expect that these capabilities will be offered in both traditional copper cabling as well as wireless connectivity modes including 802.11b, dual-mode 802.11a/b and tri-mode 802.11a/b/g. Developments in the wireless networking product area include additional 802.11g and tri-mode 802.11a/b/g and 802.11a/b capabilities for access points and NICs, offering advanced speeds, security and backward compatibility.

      Our home products are designed with pleasing visual and physical aesthetics that are more desirable in a home environment. For example, products featuring our Platinum series physical designs have a silver/gray coloring and lighter plastic casings to appeal to home users. Our Ethernet products for the home market use a lower cost electrical component design and contain lower port counts to meet the increased price sensitivity and specific data networking requirements of home consumers. Our wireless offerings in the home support sufficient data transfer rates for most home user applications, but at a lower price than higher capacity wireless offerings for the small business market. Our broadband products are available with features such as parental control capabilities and firewall security, to allow for safer, more controlled Internet usage in families with children. Our broadband products designed for the home market also contain advanced installation software that guides a less sophisticated data networking user through the installation process with their broadband service provider, using a graphical user interface and simple point and click operations. Our home product offerings include wall-plug data transmission modes which allow home users to take advantage of their existing electrical wiring infrastructure for transmitting data among network components.

      We are developing a substantial number of new product offerings for the home market. Our current development efforts for Ethernet networking products include expanding our product lines using in-home power lines to form a network, low cost Gigabit Ethernet NICs, and engineering redesigns to allow for price and cost reductions in our switch line. For our broadband products, we plan to expand our portfolio of wired and wireless gateways with integrated asynchronous DSL and cable modem capabilities, with enhanced ease-of-setup installation and ease-of-use capabilities. We expect these capabilities will be offered in both traditional copper cabling as well as 802.11b, and 802.11g wireless connectivity modes. Our development efforts in the wireless networking product area include a line of 802.11g access points, routers and gateways, NICs and bridges with faster speeds, expanded range and enhanced security.

Sales Channels

      Our products are sold through multiple sales channels worldwide, including traditional retailers, online retailers, DMRs, VARs and, recently, broadband service providers. We sell our products through more than 5,000 traditional retail locations, including domestic and international stores and online retailers, such as Amazon.com and Buy.com. Our retail channel primarily supplies products that are sold into the home market. We sell directly to Best Buy, Circuit City, Costco, Fry’s Electronics and Staples. The remaining traditional retailers, as well as our online retailers, are fulfilled through approximately 65 wholesale distributors, the largest of which are Ingram Micro and Tech Data. These wholesale distributors are located in the United States, the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Japan and Canada and approximately 30 other countries. We work directly with our retail channels on market development activities, such as co-advertising, in-store promotions and demonstrations, event sponsorship and sales associate training as well as establishing “store within a store” websites and banner advertising.

47


Table of Contents

      We primarily sell our small business products through an extensive network of DMRs and VARs. Our DMRs include companies such as CDW and Insight. VARs include over 5,000 registered Powershift Partners in the United States and more than 1,500 Powershift Partners internationally. Our Powershift Partners are resellers who achieve prescribed quarterly sales goals and as a result may receive sales incentives, which can be used to offset marketing costs or marketing development funding. In addition, our Powershift Partners receive other sales tools, including select products available as demonstration units at an additional discount from our standard list price, exclusive promotions and rebates, monthly e-mails and newsletters with technical, marketing and sales updates, training and seminars, and co-marketing funds. In addition, our products are also resold by a large number of smaller VARs whose sales are not large enough to qualify them for our Powershift Partner program. Our DMRs and VARs purchase our products through our wholesale distributors, primarily Ingram Micro and Tech Data.

      The top five resellers of our products by dollar value as of December 31, 2002, in each category, are set forth in alphabetical order in the table below:

             
Retail

Domestic Stores International Stores Online Retailers DMRs




• Best Buy*
• Circuit City*
• CompUSA
• Fry’s Electronics*
• Staples*
 
• Future Shops (Canada)
• MediaMarkt (Germany, Austria)
• PC World (UK)
• Saturn (Germany, Austria)
• Surcouf (France)
 
• 4sure.com
• Amazon.com
• Buy.com
• Dabs.com
• Systemax
 
• CDW
• Insight
• MicroWarehouse
• Misco
• PC Connection

These customers buy our products directly from us. The remaining customers on this list buy their products through our wholesale distributors.

     We are currently developing and enhancing relationships with broadband service providers in North America and internationally and have recently signed agreements with Time-Warner Cable and Telewest UK to distribute our products to their subscribers.

Research and Development

      As of December 31, 2002, we had 26 employees engaged in research and development. We believe that our success depends on our ability to develop products that meet the changing user needs and to anticipate and proactively respond to evolving technology in a timely and cost-effective basis. Accordingly, we have made investments in our research and development department in order to effectively evaluate new technologies and develop new products. Our research and development employees work closely with our manufacturing partners to bring our products to market in a timely, high quality and cost-efficient manner.

      We identify and qualify new technologies, and we work closely with our various technology suppliers and manufacturing partners to develop products using one of two manufacturing methodologies as described below.

      ODM. Under the ODM methodology, which we use for most of our product development activities, we define the product concept and specification and perform the technology selection and component qualification. We then work with our technology suppliers to develop the chipsets and detailed circuit designs. If additional software is required, we either develop the software in-house, subcontract the development of the software, or purchase it from a third-party vendor. Once prototypes are completed, we work with our ODMs to complete the debugging and systems integration and testing. Our ODMs conduct all of the agency approval processes for electrical safety and electromagnetic interference. After completion of the final tests, agency approvals and product documentation, the product is released for production.

      OEM. Under the OEM methodology, which we use for a limited number of products, we define the product specification and then purchase the product from OEM suppliers that have existing products fitting our design requirements. Once a technology supplier’s product is selected, we work with the OEM supplier to complete the cosmetic changes to fit into our mechanical and packaging design, as well as our documentation

48


Table of Contents

standard. If software is involved, the look and feel of the software is modified by the OEM supplier to meet our standards. The OEM supplier completes regulatory approvals on our behalf. When all design verification and regulatory testing is completed, the product is released for production.

      Our internal research and development efforts focus on improving the industrial design of our products and enhancing their ease-of-use through the development of software such as our proprietary ‘Smart Wizard’ application. Our total research and development expenses were $3.3 million in 2000, $4.4 million in 2001 and $7.7 million in 2002.

Manufacturing

      Our primary manufacturing contractors are Delta Electronics, Cameo Communications Inc., Lite-On Group, Sercomm Corp. and Zcom Inc., all of which are headquartered in Taiwan. Most of the actual manufacturing of our products occurs in mainland China. We allocate a substantial majority of our manufacturing to Delta Electronics, which is associated with Delta International Holding Limit, one of our stockholders. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for a further discussion of this relationship. In addition to their responsibility for the manufacturing of our products, our manufacturers purchase all necessary parts and materials to produce complete, finished goods. To maintain quality standards for our suppliers, we have established our own product testing and quality organization based in Hong Kong, which is responsible for auditing and inspecting product quality on the premises of our subcontractors.

      Through our ODM and OEM suppliers, we indirectly purchase several key components from limited sources. Many of the semiconductors used in our products are specifically designed for use in these products and are obtained from sole source suppliers on a purchase order basis. In addition, other key components we obtain from limited sources are connector jacks, plastic casings, physical layer transceivers, which are used in all of our products, and switching fabric semiconductors, which are used in our Ethernet switches and Internet gateway products.

      We currently outsource warehousing and distribution logistics to three third party logistics providers who are responsible for warehousing, customer order fulfillment and distribution of products. In addition, these parties are also responsible for some final packaging of our products including bundling components to form kits, and inserting appropriate documentation and power adapters. APL Logistics Americas Ltd in Walnut, California serves the Americas region, Kerry Logistics Ltd in Hong Kong is our logistics provider serving the Asia Pacific region, and Furness Logistics BV in the Netherlands serves the Europe, Middle East and Africa regions.

Sales and Marketing

      As of December 31, 2002, we had 60 employees in our sales department and 13 employees in our marketing department. We work directly with our resellers on market development activities, such as co-advertising, in-store promotions and demonstrations, event sponsorship and sales associate training. We also participate in major industry trade shows and marketing events. Our marketing department is comprised of our product marketing and corporate marketing groups.

      Our product marketing group focuses on product strategy, product development roadmaps, the new product introduction process, product lifecycle management, demand assessment and competitive analysis. The group works closely with our sales and research and development groups to align our product development roadmap to meet key channel technology requirements from a strategic perspective. The group also ensures that product development activities, product launches, channel marketing program activities, and ongoing demand and supply planning occur in a well-managed, timely basis in coordination with our development, manufacturing, and sales groups, as well as our ODM, OEM and sales channel partners.

      Our corporate marketing group is responsible for defining and building our corporate brand. The group focuses on defining our mission, brand promise and marketing messages on a worldwide basis. This group also defines the marketing approaches in the areas of advertising, public relations, events, channel programs and our web delivery mechanisms. These marketing messages and approaches are customized for both the

49


Table of Contents

small business and home markets through a variety of delivery mechanisms designed to effectively reach end users in a cost-efficient manner.

      The needs of our small business and home customers differ, and therefore our marketing initiatives for each of these segments are distinct. In the small business market, we have focused on emphasizing our product line expansion, such as our introduction of an 802.11a/b/g dual band tri-mode wireless adapter, performance and reliability, and on channel development, while in the home market we have emphasized our wireless offerings, ease-of-use and aesthetics. In both markets, we have focused on developing the NETGEAR brand name, expanding our advertising programs and increasing public awareness through high visibility in the technical and popular press.

      We conduct much of our international sales and marketing operations through NETGEAR International, Inc., our domestic subsidiary, as well as through NETGEAR Deutschland GmbH, a German company and wholly-owned subsidiary of NETGEAR International, Inc.

Technical Support

      As of December 31, 2002, we employed eight persons in our technical support function. Although we design our products to require minimal technical support, if an end user is in need of support, we provide free, high-quality, technical support worldwide over the phone and Internet. We use approximately 175 people, whose services we contract for through third parties, to provide technical support for our products. We currently subcontract first and second level technical support for our products to third parties. First level technical support represents the first team member a customer will reach with questions, and typically these individuals are able to answer routine technical questions. If they are unable to answer the question, the first level support member will forward the question to our second level support team, who are more experienced and have a greater level of technical expertise. The most difficult or unique questions are forwarded to NETGEAR employees who provide third level technical support. In the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia, first and second level technical support is provided 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year on toll-free lines. Local language support is also available during local business hours in China, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, Korea, Spain and Sweden. In addition to providing third level technical support, internal NETGEAR employees design our technical support database and are responsible for training and managing the third-party operations. We use the feedback from our technical support organization to enhance our current and future products.

Competition

      The small business and home markets are intensely competitive and subject to rapid technological change. We expect competition to continue to intensify. Our principal competitors include:

  •  within the small business market, companies such as 3Com, Allied Telesyn, Cisco Systems, Dell Computer, D-Link, Linksys, Hewlett-Packard and Nortel Networks; and
 
  •  within the home market, companies such as D-Link, Linksys and Microsoft.

      Cisco Systems has recently announced plans to acquire Linksys.

      Other current competitors include numerous local vendors such as Correga and Melco/ Buffalo Technology in Japan and TP-Link in China. Our potential competitors include consumer electronics vendors who could integrate networking capabilities into their line of products.

      Many of our existing and potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition and substantially greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources. As a result, they may have more advanced technology, larger distribution channels, stronger brand names, better customer service and

50


Table of Contents

access to more customers than we do. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the small business and home markets for networking products are:

  •  product breadth;
 
  •  size and scope of the sales channel;
 
  •  brand name;
 
  •  timeliness of new product introductions;
 
  •  product performance, features, functionality and reliability;
 
  •  price;
 
  •  ease-of-installation, maintenance and use; and
 
  •  customer service and support.

      We believe that we compete favorably in each of these categories. To remain competitive, we believe we must invest significant resources in developing new products, enhancing our current products, expanding our sales channels and maintaining customer satisfaction worldwide.

Intellectual Property

      We believe that our continued success will depend primarily on the technical expertise, speed of technology implementation, creative skills and management abilities of our officers and key employees, plus ownership of a limited but important set of copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets and patents. We primarily rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret and patent laws, nondisclosure agreements with employees, consultants and suppliers and other contractual provisions to establish, maintain and protect our proprietary rights. We also hold one patent relating to our home product industrial design and one provisional patent in the United States relating to our automatic installation program, the ‘Smart Wizard.’

      In addition, we rely on third-party licensors for patented hardware and software license rights in technology that are incorporated into and are necessary for the operation and functionality of our products. We typically retain limited exclusivity over intellectual property we jointly develop with our OEM and ODM manufacturers. Our success will depend in part on our continued ability to have access to these technologies.

      We have trade secret rights for our products, consisting mainly of product design, technical product documentation and software. We also own and use distinctive trademarks on or in connection with our products, including NETGEAR, the GearGuy logo, FirstGear, ProSafe and Web Safe. NETGEAR is a trademark registered in Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, the European Union, Japan, New Zealand and the United States. We have obtained or applied for registration for the “Everybody’s Connecting” trademark in Australia, the European Union, Japan, Korea and the United States. We have registered several Internet domain names that we use for electronic interaction with our customers including dissemination of product information, marketing programs, product registration, sales activities, and other commercial uses.

Employees

      As of December 31, 2002, we had 173 employees, with 81 in sales, marketing and technical support, 26 in research and development, 33 in operations, and 33 in finance, information systems and administration. We have never had a work stoppage among our employees and no personnel are represented under collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

      TriNet Employer Group, Inc. provides human resource services to NETGEAR and our employees including payroll, employee relations and certain employee benefit plans. TriNet is an employer services company contracted by us to perform certain employer responsibilities on our behalf, and TriNet is the employer of record for payroll, benefits and other functions involving our employment related administration. Our agreement with TriNet is terminable by either party with 90 days notice.

51


Table of Contents

Facilities

      Our principal administrative, sales, marketing and research and development facilities occupy approximately 56,000 square feet in an office complex in Santa Clara, California, under a lease that expires in December 2004. Several of our domestic sales employees perform their duties using leases of individual offices. Our international sales personnel reside in local sales offices in Great Britain, Germany, France, Sweden, Italy, Spain, Japan, Korea, Australia and China. We also have operations personnel using a facility in Hong Kong, which is subleased from our third party logistics provider, Kerry Logistics. We believe our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs.

      We use third parties to provide warehousing services to us, consisting of facilities in Southern California, Hong Kong and the Netherlands.

Legal Proceedings

      We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings. We may be subject to various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business from time to time.

52


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

      The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of March 15, 2003.

             
Name Age Position



Patrick C.S. Lo
    46     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Raymond P. Robidoux
    53     President
Jonathan R. Mather
    52     Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Mark G. Merrill
    48     Chief Technology Officer
Leslie A. Adams
    48     Vice President of Marketing
Michael F. Falcon
    47     Vice President of Operations
Charles T. Olson
    47     Vice President of Engineering
Timothy M. Brown
    29     Director
Linwood A. Lacy, Jr.(1)
    57     Director
Gerald A. Poch(1)
    55     Director
Gregory J. Rossmann(2)
    41     Director
Stephen D. Royer(1)(2)
    38     Director


(1)  Messrs. Lacy, Poch and Royer are members of the audit committee.
 
(2)  Messrs. Rossmann and Royer are members of the compensation committee.

      Patrick C.S. Lo has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since March 2002. From September 1999 to March 2002, he served as our President, and since our inception in 1996 to September 1999, he served as Vice President and General Manager. Mr. Lo joined Bay Networks, a networking company, in August 1995 to launch a division targeting the small business and home markets and established the NETGEAR division in January 1996. From 1983 until 1995, Mr. Lo worked at Hewlett-Packard Company, a computer and test equipment company, where he served in various management positions in software sales, technical support, network product management, sales support and marketing in the United States and Asia, most recently as the Asia/ Pacific marketing director for Unix servers. Mr. Lo received a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Brown University.

      Raymond P. Robidoux has served as our President since July 2002. From July 2001 to May 2002, Mr. Robidoux worked at Quantum Corporation, a data technology company, where he served as senior vice president and general manager of the networked attached storage division. From March 1997 to March 2001, Mr. Robidoux was at Compaq Computer, a computer and test equipment company, where he served as vice president of its North America consumer business group, focused on sales, marketing and service, from March 1999 to March 2001, and as vice president of business planning and operations from March 1997 to February 1999. Prior to that, he held various management positions in the computer hardware industry, including sales, marketing and product development. Mr. Robidoux received a B.S. degree in Aerospace Engineering from California State Polytechnic University and an M.B.A. from Pepperdine University.

      Jonathan R. Mather has served as our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since August 2001. From July 1995 to March 2001, Mr. Mather worked at Applause Inc., a consumer products company, where he served as president and chief executive officer from 1998 to 2001, as chief financial officer and chief operating officer from 1997 to 1998 and as chief financial officer from 1995 to 1997. From 1985 to 1995, Mr. Mather was at Home Fashions Inc., a consumer products company, where he served as chief financial officer from 1992 to 1995, and as vice president, finance of an operating division, Louverdrape, from 1988 to 1992. Prior to that, he spent more than two years at the semiconductor division of Harris Corporation, a communications equipment company, where he served as the finance manager of the offshore manufacturing division. He has also worked in public accounting for four years with Coopers & Lybrand (now part of

53


Table of Contents

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP) and for two years with Ernst & Young. Mr. Mather is a certified management accountant (CMA) and is also a chartered accountant from the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Sri Lanka, where Mr. Mather received his undergraduate B.A. degree equivalent. Mr. Mather received an M.B.A. from Cornell University, New York.

      Mark G. Merrill has served as our Chief Technology Officer since January 2003. From September 1999 to January 2003, he served as Vice President of Engineering and served as Director of Engineering from September 1995 to September 1999. From 1987 to 1995, Mr. Merrill worked at SynOptics Communications, a local area networking company, which later merged with Wellfleet to become Bay Networks, where his responsibilities included system design and analog implementations for SynOptic’s first 10BASE-T products. Mr. Merrill received both a B.S. degree and an M.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University.

      Leslie A. Adams has served as our Vice President of Marketing since October 2002. From October 1995 to October 2002, Ms. Adams worked at Compaq Computer, a computer and test equipment company, where she served as Vice President of Marketing services and integration after Compaq’s merger with Hewlett-Packard Company and, prior to that, as vice president of volume marketing and vice president of its Americas consumer business group. Prior to that, Ms. Adams spent seven years at AT&T Consumer Products in several marketing director roles, including international business director, and five years at AT&T Information Systems in computer systems and small business systems management roles. Ms. Adams received a B.A. degree in Physics and English from Bucknell University and an M.B.A. from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

      Michael F. Falcon has served as our Vice President of Operations since November 2002. From September 1999 to November 2002, Mr. Falcon worked at Quantum Corporation, a data technology company, where he served as Vice President of Operations and supply chain management. From April 1999 to September 1999, Mr. Falcon was at Meridian Data, a storage company acquired by Quantum Corporation, where he served as vice president of operations. From February 1989 to April 1999, Mr. Falcon was at Silicon Valley Group, a semiconductor equipment manufacturer, where he served as director of operations, strategic planning and supply chain management. Prior to that, he served in management positions at SCI Systems, an electronics manufacturer, Xerox Imaging Systems, a provider of scanning and text recognition solutions, and Plantronics, Inc., a provider of lightweight communication headsets. Mr. Falcon received a B.A. degree in Economics from the University of California, Santa Cruz and has completed coursework in the M.B.A. program at Santa Clara University.

      Charles T. Olson has served as our Vice President of Engineering since January 2003. From July 1978 to January 2003, Mr. Olson worked at Hewlett-Packard Company, a computer and test equipment company, where he served as director of research and development for ProCurve networking from 1998 to 2003, as research and development manager for the Enterprise Netserver division from 1997 to 1998, and, prior to that, in various other engineering management roles in Hewlett-Packard’s Unix server and personal computer product divisions. Mr. Olson received a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of California, Davis and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University.

      Timothy M. Brown has served as one of our directors since February 2002. From April 2000 to the present, Mr. Brown has served as Vice President of BMO Nesbitt Burns Corp., which is associated with the Halyard Capital Fund, LP. From May 1998 to April 2000, Mr. Brown served as an associate in the Media & Telecommunications Group of CIBC World Markets Corp., an investment bank. From August 1996 to May 1998, Mr. Brown served as an analyst at UBS Securities LLC, an investment bank. Mr. Brown received a B.S. degree in Economics from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

      Linwood A. Lacy, Jr. has served as one of our directors since September 2002. From July 1998 to July 2001, Mr. Lacy served as chairman of 4Sure.com, a direct marketer of computer and technology products. From October 1996 to October 1997, Mr. Lacy served as president and chief executive officer of Micro Warehouse Incorporated, a micro computer direct-marketing company. From 1985 to May 1996, he served as the co-chairman and chief executive officer of Ingram Micro, Inc., a microcomputer products distributor and a then wholly-owned subsidiary of Ingram Industries Inc. From April 1996 to May 1996, Mr. Lacy served as

54


Table of Contents

vice chairman of Ingram Industries Inc.; from June 1995 to April 1996, he served as its president and chief executive officer; and from December 1993 to June 1995, he served as its president. Mr. Lacy is a director of EarthLink, Inc., a public company, as well as a director of several private companies, including Ingram Industries Inc. Mr. Lacy received both a B.S. degree in Chemical Engineering and an M.B.A from the University of Virginia.

      Gerald A. Poch has served as one of our directors since March 2000. From January 2000 to the present, Mr. Poch has served as a Managing Director of Pequot Capital Management, Inc. and co-head of Pequot Ventures. Since August 1998, Mr. Poch has been one of the leaders of the venture capital team responsible for the growth and strategic direction of the group. From August 1996 to June 1998, he was the chairman, president and chief executive officer of G.E. Capital Information Technology Solutions, Inc., a technology solutions provider. Prior to that, he served as co-founder, co-chairman and co-president of AmeriData Technologies, Inc. (the predecessor company of G.E. Capital Information Technology Solutions, Inc.), a value-added reseller and systems integrator of hardware and software systems. Mr. Poch is a director of BriteSmile, Inc. and Andrew Corporation, both public companies, as well as a director of several private companies. Mr. Poch received a B.S. degree from the University of Connecticut and a J.D. degree cum laude from Boston University Law School.

      Gregory J. Rossmann has served as one of our directors since February 2002. From April 2000 to the present, Mr. Rossmann has served as a General Partner of Pequot Capital Management, Inc.’s venture and private equity investment funds. From April 1994 to April 2000, Mr. Rossmann served as Managing Director and partner at Broadview International, an investment banking firm. From June 1991 to April 1994, he worked at Dynatech Corporation, a technology holding company, where he served as manager of new business development. Prior to that, he was a co-founder of Telemaster Corporation. Mr. Rossmann is a director of several private companies. Mr. Rossmann received a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Cincinnati and an M.B.A. from Santa Clara University.

      Stephen D. Royer has served as one of our directors since September 2000. From 1991 to the present, Mr. Royer has been with Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc., a merchant banking company, where he has served as a Managing Director for more than five years. Mr. Royer is a director of several private companies. Mr. Royer received a B.A. degree in Quantitative Economics from Stanford University and an M.B.A. degree from the University of California in Los Angeles.

Board Composition

      Our board of directors currently consists of six members, who are Messrs. Lo, Brown, Lacy, Poch, Rossmann and Royer. Mr. Lo is the only management member of our board of directors. Our preferred stockholders are parties to a voting agreement pursuant to which our current directors have been elected and ratified, which agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to us are not less than $35.0 million and our valuation immediately prior to the offering is at least $250.0 million. Upon the termination of the voting agreement, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected or qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation, disqualification or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers.

Director Compensation

      Following this offering, our non-employee directors will receive $1,000 per meeting and will be entitled to reimbursement of business, travel and other related expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of the board of directors and committee meetings. The chairman of our audit committee will receive an additional $1,000 per committee meeting attended and the chairman of the compensation committee will receive an additional $500 per meeting attended. In addition, our directors, including non-employee directors, are eligible to receive stock options under our 2000 Stock Option Plan. Non-employee directors who join our board of directors after completion of this offering will receive automatic, non-discretionary initial options to acquire 25,000 shares of our common stock, subject to three-year vesting.

55


Table of Contents

Directors who have served at least six months with us will also receive an annual option of 15,000 shares beginning at the first annual meeting following the completion of this offering, which will be subject to one-year vesting, under our 2003 Stock Plan. See “Benefit Plans — Director Option Program.”

Board Committees

      Our board of directors has the authority to appoint committees to perform certain management and administrative functions. Our board of directors currently has an audit committee and a compensation committee.

     Audit Committee

      Our audit committee is responsible for annually recommending independent accountants, preparing the reports, statements or charters as may be required by Nasdaq or the securities laws, and reviewing:

  •  the adequacy of our system of internal accounting controls;
 
  •  our audited financial statements and reports and discussing the statements and reports with management, including any significant adjustments, management judgments and estimates, new accounting policies and disagreements with management; and
 
  •  disclosures by independent accountants concerning relationships with our company and the performance of our independent accountants.

      Our audit committee currently consists of Messrs. Lacy, Poch and Royer, each of whom is a non-management member of our board of directors.

      Compensation Committee

      Our compensation committee is primarily responsible for reviewing and approving the compensation, benefits, corporate goals and objectives of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers; evaluating the performance and compensation of our executive officers in light of those goals and objectives; administering our employee benefit plans and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding these matters. Our compensation committee currently consists of Messrs. Rossmann and Royer, each of whom is a non-management member of our board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

      No interlocking relationship exists between our board of directors or compensation committee and the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company, nor has any such interlocking relationship existed in the past. The compensation committee reviews and approves the compensation and benefits for our executive officers, administers our employee benefit plans and makes recommendations to our board of directors regarding such matters.

56


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

      The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation earned by our Chief Executive Officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers, collectively referred to as the named executive officers in this prospectus, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

Summary Compensation Table

                                   
Long Term Compensation
Annual Compensation(1)

Securities Underlying All Other
Name and Principal Position Salary Bonus Options Compensation(2)





Patrick C.S. Lo
  $ 275,000     $ 55,000           $ 5,280 (3)
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer                                
Raymond P. Robidoux(4)
    115,000       23,000       396,043       750  
  President                                
Jonathan R. Mather
    250,000       50,000       396,043       31,500 (5)
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer                                
Mark G. Merrill
    203,000       40,600       39,501       1,500  
  Chief Technology Officer                                
Richard A. Fabiano(6)
    190,000       38,000       13,286       1,500  
  Vice President of Finance                                


(1)  With respect to each of the named executive officers, the aggregate amount of perquisites and other personal benefits, securities or property received was the lesser of either $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonus reported for such named executive officer, unless otherwise stated.
 
(2)  All other compensation consists of discretionary matching contributions to our 401(k) plan on behalf of each named executive officer, unless otherwise stated.
 
(3)  Mr. Lo received other compensation consisting of a $1,500 matching contribution to our 401(k) plan on his behalf and the payment of insurance premiums in the amount of $3,780 for the year.
 
(4)  Mr. Robidoux joined us as President in July 2002. His annual base salary is $250,000, and he is eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to $100,000.
 
(5)  Mr. Mather received other compensation consisting of a $1,500 matching contribution to our 401(k) plan on his behalf and a housing allowance of $30,000 for the year.
 
(6)  As of February 1, 2003, Mr. Fabiano is no longer serving as Vice President of Finance, and has assumed the title of Vice President of Business Development.

      In addition, two persons who served as executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2002, and who received compensation in excess of $100,000 during that year, have since terminated their employment with us.

      Leslie A. Adams, our Vice President of Marketing, began her employment with us in October 2002. Her annual base salary is $215,000 and she is eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 40% of her annual base salary. As part of her employment agreement, Ms. Adams was granted an option to purchase 175,000 shares of our common stock. In addition, Ms. Adams will receive a temporary housing allowance of $3,000 per month for up to two years.

      Michael F. Falcon, our Vice President of Operations, began his employment with us in November 2002. His annual base salary is $190,000 and he is eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 40% of his annual base salary. As part of his employment agreement, Mr. Falcon was granted an option to purchase 105,000 shares of our common stock.

      Charles T. Olson, our Vice President of Engineering, began his employment with us in January 2003. His annual base salary is $190,000 and he is eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to $76,000. As part of

57


Table of Contents

his employment agreement, Mr. Olson was granted an option to purchase 122,500 shares of our common stock. In addition, Mr. Olson will receive a temporary housing allowance of $2,000 per month for the first twelve months of his employment with the Company.

Stock Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

      The following table sets forth information regarding grants of stock options to each of the named executive officers during 2002. The percentage of total options set forth below is based on an aggregate of 2,408,791 options granted to employees during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002. All options were granted at the fair market value of our common stock, as determined by our board of directors, on the date of grant.

                                                         
Individual Grants(1)

Potential Realizable
Percentage Value at Assumed
of Total Annual Rate of Stock
Options Exercise Price Appreciation for
Number of Granted to or Base Option Term(2)
Shares of Employees in Price Per Expiration
Common Stock FY 2002 Share Date 0% 5% 10%







Patrick C.S. Lo
                                               
Raymond P. Robidoux
    396,042       16.4 %   $ 5.10       07/31/12                          
Jonathan R. Mather
    396,042       16.4       1.29       02/08/12                          
Mark G. Merrill
    39,501       1.6       6.00       10/30/12                          
Richard A. Fabiano
    13,286       0.6       6.00       10/30/12                          


(1)  These outstanding stock options were granted under our 2000 Stock Option Plan. The options vest over the course of four years, at a rate of 25% upon the first anniversary of their vesting start dates and then at a rate of  1/48 per month thereafter. See “Benefit Plans — 2000 Stock Option Plan” for a further description of certain terms relating to these options. In addition, the stock options granted to our officers are subject to the vesting acceleration provisions described under “Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements” set forth below.
 
(2)  Potential realizable values are net of exercise price, but before taxes associated with exercise. Amounts representing hypothetical gains are those that could be achieved if options are exercised at the end of the option term. The assumed 0%, 5% and 10% rates of stock price appreciation are provided in accordance with rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission based on the initial public offering price of $          per share, and do not represent our estimate or projection of the future stock price.

Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

      None of the named executive officers exercised options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002. The following table sets forth the number and value of securities underlying options held as of December 31, 2002.

                                                 
Number of Shares Underlying Value of Unexercised In-the-
Number Unexercised Options at Year-End Money Options at Year-End(1)
of Shares Value

Name Acquired Realized Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable







Patrick C.S. Lo
                747,570       249,191                  
Raymond P. Robidoux
                      396,042                  
Jonathan R. Mather
                132,014       264,028                  
Mark G. Merrill
                420,101       151,005                  
Richard A. Fabiano
                246,440       85,298                  


(1)  There was no public trading market for our common stock as of December 31, 2002. Accordingly, as permitted by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, these values have been calculated based on a fair market value of our common stock of $          per share as determined by our board of directors, less the applicable exercise price.

58


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements

      We have entered into employment agreements with the following of our named executive officers and current executive officers. Each agreement may be terminated by either us or the executive officer at any time with or without cause. In addition, the employment agreements provide for annual salary and bonus amounts and severance benefits, as may be adjusted from time to time by the board of directors.

      On December 3, 1999, we entered into an employment agreement with Patrick C.S. Lo, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides that if within one year following a change of control of the company, Mr. Lo is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, he is entitled to full acceleration of any unvested portion of his stock options, and severance payments at his final base salary rate for a period of one year after his termination or resignation. If Mr. Lo is terminated without cause, he is entitled to receive severance payments at his final base salary rate for a period of one year and will continue to have his stock options vest for one year after such termination.

      On December 9, 1999, we entered into an employment agreement with Mark G. Merrill, our Chief Technology Officer, and an employment agreement with Richard A. Fabiano, our Vice President of Business Development. The agreements provide that if within one year following a change of control of the company, the officer is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, he is entitled to receive two years acceleration of any unvested portion of his stock options. If the officer is terminated without cause, he is entitled to receive severance payments at his final base salary rate for 26 weeks and will continue to have his stock options vest for one year after such termination.

      On July 15, 2002, we entered into an employment agreement with Raymond P. Robidoux, our President, and on August 10, 2001, we entered into an employment agreement with Jonathan R. Mather, our Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. The agreements provide that if within one year following a change of control of the company (in the case of Mr. Mather, if such change of control occurs after August 31, 2003), the officer is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, he is entitled to receive two years acceleration of any unvested portion of his stock options. If the officer is terminated without cause, he is entitled to receive severance payments at his final base salary rate for a period of 39 weeks and will continue to have his stock options vest for one year after such termination. With respect to Mr. Mather, if a change of control occurs prior to August 31, 2003, he is entitled to one year acceleration of any unvested portion of his stock options, and if he is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason within one year following the change of control, he is entitled to receive an additional one year acceleration of any unvested portion of his stock options. In addition, Mr. Mather is eligible to receive a no-interest housing loan not to exceed $250,000, which would be due and payable upon his termination of employment.

      In April 2003, we entered into an employment agreement with Leslie A. Adams, our Vice President of Marketing. On November 4, 2002, we entered into an employment agreement with Michael F. Falcon, our Vice President of Operations. On January 6, 2003, we entered into an employment agreement with Charles T. Olson, our Vice President of Engineering. The agreements provide that if within one year following a change of control of the company, the officer is terminated without cause or resigns for good reason, he or she is entitled to receive two years acceleration of any unvested portion of his or her stock options. If the officer is terminated without cause, he or she is entitled to receive severance payments at his or her final base salary rate for a period of 26 weeks and will continue to have his or her stock options vest for one year after such termination.

Benefit Plans

 
2000 Stock Option Plan

      Our 2000 Stock Option Plan, or the 2000 Stock Plan, was adopted by our board of directors in April 2000, and our stockholders initially approved our plan in April 2000. Our 2000 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants.

59


Table of Contents

      Our board of directors has determined that no future options will be granted under our 2000 Stock Plan following the effective date of this offering. A total of 7,350,000 shares of our common stock were authorized for issuance under this plan. As of December 31, 2002, options to purchase an aggregate of 6,433,092 shares of our common stock were outstanding, and 916,908 shares were available for future grant. The options outstanding at the time of this offering will remain subject to the terms of the agreements evidencing those options and the terms of the 2000 Stock Plan, and such options will continue to be administered by our board of directors.

      The 2000 Stock Plan provides that in the event of (1) the direct or indirect sale by stockholders of more than 50% of our voting stock, (2) our merger with or into another corporation, (3) the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or (4) our liquidation or dissolution, the successor corporation may assume or substitute for each option. If the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the options, the options will become fully vested and exercisable as of ten days prior to the merger, provided that such options will terminate if not exercised prior to the acquisition or other transaction.

      2003 Stock Plan

      Concurrently with this offering, we intend to establish a 2003 Stock Plan. Our board of directors adopted the 2003 Stock Plan in April 2003, and we expect our stockholders will approve the plan prior to the completion of this offering. This plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and nonstatutory stock options, stock purchase rights and stock appreciation rights to our employees, directors and consultants.

      Number of Shares of Common Stock Available Under the 2003 Stock Plan. As of April 8, 2003, a total of 750,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2003 Stock Plan. In addition, upon the closing of this offering, authorized but unissued shares under the 2000 Stock Plan, which equaled 916,908 shares at December 31, 2002, plus any shares returned to our 2000 Stock Plan as a result of termination of options or repurchase of shares issued thereunder, will be transferred to our 2003 Stock Plan for future issuance. No options have yet been issued pursuant to our 2003 Stock Plan.

      If an option, stock purchase right or stock appreciation right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an option exchange program, the unpurchased shares which were subject to such award will become available for future grant or sale under our plan (unless our plan has terminated). However, shares that have actually been issued under our plan, upon exercise of an option, stock purchase right or stock appreciation right, will not be returned to our plan and will not be available for future distribution under our plan, except if shares of restricted stock are repurchased by us at their original price, in which case such shares will be available for future grant under our plan.

      Administration of the 2003 Stock Plan. Our board of directors, or one or more committees appointed by our board, will administer our 2003 Stock Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m). The administrator has the power to determine the terms of the options, stock purchase rights or stock appreciation rights granted, including the exercise price (which may be changed by the administrator after the date of grant), the number of shares subject to each award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise.

      Options. The administrator will determine the exercise price of options granted under our 2003 Stock Plan. The terms of our 2003 Stock Plan allow the administrator to grant options at exercise prices that are equal to or above fair market value. After termination of one of our employees, directors or consultants, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in the option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option will generally remain exercisable for 12 months following such termination. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for three months. However, an option may never be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years, except that with respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our

60


Table of Contents

outstanding capital stock, the term must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant. The administrator determines the term of all other options.

      Stock Purchase Rights. Our 2003 Stock Plan allows the administrator to issue stock purchase rights at purchase prices that are equal to or above fair market value of the shares. Unless the administrator determines otherwise, the restricted stock purchase agreement, the agreement between us and an optionee which governs the terms of his or her stock purchase rights, will grant us a repurchase option that we may exercise upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the optionee’s service with us for any reason including death or disability. The purchase price for shares we repurchase will generally be the original price paid by the optionee. The administrator determines the rate at which our repurchase option will lapse.

      Stock Appreciation Rights. A stock appreciation right is the right to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. We may pay the appreciation in either cash or in shares of our common stock. Stock appreciation rights are subject to the terms established by the administrator and become exerciseable as specified by the administrator in a notice of grant.

      Transferability of Awards. Unless the administrator determines otherwise, our 2003 Stock Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and only the participant may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

      Adjustments upon Change in Control. Our 2003 Stock Plan provides that in the event of our change in control, including the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, the successor corporation will assume or substitute for each option or right. Any outstanding options or rights not assumed or substituted for will be fully exercisable, including as to shares that would not otherwise have been vested and exercisable, for a period of 15 days from the date of notice to the optionee. The option or right will terminate at the end of the 15-day period.

      Amendment and Termination of Our 2003 Stock Plan. Our 2003 Stock Plan will automatically terminate in 2013, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2003 Stock Plan provided it does not adversely affect any award previously granted under our plan.

 
Director Option Program

      The director option program is part of our 2003 Stock Plan and provides for the automatic, periodic grant of nonstatutory stock options to our non-employee directors. Each non-employee director who joins our board after completion of this offering will receive an initial option to purchase 25,000 shares when such person first becomes a non-employee director, except for those directors who became non-employee directors through the termination of their employment with us. In addition, beginning in 2004, each non-employee director who has been a director for at least six months will receive a subsequent option to purchase 15,000 shares following each annual meeting of our stockholders.

      All options granted under our director option program have a term of ten years and an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Each initial option becomes exercisable as to one-third of the shares subject to the option on each anniversary of the date of grant, provided the individual remains a non-employee director on such dates. Each subsequent option becomes exercisable as to 100% of the shares subject to the option on the first anniversary of the grant date, provided the individual remains a service provider on such date. If an outside director terminates service, he or she may generally exercise his or her options for 12 months following such termination or five years if termination is due to a qualifying retirement. In the event of our change in control, each non-employee director option will vest in full.

61


Table of Contents

 
2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

      Concurrently with this offering, we intend to establish a 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our board of directors adopted the 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan in April 2003, and we expect our stockholders will approve the plan prior to the completion of this offering.

      Number of Shares of Common Stock Available Under Our Plan. A total of                      shares of our common stock will be made available for sale.

      Administration of Our Plan. Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board will administer our plan and will have full and exclusive authority to interpret its terms and to determine eligibility under it.

      Eligibility to Participate. Our employees and employees of designated subsidiaries are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us or any participating subsidiary for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted an option to purchase stock under our plan if such employee:

  •  immediately after the grant owns stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock; or
 
  •  whose rights to purchase stock under all of our employee stock purchase plans accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar year.

      Offering Periods and Contributions. Our 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is intended to qualify for preferential tax treatment under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and contains consecutive six-month offering periods. However, the first offering period under this plan will start on the effective date of this offering and will end on January 31, 2004. Thereafter, the offering periods will generally start on the first trading day on or after February 1 and August 1 of each year. All eligible employees will be automatically enrolled in the first offering period, but payroll deductions and continued participation in the first offering period will not be determined until after the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement which is intended to register the shares reserved for issuance under our plan.

      Our plan permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions of up to 10% of their eligible compensation which includes a participant’s base straight time gross earnings, commissions, overtime and shift premiums, but excludes all other compensation paid to our employees. A participant may purchase no more than                      shares during any six-month offering period.

      Purchase of Shares. Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each six-month offering period. The price is 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock at the beginning of an offering period or on the last day of the offering period. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period, and will be paid their payroll deductions to date. Participation ends automatically three months following termination of employment with us.

      Transferability of Rights. A participant may not transfer rights granted under our plan other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

      Adjustments Upon Change in Control. In the event of our change in control, including the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, a successor corporation may assume or substitute for each outstanding option. If the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the outstanding options, the offering period then in progress will be shortened by setting a new exercise date, any offering period then in progress will end on the new exercise date and participant payroll deductions held by us will be used to purchase shares of our common stock on the new exercise date.

      Amendment and Termination. The administrator has the authority to amend or terminate our plan, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in our plan, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under our plan.

62


Table of Contents

 
401(k) Retirement Savings Plan

      We sponsor a 401(k) retirement savings plan covering our employees who are at least 21 years of age. Our 401(k) retirement savings plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Contributions to the 401(k) retirement savings plan and income earned on such contributions are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) retirement savings plan. Subject to restrictions imposed by the Internal Revenue Code on highly compensated employees, employees may generally defer up to 15% of their pre-tax earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit, which is $12,000 for the 2003 calendar year, and to have the amount contributed to the 401(k) retirement savings plan. The 401(k) retirement savings plan permits, but does not require, additional matching contributions to the plan. To date, we have made limited matching contributions to the 401(k) savings plan up to a maximum of $1,500 per year per person. The 401(k) retirement savings plan may be amended or terminated by us at any time in our sole discretion.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

      As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

  •  any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or
 
  •  any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

      The limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. If Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limiting of the liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the furthest extent permitted by Delaware law as so amended.

      Our certificate of incorporation allows us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the full extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws permit us to purchase insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in such capacity, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit indemnification, and to provide indemnification in circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware law. Our bylaws specify circumstances in which indemnification for our directors and executive officers is mandatory and when we may be required to advance expenses before final disposition of any litigation.

      We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers that are, in some cases, broader than the specific indemnification provisions permitted by Delaware law, and that may provide additional procedural protection. The indemnification agreements require us, among other things, to:

  •  indemnify officers and directors against certain liabilities that may arise because of their status as officers or directors;
 
  •  advance expenses, as incurred, to officers and directors in connection with a legal proceeding, subject to limited exceptions; or
 
  •  obtain directors’ and officers’ insurance.

      At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees in which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in claims for indemnification.

63


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

      We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, during our last three fiscal years, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

  •  the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $60,000; and
 
  •  a director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our common stock or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

      We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.

Our Formation and Separation from Nortel Networks

      We were incorporated in 1996 as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bay Networks. Nortel Networks acquired Bay Networks in August 1998. We remained a wholly owned subsidiary of Nortel Networks until March 2000 when we issued and sold 3,320,538 shares of our Series B preferred stock, as adjusted, to Pequot Private Equity Fund II, L.P. At such time, we also entered into a number of agreements with Nortel Networks, including a contribution agreement, an intellectual property license agreement, a transition services agreement and a loaned employee agreement. The transition services agreement and the loaned employee agreement have been terminated. Nortel Networks sold part of its ownership interest in us in September 2000 and sold the remainder of its ownership interest in February 2002.

Equity Transactions and Related Matters

 
Series B Preferred Stock Financing

      In March 2000, we issued and sold an aggregate of 3,320,538 shares of our Series B preferred stock, as adjusted, to Pequot Private Equity Fund II, L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of $15.0 million. The Series B preferred stock is convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock, subject to future adjustments for dilution. Gerald A. Poch is a Managing Director of Pequot Capital Management, Inc. and co-head of Pequot Ventures, and Gregory M. Rossmann is a General Partner of Pequot Private Equity Fund II, L.P. Both Mr. Poch and Mr. Rossmann serve as members of our board of directors.

 
Nortel Networks Sale of Series A Preferred Stock

      In September 2000, Nortel Networks sold the following shares of our Series A preferred stock then held by it, at a price of $7.25 per share, to the following entities:

                   
No. of
Purchaser Shares Purchase Price



(in thousands)
Shamrock Holdings of California, Inc. (which is a related party to Shamrock Capital Growth Fund, L.P.)
    2,068,809     $ 14,990  
Entities affiliated with Blue Ridge Limited Partnership
    1,131,703       8,200  
Halyard Capital Fund, LP (which is a related party to BMO Nesbitt Burns Corp.)
    966,087       7,000  
Entities affiliated with The Abernathy Group Institutional HSN Fund, L.P. 
    1,395,459       10,111  
Delta International Holding Limit
    414,037       3,000  
     
     
 
 
Total
    5,976,095     $ 43,301  
     
     
 

      Patrick C.S. Lo, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, was a limited partner in The Abernathy Group. In December 2000, The Abernathy Group funds transferred an aggregate of 648,527 shares of our Series A preferred stock held by them to 60 of their limited partners, which included an aggregate of 94,192 shares transferred to a trust on behalf of Mr. Lo. Each of the transferees thereby became direct stockholders of NETGEAR.

64


Table of Contents

      Stephen D. Royer, one of our directors, is managing director of Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc., which is a related party to Shamrock Capital Growth Fund, L.P. Mr. Royer is also an Executive Vice President of Shamrock Capital Partners, L.L.C., the general partner of Shamrock Capital Growth Fund, L.P. In March 2001, Shamrock Holdings of California, Inc. transferred all shares of our capital stock held by it to Shamrock Capital Growth Fund, L.P.

      Timothy M. Brown, one of our directors, is a Vice President of BMO Nesbitt Burns Corp., which is a related party to the Halyard Capital Fund, LP.

      Brad Williams, one of our two board observers, is affiliated with Blue Ridge Limited Partnership. Mr. Williams was appointed as a board observer in February 2002.

      Steven Abernathy, one of our two board observers, is a general partner of The Abernathy Group. Mr. Abernathy was appointed as a board observer in February 2002.

      Delta International Holding Limit is an affiliate of Delta Networks, one of our primary contract manufacturers. Please see “Business — Manufacturing” for a further discussion of our relationship with Delta Networks.

 
Series C Preferred Stock Financing and Repurchase of Series A Preferred Stock Held by Nortel Networks

      In February 2002, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,937,408 shares of our Series C preferred stock to our stockholders of record (other than Nortel Networks), on a pro rata basis, for an aggregate purchase price of $5.2 million. As payment for the Series C preferred stock, the stockholders (other than Nortel Networks and Pequot Private Equity Fund, II, L.P.) transferred to us 75% of a contractual liquidation preference right that such stockholders previously obtained from Nortel Networks in connection with their purchase of shares of our Series A preferred stock from Nortel Networks in September 2000. The liquidation preference right required Nortel Networks to, in the event of a liquidation of the company at a price of less than $7.43 per share, pay to all holders of Series A preferred stock (other than Nortel Networks) an amount up to $2.19 per share. Since Pequot Private Equity Fund, II, L.P. did not hold any shares of our Series A preferred stock, Pequot Private Equity Fund, II, L.P. paid us approximately $4.7 million in cash to purchase shares of our Series C preferred stock in the financing. The Series C preferred stock is convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock, subject to future adjustments for dilution.

      We used the cash proceeds from the sale of our Series C preferred stock as partial consideration to repurchase 20,273,918 shares of the our Series A preferred stock held by Nortel Networks. In consideration for the repurchase of the shares, we (1) paid Nortel Networks $4.7 million in cash, (2) issued a $20.0 million subordinated unsecured convertible promissory note and (3) assumed 75% of the contractual liquidation preference obligation previously payable by Nortel Networks as described above. We intend to pay the promissory note in full using a portion of the proceeds from this offering. Nortel Networks remains obligated to pay the remaining 25% of the contractual liquidation preference obligation.

      In connection with the stock repurchase, we also entered into a tax matters agreement with Nortel Networks which allocates rights and responsibilities for tax matters between us and Nortel Networks for prior tax years during which we were included in a joint tax return with Nortel Networks. The agreement provides that Nortel Networks will indemnify us for any tax liabilities arising on or before September 6, 2000 and we will indemnify Nortel Networks for any tax liabilities arising from our operations after September 6, 2000. We ceased to be included in Nortel Networks’ consolidated tax returns on September 6, 2000 for federal and state income tax purposes. We also entered into a letter agreement with Nortel Networks that sets forth the repayment terms of a $4.2 million trade payable obligation that we owed to Nortel Networks, which we have repaid in full after December 31, 2002.

 
Common Stock Warrant to Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc.

      On March 13, 2002, we issued a warrant to Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc. to purchase 218,750 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.29 per share, for services rendered to us by Shamrock in connection with our February 2002 Series C preferred stock financing. The warrant is currently exercisable

65


Table of Contents

and will expire upon the closing of this offering, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to us are not less than $35.0 million and our valuation immediately prior to the offering is at least $250.0 million, and will otherwise expire on March 13, 2007. The exercise price may be paid in cash or a net exercise in which a portion of the warrant is surrendered in lieu of paying the exercise price.

Registration Rights

      Holders of our preferred stock are entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

Indemnification and Employment Agreements

      We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. See “Management — Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.” We have also entered into employment agreements with our officers. See “Management — Employment Agreements and Change of Control Arrangements.”

Certain Other Transactions with Executive Officers and Directors

      Linwood A. Lacy, Jr., one of our directors, has been a director of Ingram Industries Inc. since 1991, and from 1985 to May 1996, he served as the co-chairman and chief executive officer of Ingram Micro, Inc., a microcomputer products distributor and a then wholly-owned subsidiary of Ingram Industries Inc. A substantial portion of our revenue to date has been derived from a limited number of wholesale distributors, the largest of which is Ingram Micro. From October 1996 to October 1997, Mr. Lacy also served as president and chief executive officer of Micro Warehouse Incorporated, a micro computer direct-marketing company and one of our top five direct market resellers.

      In April, 2002, we issued a stand-alone nonstatutory stock option to Michael Ressner, one of our former directors associated with Nortel Networks, to purchase 43,750 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.31 per share. The option is fully vested and expires on April 22, 2006, or earlier in connection with our change in control if not assumed or substituted by the successor company. Mr. Ressner resigned from our board of directors in February 2002 in connection with our repurchase of all of the shares of Series A preferred stock then held by Nortel Networks. We issued the stock option to Mr. Ressner pursuant to a settlement agreement and release in connection with such termination of services.

      In April 2003, we entered into separation and release agreements with each of Stephen Dix and Arthur J. Smith, two of our former executive officers. Pursuant to the terms of their separation agreements, each officer received twenty-six weeks of severance pay and benefits and option acceleration and exercise rights pursuant to the terms of their employment agreements with us.

 
Stock Option Grants

      We have granted stock options to purchase shares of our common stock to our executive officers and directors. See “Principal Stockholders.”

 
Stock Option Exchange Program

      On October 30, 2002, we completed a stock option exchange program whereby eligible officers and employees of the company had the opportunity to exchange all or part of their then existing stock options for new options pursuant to a six months and a day option exchange program.

      Mark G. Merrill, our chief technology officer, participated in the option exchange program, pursuant to which he tendered, and we accepted for cancellation, options to purchase 57,750 shares of common stock, with an exercise price of $8.57 per share, which were cancelled on March 15, 2002. We granted Mr. Merrill a new option to purchase 39,501 shares of common stock on October 30, 2002, with an exercise price of $6.00 per share.

66


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of March 15, 2003, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for

  •  each person who we know beneficially owns more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  each of our named executive officers; and
 
  •  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

      Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to applicable community property laws, each person identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to all capital stock shown to be held by them. The table below assumes the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock at the current one-to-one ratio. We currently have no shares of common stock outstanding. The number of shares of common stock outstanding, on an as-converted basis, used in calculating the percentage for each listed person or entity includes common stock underlying options or a warrant held by the person or entity that are exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2003, but excludes common stock underlying options or warrants held by any other person or entity. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 20,228,481 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 15, 2003, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock upon the closing of this offering. The numbers shown in the table assume no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option. Unless otherwise indicated, the principal address of each of the stockholders below is c/o NETGEAR, Inc., 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California 95054.

                         
Percentage of Shares
Outstanding

Shares Beneficially Prior to
Owned Prior to This After This
Name of Beneficial Owner This Offering Offering Offering




5% Stockholders:
                       
Pequot Capital Management, Inc.(1)
    6,953,486       34.4 %        
Shamrock Capital Growth Fund, L.P.(2)
    4,816,251       23.8          
Blue Ridge Limited Partnership(3)
    2,514,976       12.4          
Halyard Capital Fund, LP(4)
    2,146,929       10.6          
The Abernathy Group(5)
    1,324,576       6.5          
Executive Officers and Directors:
                       
Patrick C.S. Lo(6)
    1,060,720       5.0          
Raymond P. Robidoux
          *          
Jonathan R. Mather(7)
    173,269       *          
Mark G. Merrill(8)
    478,769       2.3          
Leslie A. Adams
          *          
Michael F. Falcon
          *          
Charles T. Olson
          *          
Richard A. Fabiano(9)
    279,507       1.4          
Timothy M. Brown(4)
    2,146,929       10.6          
Linwood A. Lacy, Jr. 
          *          
Gerald A. Poch(1)
    6,953,486       34.4          
Gregory J. Rossmann(1)
    6,953,486       34.4          
Stephen D. Royer(2)
    4,816,251       23.8          
All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)(10)
    15,908,931       71.6          

67


Table of Contents


  Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

  (1)  Shares beneficially owned by Pequot Capital Management, Inc., the investment manager of Pequot Private Equity Fund II, L.P., represents 6,953,486 shares held of record by Pequot Private Equity Fund II, L.P. Pequot Capital Management, Inc. holds voting and dipositive power for all shares held by Pequot Private Equity Fund II, L.P. Gerald A. Poch is a Managing Director of Pequot Capital Management, Inc. and co-head of Pequot Ventures, and Gregory M. Rossmann is a General Partner of Pequot Private Equity Fund II, L.P. Both Mr. Poch and Mr. Rossmann serve as members of our board of directors and may be deemed to beneficially own the securities held of record by Pequot Private Equity Fund II, L.P. Mr. Poch and Mr. Rossmann disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of Pequot Capital Management, Inc. and Pequot Private Equity Fund II, L.P. is 500 Nyala Farm Road, Westport, CT 06880.
 
  (2)  Shares beneficially owned by Shamrock Capital Growth Fund, L.P. represent 4,597,501 shares held of record by Shamrock Capital Growth Fund, L.P. and 218,750 shares issuable pursuant to a warrant issued to Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc. exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2003. Stephen D. Royer, one of our directors, is a managing director of Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc., which is a related party to Shamrock Capital Growth Fund, L.P. Mr. Royer is also an executive vice president of Shamrock Capital Partners, L.L.C., the general partner of Shamrock Capital Growth Fund, L.P. Mr. Royer disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc. and Shamrock Capital Growth Fund, L.P. is 4444 Lakeside Drive, Second Floor, Burbank, CA 91505.
 
  (3)  Shares beneficially owned by Blue Ridge Limited Partnership represent 2,453,636 shares held of record by Blue Ridge Limited Partnership and 61,340 shares held of record by Blue Ridge Private Equity Fund, LLC. The address of Blue Ridge Limited Partnership is 660 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10021.
 
  (4)  Shares beneficially owned by Halyard Capital Fund, LP represent 2,146,929 shares held of record by Halyard Capital Fund, LP. Its general partner is Halyard Fund GP, LP, which has as its general partner Halyard Advisors, LLC. Halyard Advisors, LLC has as its investment member Halyard Principals, LLC. Each of such entities or persons may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares owned by Halyard Capital Fund, LP. Timothy M. Brown, one of our directors, is associated with certain entities affiliated with Halyard Capital Fund, LP. Mr. Brown disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The principal business address of each such entity or person is Halyard Capital Fund, LP, 3 Times Square, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10036.
 
  (5)  Shares beneficially owned by The Abernathy Group represent (1) 1,115,880 shares held of record by Abernathy Aggressive Appreciation Fund, LP, (2) 208,554 shares held of record by The Abernathy Group Moderate Growth, LP, and (3) 142 shares held of record by Abernathy Financial Services, LLC. The address of The Abernathy Group is Wall Street Tower, 38th Floor, Twenty Exchange Place, New York, NY 10005.
 
  (6)  Shares beneficially owned by Mr. Lo include (1) 199,171 shares held of record by The Patrick and Emily Lo Revocable Living Trust Dated 4-7-99, (2) 5,075 shares held of record by The Daphne T. W. Lo 2002 Irrevocable Education Trust, (3) 5,075 shares held of record by The Kai W. Lo 2002 Irrevocable Education Trust, and (4) 851,399 shares issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2003.
 
  (7)  Includes 173,269 shares issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2003.
 
  (8)  Includes 478,769 shares issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2003.
 
  (9)  Includes 279,507 shares issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2003.

(10)  Shares beneficially owned by all executive officers and directors as a group include 1,782,944 shares issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2003 and 218,750 shares issuable pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2003.

68


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General Matters

      Upon consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. The following summary of certain provisions of the common stock and the preferred stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and by the provisions of applicable law.

      As of March 15, 2003, there were no shares of common stock outstanding and there were 20,228,481 shares of preferred stock outstanding held by 77 stockholders of record, all of which will be converted into common stock upon the closing of this offering, and there was an outstanding warrant to purchase 218,750 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

      Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available for distribution at such times and in such amounts as the board of directors from time to time may determine. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not authorized by our certificate of incorporation, which means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election. The common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights or sinking fund provisions and is not subject to conversion or redemption. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of NETGEAR, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation of any preferred stock. All shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, upon payment therefor, duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

      The board of directors is authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more series. The board of directors can fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon. The board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of NETGEAR. After conversion of the preferred stock outstanding at the effective date, we have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Warrants

      On March 13, 2002, we issued a warrant to Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc. to purchase 218,750 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $1.29 per share. The warrant is currently exercisable and will expire upon the closing of this offering, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to us are not less than $35.0 million and our valuation immediately prior to the offering is at least $250.0 million, and will otherwise expire on March 13, 2007. This warrant contains net exercise provisions which allow the holder to exercise the warrant for a lesser number of shares of common stock in lieu of paying cash. The number of shares that would be issued in this case would be based upon the market price of the common stock at the time of the net exercise.

69


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

      Upon completion of this offering and for a term of up to three years thereafter, the holders of up to 20,228,501 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our Series A, Series B and Series C preferred stock have the right to cause us to register these shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, based on:

  •  Demand Registration Rights; S-3 Registration Rights. Six months following completion of this offering, one or more stockholders holding at least 10% of the registrable shares of our securities has the right to request us to register shares held by them if the shares have an aggregate value of at least $5 million (based on the then current market price or fair value).
 
  •  Piggyback Registration Rights. One or more stockholders holding registrable shares may request us to have their shares registered anytime after our initial public offering if we file a registration statement to register any of our securities for our own account. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares having registration rights to be included in the registration statement, but not below 30% of the total number of shares included in the registration statement.

      In addition, if we do not repay in full the $20.0 million subordinated unsecured convertible promissory note we issued to Nortel Networks, then Nortel Networks will hold certain registration rights in connection with any shares issuable upon conversion of the promissory note. We intend to repay the $20.0 million promissory note in full using a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

      Registration of shares of common stock because of the exercise of demand registration rights or piggyback registration rights under the Securities Act would result in the holders being able to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts, related to any registration. The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of (1) three years after completion of this offering, (2) with respect to the demand registration rights of an individual holder, when the holder holds less than 175,000 registrable shares, or (3) for an individual holder, when the holder can sell all of the holder’s shares in any 90-day period under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Certain Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

 
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

      Certain provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make more difficult the acquisition of NETGEAR by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest, or otherwise, and the removal of incumbent officers and directors. These provisions are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of NETGEAR to first negotiate with us. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of NETGEAR’s potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure NETGEAR outweighs the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including proposals that are priced above the then current market value of our common stock, because, among other things, negotiation of such proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

      Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

  •  allow the board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock;
 
  •  require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;
 
  •  prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;
 
  •  require that special meetings of our stockholders be called only by the board of directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or the president;

70


Table of Contents

  •  establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors; and
 
  •  require that certain amendments to the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws require the approval of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all outstanding stock.

     The Delaware General Corporation Law

      We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. This provision generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

  •  prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
 
  •  on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

      Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

      In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

      These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board and in the policies formulated by the board and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control of NETGEAR. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited proposal for a takeover that does not contemplate the acquisition of all of our outstanding shares or an unsolicited proposal for the restructuring or sale of all or part of our company. These provisions, however, could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could complicate, delay or prevent a change in control of NETGEAR. They may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweighs the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals, including proposals that are priced above the then current market value of our

71


Table of Contents

common stock, because, among other things, negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

      The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Mellon Investor Services LLC.

Nasdaq National Market Listing

      We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol “NTGR.”

72


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS

      The following is a general discussion of the material United States federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to a non-United States holder. For the purpose of this discussion, a non-United States holder is any holder that for United States federal income tax purposes is not a United States person. For purposes of this discussion, the term United States person means:

  •  an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation or a partnership or entity taxable as a partnership created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;
 
  •  an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a United States person.

      If a partnership holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships which hold our common stock and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

      This discussion assumes that non-United States holders will hold our common stock issued pursuant to the offering as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant in light of a non-United States holder’s special tax status or special tax situations. United States expatriates, life insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currency, banks or other financial institutions, investors whose functional currency is other than the United States dollar, and investors that hold common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction are among those categories of potential investors that are subject to special rules not covered in this discussion. This discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or non-United States taxing jurisdiction. Furthermore, the following discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and Treasury Regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Accordingly, each non-United States Holder should consult a tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state, local and non-United States income and other tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of shares of our common stock.

Dividends

      We have not paid any dividends on our common stock and we do not plan to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future. However if we do pay dividends on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for United States tax purposes to the extent paid from our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles. To the extent those dividends exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the dividends will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce a holder’s basis, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

      Any dividend (out of earnings and profits) paid to a non-United States holder of common stock generally will be subject to United States withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, a non-United States holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

      Dividends received by a non-United States holder that are effectively connected with a United States trade or business conducted by the non-United States holder are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, a non-United States holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly

73


Table of Contents

certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to United States persons, net of certain deductions and credits.

      In addition to the graduated tax described above, dividends received by corporate non-United States holder that are effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the corporate non-United States holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

      A non-United States holder of common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if an appropriate claim for refund is filed with the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

      A non-United States holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

  •  the gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the non-United States holder (which gain, in the case of a corporate non-United States holder, must also be taken into account for branch profits tax purposes);
 
  •  the non-United States holder is an individual who holds his or her common stock as a capital asset (generally, an asset held for investment purposes) and who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or
 
  •  our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the holder’s holding period for our common stock. We have determined that we are not and do not believe that we will become a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

      Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence.

      Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to a non-United States holder may be subject to backup withholding (currently at a rate of 30%) unless the non-United States holder establishes an exemption, for example by properly certifying its non-United States status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a United States person.

      Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the United States income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

74


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price of the common stock. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise capital in the future.

      Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of            shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of            shares of common stock. Of these outstanding shares, the shares sold by us in the offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are purchased by “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The           shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of the offering and held by existing stockholders will be “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for exemption under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below, or another exemption.

Lock-up Agreements

      We intend to obtain lock-up agreements from all of our officers, directors, stockholders, warrant holders and optionholders under which they will agree not to transfer or dispose of, directly of indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. Lehman Brothers Inc. may in its sole discretion, at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements.

      As a result of these lock-up agreements and rules of the Securities Act, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market, subject to certain volume and other restrictions, and subject to release as mentioned above, as follows:

             
Days After the Number of Shares
Effective Date Eligible for Sale Comment



           , 2003
          Shares not locked up and eligible for sale under Rule 144
On effectiveness
          Shares not locked up and eligible for sale under Rule 144
180 days
          Lock-up released; shares eligible for sale under Rule 144

Rule 144

      In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person who owns shares that were acquired from us or an affiliate of us at least one year prior to the proposed sale is entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

  •  1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately           shares immediately after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

      Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that our affiliates who sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares with the exception of the holding period requirement.

75


Table of Contents

Rule 144(k)

      Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate of us, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, “144(k) shares” may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.

Rule 701

      In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement will be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Registration of Shares in Connection with Compensatory Benefit Plans

      As of December 31, 2002, options to purchase 6,433,092 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding under our 2000 Stock Plan. Upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, at least  shares of common stock will be subject to vested options, based on options outstanding as of March 31, 2003.

      Immediately after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering shares of common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our stock option and employee stock purchase plans. This registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective as soon as practicable after the effective date of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under this registration statement will, subject to vesting provisions and Rule 144 volume limitation, manner of sale, notice and public information requirements applicable to our affiliates, be available for sale in the open market immediately after the 180 day lock-up agreements expire.

Other Registration Rights

      Certain of our stockholders are parties to an agreement which obligates us to register their shares of our capital stock after this offering in specified circumstances. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for additional information.

76


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

      Under the underwriting agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement relating to this prospectus, each of the underwriters named below for whom Lehman Brothers Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and UBS Warburg LLC are acting as representatives, has agreed to purchase from us the number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

           
Number
Underwriters of Shares


Lehman Brothers Inc. 
       
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
       
UBS Warburg LLC
       
 
 
Total
       

      The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligations to purchase shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, including:

  •  the obligation to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered hereby if any of the shares are purchased;
 
  •  the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true;
 
  •  there is no material change in the financial markets; and
 
  •  we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Over-Allotment Option

      We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to an aggregate of                               additional shares of common stock, exercisable to cover over-allotments at the public offering price less the underwriting discount shown on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time, and from time to time, until 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement. To the extent the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be committed, so long as the conditions of the underwriting agreement are satisfied, to purchase a number of additional shares of common stock proportionate to that underwriter’s initial commitment as indicated in the preceding table, and we will be obligated to sell the additional shares of common stock to the underwriters.

Commissions and Expenses

      The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts that we will pay. The amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional  shares from us. The underwriting fee is the difference between the public offering price and the amount the underwriters pay to purchase the shares from us.

                 
No Exercise Full Exercise


Per share
  $       $    
Total
               

      The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price presented on the cover page of this prospectus, and to selected dealers, who may include the underwriters, at the public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $                    per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $                    per share to brokers and dealers. After the offering, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

77


Table of Contents

      We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts, will be approximately $                     million. We will pay all costs and expenses of this offering.

Lock-up Agreements

      We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc., we will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell or dispose of any common stock or any securities which may be converted into or exchanged for any common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus. All of our executive officers and directors, certain other officers, and certain others who hold significant amounts of our common stock, holding in the aggregate                     shares of our common stock, have agreed under lock-up agreements not to, without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc., directly or indirectly, offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any common stock or any securities which may be converted into or exchanged or exercised for any common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

Offering Price Determination

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives will consider:

  •  prevailing market conditions;
 
  •  our historical performance and capital structure;
 
  •  estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects;
 
  •  an overall assessment of our management; and
 
  •  the consideration of these factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

Indemnification

      We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities relating to the offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities. We have further agreed to indemnify Lehman Brothers Inc. against any liabilities related to the directed share program described below, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

      The underwriters may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:

  •  Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.
 
  •  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.
 
  •  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source

78


Table of Contents

  of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.
 
  •  Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

      These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may raise or maintain the market price of our common stock or prevent or slow a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

      Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Stamp Taxes

      If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Notice to Canadian Residents

 
Resale Restrictions

      The distribution of the common stock, or the securities, in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of securities are made. Any resale of the securities in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.

 
Representation of Purchasers

      By purchasing securities in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

  •  the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the securities without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws;
 
  •  where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent; and
 
  •  the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

 
Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers

      Under Ontario securities legislation, a purchaser who purchases a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the securities, for rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation. A

79


Table of Contents

purchaser will be deemed to have relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the securities. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the securities. If a purchase elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the securities were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the securities as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.
 
Enforcement of Legal Rights

      All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

 
Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

      Canadian purchasers of the securities should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the securities in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the securities for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

Directed Share Program

      At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to                    shares, or           % of the common stock offered by this prospectus, for sale under a directed share program to specified business associates. All of the persons purchasing the reserved shares must commit to purchase no later than the close of business on the day following the date of this prospectus. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Shares committed to be purchased by directed share participants which are not so purchased will be reallocated for sale to the general public in the offering. All sales of shares pursuant to the directed share program will be made at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Discretionary Sales

      The underwriters have informed us that they will not confirm sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority in excess of 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

Electronic Distribution

      A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations.

80


Table of Contents

      Other than the prospectus in electronic format, information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us and should not be relied on by investors in deciding whether to purchase any shares of common stock. The underwriters and selling group members are not responsible for information contained in web sites that they do not maintain.

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP.

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2000 included in this prospectus and the related consolidated financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

      The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2001 and 2002 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

      We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to NETGEAR and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1200, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov .

      Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and, in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above.

81


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         
Page

Independent Auditors’ Report for the year ended December 31, 2000.
    F-2  
Report of Independent Accountants for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002
    F-3  
Consolidated Balance Sheets
    F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Operations
    F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
    F-6  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    F-7  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-8  

F-1


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

NETGEAR, Inc.

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows of NETGEAR, Inc. (“the Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2000 (prior to the stock split and the transitional disclosures required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” as described in Notes 13 and 2, respectively). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

      We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company’s operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2000 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California
March 9, 2001

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

of NETGEAR, Inc.

      The stock split transaction described in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements has not been consummated at April 8, 2003. When it has been consummated, we will be in a position to furnish the following report:

        “In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and related consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of NETGEAR, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2001 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
        As discussed in Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, in 2002 NETGEAR, Inc. changed its method of accounting for goodwill.
 
        The financial statements of NETGEAR, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2000, were audited by other independent accountants. As described in Note 13, these financial statements have been adjusted to give effect to the stock split. We audited the adjustments described in Note 13 that were applied to restate the 2000 financial statements. In our opinion, such adjustments are appropriate and have been properly applied. In addition, as described in Note 2, these financial statements have been revised to include the transitional disclosures required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, which was adopted by the Company as of January 1, 2002. We audited the transitional disclosures described in Note 2. In our opinion, the transitional disclosures for 2000 in Note 2 are appropriate. However, we were not engaged to audit, review, or apply any procedures to the 2000 financial statements of the Company other than with respect to such adjustments and disclosures and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on the December 31, 2000 financial statements taken as a whole.”

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

March 20, 2003

F-3


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)
                             
Pro forma
Stockholders’
December 31, Equity at

December 31,
2001 2002 2002



(unaudited)
(Note 1)
ASSETS
                       
Current Assets:
                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 9,152     $ 19,880          
 
Accounts receivable, net
    14,032       33,551          
 
Inventories
    31,256       24,774          
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    1,910       3,003          
     
     
         
   
Total current assets
    56,350       81,208          
Property and equipment, net
    1,274       3,144          
Goodwill, net
    558       558          
     
     
         
   
Total assets
  $ 58,182     $ 84,910          
     
     
         
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)                        
Current Liabilities:
                       
 
Accounts payable
  $ 20,345     $ 23,653          
 
Payable to Nortel Networks
    4,162       662          
 
Accrued employee compensation
    971       3,375          
 
Other accrued liabilities
    10,025       20,478          
 
Deferred revenue
    366       5,059          
 
Income taxes payable
    4,302       934          
 
Note payable to Nortel Networks
          13,294          
     
     
         
   
Total current liabilities
    40,171       67,455          
     
     
         
Commitments (Note 7)
                       
Redeemable convertible preferred stock: $0.001 par value; shares authorized, 29,570,541 in 2001 and 40,508,038 in 2002
                       
 
Series A, shares designated: 26,250,000;
Shares issued and outstanding: 26,250,000 in 2001, 5,976,082 in 2002 and none pro forma (unaudited)
    29,123       6,630     $  
 
Series B, shares designated: 3,320,538;
Shares issued and outstanding: 3,320,538 in 2001, 2002 and none pro forma (unaudited)
    14,955       14,955        
 
Series C, shares designated: 10,937,500;
Shares issued and outstanding: none in 2001, 10,937,408 in 2002 and none proforma (unaudited)
          26,467        
     
     
     
 
      44,078       48,052        
     
     
     
 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
                       
 
Common stock: $0.001 par value; shares authorized, 63,656,250;
Shares issued and outstanding: none in 2001 and in 2002 and 20,234,028 pro forma (unaudited)
                20  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    2,601       12,810       60,842  
 
Deferred stock-based compensation
          (4,997 )     (4,997 )
 
Accumulated deficit
    (28,668 )     (38,410 )     (38,410 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (26,067 )     (30,597 )   $ 17,455  
     
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  $ 58,182     $ 84,910          
     
     
         

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
                             
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Net revenue
  $ 176,663     $ 192,440     $ 237,331  
Cost of revenue:
                       
 
Cost of revenue
    145,531       172,795       176,972  
 
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
                144  
     
     
     
 
 
Total cost of revenue
    145,531       172,795       177,116  
     
     
     
 
Gross profit
    31,132       19,645       60,215  
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                       
 
Research and development
    3,319       4,432       7,359  
 
Sales and marketing
    18,309       24,267       32,622  
 
General and administrative
    4,417       5,914       8,103  
 
Goodwill amortization
    335       335        
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation:
                       
 
Research and development
                306  
 
Sales and marketing
                346  
 
General and administrative
                867  
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    26,380       34,948       49,603  
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from operations
    4,752       (15,303 )     10,612  
Interest income
    1,092       308       119  
Interest expense
          (939 )     (1,240 )
Other expenses, net
    (1,322 )     (478 )     (19 )
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before taxes
    4,522       (16,412 )     9,472  
Provision for income taxes
    1,868       3,072       1,333  
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    2,654       (19,484 )     8,139  
Deemed dividend on Preferred Stock
    (2,601 )           (17,881 )
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
  $ 53     $ (19,484 )   $ (9,742 )
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders (Note 4):
                       
 
Basic
  $ 0.00     $ (0.66 )   $ (0.46 )
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 0.00     $ (0.66 )   $ (0.46 )
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income per share (unaudited — Note 4):
                       
 
Basic
                  $ 0.38  
                     
 
 
Diluted
                  $ 0.36  
                     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2000, 2001 AND 2002
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
                                                 
Total
Common Stock Additional Deferred Stockholders’

Paid-In Stock-based Accumulated Equity
Shares Amount Capital Compensation Deficit (Deficit)






Balance at January 1, 2000
    26,250,000     $ 33,366     $     $     $ (9,237 )   $ 24,129  
Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock in exchange for common stock
    (26,250,000 )     (29,123 )                       (29,123 )
Issuance of common stock warrants in connection with the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock
                2,601                   2,601  
Dividend — beneficial conversion on Series B Preferred Stock
                            (2,601 )     (2,601 )
Capital distribution to Nortel Networks
            (4,243 )                       (4,243 )
Net income
                            2,654       2,654  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2000
                2,601             (9,184 )     (6,583 )
Net loss
                            (19,484 )     (19,484 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
                2,601             (28,668 )     (26,067 )
Forgiveness of payable by Nortel Networks
                2,927                   2,927  
Deferred stock-based compensation
                6,660       (6,660 )            
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
                        1,663             1,663  
Deemed dividend related to repurchase of Series A Preferred Stock and issuance of Series C Preferred Stock
                            (17,881 )     (17,881 )
Issuance of common stock warrant in connection with issuance of Series C Preferred Stock
                622                   622  
Net income
                            8,139       8,139  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
        $     $ 12,810     $ (4,997 )   $ (38,410 )   $ (30,597 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In Thousands)
                                 
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,654     $ (19,484 )   $ 8,139  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
   
Depreciation and amortization
    373       898       1,354  
   
Goodwill amortization
    335       335        
   
Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation
                1,663  
   
Deferred income taxes
    (3,472 )     3,472        
   
Accretion of note payable to Nortel Networks
                1,220  
   
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
     
Accounts receivable
    (4,016 )     19,120       (19,519 )
     
Inventories
    (44,628 )     31,259       6,482  
     
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    (1,439 )     (459 )     (1,093 )
     
Accounts payable
    13,154       (4,957 )     3,308  
     
Payable to Nortel Networks
    4,245       (83 )     (3,500 )
     
Accrued employee compensation
    554       (463 )     2,404  
     
Other accrued liabilities
    5,352       2,582       10,453  
     
Deferred revenue
    7,842       (27,286 )     4,693  
     
Income tax payable
    5,409       (1,107 )     (441 )
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (13,637 )     3,827       15,163  
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
 
Purchase of property and equipment
    (1,055 )     (1,122 )     (3,224 )
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,055 )     (1,122 )     (3,224 )
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
 
Borrowing under line of credit
          12,042       47,473  
 
Repayments under line of credit
          (12,042 )     (47,473 )
 
Proceeds from issuance of Series C Preferred Stock
                4,700  
 
Series C preferred stock issuance costs
                (1,211 )
 
Repurchase of Series A Preferred Stock
                (4,700 )
 
Net capital distributions to Nortel Networks
    (4,243 )            
 
Proceeds from sale of preferred stock and warrant, net
    14,955              
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    10,712             (1,211 )
     
     
     
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (3,980 )     2,705       10,728  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    10,427       6,447       9,152  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 6,447     $ 9,152     $ 19,880  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
                       
 
Cash paid for income taxes
  $     $ 425     $ 1,903  
     
     
     
 
 
Cash paid for interest
  $     $ 939     $ 18  
     
     
     
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 – THE COMPANY AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

The Company

      NETGEAR, Inc. (“NETGEAR” or the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware in January 1996. The Company designs, develops and markets networking products that address the specific needs of small businesses and homes, enabling customers to share Internet access, peripherals, files and digital content and applications among multiple personal computers. The Company’s products include Ethernet networking products, broadband products, and wireless networking products that are sold through traditional retailers, on-line retailers, direct marketing resellers, or DMRs, value added resellers, or VARs, and, recently, broadband service providers.

      The Company was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nortel Networks NA Inc. (“Nortel Networks”) until March 2000. In March 2000, the Company sold Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (“Preferred Stock”) to a third-party investor, thereby diluting Nortel Networks’ ownership in the Company. In September 2000, Nortel Networks sold a portion of its ownership in the Company to additional third-party investors, further diluting its ownership interest in the Company. In February 2002, the Company sold Series C Preferred Stock to third-party investors, and Nortel Networks sold to the Company its remaining ownership interest in the Company. See Note 8 for description of the change in capital structure of the Company. The Company also signed several arrangements with Nortel Networks to facilitate its transition to become an independent Company (see Note 3).

Basis of presentation

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Any intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Pro forma stockholders’ equity information (unaudited)

      Immediately prior to the effective date of an initial public offering, the Company’s outstanding Preferred Stock will automatically convert into 20,234,028 shares of common stock. The pro forma effects of this transaction are unaudited and have been reflected in the accompanying Pro Forma Stockholders’ Equity as of December 31, 2002.

Use of estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

      The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity, or a remaining maturity at the time of purchase, of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company deposits cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions.

      As at December 31, 2002, the Company held $360,000 in restricted cash for letters of credit (see Note 6).

F-8


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

Certain risks and uncertainties

      The Company’s products and services are concentrated in a single segment in the networking industry which is characterized by rapid technological advances, changes in customer requirements and evolving regulatory requirements and industry standards. The success of the Company depends on management’s ability to anticipate or to respond quickly and adequately to technological developments in its industry, changes in customer requirements or changes in regulatory requirements or industry standards. Any significant delays in the development or introduction of products or services could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and operating results.

      The Company relies on a limited number of third parties to manufacture some of its products. If any of the Company’s third party manufacturers cannot or will not manufacture its products in required volumes, on a cost-effective basis, in a timely manner, or at all, the Company will have to secure additional manufacturing capacity. Any interruption or delay in manufacturing could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and operating results.

Concentration of credit risk

      Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from revenue earned from customers located in the U.S., mainly distributors and retailers, and international locations around the world. These distributors and retailers sell the product to a large group of end users. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and, generally, requires no collateral from its customers. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts receivable based upon the expected collectibility of accounts receivable.

      The following table summarizes the balances from customers in excess of 10% of the total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2001 and 2002:

                 
December 31,

2001 2002


Company A
    34 %     30 %
Company B
    16 %     16 %

Fair value of financial instruments

      The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalent, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses, accounts payable, including payable to Nortel Networks, accrued employee compensation and other accrued liabilities approximate their fair values due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of the note payable to Nortel Networks approximates its fair value.

Inventories

      Inventories consist primarily of finished goods and purchased components and are valued at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined using the first-in, first-out method.

F-9


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

Property and equipment

      Property and equipment are stated at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

         
Computer equipment
    2-3 years  
Furniture and fixtures
    5 years  
Software
    2-5 years  
Machinery
    3 years  
Leasehold improvements
    Shorter of the lease term  
      or 5 years  

      The Company accounts for impairment of property and equipment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment of Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” which the Company adopted in 2002. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future net cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets. The carrying value of the asset is reviewed on a regular basis for the existence of facts, both internally and externally, that may suggest impairment. The Company did not recognize impairment charges in any of the periods presented.

Goodwill

      In 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 142 requires, among other things, the discontinuance of goodwill amortization and the performance of an annual impairment test. As a result, a total of approximately $558,000 of goodwill will no longer be amortized. The standard also requires that goodwill be allocated to a company’s reporting units for purposes of impairment testing. The Company has only one reporting unit. In lieu of amortization, the Company performed an impairment review of its goodwill balance upon the initial adoption of SFAS No. 142. The impairment review performed by the Company involves two-step process as follows:

      Step 1 — The Company compares the market value of its reporting unit to the carrying value, including goodwill, of the unit — if the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds the unit’s market value, the Company moves on to step 2. If the market value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, no further work is performed and no impairment charge is necessary.

      Step 2 — The Company performs an allocation of the market value of the reporting unit to its identifiable tangible and intangible assets and liabilities. This derives an implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The Company then compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit’s goodwill is greater than the implied fair value of goodwill, an impairment charge is recognized for the excess. No impairment charge was recognized in 2002.

Internal use software

      In accordance with Statement of Position (“SOP”) No. 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use”, the Company capitalized certain software development costs, that primarily relate to costs to purchase third party software. These capitalized software costs are amortized over the useful life of the software, not to exceed 60 months. The capitalized software costs are included in property and equipment on the balance sheet.

F-10


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

      The following table summarizes the movements in capitalized software expenses for the year ended December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

         
Balance at December 31, 2001
  $  
Additions
    1,866  
Amortization
    (200 )
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
  $ 1,666  
     
 

Revenue recognition

      Revenue from product sales is generally recognized at the time the product is shipped, provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collection of the related receivable is reasonably assured. At the end of each quarter, the Company estimates and defers revenue related to the product in-transit to international and retail customers that purchase direct from the Company. The revenue is deferred until passage of title to the customer. Currently, for the international customers, title passes upon delivery to the port of destination. For the retailers to whom the Company sells directly, title passes upon their receipt of product. In addition, the Company defers revenue related to distributor and reseller channel inventory that the Company deems to be excess based on end user sales levels.

      Revenue on shipments is reduced for estimated returns for stock rotation and warranty, price protection programs, customer rebates and cooperative marketing expenses deemed to be a sales incentive under Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue 01-9.

      Prior to January 1, 2001, revenue on shipments to domestic distributors was deferred until resale by the distributors because the Company could not reasonably estimate the amount of future returns. Revenue on all shipments to international distributors was recognized upon cash collection, as the Company had not established a history of collection with foreign distributors. In 2001, the Company determined that it had accumulated sufficient historical evidence with respect to returns and cash collections with its distributors to enable the Company to make reasonable estimates and for all shipments on and after January 1, 2001.

Sales incentives

      The Company follows EITF Issue 01-9, “Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or a Reseller of the Vendor’s Products.” As a consequence, the Company records channel marketing costs as a reduction of net revenue.

Shipping and handling fees and costs

      In September 2000, the EITF issued EITF Issue 00-10, “Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs”. EITF Issue 00-10 requires shipping and handling fees billed to customers to be classified as revenue and shipping and handling costs to be either classified as cost of revenue or disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The Company includes shipping and handling fees billed to customers in net revenue. Shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight are included in cost of revenue. Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are included in sales and marketing expenses and totaled $1.0 million, $2.6 million, and $2.7 million in 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.

Research and development

      Costs incurred in the research and development of new products and enhancements to existing products are charged to expense as incurred.

F-11


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

Advertising costs

      Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising and promotional expenses were $2.0 million $4.9 million and $7.1 million in 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.

Income taxes

      The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets when management estimates, based on available objective evidence, that it is more likely than not that the benefit will not be realized for the deferred tax assets.

Stock-based compensation

      Pursuant to SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” the Company accounts for employee stock options under Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and follows the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123. Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is based on the difference, if any, on the date of the grant, between the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock and the exercise price of options to purchase that stock. For purposes of estimating the compensation cost of the Company’s option grants in accordance with SFAS No. 123, the fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

      Had compensation cost for the Company’s stock-based compensation plan been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates for the awards under a method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, the Company’s net income (loss) would have been reduced (increased) to the amounts indicated below (in thousands, except per share data):

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, as reported
  $ 53     $ (19,484 )   $ (9,742 )
Add: Employee stock-based compensation included in reported net income (loss), net of tax
                1,581  
Less: Total employee stock-based compensation determined under fair value method, net of tax
    (6,710 )     (5,723 )     (5,558 )
     
     
     
 
Adjusted net loss attributable to common stockholders
  $ (6,657 )   $ (25,207 )   $ (13,719 )
     
     
     
 
Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
                       
 
As reported
  $ 0.00     $ (0.66 )   $ (0.46 )
     
     
     
 
 
Adjusted
  $ (0.23 )   $ (0.85 )   $ (0.65 )
     
     
     
 
Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
                       
 
As reported
  $ 0.00     $ (0.66 )   $ (0.46 )
     
     
     
 
 
Adjusted
  $ (0.23 )   $ (0.85 )   $ (0.65 )
     
     
     
 

F-12


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

Comprehensive income

      Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. For the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, there were no differences between the Company’s net income (loss) and its comprehensive income (loss).

Foreign currency translation

      The Company uses the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. Foreign currency assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the end-of-period exchange rates except for fixed assets which are translated at historical exchange rates. Expenses are translated at average exchange rates in effect during each period, except for those expenses related to balance sheet amounts which are translated at historical exchange rates. Gains or losses from foreign currency transactions are included in net earnings and were immaterial for all periods.

Recent accounting pronouncements

      In June 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit and Disposal Activities.” SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at fair value only when the liability is incurred. SFAS No. 146 is effective for exit or disposal activities initiated after December 31, 2002. The Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 146 to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      FIN No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others” (“FIN 45”), was issued in November 2002. FIN 45 requires that upon issuance of a guarantee, the guarantor must disclose and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under that guarantee. The initial recognition and measurement requirement of FIN 45 is effective for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2002, and are applicable to certain guarantees issued by the Company before December 31, 2002. The Company adopted FIN 45 disclosure requirements as of December 31, 2002 contained in Note 7. The Company is currently assessing the impact of recognition and initial measurement of FIN 45 on its financial statements.

      In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” EITF Issue 00-21 provides guidance on how to account for arrangements that involve the delivery or performance of multiple products, services and/or rights to use assets. The provisions of EITF Issue 00-21 will apply to revenue arrangements entered into in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company does not expect the adoption of EITF Issue 00-21 to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

      In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, Transition and Disclosure.” SFAS No. 148 provides alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also requires that disclosures of the pro forma effect of using the fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation be displayed more prominently and in a tabular format. Additionally, SFAS No. 148 requires disclosure of the pro forma effect in interim financial statements. The transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 148 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002 and have been adopted by the Company, which has elected to continue to account for employee stock options under Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25. The disclosure only provisions of SFAS No. 123 are contained within “Stock-based compensation” in Note 1. The interim disclosure requirements are effective for interim periods commencing after December 15, 2002. The adoption of this

F-13


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

NOTE 2 – BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS (In Thousands):

                     
December 31,

2001 2002


Accounts receivable, net:
               
 
Gross accounts receivable
  $ 25,501     $ 49,780  
     
     
 
 
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (1,500 )     (873 )
   
 Reserve for sales returns
    (7,667 )     (12,304 )
   
 Reserve for price protection
    (2,302 )     (3,052 )
     
     
 
      (11,469 )     (16,229 )
     
     
 
    $ 14,032     $ 33,551  
     
     
 
Inventories:
               
 
Purchased components
  $ 2,504     $  
 
Finished goods
    28,505       21,719  
 
Inventories in channel or in-transit to customer
    247       3,055  
     
     
 
    $ 31,256     $ 24,774  
     
     
 
                   
December 31,

2001 2002


Property and equipment, net:
               
 
Computer equipment
  $ 1,405     $ 2,129  
 
Furniture, fixtures and leasehold improvements
    171       399  
 
Software
    1,086       2,878  
 
Machinery
    570       1,032  
 
Construction in progress
    23       41  
     
     
 
      3,255       6,479  
 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (1,981 )     (3,335 )
     
     
 
    $ 1,274     $ 3,144  
     
     
 

      Depreciation expense in 2000, 2001 and 2002 was $373,000, $950,000 and $1.4 million, respectively.

      In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill amortization was discontinued as of January 1, 2002. The carrying value of goodwill at December 31, 2001 and 2002 was $558,000, net of $1.1 million of accumulated amortization, and has been determined by the Company to not be impaired.

F-14


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

      The following table reflects consolidated results of operations adjusted as though the adoption of SFAS No. 142 occurred as of January 1, 2000 (in thousands):

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Reported net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
  $ 53     $ (19,484 )   $ (9,742 )
Goodwill amortization
    335       335        
     
     
     
 
Adjusted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders
  $ 388     $ (19,149 )   $ (9,742 )
     
     
     
 
Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders
  $ 0.00     $ (0.66 )   $ (0.46 )
Goodwill amortization
    0.01       0.01        
     
     
     
 
Adjusted basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders
  $ 0.01     $ (0.65 )   $ (0.46 )
     
     
     
 
Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders
  $ 0.00     $ (0.66 )   $ (0.46 )
Goodwill amortization
    0.01       0.01        
     
     
     
 
Adjusted diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders
  $ 0.01     $ (0.65 )   $ (0.46 )
     
     
     
 
                   
December 31,

2001 2002


Other accrued liabilities (in thousands):
               
 
Sales and marketing
  $ 6,237       13,855  
 
Other
    3,788       6,623  
     
     
 
    $ 10,025     $ 20,478  
     
     
 

F-15


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

NOTE 3 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

TRANSACTIONS WITH NORTEL NETWORKS

      In 2000, the Company’s costs and expenses include allocations from Nortel Networks for centralized legal accounting, treasury, real estate, information technology, distribution, customer service, sales and marketing, engineering, and other corporate services and infrastructure costs provided by Nortel Networks. These allocations have been determined on bases that Nortel Networks and NETGEAR considered to be reasonable reflections of the utilization of services provided or the benefit received by NETGEAR. The allocation methods include net assets, headcount, square footage and direct effort expended. In addition, the Company has derived certain revenue and purchased certain products from Nortel Networks during the period. The allocated amounts may not represent the actual costs and expenses incurred by the Company if operated on a stand alone basis.

      Revenues and products purchased from Nortel Networks, allocated costs and other intercompany transactions included in the accompanying statements of operations are as follows (in thousands):

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Net revenue
  $ (538 )   $ (23 )   $  
Cost of revenue
    1,500              
Research and development
    224              
Sales and marketing
    3,390              
General and administrative
    1,430              

      As discussed in Note 8, the Company changed its capital structure on March 10, 2000. For purposes of governing the ongoing relationship between NETGEAR and Nortel Networks on and after March 10, 2000, and to provide for an orderly transition, NETGEAR and Nortel Networks entered into various agreements. The results of those agreements are disclosed in the table above. A brief description of each of the agreements follows:

Contribution agreement

      Nortel Networks transferred to the Company its rights in and to the NETGEAR and GearGuy trademarks and certain technical trade secrets, its interest in executory contracts with distributors and suppliers of the Company’s products, equipment, personal property and fixtures used by employees and contractors dedicated to the Company’s business and the records relating to the Company’s business.

Transition services agreement

      Nortel Networks agreed to provide administrative, financial, management and other services for a period of six months ended September 10, 2000. Additionally, Nortel Networks agreed to provide property and casualty insurance for as long as it maintained a 50% or greater ownership interest in NETGEAR. In the opinion of management, fees associated with this agreement were made on a reasonable and consistent basis; however, they are not necessarily indicative of, and it is not practical for management to determine the level of, expenses which might have been incurred had NETGEAR been operating as a separate stand-alone company. This agreement was terminated as a result of the change in the Company’s capital structure (see Note 8).

F-16


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

Intellectual property license agreement

      The Company received a perpetual, non-exclusive, royalty-free license to continue to use Nortel Networks’ world-wide intellectual property rights underlying the Company’s products, other than those rights transferred pursuant to the contribution agreement, for use in the production, distribution and sale of the Company’s products.

Loaned employee agreement

      Nortel Networks agreed in March 2000 to provide the Company with the services of 16 persons employed by Nortel Networks in exchange for fees, based upon allocation of its current costs associated with such personnel, including all of the international sales and marketing personnel that provided services to the Company. This agreement was terminated with the employment of most of these individuals by the Company at December 31, 2000.

Tax sharing agreement

      In February 2002, as part of the change in capital structure of the Company (Note 8), the Company signed a Tax Sharing Agreement with Nortel Networks. As part of the agreement, Nortel Networks agreed that the Company would not be liable for any outstanding taxes relating to periods before September 2000. As a result, in February 2002, the Company reversed $2.9 million of accrued taxes payable and the credit was taken to additional paid in capital.

Intercompany balance

      Prior to March 10, 2000, the net intercompany borrowings from Nortel Networks were considered a contribution to the capital of NETGEAR. The following table presents intercompany transactions and balances between NETGEAR and Nortel Networks for the period from January 1, 2000 through March 10, 2000 (in thousands):

         
Period from
January 1,
2000 to
March 10,
2000

Balance at beginning of the period
  $ 33,366  
Distribution to Nortel Networks — working capital
    (1,083 )
Intercompany purchases
    711  
Intercompany revenue
    (204 )
Allocation of corporate services
    815  
Net cash transfer to Nortel Networks
    (4,482 )
     
 
Net capital distributions to Nortel Networks
    (4,243 )
Effect of stock purchase
    (29,123 )
     
 
Balance at end of the period
  $  
     
 
Average balance during the period
  $ 14,562  
     
 

F-17


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

      Subsequent to March 10, 2000, NETGEAR reimbursed Nortel Networks for services described above. The following table presents intercompany transactions and balances between NETGEAR and Nortel Networks subsequent to March 10, 2000 (in thousands):

                 
Year Ended December 31,

2001 2002


Beginning balance
  $ 4,245     $ 4,162  
Intercompany revenue
    (23 )      
Other
    (60 )      
Net cash transfer to Nortel Networks
          (3,500 )
     
     
 
Balance payable at end of period
  $ 4,162     $ 662  
     
     
 

      On January 23, 2002, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the Trade Payable Letter Agreement. Per the terms of the agreement, the Company paid back immediately $2.0 million of the $4.2 million balance payable to Nortel Networks at December 31, 2001 and the remaining balance of $2.2 million to be paid back in quarterly installments of $0.5 million. The outstanding amounts do not accrue interest.

OTHER RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

      As consideration for services received in relation to the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock (see Note 8), the Company in February 2002, issued a warrant to one of its shareholders to purchase 218,750 shares of common stock. The warrant is fully exercisable on the day of grant. The warrant will expire in the event of an initial public offering provided that the aggregate gross proceeds from the offering are not less than $35.0 million and the valuation of the Company is at least $250.0 million, and will otherwise expire on March 13, 2007. The Company determined the fair value of the warrant using Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following assumptions: exercise price — $1.29 per share, estimated fair value of the common stock — $6.24, volatility — 71%, dividend rate — 0%, risk free interest rate — 4.30%. The fair value of the warrant of $622,000 was recorded against the proceeds of Series C Preferred Stock.

NOTE 4 – NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:

      The holders of Series A, B and C Preferred Stock are entitled to participate in all dividends paid on common stock, as and when declared by the Board of Directors, on an as-if converted basis. In accordance with EITF Topic D-95, “Effect of Participating Convertible Securities on the Computation of Basic Earnings per Share,” the Company has included the impact of Preferred Stock in the computation of basic earnings per share using the “two class” method. Under this method, an earnings allocation formula is used to determine the amount of net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders to be allocated to each class of stock (the two classes being common stock and Preferred Stock). Basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the amount of net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders that is apportioned to common stock by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Although there were no common shares outstanding during 2001 and 2002, basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is presented as there were potential common shares outstanding (representing Preferred Stock) during the period. This per share data is based on the net loss which would be attributable to one share of common stock during each period, after apportioning the loss to reflect the participation rights of the preferred stockholders.

F-18


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

      Net income (loss) per share applicable to each class of stock (common stock and Preferred Stock) is as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

                   
Year Ended December 31, 2000

Common Stock Preferred Stock


Basic net income per share:
               
 
Apportioned net income after deemed dividend to Preferred Stock
  $ 9     $ 44  
 
Deemed dividend to Preferred Stock
          2,601  
     
     
 
 
Total numerator for basic net income per share
  $ 8     $ 2,645  
     
     
 
 
Weighted average basic shares outstanding
    5,020       23,915  
     
     
 
Basic net income per share
  $ 0.00     $ 0.11  
     
     
 
                   
Year Ended December 31, 2001

Common Stock Preferred Stock


Basic net loss per share:
               
 
Apportioned net loss
          $ (19,483 )
             
 
 
Total numerator for basic net loss per share
          $ (19,483 )
             
 
 
Weighted average basic shares outstanding
            2,571  
             
 
Basic net loss per share
  $ (0.66 )(A)   $ (0.66 )
     
     
 
                   
Year Ended December 31, 2002

Common Stock Preferred Stock


Basic net income (loss) per share:
               
 
Apportioned net loss after deemed dividend to Preferred Stock
          $ (9,742 )
 
Deemed dividend to Preferred Stock
            17,881  
             
 
 
Total numerator for basic net income (loss) per share
          $ 8,139  
             
 
 
Weighted average basic shares outstanding
            21,181  
             
 
Net income (loss) per share
  $ (0.46 )(A)   $ 0.38  
     
     
 

      Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for 2000, 2001 and 2002 is same as basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders because the impact of including common stock equivalents would not be dilutive.

      Anti-dilutive common stock options and warrants amounting to none, 6,695,592 and 3,021,893 were excluded from the weighted average shares outstanding from the diluted per share calculation for 2000, 2001, 2002, respectively.

      Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share is presented for 2002 to reflect per share data assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into common stock, which will occur upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering, as if the conversion had taken place at the beginning of the year, or at the date of issuance, if later. Basic pro forma per share data was calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders, adding back the deemed dividend on preferred stock,


(A):  As described above, these amounts represent the amount of net loss after deemed dividend to Preferred Stock which would be apportioned to one share of common stock.

F-19


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

by 21.1 million which is the weighted average number of shares of common stock into which the Preferred Stock outstanding during the period was convertible. Diluted pro forma net income per share data was calculated the same as basic pro forma net income per share except that the denominator was adjusted to 22.5 million shares to include weighted average potential common shares (representing warrants and stock options) outstanding during the period. Anti-dilutive common stock options amounting to 652,428 were excluded from the weighted average shares outstanding for the diluted per share calculation.

NOTE 5 – INCOME TAXES:

      The provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

                           
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Current:
                       
 
U.S. federal
  $ 4,162     $ (546 )   $ 378  
 
State and local
    1,178       (154 )     662  
 
Foreign
          300       293  
     
     
     
 
      5,340       (400 )     1,333  
     
     
     
 
Deferred:
                       
 
U.S. federal
    (2,702 )     2,702        
 
State and local
    (770 )     770        
     
     
     
 
    $ 1,868     $ 3,072     $ 1,333  
     
     
     
 

      Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

                   
December 31,

2001 2002


Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 2,868     $ 182  
 
Accruals and reserves
    10,134       9,275  
 
Deferred revenue
    146        
 
Tax credits
    210       33  
     
     
 
      13,358       9,490  
     
     
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Depreciation and goodwill amortization
    (359 )     (317 )
     
     
 
      (359 )     (317 )
     
     
 
Gross deferred tax assets
    12,999       9,173  
Valuation allowance
    (12,999 )     (9,173 )
     
     
 
Net deferred tax assets
  $     $  
     
     
 

      As of December 31, 2002, the Company had approximately $3.1 million of state net operating loss carryforwards available to offset future taxable income. These net operating losses will begin to expire in 2013.

F-20


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

      Management believes that, given the Company’s historical cumulative losses and the uncertainty regarding future profitability, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be utilized, such that a full valuation allowance has been recorded for 2002 deferred tax assets.

      The effective tax rate differs from the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



U.S. statutory federal tax rate
    35.0 %     (34.0 )%     34.0 %
State taxes, net of federal benefit
    5.8 %     (4.6 )%     9.6 %
Permanent and other items
    0.5 %     0.6 %     10.9 %
Change in valuation allowance
          57.9 %     (40.4 )%
     
     
     
 
Effective tax rate
    41.3 %     18.7 %     14.1 %
     
     
     
 

NOTE 6 – BORROWINGS:

Lines of credit

      On March 22, 2001, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit agreement that provided for a maximum line of credit of $20.0 million, which included both direct loans and letters of credit. Availability under the line of credit was based on a formula of eligible accounts receivable balances. Interest on direct borrowings was at the bank’s prime rate plus applicable margin. Borrowings were collateralized by all of the Company’s assets. No amounts were outstanding under the credit line as of December 31, 2001. In 2002, the Company signed an amendment to the credit line agreement to terminate the credit agreement effective July 28, 2002.

      On July 25, 2002, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit agreement with another bank that provides for a maximum line of credit of up to $20.0 million including amounts drawn under letters of credit. Availability under the line of credit is equal to 75% of eligible accounts receivable balances as determined in the agreement. The annualized interest rate of prime rate plus 0.75% is charged on the outstanding credit balance, calculated on a daily basis. Substantially all the Company’s assets are collateralized under the line of credit. Per the line of credit agreement, the bank can issue letters of credit up to aggregate face amount of $2 million. During the term of the line of credit agreement the Company has to follow various financial and non-financial covenants. During the year 2002, the Company was in compliance with all the covenants. The Company did not draw down on the lines of credit during 2002, however, the Company utilized $396,000 of the available credit line in the form of letters of credit. The revolving line of credit expires in July 2004.

Letters of credit

      As collateral for our payment obligations to certain third parties who provide inventory warehousing and distribution services, the Company is contingently liable under letters of credit for an aggregate of $746,000 and $756,000 at December 31, 2001 and 2002, respectively. No amount has been drawn under these letters of credit as of December 31, 2001 and 2002.

NOTE 7 – COMMITMENTS:

Employments Agreements

      The Company has signed various employment agreements with key executives pursuant to which if their employment is terminated without cause, the employees are entitled to receive their base salary (and commission or bonus, as applicable) for 52 weeks (for the Chief Executive Officer), 39 weeks (for Chief

F-21


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

Financial Officer and for President) or 26 weeks (for other key executives), and will continue to have stock options vest for a one year period following the termination.

Leases

      The Company leases office space and equipment under noncancelable operating leases with various expiration dates through December 2004. Rent expense in 2000, 2001 and 2002 was $1.8 million, $1.2 million and $959,000, respectively. The terms of the facility lease provide for rental payments on a graduated scale. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period, and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

      Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating and capital leases are as follows (in thousands):

         
Year Ending Operating
December 31, Leases


2003
  $ 1,047  
2004
    634  
     
 
Total minimum lease payments
  $ 1,681  
     
 

Guarantees, Indemnifications

      The Company enters into various inventory related purchase agreements with suppliers. Under these agreements, orders are cancelable by giving notice 30 to 60 days prior to the expected shipment date and payment of a 5% cancellation fee. Orders are noncancelable within 30 days prior to the expected shipment date. At December 31, 2002, the Company had $21.7 million in noncancelable purchase commitments with suppliers and $16.7 million subject to the 5% cancellation fees. The Company expects to sell all products which it has committed to purchase from suppliers.

      During 2001, the Company entered into an agreement with a service provider with respect to legal consultative and other services in international jurisdictions. Under the agreement, the Company agreed to indemnify the service provider against claims, suits and legal and other expenses incurred by the service provider in the course of providing such services. The terms of the indemnity agreement remain in effect until modified by the parties to the agreement. To date the Company has not received any claims against this agreement and believes the fair value of the indemnification agreement is minimal.

      The Company also, as permitted under Delaware law and in accordance with its Bylaws, indemnifies its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while the officer is or was serving at the Company’s request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer’s or director’s lifetime. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited; however, the Company has a Director and Officer Insurance Policy that limits its exposure and enables it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. As a result of its insurance policy coverage, the Company believes the fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal.

      In its sales agreements, the Company typically agrees to indemnify its distributors and resellers for any expenses or liability resulting from claimed infringements of patents, trademarks or copyrights of third parties. The terms of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual any time after execution of the agreement. The maximum amount of potential future indemnification is unlimited. To date the Company has not paid any amounts to settle claims or defend lawsuits.

F-22


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

NOTE 8 – REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (“PREFERRED STOCK”):

      The following table summarizes the activity of Preferred Stock (in thousands, except share data):

                                                                 
Series A Series B Series C Total




Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount








Balance at December 31, 1999
        $           $           $           $  
Issuance of Preferred Stock in exchange for common stock
    26,250,000       29,123                               26,250,000       29,123  
Issuance of Preferred Stock for cash (net of issuance cost $35)
                3,320,538       12,354                   3,320,538       12,354  
Deemed Preferred Stock dividend
                      2,601                         2,601  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balances at December 31, 2000 and 2001
    26,250,000       29,123       3,320,538       14,955                   29,570,538       44,078  
Issuance of Preferred Stock (net of issuance cost $1,833)
                            10,937,408       3,368       10,937,408       3,368  
Repurchase of Preferred Stock
    (20,273,918 )     (17,275 )                             (20,273,918 )     (17,275 )
Deemed Preferred Stock dividend
          (5,218 )                       23,099             17,881  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balances at December 31, 2002
    5,976,082     $ 6,630       3,320,538     $ 14,955       10,937,408     $ 26,467       20,234,028     $ 48,052  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Preferred Stock at December 31, 2002 consists of the following (in thousands, except share data):

                         
Shares

Liquidation
Series Authorized Outstanding Amount




A
    26,250,000       5,976,082     $ 26,978  
B
    3,320,538       3,320,538       14,990  
C
    10,937,500       10,937,408       19,587  
     
     
     
 
      40,508,038       20,234,028     $ 61,555  
     
     
     
 

Change in capital structure of the Company

      The Company was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Nortel Networks NA, Inc. (“Nortel Networks”) until March 10, 2000. On March 10, 2000, the Company sold Series B Preferred Stock representing approximately 11% of the Company’s outstanding shares of preferred stock to a third-party investor. The Company also signed several arrangements with Nortel Networks to facilitate its transition to become an independent Company (see Note 3).

      During September 2000, Nortel Networks transferred part of its holdings in Series A Preferred Stock to certain third party investors. This transfer did not have an impact to the financial statements of the Company. As part of the transfer, Nortel Networks granted additional liquidation preference rights to the transferees (“Nortel Liquidation Preference Obligation.”) Under the Nortel Liquidation Preference Obligation, Nortel Networks is obligated to pay to each transferee of Series A Preferred Stock an amount based on the distribution amount to the Series A Preferred Stockholders upon liquidation of the Company.

      On February 7, 2002, the Company issued 10,937,408 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to holders of the Company’s outstanding shares of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock, other than Nortel Networks. Consideration for the issuance of the shares was received partly in cash for $4.7 million and partly, in the form of transfer of the right to receive 75% of the amounts payable by Nortel Networks under the Nortel Liquidation Preference Obligation.

F-23


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

      Upon closing of the sale of Series C Preferred Stock, the Company entered into a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement with Nortel Networks. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company repurchased from Nortel Networks 20,273,918 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (which represented the entirety of stock held by Nortel Networks). In consideration for the repurchase of the shares, the Company paid Nortel Networks $4.7 million in cash, surrendered the right to receive 75% of the amount payable by Nortel Networks under the Nortel Liquidation Preference Obligation and entered into a Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note Payable to Nortel Networks (the “Note”).

      The Note has a principal amount of $20.0 million. Principal and accrued but unpaid interest are due on February 7, 2009. The Note bears interest at 7% per year, starting to accrue on February 7, 2005. Upon a change in control of the Company, the holder of the Note has the right to demand immediate repayment of principal and accrued interest under the Note. Upon closing of a public equity financing (other than corporate re-organization and transaction on Form S-4), the Company shall pay Nortel the lesser of (i) the principal then outstanding and accrued but unpaid interests or (ii) 66.66% of the net proceeds from such equity financing in excess of $10.0 million. In the event the proceeds of the public equity financing are not sufficient to repay the Note, then Nortel Networks has the right to convert the outstanding balance and accrued but unpaid interest into shares of common stock of the Company for a period starting upon the closing of a Company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) and for two years after the IPO date. The conversion price will be the price per share equal to the gross offering price in the IPO. The $20.0 million Note is carried at its net present value of $13.3 million, at December 31, 2002, calculated using borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms.

      In connection with the issuance of Series C Preferred Stock and repurchase of Series A Preferred Stock, the Company determined that the holders of Preferred Stock received a beneficial conversion feature in the amount of $17.9 million. This amount was determined by comparing the Preferred Stock issuance price to the fair value of the common stock that would be received by the preferred stockholders if they exercised their right to convert their Preferred Stock into the common stock. The beneficial conversion feature has been recorded as dividend to the preferred stockholders.

      The holders of Preferred Stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Voting

      Each share of Series A, B and C Preferred Stock has voting rights equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible and votes together as one class with the common stock.

      The Company must obtain approval from at least 60% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in order to alter the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, authorize any shares of capital stock with preference over the Preferred Stock, or authorize any shares of capital stock on a parity with Preferred Stock. The Company must obtain approval from not less than 60% of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in order to pay, declare any dividend or distribute any shares of common stock, sell the Company with gross proceeds of less than $300.0 million, liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the Company acquire all or a portion of the properties, assets or capital stock of any other company for consideration greater than $5.0 million and incur indebtedness in excess of $30.0 million.

Dividends

      The holders of Series A, B and C Preferred Stock will also be entitled to participate in non-cumulative dividends on common stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, based on the number of shares of common stock held on an as-if converted basis. No dividends on Preferred Stock or common stock have been declared by the Board from inception through December 31, 2002.

F-24


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

Liquidation

      In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, including a merger, acquisition or sale of assets where the beneficial owners of the Company’s common stock and Preferred Stock own less than 50% of the resulting voting power of the surviving entity, the holders of Series A, B and C Preferred Stock are each entitled to receive an amount of $4.51, $4.51 and $1.79 per share, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of common stock. The remaining assets, if any, shall be distributed to holders of Preferred Stock and common stock with equal priority and pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder. Should the Company’s legally available assets be insufficient to satisfy the liquidation preferences the funds will be distributed pro rata to the holders of Series A, B and C Preferred Stock.

Conversion

      Each share of Series A, B and C Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, according to a conversion ratio, subject to adjustment for dilution. Each share of Series A, B and C Preferred Stock automatically converts into the number of shares of common stock into which such shares are convertible at the then effective conversion ratio upon the closing of a public offering of common stock resulting in at least $35.0 million gross proceeds at a valuation of the Company of $250.0 million.

      At December 31, 2002, the Company reserved 5,976,082, 3,320,538 and 10,937,500 shares of common stock for the conversion of Series A, B and C Preferred Stock, respectively.

NOTE 9 – COMMON STOCK:

      The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 63,656,250 shares of $0.001 par value common stock. There were no shares of common stock outstanding at December 31, 2001 or 2002.

Warrants for common stock

      In connection with the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock, the Company issued warrants to purchase 2,625,000 shares of common stock for $5.71 per share. Such warrants were outstanding at December 31, 2000 and expired unexercised on May 15, 2001. The Company determined the fair value of warrants of $2.6 million at the date of grant, using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions: no dividends, risk-free rate of 6.4%, volatility at 71% and contractual life of one year.

      The Company received $15.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock, of which $2.6 million was allocated to the common stock warrants resulting in a beneficial conversion feature in the Series B Preferred Stock of $2.6 million, which has been recorded as a dividend to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock.

      As discussed in Note 3, the Company issued warrants to a related party to purchase 218,750 shares of the Company’s common stock.

F-25


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

NOTE 10 – STOCK OPTION PLANS:

Nortel Networks Stock Option Plans

      Until March 2000, certain employees of the Company received grants of nonqualifying stock options under Nortel Networks stock option plans. The stock options were granted at the market price on the date of grant and expire on the tenth anniversary date. The stock options granted generally vested over three years.

      As discussed in the Note 8, on February 7, 2002 the Company repurchased all shares held by Nortel Networks. As a result, the Nortel Networks stock option holders had to exercise the options within 90 days after the close of the transaction or the options were to be cancelled. As a result, 393,718 options of Nortel Networks stock were cancelled in 2002.

      Additional information with respect to stock options under the Nortel Networks plans is as follows:

                                                 
2000 2001 2002



Average Average Average
Exercise Exercise Exercise
Shares Price Shares Price Shares Price






Options outstanding at January 1
    575,806     $ 9.91       408,048     $ 12.56       393,718     $ 12.47  
Options granted
    5,600       65.49                          
Employee transfers
    38,370       14.53                          
Exercised
    (207,269 )     6.89       (8,349 )     11.23              
Canceled
    (4,459 )     8.13       (5,981 )     20.05       (393,718 )     12.47  
     
             
             
         
Outstanding at December 31
    408,048       12.56       393,718       12.47              
     
             
             
         
Options exercisable at December 31
    266,869     $ 11.06       353,732     $ 11.64           $  
     
             
             
         

2000 Stock Option Plan

      In April 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan provides for the granting of stock options to employees and consultants of the Company. Options granted under the Plan may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options (“ISO”) may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). Nonqualified stock options (“NSO”) may be granted to Company employees and consultants. The Company has reserved 7,350,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the Plan.

      Options under the Plan may be granted for periods of up to ten years and at prices no less than the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that (i) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO shall not be less than the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, respectively, and (ii) the exercise price of an ISO and NSO granted to a 10% shareholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair value of the shares on the date of grant, respectively. To date, options granted generally vest over four years.

Voluntary Stock Option Exchange Program

      On January 23, 2002, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the Voluntary Stock Option Exchange Program. Under the terms of the program, each eligible employee was offered the opportunity to exchange all or some of their outstanding stock options of the Company’s at an exchange ratio of 0.684 for new stock options to be granted by the Company. The exercise price of the new stock options was the fair value of the common stock on date of grant. Grant date was the expiration of 6 months and one day

F-26


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

following the stock options offering period. As a result of the program 321,825 shares were cancelled on March 15, 2002 and 220,129 shares were subsequently issued related to the program.

Stock based compensation

      For financial reporting purposes, the Company has determined that the estimated value of the common stock determined in anticipation of the Company’s initial public offering was in excess of the exercise price, which was deemed to be fair market as of the dates of grant. In connection with the grants of such options, the Company recorded deferred stock based compensation of $6.7 million in 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2002 the amortization of non-cash deferred stock-based compensation was $1.6 million.

      On April 22, 2002, the Company issued a stand-alone nonstatutory stock option to a former director associated with Nortel Networks, to purchase 43,750 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $3.31 per share. The option is fully vested and expires on April 22, 2006, or earlier in connection with a change of control of the Company. The Company issued the stock option to the former director pursuant to a settlement agreement and release in connection with this individual’s termination of service in February 2002 on the Company’s board of directors. The fair value of the options was determined at the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The determined fair value of $82,000 was expensed in the year ended December 31, 2002.

      Activity under the 2000 Stock Option Plan is set forth as follows:

                                                   
2000 2001 2002



Average Average Average
Exercise Exercise Exercise
Shares Price Shares Price Shares Price






Options outstanding at January 1
        $       5,134,900     $ 5.39       4,706,349     $ 5.40  
 
Options granted
    5,211,900       5.38       514,937       8.57       2,470,041       3.99  
 
Options exercised
                                   
 
Options cancelled
    (77,000 )     4.62       (943,488 )     7.09       (743,298 )     6.88  
     
             
             
         
Outstanding at December 31
    5,134,900       5.39       4,706,349       5.40       6,433,092       4.68  
     
             
             
         
Options exercisable at December 31
    573,133       4.51       2,188,058       5.17       3,256,417       4.69  
     
             
             
         

F-27


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

      Additional information regarding options outstanding under the Company’s 2000 Stock Option Plan as of December 31, 2002 is as follows:

                                         
Options Outstanding

Weighted Options Exercisable
Average
Remaining Weighted Weighted
Range of Contractual Average Average
Exercise Number Life (in Exercise Number Exercise
Price Outstanding Years) Price Outstanding Price






$1.29-$1.29
    818,665       9.2     $ 1.29       254,377     $ 1.29  
$3.31-$4.21
    244,720       9.5     $ 3.73           $  
$4.51-$5.10
    3,962,006       7.7     $ 4.61       2,564,893     $ 4.54  
$5.54-$6.00
    755,273       9.9     $ 5.96       120,310     $ 6.00  
$7.25-$8.57
    652,428       8.2     $ 8.29       316,837     $ 8.16  
     
                     
         
$1.29-$8.57
    6,433,092       8.3     $ 4.68       3,256,417     $ 4.69  
     
                     
         

      The fair value of each option grant under the Company’s stock option plan is estimated on the date of grant using the fair value method, using the following weighted average assumptions:

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



Risk free interest rate
    6.2 %     4.81 %     3.14 %
Expected life
    4 years       4 years       4 years  
Expected dividends
  $     $     $  
Volatility
    71 %     71 %     71 %

      The weighted average fair value of options granted during 2000, 2001 and 2002 was $3.12, $4.86 and $4.45, respectively.

      Under the Nortel Networks Stock Option Plans, the Company calculated the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions in 2000: dividend yield at 0.16%; weighted average expected option term of four years; risk-free interest rate of 6.0%. The weighted average fair value of options granted and employee transfers during 2000 was $17.02 and $3.19, respectively. No options were granted under the Nortel Networks Stock Option Plans in 2001 and 2002.

 
NOTE 11 – SEGMENT INFORMATION, OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC
AREA AND SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMERS:

      Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available and is regularly evaluated by management, namely the chief operating decision maker of an organization, in order to make operating and resource allocation decisions. By this definition, the Company primarily operates in one business segment, which is the development, marketing and sale of networking products for the small business and home markets. NETGEAR’s headquarters and most of its operations are located in the United States. The Company also conducts sales, marketing and customer service activities through several small sales offices in Europe and Asia. Geographic revenue information is based on the location of the reseller or distributor. Long-lived assets, primarily fixed assets, are reported below based on the location of the asset.

F-28


Table of Contents

NETGEAR, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)

Geographic information

      Net revenue consist of (in thousands):

                         
Year Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002



United States
  $ 118,422     $ 121,688     $ 150,096  
Europe
    38,935       52,977       68,006  
Asia Pacific
    17,899       16,294       18,053  
Rest of the world
    1,407       1,481       1,176  
     
     
     
 
    $ 176,663     $ 192,440     $ 237,331  
     
     
     
 

      Long-lived assets consist of (in thousands):

                 
December 31,

2001 2002


United States
  $ 1,214     $ 3,074  
Europe
    31       12  
Asia Pacific
    29       58  
     
     
 
    $ 1,274     $ 3,144  
     
     
 

      Significant customers (as a percentage of net revenue):

                         
Year Ended
December 31,

Customer 2000 2001 2002




A
    33 %     36 %     32 %
B
    20 %     23 %     20 %

NOTE 12 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

      Until March 2000, Nortel Networks offered participation in a 401(k) retirement savings plan to employees of the Company. Under the plan, employees could defer up to 15% of their compensation to a tax-deferred savings account, up to the maximum allowable IRS deduction, and Nortel Networks matched one half of each dollar contributed up to the first 5% of compensation, limited to a maximum of $1,500. Nortel Networks charged the Company expenses of $16,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2000. In April 2000, the Company adopted the NETGEAR 401(k) Plan to which employees could contribute up to 15% of salary subject to the legal maximum. The Company contributes an amount equal to 50% of the first 5% of the employees’ contribution. The maximum Company contribution is $1,500 per year. The Company expensed $54,000, $80,000 and $130,000 related to the NETGEAR 401(k) Plan in 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.

NOTE 13 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

      On April      , 2003, the Company’s board of directors approved a 1.75-for-1 stock split, for both preferred and common stock. All share and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the stock split.

F-29


Table of Contents



                      Shares

 

NETGEAR LOGO

 
 
 
 
 
 

Common Stock

 


PROSPECTUS
             , 2003

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

LEHMAN BROTHERS

 

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.

 

UBS WARBURG

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.      Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

      The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than the underwriting discount, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market listing fee.

           
Amount to be
Paid

SEC registration fee
  $ 9,304  
NASD filing fee
    12,000  
Nasdaq National Market listing fee
    100,000  
Printing and engraving
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accounting fees and expenses
    *  
Blue sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)
    7,500  
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    *  
Miscellaneous
    *  
     
 
 
Total
  $ *  
     
 


To be completed by amendment.

Item 14.      Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

      Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations.

      The registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the registrant shall indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents to the full extent permitted by Delaware General Corporation Law, including in circumstances in which indemnification is otherwise discretionary under Delaware law.

      In addition, the registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements with its directors, officers and certain employees which requires the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees. The registrant also intends to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.

      These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and its officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

      The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 15.      Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

      The registrant has sold and issued the following securities since April 1, 2000:

        (a)  On March 14, 2003, we promised to grant options to purchase an aggregate of 110,911 shares of our common stock to certain employees at an exercise price to be determined on the date of grant.
 
        (b) On February 3, 2003, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 7,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.57 per share to an employee.
 
        (c)  On January 6, 2003, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 122,500 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.57 per share to an employee.
 
        (d) On December 16, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 10,500 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.57 per share to certain employees.
 
        (e)  On December 6, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 53,375 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.57 per share to certain employees.
 
        (f)  On November 4, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 105,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share to an employee.
 
        (g) On October 31, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 298,900 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share to certain employees.
 
        (h) On October 30, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 220,127 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share to certain employees pursuant to our 2002 stock option exchange program.
 
        (i)  On September 11, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 61,250 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share to Linwood A. Lacy, Jr., a member of our board of directors.
 
        (j)  On August 31, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 70,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.54 per share to certain employees.
 
        (k) On July 31, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 464,293 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $5.10 per share to certain employees.
 
        (l)  On June 30, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 90,125 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.65 per share to certain employees.
 
        (m) On May 31, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 109,375 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.21 per share to certain employees.
 
        (n) On April 30, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 54,250 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.76 per share to certain employees.
 
        (o) On April 22, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 43,750 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.31 per share to Michael Ressner, a former member of our board of directors.
 
        (p) On March 31, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 81,095 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.31 per share to certain employees.
 
        (q) On March 13, 2002, we granted a fully vested warrant to purchase an aggregate of 218,750 shares of our common stock to Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc. at an exercise price of $1.29 per share.

II-2


Table of Contents

        (r)  On February 8, 2002, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 851,758 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.29 per share to certain employees.
 
        (s)  On February 7, 2002, we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,937,386 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to our investors at the time at a purchase price of $1.29 per share. The Series C Preferred Stock is convertible into an equal number of shares of common stock, subject to future adjustments for dilution.
 
        (t)  On April 26, 2001, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 90,125 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.57 per share to certain employees.
 
        (u) On March 20, 2001, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 52,500 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.57 per share to certain employees.
 
        (v) On January 30, 2001, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 372,313 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.57 per share to certain employees.
 
        (w) On October 24, 2000, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 635,600 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $8.57 per share to certain employees.
 
        (x) On August 29, 2000, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 614,250 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $7.25 per share to certain employees.
 
        (y) On July 18, 2000, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 430,500 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.88 per share to certain employees.
 
        (z)  On April 5, 2000, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 3,531,551 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $4.51 per share to certain employees.

      The issuance of securities describe in item 15(a) through 15(z) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) or Rule 701 of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and other instruments issued in such transactions. The sale of these securities were made without general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16.      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

      (a) The following exhibits are filed herewith:

         
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Title


  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant.
  3 .2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant to be effective prior to the closing of the initial public offering.
  3 .3   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant to be filed after the closing of the initial public offering.
  3 .4   Bylaws of the registrant, and Certificate of Amendment No. 1 of the Bylaws, dated January 11, 2002.
  3 .5   Bylaws of the registrant to be effective upon the closing of the initial public offering.
  4 .1   Form of registrant’s common stock certificate.*
  4 .2   Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated February 7, 2002, by and between the registrant and the individuals and entities listed therein.

II-3


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Title


  4 .3   Common Stock Warrant Agreement, dated March 13, 2002, issued by the registrant to Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc.
  5 .1   Opinion of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.*
  10 .1   Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.
  10 .2   2000 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
  10 .3   2003 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder to be effective upon the closing of the initial public offering.
  10 .4   2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to be effective upon the closing of the initial public offering.
  10 .5   Employment Agreement, dated December 3, 1999, between the registrant and Patrick C.S. Lo.
  10 .6   Employment Agreement, dated July 15, 2002, between the registrant and Ray Robidoux.
  10 .7   Employment Agreement, dated August 10, 2001, between the registrant and Jonathan R. Mather.
  10 .8   Employment Agreement, dated December 9, 1999 between the registrant and Mark G. Merrill.
  10 .9   Employment Agreement, dated                , between the registrant and Leslie A. Adams.*
  10 .10   Employment Agreement, November 4, 2002, between the registrant and Michael F. Falcon.
  10 .11   Employment Agreement, dated January 6, 2003 between the registrant and Charles T. Olson.
  10 .12   Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note, dated February 7, 2002, issued by the registrant to Nortel Networks Limited.
  10 .13   Loan and Security Agreement, dated July 25, 2002, between the registrant and Comerica Bank-California.
  10 .14   Standard Office Lease, dated December 3, 2001, between the registrant and Dell Associates II-A, and First Amendment to Standard Office Lease, dated March 21, 2002.
  10 .15   Distributor Agreement, dated March 1, 1997, between the registrant and Tech Data Product Management, Inc.*
  10 .16   Distributor Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between the registrant and Ingram Micro Inc., as amended by Amendment dated October 1, 1996 and Amendment No. 2 dated July 15, 1998.*
  10 .17   Non-exclusive Distributor Agreement, dated September 25, 1995, between registrant and Computer 2000 AG, as amended by Amendment dated September 30, 1996.*
  10 .18   Master Purchase Agreement, dated February 11, 2003, between the registrant and Lite-On Technology Corporation.*
  10 .19   OEM Terms and Conditions, dated June 1, 1996, between the registrant and Delta Electronics, Inc.
  10 .20   Vendor Agreement, dated September 24, 2001, between the registrant and Best Buy Co., Inc.*
  10 .21   Product Service Addendum to the Vendor Agreement, dated September 21, 2001, between the registrant and Best Buy Co., Inc., and Addendum Consignment Agreement to the Vendor Agreement, dated January 1, 2002.*
  10 .22   Global Vendor Program Agreement, dated February 1, 2003, between the registrant and Staples the Office Superstore, Inc., as amended by Consignment Amendment dated May 21, 2002.*
  10 .23   Vendor Agreement, dated March 26, 1998, between the registrant and Fry’s Electronics, Inc.*
  10 .24   Retail Outlet Retailer Agreement, dated April 1, 1998, between the registrant and Circuit City Stores, Inc.*
  10 .25   Warehousing Agreement, dated July 5, 2001, between the registrant and APL Logistics Americas, Ltd.*
  10 .26   Distribution Operation Agreement, dated April 27, 2001, between the registrant and Furness Logistics bv.*
  10 .27   Distribution Operation Agreement, dated December 1, 2001, between the registrant and Kerry Logistics (Hong Kong) Limited.*

II-4


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Title


  10 .28   Services Agreement, dated March 11, 2000, between the registrant and TRINET Employer Group, Inc.
  10 .29   Wholesale Vendor Agreement, dated August 28, 2002, between the registrant and Costco Wholesale Corporation and The Price Company.*
  10 .30   Master Purchase Agreement, dated March 27, 2003, between the registrant and Cameo Communications Corporation.*
  21 .1   List of subsidiaries
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors.
  23 .2   Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors, on Financial Statement Schedule.
  23 .3   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Accountants.
  23 .4   Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Accountants, on Financial Statement Schedule.
  23 .5   Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (see page II-6 of the Registration Statement).
  99 .1   Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.


To be filed by amendment.

Item 17.      Undertakings.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

      Insofar as indemnification by the registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 above or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

      For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

      For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at the time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Clara, County of Santa Clara, State of California, on the 10th day of April, 2003.

  NETGEAR, INC.

  By:  /s/ PATRICK C.S. LO
 
  Patrick C.S. Lo
  (Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

      KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Patrick C.S. Lo and Jonathan Mather, and each of them acting individually, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ PATRICK C.S. LO

Patrick C.S. Lo
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  April 10, 2003
 
/s/ JONATHAN MATHER

Jonathan Mather
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
  April 10, 2003
 
/s/ TIMOTHY M. BROWN

Timothy M. Brown
  Director   April 10, 2003
 
/s/ LINWOOD A. LACY, JR.

Linwood A. Lacy, Jr.
  Director   April 10, 2003
 
/s/ GERALD A. POCH

Gerald A. Poch
  Director   April 10, 2003

II-6


Table of Contents

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ GREGORY J. ROSSMANN

Gregory J. Rossmann
  Director   April 10, 2003
 
/s/ STEPHEN D. ROYER

Stephen D. Royer
  Director   April 10, 2003

II-7


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Title


  1 .1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3 .1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant.
  3 .2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant to be effective prior to the closing of the initial public offering.
  3 .3   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of registrant to be filed after the closing of the initial public offering.
  3 .4   Bylaws of the registrant, and Certificate of Amendment No. 1 of the Bylaws, dated January 11, 2002.
  3 .5   Bylaws of the registrant to be effective upon the closing of the initial public offering.
  4 .1   Form of registrant’s common stock certificate.*
  4 .2   Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated February 7, 2002, by and between the registrant and the individuals and entities listed therein.
  4 .3   Common Stock Warrant Agreement, dated March 13, 2002, issued by the registrant to Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc.
  5 .1   Opinion of Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.*
  10 .1   Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers.
  10 .2   2000 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreements thereunder.
  10 .3   2003 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder to be effective upon the closing of the initial public offering.
  10 .4   2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan to be effective upon the closing of the initial public offering.
  10 .5   Employment Agreement, dated December 3, 1999, between the registrant and Patrick C.S. Lo.
  10 .6   Employment Agreement, dated July 15, 2002, between the registrant and Ray Robidoux.
  10 .7   Employment Agreement, dated August 10, 2001, between the registrant and Jonathan R. Mather.
  10 .8   Employment Agreement, dated December 9, 1999 between the registrant and Mark G. Merrill.
  10 .9   Employment Agreement, dated                , between the registrant and Leslie A. Adams.*
  10 .10   Employment Agreement, November 4, 2002, between the registrant and Michael F. Falcon.
  10 .11   Employment Agreement, dated January 6, 2003 between the registrant and Charles T. Olson.
  10 .12   Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note, dated February 7, 2002, issued by the registrant to Nortel Networks Limited.
  10 .13   Loan and Security Agreement, dated July 25, 2002, between the registrant and Comerica Bank-California.
  10 .14   Standard Office Lease, dated December 3, 2001, between the registrant and Dell Associates II-A, and First Amendment to Standard Office Lease, dated March 21, 2002.
  10 .15   Distributor Agreement, dated March 1, 1997, between the registrant and Tech Data Product Management, Inc.*
  10 .16   Distributor Agreement, dated March 1, 1996, between the registrant and Ingram Micro Inc., as amended by Amendment dated October 1, 1996 and Amendment No. 2 dated July 15, 1998.*
  10 .17   Non-exclusive Distributor Agreement, dated September 25, 1995, between registrant and Computer 2000 AG, as amended by Amendment dated September 30, 1996.*
  10 .18   Master Purchase Agreement, dated February 11, 2003, between the registrant and Lite-On Technology Corporation.*
  10 .19   OEM Terms and Conditions, dated June 1, 1996, between the registrant and Delta Electronics, Inc.
  10 .20   Vendor Agreement, dated September 24, 2001, between the registrant and Best Buy Co., Inc.*
  10 .21   Product Service Addendum to the Vendor Agreement, dated September 21, 2001, between the registrant and Best Buy Co., Inc., and Addendum Consignment Agreement to the Vendor Agreement, dated January 1, 2002.*


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Exhibit Title


  10 .22   Global Vendor Program Agreement, dated February 1, 2003, between the registrant and Staples the Office Superstore, Inc., as amended by Consignment Amendment dated May 21, 2002.*
  10 .23   Vendor Agreement, dated March 26, 1998, between the registrant and Fry’s Electronics, Inc.*
  10 .24   Retail Outlet Retailer Agreement, dated April 1, 1998, between the registrant and Circuit City Stores, Inc.*
  10 .25   Warehousing Agreement, dated July 5, 2001, between the registrant and APL Logistics Americas, Ltd.*
  10 .26   Distribution Operation Agreement, dated April 27, 2001, between the registrant and Furness Logistics bv.*
  10 .27   Distribution Operation Agreement, dated December 1, 2001, between the registrant and Kerry Logistics (Hong Kong) Limited.*
  10 .28   Services Agreement, dated March 11, 2000, between the registrant and TRINET Employer Group, Inc.
  10 .29   Wholesale Vendor Agreement (Basic), dated August 28, 2002, between the registrant and Costco Wholesale Corporation and The Price Company.*
  10 .30   Master Purchase Agreement, dated March 27, 2003, between the registrant and Cameo Communications Corporation.*
  21 .1   List of subsidiaries
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors.
  23 .2   Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Auditors, on Financial Statement Schedule.
  23 .3   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Accountants.
  23 .4   Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Accountants, on Financial Statement Schedule.
  23 .5   Consent of Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (see page II-6 of the Registration Statement).
  99 .1   Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.


To be filed by amendment.

EXHIBIT 1.1

_______________ SHARES

NETGEAR, INC.

COMMON STOCK

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

June ____, 2003

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
UBS WARBURG LLC
As Representatives of the several
Underwriters named in Schedule 1,
c/o Lehman Brothers Inc.
745 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019

Dear Sirs:

NetGear, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), proposes to sell an aggregate of _________ shares (the "FIRM STOCK") of the Company's common stock par value $0.001 per share (the "COMMON STOCK"). In addition, the Company proposes to grant to the Underwriters named in Schedule 1 hereto (the "UNDERWRITERS") an option to purchase up to an additional _______ shares of the Common Stock on the terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 2 (the "OPTION STOCK"). The Firm Stock and the Option Stock, if purchased, are hereinafter collectively called the "STOCK." This is to confirm the agreement concerning the purchase of the Stock from the Company by the Underwriters named in Schedule 1 hereto (the "UNDERWRITERS").

1. Representations, Warranties and Agreements of the Company. The Company represents, warrants and agrees that:

(a) A registration statement on Form S-1, and amendments hereto, with respect to the Stock has (i) been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT") and the rules and regulations (the "RULES AND REGULATIONS") of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") thereunder, (ii) been filed with the Commission under the Securities Act and (iii) become effective under the Securities Act. Copies of such registration statement and each of the amendments thereto have been delivered by the Company to you as the representatives (the "REPRESENTATIVES") of the Underwriters. As used in this Agreement, "EFFECTIVE TIME" means the date and the time as of which such registration statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment


thereto, if any, was declared effective by the Commission; "EFFECTIVE DATE" means the date of the Effective Time; "PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS" means each prospectus included in such registration statement, or amendments thereof, before it became effective under the Securities Act and any prospectus filed with the Commission by the Company with the consent of the Representatives pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Rules and Regulations; "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means such registration statement, as amended at the Effective Time, including all information contained in the final prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations and deemed to be a part of the registration statement as of the Effective Time pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, and including any registration registering additional shares of Common Stock filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations; and "PROSPECTUS" means such final prospectus, as first filed with the Commission pursuant to paragraph (1) or (4) of Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations. The Commission has not issued any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus.

(b) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus will, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, conform in all respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations and do not and will not, as of the applicable effective date (as to the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto) and as of the applicable filing date (as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto) contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided that no representation or warranty is made as to information contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein.

(c) The Company and each of its subsidiaries (as defined in
Section 16) have been duly incorporated or organized and are validly existing as corporations or partnerships, as the case may be, in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing as foreign corporations or partnerships in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged; and none of the subsidiaries of the

2

Company [other than ______________________________________] is a "significant subsidiary," as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations.

(d) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus. All of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company that is a corporation, and all of the partnership interests of each subsidiary of the Company that is a partnership have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims. Except as set forth in the Prospectus, no options, warrants or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or rights to convert any obligations into or exchange any securities for, shares of capital stock of or ownership interests in the Company are outstanding. All options, warrants and other rights to purchase shares of capital stock in the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, were issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws, including, but not limited to, compliance with the California Corporations Code, and conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.

(e) The shares of the Stock to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters hereunder have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefor in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; and the Stock will conform to the descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus. Upon payment for and delivery of the Stock pursuant to this Agreement, the underwriters will acquire good and valid title to such Stock, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities, preemptive rights, subscription rights, other rights to purchase, voting or transfer restrictions and other claims.

(f) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(g) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, nor

3

will such actions result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or other constitutional document of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets; and except for the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT") and applicable state or foreign securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Stock by the Underwriters, no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing or registration with, any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

(h) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right (other than rights which have been waived or satisfied) to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act. The holders of outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock are not entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Stock.

(i) The Company has not sold or issued any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date of the Prospectus, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulations D or S of, the Securities Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock options plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights or warrants.

(j) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus, any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus; and, since such date, there has not been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs,

4

management, consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity, results of operations, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus.

(k) The financial statements (including the related notes and supporting schedules) filed as part of the Registration Statement or included in the Prospectus present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the entities purported to be shown thereby, at the dates and for the periods indicated, and have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved.

(l) Each of Deloitte & Touche LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company, whose reports appear in the Prospectus and who have delivered the initial letters referred to in Section 8(f) hereof, are independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations. Except as described in the Prospectus and as preapproved in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 10A of the Exchange Act, Pricewaterhousecoopers LLP has not engaged in any "prohibited activities" (as defined in Section 10A of the Exchange Act) on behalf of the Company.

(m) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and all assets held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries.

(n) The Company and each of its subsidiaries carry, or are covered by, insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of their respective businesses and the value of their respective properties and as is customary for companies engaged in similar businesses in similar industries.

(o) The Company and each of its subsidiaries own or possess adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights and licenses necessary for the conduct of

5

their respective businesses and have no reason to believe that the conduct of their respective businesses will conflict with, and have not received any notice of any claim of conflict with, any such rights of others.

(p) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, might have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity, results of operations, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries; and to the best of the Company's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others.

(q) There are no contracts or other documents which are required to be described in the Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement by the Securities Act or by the Rules and Regulations which have not been described in the Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement.

(r) No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any subsidiary on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company on the other hand, which is required to be described in the Prospectus which is not so described. The Company has not, directly or indirectly, including through any subsidiary, extended or maintained credit, or arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any of its directors or executive officers.

(s) No labor disturbance by the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent which might be expected to have a material adverse effect on the general affairs, management, consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity, results of operations, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries.

(t) The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all currently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder ("ERISA"); no "reportable event" (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any "pension plan" (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company would have any liability; the Company has not incurred and does not expect to incur liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any "pension plan" or (ii) Sections 412 or 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the "CODE"); and each "pension plan" for which the Company

6

would have any liability that is intended to be qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification.

(u) The Company has filed all federal, state and local income and franchise tax returns required to be filed through the date hereof and has paid all taxes due thereon, and no tax deficiency has been determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries which has had (nor does the Company have any knowledge of any tax deficiency which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, might have a material adverse effect on the general affairs, management, consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity, results of operations, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries.

(v) Since the date as of which information is given in the Prospectus through the date hereof, and except as may otherwise be disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company has not (i) issued or granted any securities, (ii) incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, other than non-material liabilities and obligations which were incurred in the ordinary course of business,
(iii) entered into any transaction not in the ordinary course of business or (iv) declared or paid any dividend on its capital stock.

(w) The Company and each of its subsidiaries (i) makes and keeps accurate books and records and (ii) maintains internal accounting controls which provide reasonable assurance that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management's authorization, (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of its financial statements and to maintain accountability for its assets, (C) access to its assets is permitted only in accordance with management's authorization and (D) the reported accountability for its assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals.

(x) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries (i) is in violation of its charter or by-laws or other constitutional document, (ii) is in default in any material respect, and no event has occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its properties or assets is subject or (iii) is in violation in any material respect of any law, ordinance, governmental rule, regulation or court decree to which it or its property or assets may be subject or has failed to obtain any material license, permit, certificate, franchise or other

7

governmental authorization or permit necessary to the ownership of its property or to the conduct of its business.

(y) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, has used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds; violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

(z) There has been no storage, disposal, generation, manufacture, refinement, transportation, handling or treatment of toxic wastes, medical wastes, hazardous wastes or hazardous substances by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company, any of their predecessors in interest) at, upon or from any of the property now or previously owned or leased by the Company or its subsidiaries in violation of any applicable law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit or which would require remedial action under any applicable law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree or permit, except for any violation or remedial action which would not have, or could not be reasonably likely to have, singularly or in the aggregate with all such violations and remedial actions, a material adverse effect on the general affairs, management, consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity, results of operations, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries; there has been no material spill, discharge, leak, emission, injection, escape, dumping or release of any kind onto such property or into the environment surrounding such property of any toxic wastes, medical wastes, solid wastes, hazardous wastes or hazardous substances due to or caused by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or with respect to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries have knowledge, except for any such spill, discharge, leak, emission, injection, escape, dumping or release which would not have or would not be reasonably likely to have, singularly or in the aggregate with all such spills, discharges, leaks, emissions, injections, escapes, dumpings and releases, a material adverse effect on the general affairs, management, consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity, results of operations, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries; and the terms "hazardous wastes," "toxic wastes," "hazardous substances" and "medical wastes" shall have the meanings specified in any applicable local, state, federal and foreign laws or regulations with respect to environmental protection.

8

(aa) Neither the Company nor any subsidiary is, or, as of the Delivery Date (as defined in Section 5 hereof) after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Stock and the application of the net proceeds therefrom will be, an "investment company" within the meaning of such term under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(bb) The Company has taken no action to offer or sell the Directed Shares (as defined in Section 4) distributed in connection with the Directed Share Program outside of the United States.

(cc) The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act), which (i) are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the Company's principal executive officer and its principal financial officer by others within those entities, particularly during the periods in which the periodic reports required under the Exchange Act are being prepared;
(ii) have been evaluated for effectiveness as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing of the Company's most recent annual or quarterly report filed with the Commission; and (iii) are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established.

(dd) Based on the evaluation of its disclosure controls and procedures, the Company is not aware of (i) any significant deficiency in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data or any material weaknesses in internal controls; or (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company's internal controls.

(ee) Since the date of the most recent evaluation of such disclosure controls and procedures, there have been no significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

(ff) Except as described in the Prospectus, there are no material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), or any other relationships with unconsolidated entities or other persons, that may have a material current or future effect on the Company's financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses.

(gg) There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim

9

against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder's fee or the like payment in connection with this offering.

(hh) The statistical and market-related data included in the Prospectus and the Registration Statement are based on or derived from sources which the Company believes to be reliable and accurate.

(ii) The Company's Board of Directors has validly appointed an audit committee whose composition satisfies the requirements of Rule 4350(d)(2) of the Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD RULES") and the Board of Directors and/or the audit committee has adopted a charter that satisfies the requirements of Rule 4350(d)(1) of the NASD Rules. The audit committee has reviewed the adequacy of its charter within the past twelve months. Neither the Board of Directors nor the audit committee has been informed, nor is any director of the Company aware, of (1) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of the Company's internal controls which could adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data or any material weakness in the Company's internal controls; or (2) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees of the Company who have a significant role in the Company's internal controls.

2. Purchase of the Stock by the Underwriters. On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in, and subject to the terms and conditions of, this Agreement, the Company agrees to sell _______ shares of the Firm Stock to the several Underwriters and each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase the number of shares of the Firm Stock set forth opposite that Underwriter's name in Schedule 1 hereto. Each Underwriter shall be obligated to purchase from the Company, that number of shares of the Firm Stock which represents the same proportion of the number of shares of the Firm Stock to be sold by the Company, as the number of shares of the Firm Stock set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 represents of the total number of shares of the Firm Stock to be purchased by all of the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement. The respective purchase obligations of the Underwriters with respect to the Firm Stock shall be rounded among the Underwriters to avoid fractional shares, as the Representatives may determine.

In addition, the Company grants to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to _______ shares of Option Stock. Such option is granted for the purpose of covering over-allotments in the sale of Firm Stock and is exercisable as provided in Section 5 hereof. Shares of Option Stock shall be purchased severally for the account of the Underwriters in proportion to the number of shares of Firm Stock set forth opposite the name of such Underwriters in Schedule 1 hereto. The respective purchase obligations of each Underwriter with respect to the Option Stock shall be adjusted by the Representatives so that no Underwriter shall be obligated to purchase Option Stock other

10

than in 100 share amounts. The price of both the Firm Stock and any Option Stock shall be $_____ per share.

The Company shall not be obligated to deliver any of the Stock to be delivered on any Delivery Date (as hereinafter defined), as the case may be, except upon payment for all the Stock to be purchased on such Delivery Date as provided herein.

3. Offering of Stock by the Underwriters.

Upon authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Firm Stock, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Stock for sale upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

4. Directed Share Program. It is understood that approximately ______________ shares of the Firm Stock ("DIRECTED SHARES") will initially be reserved by the Underwriters for offer and sale to employees and persons having business relationships with the Company and its subsidiaries ("DIRECTED SHARE PARTICIPANTS") upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectuses and in accordance with the rules and regulations of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Under no circumstances will Lehman Brothers Inc. or any Underwriter be liable to the Company or to any Directed Share Participant for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in connection with such Directed Share Program. To the extent that any Directed Shares are not affirmatively reconfirmed for purchase by any Directed Share Participant on or immediately after the date of this Agreement, such Directed Shares may be offered to the public as part of the public offering contemplated hereby.

The Company agrees to pay all fees and disbursements incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program, and any stamp duties or other taxes incurred by the Underwriters in connection with the Directed Share Program.

5. Delivery of and Payment for the Stock. Delivery of and payment for the Firm Stock shall be made at the office of Latham & Watkins LLP, 135 Commonwealth Drive, Menlo Park, California, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the [fourth] full business day following the date of this Agreement or at such other date or place as shall be determined by agreement between the Representatives and the Company. This date and time are sometimes referred to as the "FIRST DELIVERY DATE." On the First Delivery Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered certificates representing the Firm Stock to the Representatives for the account of each Underwriter against payment to or upon the order of the Company of the purchase price by wire transfer in immediately available funds. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligation of each Underwriter hereunder. Upon delivery, the Firm Stock shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing not less than two full business days prior to the First Delivery Date. For the purpose of expediting the checking and packaging of the certificates for the Firm Stock, the Company shall make the certificates representing the Firm Stock available for

11

inspection by the Representatives in Menlo Park, California, not later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to the First Delivery Date.

The option granted in Section 2 will expire 30 days after the date of this Agreement and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time by written notice being given to the Company by the Representatives. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of shares of Option Stock as to which the option is being exercised, the names in which the shares of Option Stock are to be registered, the denominations in which the shares of Option Stock are to be issued and the date and time, as determined by the Representatives, when the shares of Option Stock are to be delivered; provided, however, that this date and time shall not be earlier than the First Delivery Date nor earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the fifth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised. The date and time the shares of Option Stock are delivered are sometimes referred to as a "SECOND DELIVERY DATE" and the First Delivery Date and any Second Delivery Date are sometimes each referred to as a "DELIVERY DATE."

Delivery of and payment for the Option Stock shall be made at the place specified in the first sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 5 (or at such other place as shall be determined by agreement between the Representatives and the Company) at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on such Second Delivery Date. On such Second Delivery Date, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered the certificates representing the Option Stock to the Representatives for the account of each Underwriter against payment to or upon the order of the Company of the purchase price by wire transfer in immediately available funds. Time shall be of the essence, and delivery at the time and place specified pursuant to this Agreement is a further condition of the obligation of each Underwriter hereunder. Upon delivery, the Option Stock shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in the aforesaid written notice. For the purpose of expediting the checking and packaging of the certificates for the Option Stock, the Company shall make the certificates representing the Option Stock available for inspection by the Representatives in Menlo Park, California, not later than 2:00 P.M., New York City time, on the business day prior to such Second Delivery Date.

6. Further Agreements of the Company. The Company agrees:

(a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by the Representatives and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act not later than Commission's close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement or, if applicable, such earlier time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Securities Act; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or to the Prospectus except as permitted herein; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective or any

12

supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus has been filed and to furnish the Representatives with copies thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Stock for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to use promptly its best efforts to obtain its withdrawal;

(b) To furnish promptly to each of the Representatives and to counsel for the Underwriters a signed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission, and each amendment thereto filed with the Commission, including all consents and exhibits filed therewith;

(c) To deliver promptly to the Representatives such number of the following documents as the Representatives shall reasonably request: (i) conformed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Commission and each amendment thereto (in each case excluding exhibits), and (ii) each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amended or supplemented Prospectus; and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required at any time after the Effective Time in connection with the offering or sale of the Stock or any other securities relating thereto and if at such time any events shall have occurred as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered, not misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the Securities Act, to notify the Representatives and, upon their request, to prepare and furnish without charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many copies as the Representatives may from time to time reasonably request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus which will correct such statement or omission or effect such compliance;

(d) To file promptly with the Commission any amendment to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any supplement to the Prospectus that may, in the judgment of the Company or the Representatives, be required by the Securities Act or requested by the Commission;

13

(e) Prior to filing with the Commission any amendment to the Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus or any Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424 of the Rules and Regulations, to furnish a copy thereof to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters and obtain the consent of the Representatives to the filing;

(f) As soon as practicable after the Effective Date, to make generally available to the Company's security holders and to deliver to the Representatives an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158);

(g) For a period of five years following the Effective Date, to furnish to the Representatives copies of all materials furnished by the Company to its shareholders and all public reports and all reports and financial statements furnished by the Company to the principal national securities exchange upon which the Common Stock may be listed pursuant to requirements of or agreements with such exchange or to the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act or any rule or regulation of the Commission thereunder;

(h) Promptly from time to time to take such action as the Representatives may reasonably request to qualify the Stock for offering and sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may request and to comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Stock; provided that in connection therewith the Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

(i) For a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, not to, directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device which is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (other than the Stock and shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans existing on the date hereof or pursuant to currently outstanding options, warrants or rights), or sell or grant options, rights or warrants with respect to any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (other than the grant of options pursuant to option plans existing on the date hereof), or (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of

14

ownership of such shares of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, in each case without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters; and to cause each officer, director and shareholder of the Company to furnish to the Representatives, prior to the First Delivery Date, a letter or letters, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, pursuant to which each such person shall agree not to, directly or indirectly,
(1) offer for sale, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device which is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of such shares of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, in each case for a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters;

(j) Prior to the Effective Date, to apply for the inclusion of the Stock on the Nasdaq National Market System and to use its best efforts to effect that quotation, subject only to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, prior to the First Delivery Date;

(k) To apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Stock being sold by the Company as set forth in the Prospectus;

(l) To take such steps as shall be necessary to ensure that neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall become an "investment company" within the meaning of such term under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and

(m) In connection with the Directed Share Program, to use its best efforts to ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to the extent required by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or the rules of such association from sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or hypothecation for a period of three months following the date of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement; and Lehman Brothers Inc. will notify the Company as to which Directed Share Participants will need to be so restricted. At the request of Lehman Brothers Inc., the Company will direct the transfer agent to place stop transfer restrictions upon such securities for such period of time.

7. Expenses. The Company agrees to pay (a) the costs incident to the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Stock and any taxes payable in that

15

connection; (b) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement and any amendments and exhibits thereto; (c) the costs of distributing the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto and any post-effective amendments thereof (including, in each case, exhibits), any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, all as provided in this Agreement; (d) the costs of producing and distributing this Agreement and any other related documents in connection with the offering, purchase, sale and delivery of the stock; (e) the filing fees incident to securing the review by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of the terms of sale of the Stock; (f) any applicable listing or other fees; (g) the fees and expenses (not in excess, in the aggregate, of $10,000) of qualifying the Stock under the securities laws of the several jurisdictions as provided in Section 6(h) and of preparing, printing and distributing a Blue Sky Memorandum (including related fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters); (h) all costs and expenses of the Underwriters, including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters, incident to the offer and sale of shares of the Stock by the Underwriters to employees and persons having business relationships with the Company and its subsidiaries, as described in Section 4; (i) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any "ROAD show" undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Stock, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show; and (j) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement; provided that, except as provided in this Section 7 and in Section 12 the Underwriters shall pay their own costs and expenses, including the costs and expenses of their counsel, any transfer taxes on the Stock which they may sell and the expenses of advertising any offering of the Stock made by the Underwriters.

8. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations. The respective obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy, when made and on each Delivery Date, of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein, to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, and to each of the following additional terms and conditions:

(a) The Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission in accordance with Section 6(a); no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and any request of the Commission for inclusion of additional information in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise shall have been complied with.

(b) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters incident to the authorization, form and validity of this Agreement, the Stock, the

16

Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and all other legal matters relating to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be reasonably satisfactory in all material respects to counsel for the Underwriters, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel all documents and information that they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

(c) Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati shall have furnished to the Representatives its written opinion, as counsel to the Company, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the effect that:

(i) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly incorporated and are validly existing as corporations or partnerships, as the case may be, in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or formation, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing as foreign corporations in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and conduct the businesses in which they are engaged;

(ii) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, were issued in compliance with the requirements of federal and state securities laws, are fully paid and non-assessable and conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus. All of the issued shares of capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company that is a corporation have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims. All of the issued and outstanding partnership interests of each subsidiary of the Company that is a partnership have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims. All of the Company's outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of the Company's capital stock have been duly and validly authorized and issued, were issued in compliance with the requirements of federal and state securities laws, and conform to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus. All other rights to purchase or exchange any securities for shares of the Company's capital stock have been duly and validly authorized and conform to the description thereof in the Prospectus;

17

(iii) The shares of Stock being delivered on the Delivery Date to the Underwriters have been duly and validly authorized and, when issued and delivered against payment therefore in accordance with this Agreement will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable;

(iv) There are no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, nor any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any shares of the Stock pursuant to the Company's charter or by-laws or any agreement or other instrument known to such counsel;

(v) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and all real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases, with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

(vi) To the best of such counsel's knowledge and other than as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, might have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position, stockholders' equity, results of operations, business or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries; and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others;

(vii) The Registration Statement was declared effective under the Securities Act as of the date and time specified in such opinion, the Prospectus was filed with the Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations specified in such opinion on the date specified therein and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and, to the knowledge of such counsel, no proceeding for that purpose is pending or threatened by the Commission;

18

(viii) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any further amendments or supplements thereto made by the Company prior to such Delivery Date (other than the financial statements and financial schedules and other financial and statistical data included therein, as to which such counsel need express no belief) comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations;

(ix) The statements contained in the Prospectus under the captions "Risk Factors," "Business," "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions," "Description of Capital Stock," and ________________________, insofar as they describe federal statutes, rules and regulations or agreements, constitute a fair summary thereof and the opinion of such counsel filed as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement is confirmed and the Underwriters may rely upon such opinion as if it were addressed to them;

(x) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, there are no contracts or other documents which are required to be described in the Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement by the Securities Act or by the Rules and Regulations which have not been described or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement;

(xi) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(xii) The issue and sale of the shares of Stock being delivered on such Delivery Date by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, nor will such actions result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or other constitutional documents of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any statute or any order, rule or regulation known to such counsel of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its

19

subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets; and, except for the registration of the Stock under the Securities Act and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under the Exchange Act and applicable state or foreign securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Stock by the Underwriters, no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing or registration with, any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

(xiii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right (other than rights which have been waived or satisfied) to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; and

(xiv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is an "investment company" as defined in the Investment company Act of 1940, as amended.

In rendering such opinion, such counsel may state that their opinion is limited to matters governed by the Federal laws of the United States of America, the laws of the state of California and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Such opinion shall also be to the effect that (x) such counsel has acted as counsel to the Company in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement, and (y) based on the foregoing, no facts have come to the attention of such counsel which lead them to believe that the Registration Statement (except for the financial statements and financial schedules and other financial and statistical data, included therein, as to which such counsel need express no belief), as of the Effective Date or the Delivery Date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus (except as stated above) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The foregoing opinion and statement may be qualified by a statement to the effect that such counsel does not assume any responsibility for the

20

accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus (other than as set forth in clause (ix) above).

(d) The Representatives shall have received from Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, such opinion or opinions, dated such Delivery Date, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Stock, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other related matters as the Representatives may reasonably require, and the Company shall have furnished to such counsel such documents as they reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.

(e) At the time of execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from each of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Deloitte & Touche LLP, a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, addressed to the Underwriters and dated the date hereof (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, and (ii) stating, as of the date hereof (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Prospectus, as of a date not more than five days prior to the date hereof), the conclusions and findings of such firms with respect to the financial information and other matters ordinarily covered by accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters in connection with registered public offerings.

(f) With respect to the letters of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Deloitte & Touche LLP referred to in the preceding paragraph and delivered to the Representatives concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the "INITIAL LETTERS"), the Company shall have furnished to the Representatives letters (the "BRING-DOWN LETTERS") of such accountants, addressed to the Underwriters and dated such Delivery Date (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, (ii) stating, as of the date of the bring-down letters (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Prospectus, as of a date not more than five days prior to the date of the bring-down letters), the conclusions and findings of such firms with respect to the financial information and other matters covered by the initial letters and (iii) confirming in all material respects the conclusions and findings set forth in the initial letters.

21

(g) The Company shall have furnished to the Representatives a certificate, dated such Delivery Date, of its Chairman of the Board, its President or a Vice President and its Chief Financial Officer stating that:

(i) The representations, warranties and agreements of the Company in Section 1 are true and correct as of such Delivery Date; the Company has complied with all its agreements contained herein; and the conditions set forth in Sections 8(a) and 8(h) have been fulfilled; and

(ii) They have carefully examined the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and, in their opinion (A) as of the Effective Date, the Registration Statement did not and, as of its date and as of the Delivery Date, the Prospectus did not and does not include any untrue statement of a material fact and did not and does not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and (B) since the Effective Date no event has occurred which should have been set forth in a supplement or amendment to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus.

(h) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the Prospectus (i) any loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus or (ii) since such date there shall not have been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case described in clause (i) or (ii), is, in the judgment of the Representatives, so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the Stock being delivered on such Delivery Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(i) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement there shall not have occurred any of the following: (i) trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market, or trading in any securities of the Company on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market, shall have been suspended or the settlement of such trading generally shall have been materially disrupted or minimum prices shall have been established

22

on any such exchange or such market by the Commission, by such exchange or by any other regulatory body or governmental authority having jurisdiction, (ii) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by Federal or state authorities, (iii) the United States shall have become engaged in hostilities, there shall have been an escalation in hostilities involving the United States or there shall have been a declaration of a national emergency or war by the United States or (iv) there shall have occurred such a material adverse change in general economic, political or financial conditions, including without limitation as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof (or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States shall be such), or any other calamity or crisis as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or delivery of the Stock being delivered on such Delivery Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(j) The Nasdaq National Market shall have approved the Stock for listing, subject only to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution.

All opinions, letters, evidence and certificates mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters.

9. Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its officers, employees and agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any loss, claim, damage, liability or action relating to purchases and sales of Stock), to which that Underwriter, officer, employee, agent or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (A) in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Stock, including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically) ("MARKETING MATERIALS"), including any road show or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), (ii) the omission or

23

alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any Marketing Materials, any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any act or failure to act or any alleged act or failure to act by any Underwriter in connection with, or relating in any manner to, the Stock or the offering contemplated hereby, and that is included as part of or referred to in any loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising out of or based upon matters covered by clause (i) or (ii) above (provided that the Company shall not be liable under this clause (iii) to the extent that it is determined in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction that such loss, claim, damage, liability or action resulted directly from any such acts or failures to act undertaken or omitted to be taken by such Underwriter through its gross negligence or willful misconduct), and shall reimburse each Underwriter and each such officer, employee, agent or controlling person promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by that Underwriter, officer, employee, agent or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Underwriter furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of any Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein which information consists solely of the information specified in Section 9(e). The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability that the Company may otherwise have to any Underwriter or to any officer, employee, agent or controlling person of that Underwriter.

(b) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lehman Brothers Inc. (including its officers and employees) and each person, if any, who controls Lehman Brothers Inc. within the meaning of the Securities Act ("LEHMAN BROTHERS ENTITIES"), from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability or any action in respect thereof to which any of the Lehman Brothers Entities may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any material prepared by or with the approval of the Company for distribution to Directed Share Participants in connection with the Directed Share Program or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material

24

fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the failure of any Directed Share Participant to pay for and accept delivery of the Directed Shares sold pursuant to the Directed Share Program which, immediately following the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, were subject to a properly confirmed agreement to purchase or (iii) is otherwise related to the Directed Share Program, provided that, the Company shall not be responsible under this subparagraph (iii) for any loss, claim, damage, liability or action that is finally judicially determined to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lehman Brothers Entities. The Company shall reimburse the Lehman Brothers Entities promptly upon demand for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.

(c) Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers and employees, each of its directors (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company), and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any loss, claim, damage or liability, joint or several, or any action in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such director, officer or controlling person may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such loss, claim, damage, liability or action arises out of, or is based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information concerning such Underwriter furnished to the Company through the Representatives by or on behalf of that Underwriter specifically for inclusion therein, and shall reimburse the Company and any such director, officer or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending or preparing to defend against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred. The foregoing indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may otherwise have to the Company or any such director, officer, employee or controlling person.

25

(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this
Section 9 of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action, the indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under Section 9(a) or 9(b) hereof, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under Section 9(a) or 9(b), except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure and, provided further, that the failure to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to an indemnified party otherwise than under Section 9(a) or 9(b). If any such claim or action shall be brought against an indemnified party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, jointly with any other similarly notified indemnifying party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. After notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party under this Section 9 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that the Representatives shall have the right to employ counsel to represent jointly the Representatives and those other Underwriters and their respective officers, employees, agents and controlling persons who may be subject to liability arising out of any claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Underwriters against the Company under this Section 9 if, in the reasonable judgment of the Representatives, it is advisable for the Representatives and those Underwriters, officers, employees, agents and controlling persons to be jointly represented by separate counsel, and in that event the fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be paid by the Company. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof in respect of such claim or action, then in addition to such separate firm for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the fees and expenses of not more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Lehman Brothers Entities for the defense of any loss, claim, damage, liability or action arising out of the Directed Share Program. No indemnifying party shall (i) without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an

26

unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding, or (ii) be liable for any settlement of any such action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with the consent of the indemnifying party or if there be a final judgment of the plaintiff in any such action, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment.

(e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 shall for any reason be unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Section 9(a) or 9(b) in respect of any loss, claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof, referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, (i) in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Stock or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other with respect to the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other with respect to such offering shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Stock purchased under this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters with respect to the shares of the Stock purchased under this Agreement, on the other hand, bear to the total gross proceeds from the offering of the shares of the Stock under this Agreement, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 9(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein.

27

The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, damage or liability, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 9 shall be deemed to include, for purposes of this Section 9(d), any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9(d), no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Stock underwritten by it and distributed to the public was offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise paid or become liable to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters' obligations to contribute as provided in this Section 9(d) are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

(f) The Underwriters severally confirm and the Company acknowledges that the statements with respect to the public offering of the Stock by the Underwriters set forth on cover page of, and the concession and reallowance figures appearing under the caption "Underwriting" in, the Prospectus are correct and constitute the only information concerning such Underwriters furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriters specifically for inclusion in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

10. Defaulting Underwriters.

If, on either Delivery Date, any Underwriter defaults in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, the remaining non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated to purchase the Stock which the defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase on such Delivery Date in the respective proportions which the number of shares of the Firm Stock set opposite the name of each remaining non-defaulting Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto bears to the total number of shares of the Firm Stock set opposite the names of all the remaining non-defaulting Underwriters in Schedule 1 hereto; provided, however, that the remaining non-defaulting Underwriters shall not be obligated to purchase any of the Stock on such Delivery Date if the total number of shares of the Stock which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such date exceeds 9.09% of the total number of shares of the Stock to be purchased on such Delivery Date, and any remaining non-defaulting Underwriter shall not be obligated to purchase more than 110% of the number of shares of the Stock which it agreed to purchase on such Delivery Date pursuant to the terms of Section 2. If the foregoing maximums are exceeded, the remaining non-defaulting Underwriters, or those other underwriters satisfactory to the Representatives who so agree, shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to purchase, in such proportion as may be agreed upon among

28

them, all the Stock to be purchased on such Delivery Date. If the remaining Underwriters or other underwriters satisfactory to the Representatives do not elect to purchase the shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed to purchase on such Delivery Date, this Agreement (or, with respect to the Second Delivery Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and of the Company to sell, the Option Stock) shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses to the extent set forth in Sections 7 and 12. As used in this Agreement, the term "Underwriter" includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context requires otherwise, any party not listed in Schedule 1 hereto who, pursuant to this Section 10, purchases Firm Stock which a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Company for damages caused by its default. If other underwriters are obligated or agree to purchase the Stock of a defaulting or withdrawing Underwriter, either the Representatives or the Company may postpone the Delivery Date for up to seven full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement.

11. Termination. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be terminated by the Representatives by notice given to and received by the Company prior to delivery of and payment for the Firm Stock if, prior to that time, any of the events described in Sections 8(h) or 8(i), shall have occurred, or the event described in Section 8(j) has not occurred, or if the Underwriters shall decline to purchase the Stock for any reason permitted under this Agreement.

12. Reimbursement of Underwriters' Expenses. If the Company shall fail to tender the Stock for delivery to the Underwriters by reason of any failure, refusal or inability on the part of the Company to perform any agreement on its part to be performed, or because any other condition of the Underwriters' obligations hereunder required to be fulfilled by the Company is not fulfilled, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the proposed purchase of the Stock, and upon demand the Company shall pay the full amount thereof to the Representatives. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 10 by reason of the default of one or more Underwriters, the Company shall not be obligated to reimburse any defaulting Underwriter on account of those expenses.

13. Notices, etc. All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in writing, and:

(a) if to the Underwriters, shall be delivered or sent by mail, or facsimile transmission to Lehman Brothers Inc., 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Syndicate Registration Department (Fax: 212-526-0943), with a copy, in the case of any notice

29

pursuant to Section 9(c), to the Director of Litigation, Office of the General Counsel, Lehman Brothers Inc., 399 Park Avenue, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10022; and

(b) if to the Company, shall be delivered or sent by mail, or facsimile transmission to the address of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: _________ (Fax:
_________).

provided, however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 9 shall be delivered or sent by mail, or facsimile transmission to such Underwriter at its address set forth in its acceptance to the Representatives, which address will be supplied to any other party hereto by the Representatives upon request. Any such statements, requests, notices or agreements shall take effect at the time of receipt thereof. The Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any request, consent, notice or agreement given or made on behalf of the Underwriters by Lehman Brothers Inc. on behalf of the Representatives and the Company.

14. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company and their respective successors. This Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof are for the sole benefit of only those persons, except that (A) the representations, warranties, indemnities and agreements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall also be deemed to be for the benefit of the person or persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and (B) the indemnity agreement of the Underwriters contained in Section 9(b) of this Agreement shall be deemed to be for the benefit of directors of the Company, officers of the Company who have signed the Registration Statement and any person controlling the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, other than the persons referred to in this Section 14, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein.

15. Survival. The respective indemnities, representations, warranties and agreements of the Company and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf on them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement, shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Stock and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any of them or any person controlling any of them.

16. Definition of the Terms "Business Day" and "Subsidiary." For purposes of this Agreement, (a) "BUSINESS DAY" means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close and (b) "SUBSIDIARY" has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations.

30

17. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of New York.

18. Consent to Jurisdiction. Each party irrevocably agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby ("RELATED PROCEEDINGS") may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City of New York or the courts of the State of New York in each case located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York (collectively, the "SPECIFIED COURTS"), and irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a "RELATED JUDGMENT"), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. The parties further agree that service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party's address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any lawsuit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any lawsuit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such lawsuit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

19. Waiver of Immunity. With respect to any Related Proceeding, each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all immunity (whether on the basis of sovereignty or otherwise) from jurisdiction, service of process, attachment (both before and after judgment) and execution to which it might otherwise be entitled in the Specified Courts, and with respect to any Related Judgment, each party waives any such immunity in the Specified Courts or any other court of competent jurisdiction, and will not raise or claim or cause to be pleaded any such immunity at or in respect of any such Related Proceeding or Related Judgment, including, without limitation, any immunity pursuant to the United States Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended.

20. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

21. Headings. The headings herein are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.

31

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement among the Company and the Underwriters, please indicate your acceptance in the space provided for that purpose below.

Very truly yours,

NETGEAR, INC.

By ______________________________________
Name: Patrick C.S. Lo
Title: Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer

Accepted:

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
UBS WARBURG LLC

For themselves and as Representatives
of the several Underwriters named
in Schedule 1 hereto

By LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.

By:____________________
Authorized Representative

32

SCHEDULE 1

                                                               Number of
Underwriters                                                    Shares
------------                                                    ------
Lehman Brothers Inc.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

UBS Warburg LLC

Total
                                                                ======

33

Exhibit A

LOCK-UP LETTER AGREEMENT

Lehman Brothers Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated UBS Warburg LLC
As Representatives of the several
Underwriters named in Schedule 1
to the Underwriting Agreement,
c/o Lehman Brothers Inc.
745 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019

Dear Sirs:

The undersigned understands that you and certain other firms propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT") providing for the purchase by you and such other firms (the "UNDERWRITERS") of shares (the "SHARES") of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the "COMMON Stock"), of NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereto (the "COMPANY"), and that the Underwriters propose to reoffer the Shares to the public (the "OFFERING").

In consideration of the execution of the Underwriting Agreement by the Underwriters, and for other good and valuable consideration, the undersigned hereby irrevocably agrees that, without the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc., on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of Common Stock (including, without limitation, shares of Common Stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of any option or warrant) or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock owned by the undersigned on the date of execution of this Lock-Up Letter Agreement or on the date of the completion of the Offering, or (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic benefits or risks of ownership of such shares of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, for a period of 180 days after the date of the final Prospectus relating to the Offering.

34

In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its Transfer Agent are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Letter Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the undersigned's shares of Common Stock (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, or (iii) with the prior written consent of Lehman Brothers Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters. For purposes of this Lock-Up Letter Agreement, "immediate family" shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin. In addition, if the undersigned is a corporation, the corporation may transfer the capital stock of the Company to any wholly-owned subsidiary of such corporation, and, if the undersigned is a limited liability company, the limited liability company may transfer the capital stock of the Company to a member or affiliated limited liability company, and, if the undersigned is a partnership, the partnership may transfer the capital stock of the Company to a partner or affiliated partnership; provided, however, that in any such case, it shall be a condition to the transfer that the transferee execute an agreement stating that the transferee is receiving and holding such capital stock subject to the provisions of this Lock-Up Letter Agreement and there shall be no further transfer of such capital stock except in accordance with this agreement, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value.

It is understood that, if the Company notifies you that it does not intend to proceed with the Offering, if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares, we will be released from our obligations under this Lock-Up Letter Agreement.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters will proceed with the Offering in reliance on this Lock-Up Letter Agreement.

Whether or not the Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Letter Agreement and that, upon request, the undersigned will execute any additional documents necessary in connection with the

35

enforcement hereof. Any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the undersigned. This Lock-Up Letter Agreement shall lapse and become null and void if the Offering shall not have occurred on or before August 31, 2003.

Very truly yours,

By: __________________________________ Name:


Title:

Dated: _______________________

36

EXHIBIT 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

NETGEAR, INC.

NETGEAR, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), certifies that:

A. The name of the Corporation is NETGEAR, Inc. The Corporation's original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 8, 1996.

B. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation.

C. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NETGEAR, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Patrick Lo, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on February 6, 2002

/s/ Patrick Lo
--------------------------------------
Patrick Lo
President and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is NETGEAR, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of the registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE IV

The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is fifty nine million five hundred twenty two thousand four hundred fifty (59,522,450) shares, consisting of thirty six million three hundred seventy five thousand (36,375,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, and twenty three million one hundred forty seven thousand four hundred fifty (23,147,450) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which fifteen million (15,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series A Preferred Stock," one million eight hundred ninety seven thousand four hundred fifty (1,897,450) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series B Preferred Stock" and six million two hundred and fifty thousand (6,250,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series C Preferred Stock."

ARTICLE V

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Article V, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) "Conversion Price" shall mean $7.90 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $7.90 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock and $2.264 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

(c) "Corporation" shall mean NETGEAR, Inc.

-2-

(d) "Convertible Securities" shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities (other than shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock) convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock but excluding Options.

(e) "Distribution" shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, payable other than in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation for cash or property.

(f) "Liquidation Preference" shall mean $7.90 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $7.90 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock and $3.134 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(g) "Options" shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(h) "Original Issue Price" shall mean $7.90 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $7.90 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock and $2.264 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(i) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

(j) "Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock.

(k) "Recapitalization" shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event; provided, however, that the repurchase or redemption by the Corporation of any or all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by Nortel Networks Limited (the "Nortel Repurchase") shall not be considered a Recapitalization hereunder.

(l) "Related Party" shall mean any officer, director, or owner of more than five percent (5%) of the equity securities of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, any spouse of any such Person, any parent, child or sibling of any of the foregoing Persons, and any Affiliate or Associate of any of the foregoing Persons.

2. Dividends.

(a) Dividend Amount. Effective immediately following the consummation of the Nortel Repurchase, the Corporation shall not declare or pay any cash dividends or other distributions on shares of Common Stock until the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have first received, or simultaneously receive, a cash dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the product of (i) the per share amount, if any, of the dividends or other distributions to be declared, paid or set aside for the Common Stock, multiplied by (ii) the number of

-3-

whole shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Preferred Stock is then convertible (the "Dividend Amount"). Dividends, if paid, must be paid on, or, if declared and set apart for payment on, all outstanding series of Preferred Stock simultaneously, and, if less than the full dividends are paid on or declared and set apart on all outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the same percentage of the dividend rate on each outstanding series of Preferred Stock shall be paid or declared and set apart; provided, however, that the Nortel Repurchase shall not be considered a dividend hereunder. The right to receive dividends on shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to such dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid in any year.

(b) Common Stock. Dividends may be paid on the Common Stock from funds legally available therefor as and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of the Preferred Stock and to
Section 7 below.

(c) Non-Cash Distributions. Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(d) Consent to Certain Distributions. As authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the California Corporations Code, Sections 502 and 503 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply with respect to payments made by the Corporation in connection with: (i) repurchases, approved by the Board of Directors, of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (ii) repurchases, approved by the Board of Directors, of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right; (iii) repurchases, approved by the Board of Directors, of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder; or (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of the Common and Preferred Stock of the Corporation, voting together as a single class.

3. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets or funds of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred Stock. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a), then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of

-4-

the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a).

(b) Remaining Assets. After the payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified above, the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution by the Corporation shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, with the shares of Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Rate.

(c) Treatment of Stock in Distributions. Shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3(c) shall limit the rights of holders of Preferred Stock to receive the distributions specified in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) with respect to the Preferred Stock.

(d) Reorganization. For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include: (a) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions; (b) a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or a majority of the assets of the Corporation; or
(c) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary; provided, however, that the Nortel Repurchase shall not be considered a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation hereunder.

(e) Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

(i) If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market (or a similar national quotation system), then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be to the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the twenty (20) trading day period ending two (2) trading days prior to the Distribution; and

-5-

(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the twenty (20) trading day period ending two (2) trading days prior to the Distribution.

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

For the purposes of this Subsection 3(e), "trading day" shall mean any day on which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and "closing prices" or "closing bid prices" shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or Nasdaq, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the "regular hours" trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange, market or system. If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.

4. Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the "Conversion Rights"):

(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share and without additional consideration by the holder thereof at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the "Conversion Rate" for each such series.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

(b) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation's Common Stock, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $35 million and the valuation of the Corporation is at least $250 million ("Qualified Initial Public Offering"), or (ii) effective immediately following the consummation of the Nortel Repurchase, upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders at least sixty percent (60%) of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an "Automatic Conversion Event").

-6-

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and to receive certificates therefor, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event or any other conversion unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the converted Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided, however, that if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of the sale of such securities.

The Corporation shall pay any and all issue, stamp and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay

-7-

any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

(d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

(i) Special Definition. For purposes of this paragraph 4(d), "Additional Shares of Common" shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after February 7, 2002, other than:

(1) the shares of Series C Preferred Stock;

(2) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock;

(3) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors and employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or arrangement;

(4) shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise, exchange, adjustment or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

(5) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(e), 4(f), 4(g) or 4(h) hereof;

(6) shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualified Initial Public Offering under the Securities Act pursuant to which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are automatically converted into Common Stock pursuant to an Automatic Conversion Event;

(7) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors;

(8) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a commercial leasing or debt financing transaction approved by the Board of Directors;

(9) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable after a Qualified Initial Public Offering upon conversion of that certain Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note to be issued by the Corporation to Nortel Networks Limited or its affiliated designee in connection with the Nortel Repurchase (the "Nortel Note"); provided,

-8-

however, the issuance of the Nortel Note will not be deemed an issuance of Additional Shares of Common pursuant to Section 4(d)(iii) hereof unless and until the Nortel Note is convertible into shares of Common Stock;

(10) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc. or its affiliates ("Shamrock") pursuant to those certain Common Stock Warrant Agreements to be issued by the Corporation to Shamrock for services rendered by Shamrock to the Company (the "Shamrock Warrants").

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issue for such series of Preferred Stock.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after February 7, 2002 shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

(1) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

(3) no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the

-9-

Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

(4) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(a) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

(b) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section
4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

(5) if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, (A) the numerator of which shall be (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus (2) the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount

-10-

shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Subsection 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding Options or the conversion of outstanding Convertible Securities and shares of Preferred Stock, and all Additional Shares of Common deemed issued pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii) hereof, shall be deemed to be outstanding.

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Subsection 4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

(1) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

(a) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends;

(b) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(c) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(2) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing

(x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

(y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(e) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a

-11-

stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(f) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Amount, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Amount, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased, provided, however, that the Nortel Repurchase shall not be considered a combination hereunder.

(g) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Section 3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than transactions covered by paragraphs (e), (f) or (h) of this
Section 4), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 set forth with respect to the rights and interest thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(h) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. Subject to Section 3 above, if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock

-12-

which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares; provided, however, that the Nortel Repurchase shall not be considered a reorganization, reclassification or otherwise hereunder.

(i) No Impairment. The Corporation will not by any amendment of its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this
Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 4(i) shall prohibit the Corporation from amending its Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite consent of its board of directors and its stockholders, including the requisite consent of the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5(g), as may be applicable.

(j) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

(k) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

(l) Notices of Record Date. In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:

(i) to declare any dividend or Distribution (other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right; or (iii) repurchases of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder) upon its Common Stock or to grant to the Common Stock the right to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or to receive any other right upon its

-13-

Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

(ii) to effect any Recapitalization; or

(iii) to voluntarily or involuntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);

then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock at least 10 days' prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, Distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above; provided, however, that no such notice shall be required with respect to the Nortel Repurchase.

Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation, or, in the alternative, such written notice may be given via facsimile or electronic delivery to holders of Preferred Stock if facsimile or electronic delivery contact information for such holders of Preferred Stock is available and has been provided by such holders to the Corporation, and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed or the date such notice is sent via facsimile or electronic delivery, as applicable.

Effective immediately following the consummation of the Nortel Repurchase, the notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

(m) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

5. Voting.

(a) Restricted Class Voting. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

(b) No Series Voting. Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.

-14-

(c) Preferred Stock. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted), shall be disregarded.

(d) Cumulative Voting. If and only for so long as Section 2115 of the California General Corporation Law purports to make Section 708 subdivisions
(a), (b) and (c) of the California General Corporation Law applicable to the Corporation, the Corporation's stockholders shall have the right to cumulate their votes in connection with the election of directors as provided by Section 708 subdivisions (a), (b) and (c) of the California General Corporation Law.

(e) Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of both (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the Corporation and (ii) the holders of sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock.

(f) Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

(g) Effective immediately following the consummation of the Nortel Repurchase, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, (i) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation if such action would materially and adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Preferred Stock or any series thereof, (ii) authorize any shares of capital stock with preference or priority over the Preferred Stock as to the right to receive either dividends or amounts distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or
(iii) authorize any shares of capital stock on a parity with Preferred Stock, including additional shares of Preferred Stock, as to the right to receive either dividends or amounts distributable upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

6. Amendments and Changes. Effective immediately following the consummation of the Nortel Repurchase, until less than two million eight hundred ninety thousand five hundred eighty three (2,890,583) shares of Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein), the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class:

-15-

(a) sell any Series A Preferred Stock (or Options or other rights to purchase Series A Preferred Stock);

(b) declare or pay any Distribution (as defined in Section 1(e)) with respect to the Common Stock other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right; or (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder;

(c) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to Section 3(d) above, provided, however, that this voting provision shall not apply to any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to clause (a) or clause (b) of Section 3(d) based on a valuation of the Corporation of at least $300 million;

(d) other than any borrowings permitted by clause (e) of this Section, acquire or purchase assets or capital stock or other equity or debt securities (including, without limitation, promissory notes or notes payable, regardless of whether such instrument is convertible into equity interests) in another entity for more than $5 million aggregate consideration, provided, however, that (i) the Nortel Repurchase, (ii) the purchase in the ordinary course of business of a certificate of deposit which is insured by the federal government of the United States, and (iii) the purchase in the ordinary course of business of commercial paper, of an investment grade, issued by a public company, shall not be considered an acquisition or purchase hereunder;

(e) incur additional indebtedness for borrowed funds in excess of
(i) indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to the Corporation's Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2001, among the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as agent for the Lenders (as defined therein), and the Corporation, as amended (excluding any such amendment for the purpose of increasing the borrowing amounts under such facility), plus (ii) $10 million;

(f) issue any Additional Shares of Common other than (i) the issuance of Options to employees, officers, directors or consultants with respect to a number of shares not to exceed twenty three and seven tenths percent (23.7%) of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation outstanding on a fully diluted and as converted basis as of February 7, 2002, and (ii) Additional Shares of Common approved by the Board of Directors; or

(g) enter into any material contract or transaction with any Related Party other than in the ordinary course of business on arm's-length terms or other than as approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors.

7. Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Article V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if (a) deposited in the United States mail, postage

-16-

prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder's address appearing on the books of the Corporation, or (b) sent via facsimile or electronic delivery to holders of Preferred Stock if facsimile or electronic delivery contact information for such holders of Preferred Stock is available and has been provided by such holders to the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

1. Limitation of Directors' Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

2. Indemnification of Corporate Agents. The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, she, his or her testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

3. Repeal or Modification. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VI, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VI, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VI, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VI, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VII

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VIII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless a stockholder demands election by written ballot at the meeting and before voting begins or unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE IX

The number of directors which constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation or in a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the

-17-

Corporation, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation has obtained the approval of the holders of the Preferred Stock as may be required by Section 5(g) of Article V.

ARTICLE XI

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

-18-

EXHIBIT 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

NETGEAR, INC.

NETGEAR, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), certifies that:

A. The Corporation's original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 8, 1996.

B. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Delaware General Corporation Law"), the amendments and restatement herein set forth have been duly approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders of NETGEAR, Inc.

C. Pursuant to Section 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation.

D. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is amended and restated to read as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NETGEAR, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Patrick Lo, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on _______ __, 2003


Patrick Lo Chief Executive Officer

EXHIBIT A

ARTICLE I

The name of the Corporation is NETGEAR, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of the registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE IV

1. The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock, to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred ninety-five million, five hundred and eight thousand, thirty-eight
(195,508,038) shares, consisting of one hundred fifty million (150,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, and forty-five million, five hundred and eight thousand, thirty-eight (45,508,038) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which twenty-six million, two hundred and fifty thousand (26,250,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series A Preferred Stock," three million, three hundred and twenty thousand, five hundred and thirty-eight (3,320,538) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series B Preferred Stock," ten million, nine hundred and thirty-seven thousand, five hundred (10,937,500) shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated "Series C Preferred Stock" and five million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be undesignated.

2. Immediately upon filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this "Certificate"), each outstanding share of the Corporation's Common Stock and each outstanding share of the Corporation's Preferred Stock will be split, automatically and without further action, into one and three-fourths (1.75) shares of Common Stock and into one and three-fourths
(1.75) shares of the same series of Preferred Stock, respectively. Such split shall be effected on a holder-by-holder basis and any fractional shares resulting from such split shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. Any numerical values or calculations set forth in this Certificate reflect such conversions of the Company's capital stock and accordingly no further adjustment shall be made to such numbers as a result of such stock split.

-2-

3. Upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in accordance with the provisions of Article V, Section 4(b) of this Certificate:

(a) The Corporation shall immediately thereafter be authorized to issue two classes of stock, to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock". The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is two hundred and five million (205,000,000) shares, consisting of two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and five million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

(b) Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate (including any certificate of designation of Preferred Stock relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate (including any certificate of designation of Preferred Stock relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

ARTICLE V

The terms and provisions of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock are as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Article V, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(b) "Conversion Price" shall mean $4.5143 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $4.5143 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock and $1.2937 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein).

(c) "Corporation" shall mean NETGEAR, Inc.

(d) "Convertible Securities" shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities (other than shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock) convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock but excluding Options.

-3-

(e) "Distribution" shall mean the transfer of cash or other property without consideration whether by way of dividend or otherwise, payable other than in Common Stock, or the purchase or redemption of shares of the Corporation for cash or property.

(f) "Liquidation Preference" shall mean $4.5143 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $4.5143 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock and $1.7909 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(g) "Options" shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(h) "Original Issue Price" shall mean $4.5143 per share for the Series A Preferred Stock, $4.5143 per share for the Series B Preferred Stock and $1.2937 per share for the Series C Preferred Stock (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations as set forth elsewhere herein).

(i) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

(j) "Preferred Stock" shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock.

(k) "Recapitalization" shall mean any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar event.

(l) "Related Party" shall mean any officer, director, or owner of more than five percent (5%) of the equity securities of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, any spouse of any such Person, any parent, child or sibling of any of the foregoing Persons, and any Affiliate or Associate of any of the foregoing Persons.

2. Dividends.

(a) Dividend Amount. The Corporation shall not declare or pay any cash dividends or other distributions on shares of Common Stock until the holders of the Preferred Stock then outstanding shall have first received, or simultaneously receive, a cash dividend on each outstanding share of Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the product of (i) the per share amount, if any, of the dividends or other distributions to be declared, paid or set aside for the Common Stock, multiplied by (ii) the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which each such share of Preferred Stock is then convertible (the "Dividend Amount"). Dividends, if paid, must be paid on, or, if declared and set apart for payment on, all outstanding series of Preferred Stock simultaneously, and, if less than the full dividends are paid on or declared and set apart on all outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the same percentage of the dividend rate on each outstanding series of Preferred Stock shall be paid or declared and set apart. The right to receive dividends on

-4-

shares of Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right to such dividends shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on said shares are not declared or paid in any year.

(b) Common Stock. Dividends may be paid on the Common Stock from funds legally available therefore as and when declared by the Board of Directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of the Preferred Stock and to Section 7 below.

(c) Non-Cash Distributions. Whenever a Distribution provided for in this Section 2 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such Distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(d) Consent to Certain Distributions. As authorized by Section 402.5(c) of the California Corporations Code, Sections 502 and 503 of the California Corporations Code shall not apply with respect to payments made by the Corporation in connection with: (i) repurchases, approved by the Board of Directors, of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (ii) repurchases, approved by the Board of Directors, of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right; (iii) repurchases, approved by the Board of Directors, of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder; or (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of capital stock of the Corporation approved by the holders of the Common and Preferred Stock of the Corporation, voting together as a single class.

3. Liquidation Rights.

(a) Liquidation Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any Distribution of any of the assets or funds of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock by reason of their ownership of such stock, an amount per share for each share of Preferred Stock held by them equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Preference specified for such share of Preferred Stock and (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends (if any) on such share of Preferred Stock. If upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of the Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amounts specified in this Section 3(a), then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full amounts they would otherwise be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3(a).

(b) Remaining Assets. After the payment to the holders of Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts specified above, the entire remaining assets of the Corporation legally available for distribution by the Corporation shall be distributed with equal priority and pro rata

-5-

among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them, with the shares of Preferred Stock being treated for this purpose as if they had been converted to shares of Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Rate.

(c) Treatment of Stock in Distributions. Shares of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to be converted into shares of Common Stock in order to participate in any Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Common Stock, without first foregoing participation in the Distribution, or series of Distributions, as shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3(c) shall limit the rights of holders of Preferred Stock to receive the distributions specified in Sections 3(a) and 3(b) with respect to the Preferred Stock.

(d) Reorganization. For purposes of this Certificate, a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to be occasioned by, or to include: (a) the acquisition of the Corporation by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Corporation held by such holders prior to such transaction, more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions; (b) a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or a majority of the assets of the Corporation; or (c) any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary.

(e) Valuation of Non-Cash Consideration. If any assets of the Corporation distributed to stockholders in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation are other than cash, then the value of such assets shall be their fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, except that any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation shall be valued as follows:

(i) If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market (or a similar national quotation system), then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be to the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the twenty (20) trading day period ending two (2) trading days prior to the Distribution; and

(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the twenty (20) trading day period ending two (2) trading days prior to the Distribution.

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Corporation by another entity, the Distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

-6-

For the purposes of this Subsection 3(e), "trading day" shall mean any day on which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and "closing prices" or "closing bid prices" shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or Nasdaq, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the "regular hours" trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange, market or system. If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.

4. Conversion. The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the "Conversion Rights"):

(a) Right to Convert. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share and without additional consideration by the holder thereof at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, into that number of fully-paid, nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for the relevant series by the Conversion Price for such series. (The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock of a series may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the "Conversion Rate" for each such series.) Upon any decrease or increase in the Conversion Price for any series of Preferred Stock, as described in this Section 4, the Conversion Rate for such series shall be appropriately increased or decreased.

(b) Automatic Conversion. Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into fully-paid, non-assessable shares of Common Stock at the then effective Conversion Rate for such share (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), covering the offer and sale of the Corporation's Common Stock, provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Corporation are not less than $35 million and the valuation of the Corporation is at least $250 million ("Qualified Initial Public Offering"), or (ii) upon the receipt by the Corporation of a written request for such conversion from the holders at least sixty percent (60%) of the Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting together as a single class, or, if later, the effective date for conversion specified in such requests (each of the events referred to in (i) and (ii) are referred to herein as an "Automatic Conversion Event").

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. For such purpose, all shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder of Preferred Stock shall be aggregated, and any resulting fractional share of Common Stock shall be paid in cash. Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock, and

-7-

to receive certificates therefore, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefore, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that such holder elects to convert the same; provided, however, that on the date of an Automatic Conversion Event, the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent; provided further, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion Event or any other conversion unless either the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. On the date of the occurrence of an Automatic Conversion Event, each holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to be the holder of record of the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, notwithstanding that the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock shall not have been surrendered at the office of the Corporation, that notice from the Corporation shall not have been received by any holder of record of shares of Preferred Stock, or that the certificates evidencing such shares of Common Stock shall not then be actually delivered to such holder.

The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or after such agreement and indemnification, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock, plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the converted Preferred Stock. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided, however, that if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offer of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of the sale of such securities.

The Corporation shall pay any and all issue, stamp and other taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

-8-

(d) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

(i) Special Definition. For purposes of this paragraph 4(d), "Additional Shares of Common" shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii), deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after _____, 2003, other than:

(1) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock;

(2) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to officers, directors and employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to stock grants, option plans, purchase plans or other employee stock incentive programs or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, or upon exercise of options or warrants granted to such parties pursuant to any such plan or arrangement;

(3) shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise, exchange, adjustment or conversion of Options or Convertible Securities outstanding as of the date of the filing of this Certificate;

(4) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to paragraph 4(e), 4(f), 4(g) or 4(h) hereof;

(5) shares of Common Stock issued in a Qualified Initial Public Offering under the Securities Act pursuant to which all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are automatically converted into Common Stock pursuant to an Automatic Conversion Event;

(6) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors; or

(7) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a commercial leasing or debt financing transaction approved by the Board of Directors.

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share (as determined pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(v)) for an Additional Share of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issue for such series of Preferred Stock.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after _____, 2003 shall issue any Options or

-9-

Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or, in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options and the conversion or exchange of the underlying securities, shall be deemed to have been issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which shares are deemed to be issued:

(1) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock in connection with the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(2) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

(3) no readjustment pursuant to clause (2) above shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date;

(4) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

(a) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Common Stock, the only Additional Shares of Common issued were the shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefore was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation upon such conversion or exchange, and

-10-

(b) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Corporation for the Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Corporation for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Corporation (determined pursuant to Section 4(d)(v)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

(5) if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefore, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this paragraph 4(d)(iii) as of the actual date of their issuance.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common. In the event this Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii)) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then, the Conversion Price of the affected series of Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, (A) the numerator of which shall be (1) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus (2) the number of shares which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Conversion Price shall not be reduced at such time if the amount of such reduction would be less than $0.01, but any such amount shall be carried forward, and a reduction will be made with respect to such amount at the time of, and together with, any subsequent reduction which, together with such amount and any other amounts so carried forward, equal $0.01 or more in the aggregate. For the purposes of this Subsection 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding Options or the conversion of outstanding Convertible Securities and shares of Preferred Stock, and all Additional Shares of Common deemed issued pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(iii) hereof, shall be deemed to be outstanding.

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Subsection
4(d), the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue (or deemed issue) of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

(1) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

(a) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends;

-11-

(b) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

(c) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (a) and (b) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(2) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(iii) shall be determined by dividing

(x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

(y) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(e) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased; provided, however, there shall be no adjustment to the Conversion Price from the stock split effected upon the filing of the Certificate as set forth in Article IV. In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(f) Adjustments for Subdivisions or Combinations of Preferred Stock. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be subdivided (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), into a greater number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Amount, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased; provided, however, there shall be no adjustment to the Dividend Amount, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference as

-12-

set forth in this Certificate from the stock split effected upon the filing of this Certificate as set forth in Article IV. In the event the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or a series of Preferred Stock shall be combined (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of shares of Preferred Stock, the Dividend Amount, Original Issue Price and Liquidation Preference of the affected series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased.

(g) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Section 3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than transactions covered by paragraphs (e), (f) or (h) of this
Section 4), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 set forth with respect to the rights and interest thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares of stock or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(h) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. Subject to Section 3 above, if the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or any reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation or merger provided for above), then, in any such event, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive each holder of such Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such shares of Preferred Stock into a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock immediately before that change would have been entitled to receive in such reorganization or reclassification, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein with respect to such other shares.

(i) No Impairment. The Corporation will not by any amendment of its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this
Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing

-13-

in this Section 4(i) shall prohibit the Corporation from amending its Certificate of Incorporation with the requisite consent of its board of directors and its stockholders, including the requisite consent of the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5(g), as may be applicable.

(j) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preferred Stock.

(k) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

(l) Notices of Record Date. In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:

(i) to declare any dividend or Distribution (other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right; or (iii) repurchases of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder) upon its Common Stock or to grant to the Common Stock the right to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or to receive any other right upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

(ii) to effect any Recapitalization; or

(iii) to voluntarily or involuntarily liquidate or dissolve or to enter into any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation pursuant to Section 3(d);

then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of the Preferred Stock at least 10 days' prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend, Distribution or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of

-14-

Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (ii) and (iii) above; provided, however, that no such notice shall be required with respect to the Nortel Repurchase.

Such written notice shall be given by first class mail (or express courier), postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of the Corporation, or, in the alternative, such written notice may be given via facsimile or electronic delivery to holders of Preferred Stock if facsimile or electronic delivery contact information for such holders of Preferred Stock is available and has been provided by such holders to the Corporation, and shall be deemed given on the date such notice is mailed or the date such notice is sent via facsimile or electronic delivery, as applicable.

The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

(m) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

5. Voting.

(a) Restricted Class Voting. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of Preferred Stock and the holders of Common Stock shall vote together and not as separate classes.

(b) No Series Voting. Other than as provided herein or required by law, there shall be no series voting.

(c) Preferred Stock. Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder could be converted as of the record date. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as required by law, the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters on which the Common Stock shall be entitled to vote. Holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders' meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted), shall be disregarded.

-15-

(d) Cumulative Voting.

(i) If and only for so long as Section 2115 of the California General Corporation Law purports to make Section 708 subdivisions (a), (b) and
(c) of the California General Corporation Law applicable to the Corporation, the Corporation's stockholders shall have the right to cumulate their votes in connection with the election of directors as provided by Section 708 subdivisions (a), (b) and (c) of the California General Corporation Law.

(ii) Effective upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation, no stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

(e) Adjustment in Authorized Common Stock. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by an affirmative vote of both (i) the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of the Corporation and (ii) the holders of sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock.

(f) Common Stock. Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share thereof held.

(g) The Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, (i) amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation if such action would materially and adversely alter the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Preferred Stock or any series thereof, (ii) authorize any shares of capital stock with preference or priority over the Preferred Stock as to the right to receive either dividends or amounts distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or
(iii) authorize any shares of capital stock on a parity with Preferred Stock, including additional shares of Preferred Stock, as to the right to receive either dividends or amounts distributable upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

6. Amendments and Changes. Until less than five million, fifty-eight thousand, five hundred twenty (5,058,520) shares of Preferred Stock shall be issued and outstanding (subject to adjustment from time to time for Recapitalizations and as otherwise set forth elsewhere herein), the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent as provided by law) of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class:

(a) declare or pay any Distribution (as defined in Section 1(e)) with respect to the Common Stock other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of

-16-

the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right; or (iii) repurchase of capital stock of the Corporation in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder;

(b) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to Section 3(d) above, provided, however, that this voting provision shall not apply to any transaction deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation pursuant to clause (a) or clause (b) of Section 3(d) based on a valuation of the Corporation of at least $300 million;

(c) other than any borrowings permitted by clause (e) of this Section, acquire or purchase assets or capital stock or other equity or debt securities (including, without limitation, promissory notes or notes payable, regardless of whether such instrument is convertible into equity interests) in another entity for more than $5 million aggregate consideration, provided, however, that (i) the purchase in the ordinary course of business of a certificate of deposit which is insured by the federal government of the United States, and (ii) the purchase in the ordinary course of business of commercial paper, of an investment grade, issued by a public company, shall not be considered an acquisition or purchase hereunder;

(d) incur additional indebtedness for borrowed funds in excess of
(i) indebtedness for borrowed money pursuant to the Corporation's Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2001, among the financial institutions from time to time parties thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as agent for the Lenders (as defined therein), and the Corporation, as amended (excluding any such amendment for the purpose of increasing the borrowing amounts under such facility), plus (ii) $10 million;

(e) issue any Additional Shares of Common other than (i) the issuance of Options to employees, officers, directors or consultants with respect to a number of shares not to exceed twenty three and seven tenths percent (23.7%) of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation outstanding on a fully diluted and as converted basis as of February 7, 2002, and (ii) Additional Shares of Common approved by the Board of Directors; or

(f) enter into any material contract or transaction with any Related Party other than in the ordinary course of business on arm's-length terms or other than as approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors.

7. Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Article V to be given to the holders of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if (a) deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at such holder's address appearing on the books of the Corporation, or
(b) sent via facsimile or electronic delivery to holders of Preferred Stock if facsimile or electronic delivery contact information for such holders of Preferred Stock is available and has been provided by such holders to the Corporation.

8. Board of Directors. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred

-17-

upon them by statute or by this Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

9. No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders. Effective upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

10. Special Meetings. Effective upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

11. Advance Notice Provisions. Effective upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation, advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

1. Limitation of Directors' Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended.

2. Indemnification of Corporate Agents. The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, she, his or her testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer, employee or agent at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

3. Repeal or Modification. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VI, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VI, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VI, in respect of any matter occurring,

-18-

or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VI, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VII

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VIII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE IX

1. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be as designated or provided for in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

2. The provisions of this paragraph shall be effective upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director's successor is elected and qualified or until such director's earlier death, resignation or removal.

3. The provisions of this paragraph shall be effective upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding. Unless the Board otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, whether or not less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall hold office until such director's successor is elected and qualified. No

-19-

reduction in the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director's term of office expires.

4. Effective upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, unless otherwise restricted by statue, by this Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation, any director, or all of the directors, may be removed from the Board, with or without cause, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE X

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation has obtained the approval of the holders of the Preferred Stock as may be required by Section 5(g) of Article V.

Effective upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation, the Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal any of the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board shall require the approval of a majority of the Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal all or any portion of Article II, Section 3.2, Section 3.3, Section 3.4, Section 3.14, Article VI or Article IX of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XI

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

Effective upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of Common Stock of the Corporation, the Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, or any provision of law that might otherwise

-20-

permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article XII, Section 5(d) of Article V,
Section 8 of Article V, Section 9 of Article V, Section 10 of Article V, Section 11 of Article V, Article VI, Article VIII, Article IX or Article X.

-21-

EXHIBIT 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
NETGEAR, INC.
A DELAWARE CORPORATION

NETGEAR, Inc. (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "General Corporation Law") hereby certifies as follows:

1. That the Corporation was originally incorporated on January 8, 1996 pursuant to the General Corporation Law.

2. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law, the amendments and restatement herein set forth have been duly approved by the Board of Directors and stockholders of NETGEAR, Inc.

3. Pursuant to Section 245 of the General Corporation Law, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation.

4. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

"ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is NETGEAR, Inc. (the "Corporation").

ARTICLE II

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended.

ARTICLE III

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of the registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE IV

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock, to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock". The total number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is two hundred and five million (205,000,000) shares, consisting of


two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and five million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board") is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof.

Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (this "Certificate") (including any certificate of designation of Preferred Stock relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate (including any certificate of designation of Preferred Stock relating to any series of Preferred Stock).

ARTICLE V

A. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

B. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

C. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

D. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

E. No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

-2-

ARTICLE VI

To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, she, his or her testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer, employee or agent at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VI, nor the adoption of any provision of this Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VI, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VI, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VI, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VII

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VIII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE IX

A. The provisions of this paragraph shall be subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances. The number of directors which constitute the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be as designated or provided for in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director's successor is elected and qualified or until such director's earlier death, resignation or removal.

-3-

B. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and unless the Board otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, whether or not less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall hold office until such director's successor is elected and qualified. No reduction in the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director's term of office expires.

C. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, unless otherwise restricted by statue, by this Certificate or the Bylaws of the Corporation, any director, or all of the directors, may be removed from the Board, with or without cause, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE X

The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal any of the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board shall require the approval of a majority of the Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal all or any portion of Article II,
Section 3.2, Section 3.3, Section 3.4, Section 3.14, Article VI or Article IX of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XI

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE XII

The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate, or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser

-4-

vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of this Corporation required by law or by this Certificate, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article XII, Article V, Article VI, Article VIII, Article IX or Article X."

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, NETGEAR, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by its Chief Executive Officer this ____ day of _______, 2003.

NETGEAR, INC.


Patrick Lo Chief Executive Officer

-5-

EXHIBIT 3.4

BYLAWS

OF

NETGEAR, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                                        ----
ARTICLE I             STOCKHOLDERS................................................................        1

         Section 1.1.     Annual Meeting..........................................................        1
         Section 1.2.     Special Meetings........................................................        1
         Section 1.3.     Notice of Meetings......................................................        1
         Section 1.4.     Quorum..................................................................        2
         Section 1.5.     Organization............................................................        2
         Section 1.6.     Conduct of Business.....................................................        2
         Section 1.7.     Notice of Stockholder Business..........................................        2
         Section 1.8.     Proxies and Voting......................................................        3
         Section 1.9.     Stock List..............................................................        3
         Section 1.10.    Stockholder Action by Written Consent...................................        4

ARTICLE II            BOARD OF DIRECTORS..........................................................        4

         Section 2.1.     Number and Term of Office...............................................        4
         Section 2.2.     Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships...............................        4
         Section 2.3.     Removal.................................................................        4
         Section 2.4.     Regular Meetings........................................................        5
         Section 2.5.     Special Meetings........................................................        5
         Section 2.6.     Quorum..................................................................        5
         Section 2.7.     Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone.......................        5
         Section 2.8.     Conduct of Business.....................................................        5
         Section 2.9.     Powers..................................................................        6
         Section 2.10.    Action Without Meeting..................................................        6
         Section 2.11.    Compensation of Directors...............................................        6
         Section 2.12.    Nomination of Director Candidates.......................................        7

ARTICLE III           COMMITTEES..................................................................        7

         Section 3.1.     Committees of the Board of Directors....................................        7
         Section 3.2.     Conduct of Business.....................................................        7

ARTICLE IV            OFFICERS....................................................................        8

         Section 4.1.     Generally...............................................................        8
         Section 4.2.     Chairman of the Board...................................................        8
         Section 4.3.     President...............................................................        8
         Section 4.4.     Vice President..........................................................        8
         Section 4.5.     Chief Financial Officer.................................................        9
         Section 4.6.     Secretary...............................................................        9
         Section 4.7.     Delegation of Authority.................................................        9
         Section 4.8.     Removal.................................................................        9
         Section 4.9.     Action With Respect to Securities of Other Corporations.................        9

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Continued)

                                                                                                        Page
                                                                                                        ----
ARTICLE V             STOCK.......................................................................       10

         Section 5.1.     Certificates of Stock...................................................       10
         Section 5.2.     Transfers of Stock......................................................       10
         Section 5.3.     Record Date.............................................................       10
         Section 5.4.     Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates..................................       10
         Section 5.5.     Regulations.............................................................       10

ARTICLE VI            NOTICES.....................................................................       11

         Section 6.1.     Notices.................................................................       11
         Section 6.2.     Waivers.................................................................       11

ARTICLE VII           MISCELLANEOUS...............................................................       11

         Section 7.1.     Facsimile Signatures....................................................       11
         Section 7.2.     Corporate Seal..........................................................       11
         Section 7.3.     Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records................................       12
         Section 7.4.     Fiscal Year.............................................................       12
         Section 7.5.     Time Periods............................................................       12

ARTICLE VIII          INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS...................................       12

         Section 8.1.     Right to Indemnification................................................       12
         Section 8.2.     Right of Claimant to Bring Suit.........................................       13
         Section 8.3.     Indemnification of Employees and Agents.................................       13
         Section 8.4.     Non-Exclusivity of Rights...............................................       14
         Section 8.5.     Indemnification Contracts...............................................       14
         Section 8.6.     Insurance...............................................................       14
         Section 8.7.     Effect of Amendment.....................................................       14
         Section 8.8.     Savings Clause..........................................................       14

ARTICLE IX            AMENDMENTS..................................................................       14

-ii-

BYLAWS
OF
NETGEAR, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1. Annual Meeting.

An annual meeting of the stockholders of Netgear, Inc. (the "Corporation"), for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix, which date shall be within thirteen months after the organization of the Corporation or after its last annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.2. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting, may be called by (a) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption), (b) the Chairman of the Board, (c) the President or (d) the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than twenty percent (20%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they shall fix. Business transacted at special meetings shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice.

Section 1.3. Notice of Meetings.

Written notice of the place, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).

When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty
(30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

-1-

Section 1.4. Quorum.

At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time.

If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to all stockholders entitled to vote thereat, stating that it will be held with those present constituting a quorum, then except as otherwise required by law, those present at such adjourned meeting shall constitute a quorum, and all matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

Section 1.5. Organization.

Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the President of the Corporation or, in his absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. The secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman appoints.

Section 1.6. Conduct of Business.

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him in order.

Section 1.7. Notice of Stockholder Business.

At an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before a meeting, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (c) properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder and if, and only if, the notice of a special meeting provides for business to be brought before the meeting by stockholders, properly brought before the special meeting by a stockholder. For business to be properly brought before a meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal offices of the Corporation no later than (i) in the case of an annual meeting, ninety (90) days before the anticipated date of the next annual meeting, under the assumption that the next annual meeting will occur on the same calendar day as the day of the most recent annual meeting, and (ii) in the case of a special meeting, ten (10) days prior to date

-2-

of such meeting. A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual or special meeting (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual or special meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual or special meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (3) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, and (4) any material interest of the stockholder in such business. Notwithstanding anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.7. The chairman of an annual or special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.7, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

Section 1.8. Proxies and Voting.

At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting.

Each stockholder shall have one vote for every share of stock entitled to vote which is registered in his name on the record date for the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

All voting, including on the election of directors, and except where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or by his proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of this Corporation, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast.

Section 1.9. Stock List.

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.

-3-

The stock list shall also be kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder who is present. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

Section 1.10. Stockholder Action by Written Consent.

An action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.1. Number and Term of Office.

The authorized number of directors shall initially be two (2), and, thereafter, the number and term of office shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). Each director shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section 2.2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or other cause (other than removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 2.3. Removal.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the

-4-

then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by (i) a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or (ii) the stockholders at a special meeting of the stockholders properly called for that purpose, by the vote of the holders of a plurality of the shares entitled to vote at such special meeting. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.4. Regular Meetings.

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

Section 2.5. Special Meetings.

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), by the Chairman of the Board or by the President and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who does not waive the right to a notice by (i) mailing written notice not less than five
(5) days before the meeting, (ii) sending notice one (1) day before the meeting by an overnight courier service and two (2) days before the meeting if by overseas courier service, or (iii) by telephoning, telecopying, telegraphing or personally delivering the same not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 2.6. Quorum.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

Section 2.7. Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone.

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee of the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.8. Conduct of Business.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

-5-

Section 2.9. Powers.

The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the unqualified power:

(1) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

(2) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

(3) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

(4) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to pass on the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

(5) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

(6) To adopt from time to time such stock option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

(7) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

(8) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation's business and affairs.

Section 2.10. Action Without Meeting.

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board shall individually or collectively consent in writing to such action. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board. Such action by written consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of such directors.

Section 2.11. Compensation of Directors.

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

-6-

Section 2.12. Nomination of Director Candidates.

Subject to any limitations stated in the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation, nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board of Directors or a proxy committee appointed by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

Section 3.1. Committees of the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors, by a vote of a majority of the whole Board, may from time to time designate one or more committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger if the resolution which designates the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

Section 3.2. Conduct of Business.

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-half of the authorized members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event all members of the committee shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing. Such written consent or consents shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee.

-7-

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1. Generally.

The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors, which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders. Each officer shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board, until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 4.2. Chairman of the Board.

The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be such an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or as provided by these Bylaws.

Section 4.3. President.

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the general manager and chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders. He shall be ex-officio a member of all the standing committees, including the executive committee, if any, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws. He shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.4. Vice President.

In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President. The Vice Presidents, if any, shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

-8-

Section 4.5. Chief Financial Officer.

The Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct financial books and records of account of the Corporation in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form.

The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse all funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

Section 4.6. Secretary.

The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a book of minutes in written form of the proceedings of the Board of Directors, committees of the Board, and stockholders. Such minutes shall include all waivers of notice, consents to the holding of meetings, or approvals of the minutes of meetings executed pursuant to these Bylaws or the General Delaware Corporation Law. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal executive office or at the office of the Corporation's transfer agent or registrar, a record of its stockholders, giving the names and addresses of all stockholders and the number and class of shares held by each.

The Secretary shall give or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required by these Bylaws or by law to be given, and shall keep the seal of the Corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 4.7. Delegation of Authority.

The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 4.8. Removal.

Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.9. Action With Respect to Securities of Other Corporations.

Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the President shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to

-9-

exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 5.1. Certificates of Stock.

Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the President or a Vice President, and the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.

Section 5.2. Transfers of Stock.

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 5.4 of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

Section 5.3. Record Date.

The Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor fewer than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for the other action hereinafter described, as of which there shall be determined the stockholders who are entitled: to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof; to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting; to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights; or to exercise any rights with respect to any change, conversion or exchange of stock or with respect to any other lawful action.

Section 5.4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.

In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board of Directors may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

Section 5.5. Regulations.

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

-10-

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 6.1. Notices.

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram, mailgram or commercial courier service. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at this last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. The time when such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if hand delivered, or dispatched, if delivered through the mails or by telegram, courier or mailgram, shall be the time of the giving of the notice.

Section 6.2. Waivers.

A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice for such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, and does in fact object, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1. Facsimile Signatures.

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 7.2. Corporate Seal.

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Chief Financial Officer, by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or other officer designated by the Board of Directors.

-11-

Section 7.3. Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records.

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, including reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser.

Section 7.4. Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.5. Time Periods.

In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 8.1. Right to Indemnification.

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative ("Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said Law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in
Section 8.2, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Such right shall be a contract right and

-12-

shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation expenses incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if required by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.

Any indemnification as provided herein (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of a director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not obtainable, or, even if obtainable a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

Section 8.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit.

If a claim under Section 8.1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

Section 8.3. Indemnification of Employees and Agents.

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the Corporation.

-13-

Section 8.4. Non-Exclusivity of Rights.

The rights conferred on any person by Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 8.5. Indemnification Contracts.

The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to those provided for in this Article VIII.

Section 8.6. Insurance.

The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expenses, liability or loss under Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 8.7. Effect of Amendment.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VIII by the stockholders or the directors of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

Section 8.8. Savings Clause.

If this Article or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director, officer, employee and agent of the Corporation as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation, subject to the right of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws

-14-

of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any resolution providing for adoption, amendment or repeal is presented to the Board). The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

-15-

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I certify that I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Netgear, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), and that the foregoing Bylaws, comprising fifteen (15) pages, constitute the Bylaws of the Corporation as duly adopted on January 8, 1996, by the written consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have subscribed my name on January 12, 1996.

    /s/ Montgomery Kersten
-----------------------------------
Montgomery Kersten, Secretary

-16-

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT NO. 1
OF THE BYLAWS OF
NETGEAR, INC.

The following section of the Bylaws of this corporation was amended, effective January 11, 2002, by the Board of Directors of NETGEAR, Inc., to read in its entirety as follows:

"Section 2.6. Quorum.

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, three (3) of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time, without further notice of waiver thereof."


EXHIBIT 3.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

NETGEAR, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES....................................................1

      1.1   REGISTERED OFFICE..................................................1
      1.2   OTHER OFFICES......................................................1

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS............................................1

      2.1   PLACE OF MEETINGS..................................................1
      2.2   ANNUAL MEETING.....................................................1
      2.3   SPECIAL MEETING....................................................2
      2.4   NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS; EXCEPTION TO REQUIREMENTS OF
            NOTICE.............................................................2
      2.5   MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.......................3
      2.6   QUORUM.............................................................3
      2.7   ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE..........................................3
      2.8   VOTING.............................................................4
      2.9   WAIVER OF NOTICE...................................................4
      2.10  NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT...........................4
      2.11  RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE.................................5
      2.12  PROXIES............................................................5
      2.13  LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE; STOCK LEDGER................5
      2.14  NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS BY STOCKHOLDERS AT ANNUAL MEETING........6
      2.15  ORGANIZATION.......................................................8
      2.16  NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION..................................8

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS..........................................................9

      3.1   POWERS.............................................................9
      3.2   NUMBER OF DIRECTORS................................................9
      3.3   ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS............9
      3.4   RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.........................................10
      3.5   PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE..........................10
      3.6   FIRST MEETINGS....................................................11
      3.7   REGULAR MEETINGS..................................................11
      3.8   SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE..........................................11
      3.9   QUORUM............................................................12
      3.10  WAIVER OF NOTICE..................................................12
      3.11  ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.........................................12
      3.12  BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.................12

-i-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

                                                                            PAGE
      3.13  FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS................................12
      3.14  REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS..............................................13

ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES.........................................................13

      4.1   COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS...........................................13
      4.2   COMMITTEE MINUTES.................................................13
      4.3   MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES.................................13

ARTICLE V OFFICERS............................................................14

      5.1   OFFICERS..........................................................14
      5.2   ELECTION OF OFFICERS..............................................14
      5.3   SUBORDINATE OFFICERS..............................................14
      5.4   REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS...............................15
      5.5   VACANCIES IN OFFICES..............................................15
      5.6   CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.............................................15
      5.7   CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER...........................................15
      5.8   PRESIDENT.........................................................15
      5.9   VICE PRESIDENT....................................................16
      5.10  SECRETARY.........................................................16
      5.11  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER...........................................16
      5.12  ASSISTANT SECRETARY...............................................17
      5.13  ASSISTANT TREASURER...............................................17
      5.14  AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS..................................17

ARTICLE VI INDEMNITY..........................................................17

      6.1   RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS
            OTHER THAN THOSE BY OR IN THE RIGHTS OF THE CORPORATION...........17
      6.2   RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS BY
            OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION................................18
      6.3   AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION..................................18
      6.4   GOOD FAITH DEFINED................................................19
      6.5   INDEMNIFICATION BY A COURT........................................19
      6.6   EXPENSES PAYABLE IN ADVANCE.......................................20
      6.7   NONEXCLUSIVITY OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES.....20
      6.8   INSURANCE.........................................................20
      6.9   CERTAIN DEFINITIONS...............................................20
      6.10  SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES...........21

-ii-

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(CONTINUED)

                                                                            PAGE
      6.11  LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION.....................................21
      6.12  INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS...........................21

ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS...............................................21

      7.1   MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.............................21
      7.2   INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS...........................................22
      7.3   REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS....................22

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS..................................................22

      8.1   CHECKS............................................................22
      8.2   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS..................23
      8.3   STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES............................23
      8.4   SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES...............................23
      8.5   LOST CERTIFICATES.................................................24
      8.6   CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.........................................24
      8.7   DIVIDENDS.........................................................24
      8.8   FISCAL YEAR.......................................................24
      8.9   SEAL..............................................................25
      8.10  TRANSFER OF STOCK.................................................25
      8.11  REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS...........................................25

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS.........................................................25

-iii-

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

NETGEAR, INC.

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of the registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The Board of Directors of the corporation (the "Board") may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, as designated by the Board. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders' meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the Board. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.


2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, special meetings of the stockholders may be called at any time only by the Board acting pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

2.4 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS' MEETINGS; EXCEPTION TO REQUIREMENTS OF NOTICE

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these Bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) calendar days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting (as authorized by the Board in its sole discretion pursuant to Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware), and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders may be postponed, and, unless the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (as so amended and restated, the "Certificate") provides otherwise, any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled by resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board members then in office upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, to any stockholder, and such stockholder has received (a) notice of two (2) consecutive annual meetings, or (b) at least two (2) payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a twelve (12) month period, having been mailed such notice addressed to such person at such person's address as shown on the records of the corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required. Any actions or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such person shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such person

-2-

shall deliver to the corporation a written notice setting forth such person's then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such person shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

The exception in subsection (a) of the above paragraph to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.

2.5 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as it appears on the records of the corporation and otherwise is given when delivered. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided by statute or the Certificate. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting (as authorized by the Board in its sole discretion pursuant to Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware), are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty
(30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of

-3-

record entitled to vote at the meeting. The Chairman of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn any meeting of stockholders for any reason and the stockholders shall have the power to adjourn any meeting of stockholders in accordance with Section 2.6 of these Bylaws.

2.8 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these Bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as otherwise provided in the provisions of Section 213 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to the fixing of a date for determination of stockholders of record), or as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

In all matters, other than the election of directors and except as otherwise required by law, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

2.9 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice, or any waiver by electronic transmission, unless so required by the Certificate or these Bylaws.

2.10 NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders.

-4-

2.11 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which such date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which such date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) calendar days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If the Board does not so fix a record date:

(a) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(b) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for him, her or it by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the Secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him, her or it as proxy in the manner(s) provided under Section 212(c) of the General Corporate Law of Delaware or as otherwise provided under Delaware law. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(e) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE; STOCK LEDGER

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) calendar days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Nothing contained in this Section shall require the corporation to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for

-5-

any purpose germane to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) for a period of at least ten
(10) calendar days prior to the meeting during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the corporation.

In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to the stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

2.14 NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS BY STOCKHOLDERS AT ANNUAL MEETING

(a) Only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be: (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board, or (C) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder (i) who is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of notice provided for in this
Section 2.14(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (ii) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.14(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than 120 calendar days in advance of the date that is the one year anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year's proxy statement, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day notice of the date of the meeting was mailed or such public disclosure was made, whichever occurs first. A stockholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by the stockholder, (iv) any material interest of the stockholder in such business and (v) any other information that is required to be provided by the stockholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), in such stockholder's capacity as a proponent to a stockholder proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholder's meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance

-6-

with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (a). The chairman of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (a), and, if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

(b) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (b) shall be eligible for election as directors, except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of preferred stock of the corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of the corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders by or at the direction of the Board or by any stockholder of the corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this paragraph (b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the corporation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 2.14. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to each person, if any, whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are beneficially owned by such person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, and (E) any other information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including without limitation such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and
(ii) as to such stockholder giving notice, the information required to be provided pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 2.14. At the request of the Board, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary of the corporation that information required to be set forth in the stockholder's notice of nomination, which pertains to the nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (b). The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrants, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.14, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 2.14. Nothing in this Section 2.14 shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

-7-

2.15 ORGANIZATION

Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by (a) the Chairman of the Board or, in the absence thereof, (b) such person as the Chairman of the Board shall appoint or, in the absence thereof or in the event that the Chairman of the Board shall fail to make such appointment, (c) such person as the Chairman of the executive committee of the corporation shall appoint or, in the absence thereof or in the event that the Chairman of the executive committee of the corporation shall fail to make such appointment, any officer of the corporation elected by the Board. In the absence of the Secretary of the corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the Chairman of the meeting appoints.

The Board shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one
(1) or more inspector(s), who may include individual(s) who serve the corporation in other capacities, including without limitation as officers, employees or agents, to act at the meeting of stockholders and make a written report thereof. The Board may designate one (1) or more persons as alternate inspector(s) to replace any inspector, who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint one (1) or more inspector(s) to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) or alternate(s) shall have the duties prescribed pursuant to Section 231 of the General Corporate Laws of Delaware or other applicable law.

The Board shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations, if any, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all acts as, in the judgment of such Chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including without limitation establishing an agenda of business of the meeting, rules or regulations to maintain order, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and the fixing of the date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting (and shall announce such at the meeting).

2.16 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the Certificate or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent, and (b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation, the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

-8-

Notice given pursuant to the above paragraph shall be deemed given (a) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice, (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with a separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of
(i) such posting, and (ii) the giving of such separate notice, and (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

For purposes of these Bylaws, "electronic transmission" means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process. This Section 2.16 shall not apply to Section 164 (failure to pay for stock; remedies), Section 296 (adjudication of claims; appeal), Section 311 (revocation of voluntary dissolution), Section 312 (renewal, revival, extension and restoration of certificate of incorporation) or
Section 324 (attachment of shares of stock) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. In addition to the power and authorities these Bylaws expressly confer upon them, the Board may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not required by statute, the Certificate or these Bylaws to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

Subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock of the corporation to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by a majority of the Board members then in office.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before such director's term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in the Certificate or Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director's successor is elected and qualified or until such director's earlier death, resignation or removal.

-9-

Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate or these Bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed.

Elections of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by ballot and, subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock of the corporation to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, a plurality of the votes cast thereat shall elect directors. The ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting or such other information as may be required under the procedure established by the Chairman of the meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic submission was authorized.

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice or by electronic transmission to the corporation.

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the corporation then outstanding and unless the Board otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, or any vacancies on the Board resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise provided by law or resolution of the Board, be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, whether or not less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall hold office until such director's successor is elected and qualified.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

-10-

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these Bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6 FIRST MEETINGS

The first meeting of each newly elected Board shall be held immediately after, and at the same location as, the annual meeting of stockholders, unless the Board shall fix another time and place and give notice thereof (or obtain waivers of notice thereof) in the manner required herein for special meetings of directors, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, except as provided in this
Section 3.6 and provided that a quorum shall be present.

3.7 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

3.8 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose(s) may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a majority of the members of the Board then in office. The person(s) authorized to call special meetings of the Board may fix the place and time of the meetings.

The Secretary shall give notice of any special meeting to each director personally or by telephone, or sent by first-class mail, overnight mail, courier service or telegram, postage or charges prepaid, addressed to each director at that director's address as it is shown on the records of the corporation. If the notice is mailed, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four
(4) calendar days before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is delivered by telegram, overnight mail or courier, it shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company or the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or courier service company at least forty-eight (48) hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least twelve (12) hours before such meeting. If by telephone or hand delivery the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the director. The notice need not specify the purpose or the place of the meeting, if the meeting is to be held at the principal executive office of the corporation.

-11-

3.9 QUORUM

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Whole Board (as defined below) shall constitute a quorum for all purposes and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Certificate. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than quorum. The term "Whole Board" shall mean the total number of authorized directors of the corporation whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

3.10 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware of the Certificate or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate or these Bylaws.

3.11 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

3.12 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing(s) or electronic transmission(s) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.13 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

-12-

3.14 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock of the corporation then outstanding, unless otherwise restricted by statute, the Certificate or these Bylaws, any director, or all of the directors, may be removed from the Board, with or without cause, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation then entitled to vote at the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

For purposes of the foregoing paragraph, "cause" shall mean (i) continued willful failure to perform the obligations of a director, (ii) gross negligence by the director, (iii) engaging in transactions that defraud the corporation,
(iv) fraud or intentional misrepresentation, including falsifying use of funds and intentional misstatements made in financial statements, books, records or reports to stockholders or governmental agencies, (v) material violation of any agreement between the director and the corporation, (vi) knowingly causing the corporation to commit violations of applicable law (including by failure to act), (vii) acts of moral turpitude or (viii) conviction of a felony.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director's term of office.

ARTICLE IV
COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The Board may from time to time, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one (1) or more committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, with each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member(s) thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member(s) constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

-13-

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these Bylaws, Section
3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum),
Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment and notice of adjournment), and Section 3.12 (action without a meeting), with such changes in the context of those Bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular and special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

ARTICLE V
OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a President and a Secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, and Assistant Treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 ELECTION OF OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws, shall be chosen by the Board, which shall consider such subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. A failure to elect officers shall not dissolve or otherwise affect the corporation.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

-14-

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board.

5.6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

The Chairman of the Board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the Board and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be prescribed by these Bylaws. If there is no Chief Executive Officer or President, then the Chairman of the Board shall also be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and as such shall also have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these Bylaws.

5.7 CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as the Board may give to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, if any, shall, subject to the control of the Board, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and affairs of the corporation and shall report directly to the Board. All other officers, officials, employees and agents shall report directly or indirectly to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall serve as chairperson of and preside at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence of a Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the Board.

5.8 PRESIDENT

In the absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer. When acting as the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for him or her by the Board, these Bylaws, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board.

-15-

5.9 VICE PRESIDENT

In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice President(s), if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the Board or, if not ranked, a Vice President designated by the Board, shall perform all the duties of the President and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President. The Vice President(s) shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board, these Bylaws, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President.

5.10 SECRETARY

The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the Board may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors' meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders' meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation's transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the Board, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation. Such share register shall be the "stock ledger" for purposes of Section 2.13 of these Bylaws.

The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board, or committee of the Board, required to be given by law or by these Bylaws. He or she shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or by these Bylaws.

5.11 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

The Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital and retained earnings.

The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board or Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall render to the Board and Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer the President, whenever they request, an account of all of his or her

-16-

transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or these Bylaws. In lieu of any contrary resolution duly adopted by the Board, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the corporation.

5.12 ASSISTANT SECRETARY

The Assistant Secretary(ies), if any, in the order determined by the Board
(or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election)
shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

5.13 ASSISTANT TREASURER

The Assistant Treasurer(s), if any, in the order determined by the Board (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Chief Financial Officer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Financial Officer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

5.14 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board.

ARTICLE VI
INDEMNITY

6.1 RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS OTHER THAN THOSE BY OR IN THE RIGHTS OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to Section 6.3 of this Article VI, the corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and,

-17-

with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.

6.2 RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION IN ACTIONS, SUITS OR PROCEEDINGS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to Section 6.3 of this Article VI, the corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

6.3 AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION

Any indemnification under this Article VI (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.1 or Section 6.2 of this Article VI, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (a) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (d) by the stockholders (but only if a majority of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, if they constitute a quorum of the board of directors, presents the issue of entitlement to indemnification to the stockholders for their determination). Any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the corporation shall make such determination, with respect to former directors and officers. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or

-18-

officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

6.4 GOOD FAITH DEFINED

For purposes of any determination under Section 6.3 of this Article VI, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful, if such person's action is based on the records or books of account of the corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the corporation or another enterprise. The term "another enterprise" as used in this Section 6.4 shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. The provisions of this Section 6.4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article VI, as the case may be.

6.5 INDEMNIFICATION BY A COURT

Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under
Section 6.3 of this Article VI, and not withstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware (but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after written receipt of the written request by said director or officer) for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of this Article VI. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Section 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article VI, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 6.3 of this Article VI nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall be given to the corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

-19-

6.6 EXPENSES PAYABLE IN ADVANCE

Expenses incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article VI.

6.7 NONEXCLUSIVITY OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by or granted pursuant to this Article VI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate, any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 of this Article VI shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VI shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in
Section 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article VI but whom the corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise.

6.8 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VI.

6.9 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VI, references to "the corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VI, references to

-20-

"fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the corporation " shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not opposed to the best interests of the corporation" as referred to in this Article VI.

6.10 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VI shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

6.11 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VI to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 6.5 hereof), the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the board of directors of the corporation.

6.12 INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the board of directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VI to directors and officers of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

7.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these Bylaws, as may be amended to date, minute books, accounting books and other records.

Any such records maintained by the corporation may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The corporation shall so convert

-21-

any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. When records are kept in such manner, a clearly legible paper form produced from or by means of the information storage device or method shall be admissible in evidence, and accepted for all other purposes, to the same extent as an original paper form accurately portrays the record.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation's stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person's interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

7.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation's stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

7.3 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any other person authorized by the President, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of the corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation(s) standing in the name of the corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL MATTERS

8.1 CHECKS

From time to time, the Board shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of

-22-

indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

8.2 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

8.3 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board or Chief Executive Officer, or the President or Vice-President, and by the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

8.4 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one (1) class of stock or more than one (1) series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of

-23-

stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

8.5 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require, or may require any transfer agent, if any, for the shares to require, the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his, her or its legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

8.6 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these Bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term "person" includes both a corporation and a natural person.

8.7 DIVIDENDS

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the Certificate, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the corporation's capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

8.8 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by resolution of the Board.

-24-

8.9 SEAL

This corporation may have a corporate seal, which may be adopted or altered at the pleasure of the Board, and may use the same by causing it or a facsimile thereof, to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.10 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation, if any, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer (as determined by legal counsel to the corporation), it shall be the duty of the corporation, as the corporation may so instruct its transfer agent, if any, to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

8.11 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS

The Bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its Certificate, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the Board. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the Board shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate, the amendment or repeal of all or any portion of Article II,
Section 3.2 (number of directors), Section 3.3 (election, qualification and term of office of directors), Section 3.4 (resignation and vacancies), Section 3.14 (removal of directors), Article VI or this Article IX by the stockholders of the corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of voting stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

-25-

CERTIFICATE BY SECRETARY OF ADOPTION OF AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

NETGEAR, INC.

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified and acting Secretary of NETGEAR, Inc. and that the foregoing Amended and Restated Bylaws, comprising 25 pages, were adopted as the Bylaws of the corporation (i) on ________, 2003 by the Board of Directors of the corporation, and (ii) on ________, 2003 by the stockholders of the corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand and affixed the corporate seal on ____________, 2003.


Secretary

-26-

Exhibit 4.2

NETGEAR, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 7, 2002


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.....................................................   2

2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.....................................................   5

   2.1   Required Registrations............................................   5
   2.2   Incidental Registration...........................................   8
   2.3   Registration Procedures...........................................  10
   2.4   Registration Expenses.............................................  13
   2.5   Indemnification and Contribution..................................  13
   2.6   Other Matters with Respect to Underwritten Offerings..............  15
   2.7   Information by Holder.............................................  16
   2.8   "Stand-Off" Agreement; Confidentiality of Notices.................  16
   2.9   Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights.....................  16
   2.10  Rule 144 Requirements.............................................  17
   2.11  Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights.....................  17
   2.12  Termination.......................................................  18

3. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ISSUANCES OF SECURITIES BY THE COMPANY............................................... 18

3.1   Preemptive Rights of Stockholders.................................  18
3.2   Transfer or Assignment of Preemptive Rights.......................  22
3.3   Termination.......................................................  22

4. MUTUAL RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE RIGHTS AMONG THE STOCKHOLDERS 22

4.1   Offer of Sale; Notice of Proposed Sale............................  22
4.2   Non-Selling Parties' Option to Purchase...........................  23
4.3   Failure to Fully Exercise Options.................................  24
4.4   Transfer or Assignment of Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale
      Rights............................................................  24
4.5   Termination of Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Rights..........  25

5. INSPECTION AND INFORMATION RIGHTS....................................... 25

5.1   Inspection Rights.................................................  25
5.2   Financial Statements and Other Information........................  25
5.3   Reservation of Common Stock.......................................  26
5.4   Agreements with Employees.........................................  26
5.5   Board Meetings....................................................  26
5.6   Termination of Covenants..........................................  26

6. VOTING AGREEMENT........................................................ 26

6.1   Board of Directors................................................  26
6.2   Voting............................................................  27
6.3   Shares............................................................  27

ii

     6.4  Transfer of Rights............................................   28
     6.5  Termination...................................................   28
     6.6  No Revocation.................................................   28
     6.7  Bylaws........................................................   28

7.   Restrictions on Transfer of Shares.................................   28

     7.1  Restricted Shares.............................................   28
     7.2  Restrictions on Transfer......................................   29
     7.3  Requirements for Transfer.....................................   29
     7.4  Permitted Transfers...........................................   29
     7.5  Legends.......................................................   29

8.   Miscellaneous......................................................   31

     8.1   Survival.....................................................   31
     8.2   Further Assurances...........................................   31
     8.3   Governing Law................................................   32
     8.4   Entire Agreement; Amendment..................................   32
     8.5   Notices......................................................   32
     8.6   Severability.................................................   33
     8.7   Confidentiality..............................................   33
     8.8   Fees and Expenses............................................   33
     8.9   Counterparts.................................................   33
     8.10  Telecopy Execution...........................................   34
     8.11  Titles and Subtitles.........................................   34
     8.12  Waiver and Termination of Prior Documents....................   34
     8.13  No Conflict..................................................   34
     8.14  Effectiveness. This Agreement shall only become effective
           following the consummation of both the Series C Financing
           and the Nortel Repurchase....................................   34

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A      List of Investors
Exhibit B      Forms of Nondisclosure and Assignment of Inventions Agreement
               with Employees

iii

NETGEAR, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (this "AGREEMENT"), dated as of February 7, 2002 (the "CLOSING DATE"), is entered into by and among
(a) NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and the individuals and entities listed on EXHIBIT A attached hereto (such individuals and entities and their successors and assigns, the "INVESTORS"), as consented to and approved in its entirety by Nortel Networks Limited, a corporation organized under the laws of Canada (together with its successors and assigns, "NORTEL NETWORKS"), and (b) for purposes of Section 2, Section 5 and Section 8 herein only, Nortel Networks with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of that certain Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note, dated as of the date hereof, from the Company to Nortel Networks (the "NORTEL NOTE") to be issued in connection with the repurchase or redemption by the Company of any or all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company held by Nortel Networks (the "NORTEL REPURCHASE").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Nortel Networks and certain of the Investors hold shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share ("SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK") of the Company and certain of the Investors hold shares of Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share ("SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK") of the Company, and such parties possess: (a) certain registration rights, rights of first refusal with respect to certain issuances of securities by the Company and other rights and obligations pursuant to that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2000, as amended, by and among the Company, Nortel Networks NA Inc. and the Investors (the "PRIOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT"); (b) certain mutual rights of first refusal and co-sale rights with respect to certain stock transfers by one another, inspection and information rights with respect to the Company, stock transfer restrictions and other rights and obligations pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2000, as amended, by and among the Company, Nortel Networks NA Inc. and the Investors (the "SERIES B PURCHASE AGREEMENT"); and (c) certain voting rights and other rights pursuant to that certain Stockholders' Voting Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2000, as amended, by and among the Company, Nortel Networks NA Inc. and the Investors (the "PRIOR VOTING AGREEMENT").

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors (the "PURCHASERS") entered into a Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated January 28, 2002 (the "SERIES C PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), pursuant to which the Company, as of the Closing Date, will raise equity financing and acquire certain contractual liquidation preference rights from such Investors in consideration for the sale and issuance of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share ("SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK") of the Company, to such Investors.


WHEREAS, the Company and Nortel Networks are entering into a certain Series A Preferred Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated January 28, 2002 (the "SERIES A REPURCHASE AGREEMENT"), pursuant to which the Company, as of the Closing Date, will repurchase all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company held by Nortel Networks immediately prior to the Closing Date in consideration for issuing the Nortel Note to Nortel Networks, assuming certain contractual liquidation preference obligations from Nortel Networks and paying Nortel Networks approximately $4.7 million in cash.

WHEREAS, the Company, Nortel Networks and the undersigned Investors holding the requisite number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the Company desire to enter into this Agreement to amend and restate in its entirety all of the rights, preferences, privileges and obligations granted pursuant to the Prior Rights Agreement in favor of the rights, preferences, privileges and obligations set forth herein.

WHEREAS, the Company, Nortel Networks and the undersigned Investors holding the requisite number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the Company desire to enter into this Agreement to amend and restate in its entirety all of the rights, preferences, privileges and obligations granted pursuant to Section 4 (Mutual Right of First Refusal),
Section 8 (Affirmative Covenants) and Section 9 (Transfer of Shares) of the Series B Purchase Agreement in favor of the rights, preferences, privileges and obligations set forth herein.

WHEREAS, the Company, Nortel Networks and the undersigned Investors holding the requisite number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock of the Company desire to amend and restate in its entirety all of the rights, preferences, privileges and obligations granted pursuant to the Prior Voting Agreement in favor of the rights, preferences, privileges and obligations set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, representations, warranties and mutual agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree that (a) Sections 4, 8 and 9 of the Series B Purchase Agreement, (b) the Prior Rights Agreement and (c) the Prior Voting Agreement shall each be amended and restated in their entirety by this Agreement, with the effect that such sections and agreements shall no longer be valid, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings

(a) "Affiliate" means any person or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with a person or entity.

(b) "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

2

(c) "Common Stock" means the common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of the Company.

(d) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission issued under such Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

(e) "Initiating Holders" means the Stockholders initiating a request for registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) and the Stockholders electing to include their Shares in such registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

(f) "Other Holders" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

(g) "Prospectus" means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by an amendment or prospectus supplement, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

(h) "Qualified Initial Public Offering" means the initial firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act which results in gross proceeds before deduction of selling and other related expenses to the Company of at least $35,000,000 at a concurrent valuation of the Company of not less than $250,000,000.

(i) "Registration Statement" means a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission for a public offering and sale of securities of the Company, other than a registration statement relating (i) solely to employee benefit plans, (ii) to the offer and sale of non-convertible debt securities, (iii) to a corporate reorganization or other transaction on Form S-4, or (iv) to any registration or registration form that does not permit secondary sales by persons or entities other than the Company.

(j) "Registration Expenses" means the expenses described in
Section 2.4.

(k) "Registrable Shares" means (i) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares, (ii) any shares of Common Stock, and any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any other securities, acquired by the Investors pursuant to Section 3 or Section 4 of this Agreement, (iii) any other shares of Common Stock issued in respect of such shares (because of stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations or similar events), and (iv) any shares of Common Stock issued to Nortel Networks upon conversion of the Nortel Note; provided, however, that shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as set forth above which are Registrable Shares shall cease to be Registrable Shares upon (i) any sale of such shares pursuant to a Registration Statement (and during the pendency of a registration of such shares) or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (ii) any sale of such shares in any manner to a person or entity which, by virtue of Section 2.11 of this Agreement,

3

is not entitled to the registration rights provided by this Agreement. Wherever reference is made in this Agreement to a request or consent of holders of a certain percentage of Registrable Shares, the determination of such percentage shall include shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares even if such conversion has not been effected.

(l) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission issued under such Act, as they each may, from time to time, be in effect.

(m) "Selling Stockholder" means any Stockholder and/or Nortel Networks owning Registrable Shares included in a Registration Statement.

(n) "Shares" means the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock of the Company, and any shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock of the Company.

(o) "Stockholders" means the Investors (together with Affiliates), to the extent they continue to hold securities of the Company, and any persons or entities to whom such securities and the rights and obligations granted under this Agreement have been transferred by the Investors, or their successors or assigns, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in
Section 7 and elsewhere in this Agreement.

(p) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

TERM                          SECTION
Available Undersubscription
Amount                        Section 3.1(b)
Basic Amount                  Section 3.1(a)
Closing Date                  Introduction
Company Offer                 Section 3.1(a)
Company Offered Securities    Section 3.1(a)
Halyard                       Section 6.1(d)
Indemnified Party             Section 2.5(c)
Indemnifying Party            Section 2.5(c)
Non-Selling Parties           Section 4.1
Nortel Note                   Recitals
Notice of Acceptance          Section 3.1(b)
Option Period                 Section 4.3(a)
Pequot                        Section 6.1(b)
Permitted Transfer            Section 7.4
Prior Rights Agreement        Recitals
Prior Voting Agreement        Recitals
Pro Rata Share                Section 4.2(a)

                        4


     Refused Securities            Section 3.1(c)
     Remaining Stockholders        Section 6.1(e)
     Remaining Shares              Section 4.2(b)
     Restricted Shares             Section 7.1
     Selling Party                 Section 4.1
     Series A Preferred Stock      Recitals
     Series B Preferred Stock      Recitals
     Series C Preferred Stock      Recitals
     Series B Purchase Agreement   Recitals
     Shamrock                      Section 3.1(g)(13)
     Shamrock Warrants             Section 3.1(g)(13)
     Stockholder Offered Shares    Section 4.1
     Stockholder Sale Notice       Section 4.1
     Undersubscription Amount      Section 3.1(a)

2.   REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

2.1 Required Registrations. Beginning as of the date hereof and provided that any requested registration which is for an initial public offering shall be a Qualified Initial Public Offering:

(a) Each Stockholder or Stockholders holding in the aggregate at least 10% of the Registrable Shares then issued and outstanding and held by the Stockholders, may request, in writing, that the Company effect a registration on Form S-1, Form S-2 or Form S-3 (or any successor form) of Registrable Shares owned by such requesting Stockholder or Stockholders having an aggregate value of at least $5,000,000 (based on the then current market price or fair value), and, in addition to the foregoing, Nortel Networks may request, in writing, that the Company effect a registration on Form S-1, Form S-2 or Form S-3 (or any successor form) of Registrable Shares then issued and outstanding and held by Nortel Networks; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to effect any registration within six months after the effective date of any other Registration Statement of the Company; and

(b) Upon receipt of any request for registration pursuant to this Section 2:

(i) the Company will promptly give written notice of such proposed registration to all other Stockholders and Nortel Networks;

(ii) such Stockholders and Nortel Networks shall have the right, by giving written notice to the Company within twenty (20) calendar days after the Company provides its notice, to elect to have included in such registration such of their Registrable Shares as such Stockholders and Nortel Networks may request in such notice of election, subject in the case of an underwritten offering to the approval of the managing underwriter as provided in Section 2.1(d) below; and

5

(iii) thereupon, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, use its best efforts to effect the registration on an appropriate registration form of all Registrable Shares which the Company has been requested to so register, subject to the limitations set forth herein.

(c) If the Initiating Holders or Nortel Networks intend to distribute the Registrable Shares covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company. The right of any other person to include its securities in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall be conditioned upon such other person's participation in such underwriting, as follows:

(i) Subject to Section 2.9 herein, if the Company desires that any officers or directors of the Company holding securities of the Company be included in any registration for an underwritten offering requested pursuant to Section 2.1(c) or if other holders of securities of the Company who are entitled, by contract with the Company entered into after the date of this Agreement, to have securities included in such a registration (the "OTHER HOLDERS") request such inclusion, the Company may include the securities of such officers, directors and Other Holders in such registration and underwriting on the terms set forth herein.

(ii) The Company shall (together with all Stockholders, Nortel Networks, officers, directors and Other Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form (including without limitation customary indemnification and contribution provisions on the part of the Company) with the managing underwriter.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.1(c), (x) in the case of a registration initiated by the Initiating Holders, if the managing underwriter informs the Company that the inclusion of all shares requested to be registered would adversely affect the offering, (A) the securities of the Company held by officers or directors of the Company (other than Registrable Shares) and the securities held by Other Holders (other than Registrable Shares) shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting to the extent deemed advisable by the managing underwriter, and (B) if a further limitation of the number of shares is required, the number of shares that may be included in such registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all Stockholders requesting registration in any registration initiated by Initiating Holders and Nortel Networks to the extent that Nortel Networks desires to participate in such registration, as nearly as practicable, to the respective number of Registrable Shares requested to be registered by them in the aggregate at the time the respective requests for registration were made pursuant to
Section 2.1(a); provided, however, that in no event shall the number of Registrable Shares requested to be registered (i) by the Stockholders in any registration initiated by Initiating Holders be reduced to less than thirty percent (30%) of any underwriting subsequent to the Qualified Initial Public Offering of the Company and (y) in the case of a registration initiated by Nortel Networks, if the managing underwriter informs the Company that the inclusion of all shares requested to be registered would adversely affect the offering, (A) the securities of the Company held by officers or directors of the Company (other than Registrable Shares) and the securities held by Other Holders (other than Registrable Shares) shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting to the extent deemed advisable by the managing

6

underwriter, and (B) if a further limitation of the number of shares is required, the number of shares of the Stockholders that may be included in such registration and underwriting shall be proportionately excluded from such registration and underwriting to the extent deemed advisable by the managing underwriter. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriter(s) may round the number of shares allocated to any person to the nearest 100 shares.

(iv) If any holder of Registrable Shares, officer, director or Other Holder who has requested inclusion in such registration as provided above disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, and the securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration. If the managing underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Shares or other securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account in such registration if the managing underwriter so agrees and if the number of Registrable Shares and other securities which would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

(d) The Initiating Holders shall have the right to select the managing underwriter(s) for any underwritten offering initiated by Initiating Holders and Nortel Networks shall have the right to select the managing underwriter(s) for any underwritten offering initiated by Nortel Networks pursuant to Section 2.1(a), subject to the approval of the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

(e) The Company shall not be required to effect, or take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 2.1:

(i) with respect to Stockholders, after the Company has initiated four (4) registrations requested by Stockholders pursuant to this Section 2.1;

(ii) with respect to Nortel Networks, after the Company has initiated one (1) registration requested by Nortel Networks pursuant to this
Section 2.1;

(iii) subject to the Company's obligations under Section 2.2, during the period starting with the effective date of the registration statement and ending on a date one hundred eighty (180) calendar days after the effective date of a Company-initiated registration.

For purpose of clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.1(e), a registration shall not be counted until such time as the related Registration Statement has been declared or ordered effective by the Commission and (i) the Registration Statement remains continuously effective for six months or (ii) all Registrable Shares registered in such registration are sold, if earlier; provided, however, that a registration shall not be counted if (x) after the related Registration Statement has become effective, such registration or the related offer, sale or distribution of Registrable Shares thereunder is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court for any reason not attributable to the Selling Stockholders and such interference is not thereafter eliminated, (y) the conditions specified on the underwriting

7

agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such Registration Statement are not satisfied or waived, other than by reason of the Selling Stockholders or (z) the related Registration Statement is withdrawn by the Selling Stockholders and the Selling Stockholders have elected to bear all the Registration Expenses pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof. The time period referred to in Section 2.3(a)(ii) during which the Registration Statement must be kept effective shall be extended for an additional number of business days equal to the number of business days during which the right to sell the Registrable Shares was interfered with as set forth in the preceding sentence. For purposes of this Section 2.1(e), a registration shall be counted if the related Registration Statement is withdrawn by the Stockholders or Nortel Networks, as applicable, and the Stockholders or Nortel Networks, as applicable, have not elected to bear the Registration Expenses pursuant to Section 2.4 hereof and would, absent such election, have been required to bear such expenses. For purposes of clarification, a registration shall not be counted for purposes of this Section 2.1(e) if the related Registration Statement is withdrawn by the Stockholders or Nortel Networks because the Company has taken actions or suffered any consequences that would have a material adverse effect on the Company or delay the effectiveness of such Registration Statement (whether because (i) the Company has elected to delay such Registration Statement pursuant to the Company's rights hereunder; (ii) there have been negative developments with respect to the Company that would require disclosure in order for such Registration Statement to not be misleading, or (iii) otherwise).

(f) If at the time of any request to register Registrable Shares by Initiating Holders or Nortel Networks pursuant to this Section 2.1, the Company is engaged or has plans to engage in a registered public offering or is engaged in any other activity which, in the good faith determination of the Company's Board of Directors, would be adversely affected by the requested registration, then the Company may at its option direct that such request be delayed for a period not in excess of ninety (90) calendar days from the date of such request, such right to delay a request to be exercised by the Company not more than twice in any 12-month period. If after a Registration Statement becomes effective, the Company advises the Selling Stockholders that the Company considers it appropriate that the Registration Statement be amended, the holders of such shares shall suspend any further sales of their Registrable Shares until the Company advises them that the Registration Statement has been amended. The time period referred to in Section 2.3(a)(ii) during which the Registration Statement must be kept effective shall be extended for an additional number of business days equal to the number of business days during which the right to sell shares was suspended as set forth in the preceding sentence.

2.2 Incidental Registration.

(a) Whenever the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement (other than a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2.1 or a Registration Statement covering shares to be sold solely for the account of Other Holders) at any time and from time to time after the closing of the Qualified Initial Public Offering of the Company, it will, prior to such filing, give written notice to all Stockholders and Nortel Networks holding Registrable Shares of its intention to do so; provided, that no such notice need be given if no Registrable Shares are to be included therein as a result of a determination of the managing underwriter pursuant to Section 2.2(b). Upon the written request of a Stockholder, Stockholders or Nortel Networks given within twenty (20) calendar

8

days after the Company provides such notice (which request shall state the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Shares), except as set forth in Section 2.2(b), the Company shall use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Shares which the Company has been requested by such Stockholder, Stockholders or Nortel Networks to register to be included in such registration; provided, that the Company shall have the right to delay, postpone or withdraw any registration effected pursuant to this Section 2.2 without obligation to any Stockholder, Nortel Networks or other party; provided, further; that in such event a Stockholder or Nortel Networks may request a registration in accordance with Section 2.1, subject to the limitations set forth therein.

(b) If the registration for which the Company gives notice pursuant to Section 2.2(a) is a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Stockholders and Nortel Networks as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 2.2(a), and, in such event:

(i) The right of any Stockholder and Nortel Networks to include its Registrable Shares in such registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 shall be conditioned upon such Stockholder's or Nortel Networks' participation in such underwriting.

(ii) All Stockholders and Nortel Networks proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting (together with the Company, Other Holders and any officers or directors distributing their securities through such underwriting) shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for the underwriting by the Company.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the managing underwriter determines that the inclusion of all shares requested to be registered would adversely affect the offering, the Company may limit the number of Registrable Shares to be included in the registration and underwriting. If the underwriter so determines, the Company shall so advise all Stockholders requesting registration, and the number of shares that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated in the following manner. The securities of the Company held by officers and directors of the Company (other than Registrable Shares) shall be excluded from such registration and underwriting to the extent deemed advisable by the managing underwriter, and, if a further limitation on the number of shares is required, the number of shares that may be included in such registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all Stockholders, Nortel Networks and Other Holders requesting registration in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective number of shares of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) which they held at the time the Company gives the notice specified in Section 2.2(a), provided, however, that the number of shares held by Stockholders or Nortel Networks that may be included in such registration and underwriting may not be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of any registration and underwriting after the Qualified Initial Public Offering of the Company. If any Stockholder, Nortel Networks or Other Holder would thus be entitled to include more securities than such holder requested to be registered, the excess shall be allocated among other requesting Stockholders, Nortel Networks and Other Holders pro rata in the manner described in the preceding sentence. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the

9

Company or the underwriter(s) may round the number of shares allocated to any person to the nearest 100 shares.

(iv) If any Stockholder, Nortel Networks, officer, director or Other Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, and any Registrable Shares or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required, pursuant to this Section 2.2, to include any Registrable Shares in a Registration Statement if such Registrable Shares can then be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that nothing in this clause (c) shall relieve the Company of its obligations pursuant to
Section 2.2, with respect to any holder of Registrable Shares or any of its Affiliates, if such holder or any of its Affiliates shall hold, in the aggregate, five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding equity securities of the Company.

2.3 Registration Procedures.

(a) If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use its best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Shares under the Securities Act, subject to the Company's right in the case of a registration under Section 2.2 of this Agreement to delay, postpone or withdraw any such registration without obligation to any Stockholder or other party, the Company shall:

(i) file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Shares and use its best efforts to cause that Registration Statement to become effective as soon as possible; and at least ten
(10) business days before filing a registration statement or prospectus or at least three (3) business days before filing any amendments or supplements thereto (in the event of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement, the Company shall only have the obligation to provide copies of such documents within a reasonable period of time prior to any such filing), the Company will furnish counsel of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Shares being registered copies of all documents proposed to be filed for that counsel's review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

(ii) as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission any amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act (including the anti-fraud provisions thereof) and to keep the Registration Statement effective for six (6) months from the effective date or such lesser period until all such Registrable Shares are sold;

(iii) as expeditiously as possible furnish to each Selling Stockholder such reasonable numbers of copies of the Prospectus, including any preliminary Prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as such Selling

10

Stockholder may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Shares owned by such Selling Stockholder and included in a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2;

(iv) as expeditiously as possible use its best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Shares covered by the Registration Statement under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such states as the Selling Stockholders shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or desirable to enable the Selling Stockholders to consummate the public sale or other disposition in such states of the Registrable Shares owned by the Selling Stockholder and included in a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required in connection with this paragraph (iv) to qualify as a foreign corporation or execute a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

(v) as expeditiously as possible, cause all such Registrable Shares to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(vi) promptly provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Shares not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

(vii) promptly make available for inspection by the Selling Stockholders, any managing underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the Selling Stockholders, all financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company's officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement;

(viii) as expeditiously as possible, notify each Selling Stockholder, promptly after it shall receive notice thereof, of the time when such Registration Statement has become effective or a supplement to any Prospectus forming a part of such Registration Statement has been filed;

(ix) as expeditiously as possible following the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, notify each Selling Stockholder of (A) any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of such Registration Statement or Prospectus and (B) any event as a result of which the Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference contains, to the Company's knowledge, an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, in either case, prepare a supplement or amendment to the Prospectus or any such document incorporated therein so that thereafter the Prospectus will not contain, to the Company's knowledge, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

11

(x) use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement complying with the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

(xi) cooperate with each Selling Stockholder and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Shares and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD");

(xii) immediately notify each Selling Stockholder of any stop order threatened or issued by the Commission and take all actions reasonably required to prevent the entry of a stop order or if entered to have it rescinded or otherwise removed; and

(xiii) take all other steps reasonably necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Shares contemplated hereby.

(b) If the Company has delivered a Prospectus to the Selling Stockholders and after having done so the Prospectus is amended to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act, the Company shall promptly notify the Selling Stockholders and, if requested, the Selling Stockholders shall immediately cease making offers of Registrable Shares and return all Prospectuses to the Company. The Company shall promptly provide the Selling Stockholders with revised Prospectuses and, following receipt of the revised Prospectuses, the Selling Stockholders shall be free to resume making offers of the Registrable Shares. The time period referred to in Section 2.3(a)(ii) during which the Registration Statement must be kept effective shall be extended for an additional number of business days equal to the number of business days during which the right to sell shares was suspended as set forth in this paragraph (b).

(c) In the event that, in the judgment of the Company, it is advisable to suspend use of a Prospectus included in a Registration Statement due to pending material developments or other events that have not yet been publicly disclosed and as to which the Company believes public disclosure would be detrimental to the Company, subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements under the securities laws, the Company, subject to the reporting and disclosure requirements under the securities laws, the Company shall notify all Selling Stockholders to such effect, and, upon receipt of such notice, each such Selling Stockholder shall immediately discontinue any sales of Registrable Shares pursuant to such Registration Statement until such Selling Stockholder has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus or until such Selling Stockholder is advised in writing by the Company that the then current Prospectus may be used and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. The time period referred to in Section 2.3(a)(ii) during which the Registration Statement must be kept effective shall be extended for an additional number of business days equal to the number of business days during which the right to sell shares was suspended as set forth in the preceding sentence.

12

2.4 Registration Expenses. The Company will pay all Registration Expenses for all registrations under this Agreement. For purposes of this Section, the term "Registration Expenses" shall mean all expenses incident to the Company's performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including, without limitation: all registration and filing fees; exchange listing fees; NASD registration and filing fees; printing expenses; messenger, telephone and delivery expenses; fees and expenses of counsel for the Company and the fees and expenses of one counsel selected by the Selling Stockholders to represent the Selling Stockholders; state Blue Sky fees and expenses; and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration; provided, that Registration Expenses shall exclude all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and the fees and expenses of Selling Stockholders' own counsel (other than the counsel selected to represent all Selling Stockholders).

2.5 Indemnification and Contribution.

(a) In the event of any registration of any of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Selling Stockholders, each underwriter of Registrable Shares hereunder, and each other person, if any, who controls such Selling Stockholders or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Selling Stockholders, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, state securities or Blue Sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and the Company will reimburse such Selling Stockholders, underwriter and each such controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by such Selling Stockholders, underwriter or controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or prospectus, or any such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company, in writing, by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholders, underwriter or controlling person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

(b) In the event of any registration of any of the Registrable Shares under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers, each other Selling Stockholder and each underwriter (if any) and each person, if any, who controls the Company, each other Selling Stockholder or any such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the

13

Company, such directors and officers, each other Selling Stockholder, underwriter or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, Exchange Act, state securities or Blue Sky laws or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement under which such Registrable Shares were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained in the Registration Statement, or any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, or arise out of or are based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, if the statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to such Selling Stockholder furnished in writing to the Company by or on behalf of such seller specifically for use in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus, amendment or supplement; provided, however, that the obligations of a Selling Stockholder hereunder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds to such Selling Stockholder from the sale of Registrable Shares sold in connection with such registration.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section (the "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided, that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); and, provided, further, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially adversely affected by such failure. The Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party's expense; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall pay such expense if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between the Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding; provided, further, that in no event shall the Indemnifying Party be required to pay the expenses of more than one law firm per jurisdiction as counsel for the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party also shall be responsible for the reasonable expenses of such defense if the Indemnifying Party does not elect to assume such defense. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which includes any non-monetary remedies. No Indemnified Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or settle such claim or litigation without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

14

(d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.5 is due in accordance with its terms but for any reason is held to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect to any losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such party may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Stockholders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact related to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Selling Stockholders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 2.5 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above.

(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 2.5, in no case shall any one Selling Stockholder be liable or responsible for an amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such Selling Stockholder from the offering of Registrable Shares; provided, however, that no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party or parties under this Section, notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought shall not relieve such party from any other obligation it or they may have thereunder or otherwise under this section. No party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or claim settled without its prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(f) Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

2.6 Other Matters with Respect to Underwritten Offerings. In the event that Registrable Shares are sold pursuant to a Registration Statement in an underwritten offering pursuant to Section 2.1, the Company agrees to: (a) enter into an underwriting agreement containing customary representations and warranties with respect to the business and operations of the Company and customary covenants and agreements to be performed by the Company, including without limitation customary provisions with respect to indemnification by the Company of the underwriters of such offering; (b) use its best efforts to cause its legal counsel to render customary opinions to the underwriters with respect to the Registration Statement; and (c) use its best efforts to

15

cause its independent public accounting firm to issue customary "cold comfort letters" to the underwriters with respect to the Registration Statement. No underwriting agreement will result in liability of a Stockholder or Nortel Networks in excess of the net proceeds from the offering received by such Stockholder or Nortel Networks, including any liability under Section 2.5 of this Agreement.

2.7 Information by Holder. Each Selling Stockholder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such holder and the distribution proposed by such holder as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Agreement.

2.8 "Stand-Off" Agreement; Confidentiality of Notices. Each Stockholder and Nortel Networks, if requested by the Company or the managing underwriter of an underwritten public offering by the Company of Common Stock, shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Shares or other securities of the Company held by such person for a period of one hundred eighty (180) calendar days following the effective date of a Registration Statement, provided, that, (a) such agreement shall only apply to the Qualified Initial Public Offering of the Company, and (b) all Stockholders of the Company then holding at least 1% of the outstanding Common Stock (on an as converted basis) and all officers and directors of the Company enter or have entered into similar agreements. Compliance with such agreements may not be waived except to the extent it is waived in the same manner for each of the Stockholders and Nortel Networks.

The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Shares or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such 180-day period. Any Stockholder and/or Nortel Networks receiving any written notice from the Company regarding the Company's plans to file a Registration Statement shall treat such notice confidentially and shall not disclose such information to any person other than as necessary to exercise its rights under this Agreement. Each Stockholder and Nortel Networks agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.8, provided, that all Stockholders of the Company holding at least 1% of the outstanding Common Stock (on an as converted basis) and all officers and directors of the Company enter or have entered into similar agreements. Compliance with the agreements subject to this paragraph may not be waived except to the extent it is waived in the same manner for each of the Stockholders and Nortel Networks.

2.9 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of (i) Nortel Networks and (ii) the holders of at least 50% of the Registrable Shares then held by the Stockholders, enter into any agreement (other than this Agreement) with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which grant such holder or prospective holder rights to include securities of the Company in any Registration Statement, unless: (a) such rights to include securities in a registration initiated by the Company, Stockholders or Nortel Networks pursuant hereto are not more favorable than the rights granted to Other Holders under Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of this Agreement, and (b) no rights are granted to initiate a registration, other than registration pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-3 (or its successor) in which

16

Stockholders or Nortel Networks are entitled to include Registrable Shares on a pro rata basis with such holders based on the number of shares of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) owned by Stockholders, Nortel Networks and such holders. Nortel Networks' rights under this Section 2.9 will terminate the later of such time as when the Company's obligations under the Nortel Note are cancelled, or Nortel Networks no longer holds any shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable pursuant to the Nortel Note.

2.10 Rule 144 Requirements. After the earliest of (i) the closing of the sale of securities of the Company pursuant to a Registration Statement, (ii) effectiveness of the registration by the Company of a class of securities under
Section 12 of the Exchange Act, or (iii) the issuance by the Company of an offering circular pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act, the Company agrees to:

(a) make and keep current public information about the Company available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144;

(b) use its best efforts to file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any holder of Registrable Shares upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time from and after ninety (90) calendar days following the date on which the Company became subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Act) and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and (iii) such other reports and documents of the Company as such holder may reasonably request to avail itself of any similar rule or regulation of the Commission allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.11 Transfer or Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to a Stockholder or Nortel Networks by the Company under this Section 2 may be transferred or assigned, in whole or in part, by a Stockholder or Nortel Networks in connection with the transfer of Registrable Shares, and only with respect thereto, only to (i) a transferee or assignee of not less than 500,000 shares of Registrable Shares (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and the like), (ii) any constituent partner or stockholder of such Stockholder or Nortel Networks, (iii) any venture capital fund or investment entity for which such Stockholder or Nortel Networks or their respective successors or assigns is the investment manager or advisor or (iv) if such Stockholder is a corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation or a wholly owned subsidiary of Nortel Networks, or in a distribution to its stockholders; provided, that the Company is given written notice at the time or within a reasonable time after said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned, and, provided, further, that the transfer or assignment of the Registrable Shares is in compliance with the restrictions on transfer set

17

forth in Section 7 of this Agreement, and the transferee or assignee of such shares and rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Stockholder or Nortel Networks under this Section 2.

2.12 Termination. All of the Company's obligations to register Registrable Shares under Sections 2.1 and 2.2 of this Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of:

(a) three years after the closing of the Qualified Initial Public Offering of the Company;

(b) with respect to the rights of any Stockholder under
Section 2.1, at any time such Stockholder does not own in the aggregate at least 100,000 Registrable Shares; or

(c) with respect to the rights of any Stockholder under
Section 2.2, on the date all shares of Registrable Shares held or entitled to be held upon conversion by such parties may immediately be sold under Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period; provided that after such date the Company will have the obligation to register Registrable Shares held by such Stockholder under Section 2.2 of this Agreement (subject to the limitations and qualifications therein and elsewhere in this Agreement) if and only for so long as such Stockholder is prohibited from making sales pursuant to Rule 144 solely because of the failure of the Company to satisfy Rule 144(c); provided, further, however, that nothing in this clause (c) shall relieve the Company of its obligations to register Registrable Shares under Section 2.2, with respect to any holder of Registrable Shares or any of its Affiliates, if such holder or any of its Affiliates shall hold, in the aggregate, five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding equity securities of the Company.

3. PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS WITH RESPECT TO CERTAIN ISSUANCES OF SECURITIES BY THE COMPANY.

3.1 Preemptive Rights of Stockholders.

(a) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Section 3.1(g) of this Agreement, the Company shall not issue, sell or exchange, enter into a binding agreement to issue, sell or exchange, or reserve or set aside for issuance, sale or exchange: (i) any shares of its Common Stock, (ii) any other equity securities of the Company, including, without limitation, shares of Preferred Stock, (iii) any option, warrant or other right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any equity securities of the Company, or (iv) any debt securities convertible into capital stock of the Company (collectively, the "COMPANY OFFERED SECURITIES"), unless in each such case the Company shall have first complied with this Section 3.1. The Company shall deliver to each Stockholder a written notice of any proposed or intended issuance, sale or exchange of the Company Offered Securities (the "COMPANY OFFER"), which Company Offer shall: (i) identify and describe the Company Offered Securities, (ii) describe the price and other terms upon which they are to be issued, sold or exchanged, and the number or amount of the Company Offered Securities to be issued, sold or exchanged, (iii) identify the persons or entities (if known) to which or with which the Company Offered Securities are to be offered, issued, sold or exchanged and (iv) offer to issue, sell or exchange with such Stockholders: (A) a pro rata portion of the Company Offered Securities

18

determined by dividing (x) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then held by such Stockholder (giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held) by (y) the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held) (such pro rata portion of the Company Offered Securities, the "BASIC AMOUNT"), and (B) any additional portion of the Company Offered Securities as such Stockholder shall indicate it will purchase or acquire should the other Stockholders subscribe for less than their Basic Amounts (the "UNDERSUBSCRIPTION AMOUNT").

(b) To accept a Company Offer, in whole or in part, a Stockholder must deliver a written notice to the Company prior to the end of the fifteen (15) day period of the Company Offer, setting forth the portion of the Stockholder's Basic Amount that such Stockholder elects to purchase and, if such Stockholder shall elect to purchase all of its Basic Amount, the Undersubscription Amount (if any) that such Stockholder elects to purchase (the "NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE"). If the Basic Amounts subscribed for by all Stockholders are less than the total of all of the Basic Amounts available for purchase, then each Stockholder who has set forth an Undersubscription Amount in its Notice of Acceptance shall be entitled to purchase, in addition to the Basic Amounts subscribed for, the Undersubscription Amount it has subscribed for; provided, however, that if the Undersubscription Amounts subscribed for exceed the difference between the total of all of the Basic Amounts available for purchase and the Basic Amounts subscribed for (the "AVAILABLE UNDERSUBSCRIPTION AMOUNT"), each Stockholder who has subscribed for any Undersubscription Amount shall be entitled to purchase only that portion of the Available Undersubscription Amount as the Undersubscription Amount subscribed for by such Stockholder bears to the total Undersubscription Amounts subscribed for by all Stockholders, subject to rounding by the Company to the extent it deems reasonably necessary.

(c) The Company shall have ninety (90) calendar days from the expiration of the period set forth in Section 3.1(b) above to issue, sell or exchange all or any part of such Company Offered Securities as to which a Notice of Acceptance has not been given by the Stockholders (the "REFUSED SECURITIES"), but only to the offerees or purchasers described in the Company Offer (if so described therein) and only upon terms and conditions (including, without limitation, unit prices and interest rates) which are not materially more favorable, in the aggregate, to the acquiring person or persons or materially less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Company Offer. In the event the Company has not sold the Refused Securities within such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Refused Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Stockholders in accordance with this Section 3.

(d) In the event the Company shall propose to sell less than all the Refused Securities (any such sale to be in the manner and on the terms specified in Section 3.1(c) above), then each Stockholder may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, reduce the number or amount of the Company Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance to an amount that shall be not less than the number or amount of the Company Offered Securities that the Stockholder elected to purchase pursuant to Section 3.1(b) above multiplied by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the number or amount of Company Offered Securities the Company actually proposes to issue, sell or exchange (including Company Offered Securities to be issued or sold to Stockholders

19

pursuant to Section 3.1(b) above prior to such reduction) and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the original amount of the Company Offered Securities. In the event that any Stockholder so elects to reduce the number or amount of Company Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance, the Company may not issue, sell or exchange more than the reduced number or amount of the Company Offered Securities unless and until such securities have again been offered to the Stockholders that have provided a Notice of Acceptance in accordance with Section 3.1(a) and Section 3.1(b) above.

(e) Upon the closing of the issuance, sale or exchange of all or less than all of the Refused Securities, the Stockholders shall acquire from the Company, and the Company shall issue to the Stockholders, the number or amount of the Company Offered Securities specified in the Notices of Acceptance, as reduced pursuant to Section 3.1(d) above if the Stockholders have so elected, upon the terms and conditions specified in the Company Offer. The purchase by the Stockholders of any Company Offered Securities is subject in all cases to the preparation, execution and delivery by the Company and the Stockholders of a purchase agreement relating to such Company Offered Securities reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company and respective Stockholders, and their respective counsel.

(f) Any Company Offered Securities not acquired by the Stockholders or other persons in accordance with Section 3.1(c) above within the time periods specified therein may not be issued, sold or exchanged until they are again offered to the Stockholders under the procedures specified in this
Section 3.

(g) The Company Offered Securities shall not include, and the rights of the Stockholders under this Section 3 shall not apply to, the offer, sale, issuance or exchange of the following securities by the Company or any of its subsidiaries:

(1) securities purchased under the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, of even date herewith;

(2) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock of the Company;

(3) shares of Common Stock or the grant of options therefor, including shares issued upon exercise of options outstanding on the date of this Agreement (such number to be proportionately adjusted in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or similar events occurring on or after the date of this Agreement), or issued pursuant to any stock option exchange program (approved by the affirmative vote or consent of at least sixty percent (60%) of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding), to directors, officers, employees, consultants or advisors of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to any plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

20

(4) securities issued or issuable directly in consideration for the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or other reorganization;

(5) shares of Common Stock sold by the Company in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;

(6) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any options or warrants or other rights to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any equity securities of the Company;

(7) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Article IV, Section 4(e), (f), (g) and (h) of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended;

(8) securities issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a commercial leasing or debt financing transaction approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(9) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock which are otherwise excluded by the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding;

(10) securities issued to strategic investors as opposed to financial investors and which are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

(11) any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities excluded from the definition of Company Offered Securities pursuant to this Section 3.1(g);

(12) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Nortel Note; and

(13) those certain Common Stock warrant agreements, dated as of the date hereof, issued by the Company to Shamrock Capital Advisors, Inc. or its affiliates ("SHAMROCK") for services rendered to the Company (the "SHAMROCK WARRANTS") or any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise or otherwise with respect to the Shamrock Warrants.

(h) The failure of any Stockholder to exercise its rights under this
Section 3 shall not be deemed to be a waiver of its rights hereunder in connection with any subsequent issuance, sale or exchange of Company Offered Securities.

21

3.2 Transfer or Assignment of Preemptive Rights. The preemptive rights set forth in this Section 3 may be transferred or assigned, in whole or in part, by a Stockholder in connection with the transfer of Shares, and only with respect thereto, only to (i) a transferee or assignee of not less than 500,000 Shares (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and the like), (ii) any constituent partner or stockholder of such Stockholder, (iii) any venture capital fund or investment entity (or any successor thereof) for which such Stockholder or their respective successors or assigns is the investment manager or advisor or (iv) if such Stockholder is a corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation or in a distribution to its stockholders; provided, that the Company is given written notice at the time or within a reasonable time after said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such preemptive rights are being transferred or assigned, and, provided, further, that the transfer or assignment of the Shares is in compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement, and the transferee or assignee of such shares and rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Stockholder under this Section 3.

3.3 Termination. The rights and obligations granted pursuant to this
Section 3 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events (provided that the provisions of this Section 3 shall not apply to any sale of Shares pursuant to a transaction referred to in Sections 3.3(a) or 3.3(b) herein):

(a) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company, by merger, sale of assets or otherwise (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold immediately following such merger or consolidation at least 50% by voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation);

(b) the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering of shares of the Company; or

(c) with respect to any Stockholder, at any time that such Stockholder does not own in the aggregate at least 100,000 shares.

4. MUTUAL RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE RIGHTS AMONG THE STOCKHOLDERS. As used in this Section 4, the term "Shares" shall include all shares of capital stock of the Company held by the Stockholders, respectively, whether now owned or hereafter acquired. For purposes of calculating any Stockholder's "pro rata" ownership of Shares, all shares of Preferred Stock of the Company shall be deemed to have been converted into Common Stock of the Company.

4.1 Offer of Sale; Notice of Proposed Sale. If a Stockholder desires to transfer any of his, her or its Shares, or any interest in such Shares, in any transaction, other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer or otherwise pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement, such person or entity (the "SELLING PARTY") shall first deliver written notice of his, her or its desire to do so (the "STOCKHOLDER SALE NOTICE") to the Company and each of the other Stockholders (collectively, the "NON-SELLING

22

PARTIES"). The Stockholder Sale Notice must specify: (i) the number of Shares the Selling Party proposes to sell or otherwise dispose of (the "STOCKHOLDER OFFERED SHARES"), (ii) the consideration per Share to be delivered to the Selling Party for the proposed sale, transfer or disposition of the Stockholder Offered Shares, and (iii) all other material terms and conditions of the proposed transaction.

4.2 Non-Selling Parties' Option to Purchase.

(a) Subject to Section 4.3(a), each Non-Selling Party shall have the option, exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of delivery of the Stockholder Sale Notice, to purchase, on a pro rata basis according to the number of Shares owned by such Non-Selling Party, the Stockholder Offered Shares for the consideration per share and on the terms and conditions set forth in the Stockholder Sale Notice. Such option shall be exercised by delivery by such Non-Selling Party of written notice to the Selling Party and the Secretary of the Company. Alternatively, each Non-Selling Party may, within the same fifteen (15) day period, notify the Selling Party and the Secretary of the Company of its desire to participate pro rata in the sale of the Shares (which sale may be conditioned upon the failure of the Non-Selling Parties to fully exercise their options to purchase the Stockholder Offered Shares) on the terms set forth in the Stockholder Sale Notice, and the number of Shares it wishes to sell. Such Non-Selling Party may participate in the sale of Shares up to a number of Shares of the Company equal to (its "PRO RATA SHARE") the product of (x) the number of Stockholder Offered Shares times (y) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the number of Shares (on a fully-diluted basis) owned by such Non-Selling Party, by (ii) the number of Shares (on a fully-diluted basis) of the Company owned by all Stockholders, including the Selling Parties, who have elected to participate in the proposed sale of Shares, immediately prior to the transfer of the Stockholder Offered Shares to the proposed transferee(s). If such Non-Selling Parties elect to participate in such transfer, the Selling Party shall use his, her or its best efforts to obtain the agreement of the prospective transferee(s) to the participation of such Non-Selling Parties in any proposed transfer and shall not transfer any shares of the capital stock of the Company to such prospective transferee(s) unless such prospective transferee(s) allow(s) the participation of such Non-Selling Parties on the terms specified in the Stockholder Sale Notice.

(b) In the event options to purchase have been exercised by the Non-Selling Parties with respect to some but not all of the Stockholder Offered Shares, those Non-Selling Parties who have exercised their options within the fifteen (15) day period specified in Section 4.2(a) shall have an additional option (and shall be so notified by the Selling Party prior to the end of such fifteen (15) day period), for a period of five (5) calender days next succeeding the expiration of such fifteen (15) day period, to purchase all or any part of the balance of such Stockholder Offered Shares (the "REMAINING SHARES") on the terms and conditions set forth in the Stockholder Sale Notice, which option shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice to the Selling Party and the Secretary of the Company. In the event there are two or more such Non-Selling Parties that choose to exercise the last-mentioned option for a total number of Remaining Shares in excess of the number available, the Remaining Shares available for each such Non-Selling Party's option shall be allocated to such Non-Selling Party pro rata based on the number of Shares owned by the Non-Selling Parties so electing.

23

(c) If the options to purchase the Stockholder Offered Shares are exercised in full by the Non-Selling Parties, the Selling Party and the Company shall immediately notify all of the exercising Non-Selling Parties of that fact. The closing of the purchase of the Stockholder Offered Shares shall take place at the offices of the Company no later than five (5) calendar days after the date of such notice to the Non-Selling Parties.

4.3 Failure to Fully Exercise Options.

(a) If the Non-Selling Parties do not exercise their options to purchase all of the Stockholder Offered Shares within the periods described in this Agreement (the "OPTION PERIOD"), then all options of the Non-Selling Parties to purchase the Remaining Shares not purchased by the Non-Selling Parties shall terminate, and the Selling Party shall be free to sell such shares to third parties.

(b) If the Selling Party wishes to transfer any such Shares at a price per Share which differs from that set forth in the Stockholder Sale Notice, upon terms different from those previously offered to the Stockholders, or more than sixty (60) calender days after the expiration of the Option Period, then, as a condition precedent to such transaction, such Shares must first by offered to the Non-Selling Parties, on the same terms and conditions given the offeror and in accordance with the procedures and time periods set forth above.

(c) The proceeds of any sale made by the Selling Party without compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.3 shall be deemed to be held in constructive trust in such amount as would have been due the participating Stockholders if the Selling Party had complied with this Agreement. Any attempt to transfer Shares in violation of Sections 4.1, 4.2 or 4.3 of this Agreement shall be void and the Company agrees that it will not effect such a transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such Shares.

4.4 Transfer or Assignment of Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Rights. The right of first refusal and co-sale rights set forth in this Section 4 may be transferred or assigned, in whole or in party, by a Stockholder in connection with the transfer of Shares, and only with respect thereto, only to
(i) a transferee or assignee of not less than 500,000 Shares (as presently constituted and subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits and the like), (ii) any constituent partner or stockholder of such Stockholder, (iii) any venture capital fund or investment entity (or any successor thereof) for which such Stockholder or their respective successors or assigns is the investment manager or advisor or (iv) if such Stockholder is a corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation or in a distribution to its stockholders; provided, that the Company is given written notice at the time or within a reasonable time after said transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such right of first refusal and co-sale rights are being transferred or assigned, and, provided, further, that the transfer or assignment of the Shares is in compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement, and the transferee or assignee of such shares and rights assumes in writing the obligations of such Stockholder under this Section 4.

24

4.5 Termination of Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Rights. The rights and obligations granted pursuant to this Section 4 shall terminate upon the earlier of the following events (provided that the provisions of this
Section 4 shall not apply to any sale of Shares pursuant to a transaction referred to in Sections 4.5(a) or 4.5(b) herein):

(a) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company, by merger, sale of assets or otherwise (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold immediately following such merger or consolidation at least seventy five percent (75%) by voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation); or

(b) the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering of shares of the Company; or

(c) with respect to any Stockholder, at any time that such Stockholder does not own in the aggregate at least 100,000 Shares.

5. INSPECTION AND INFORMATION RIGHTS. As used in this Section 5, the term "Shares" shall include all shares of capital stock of the Company held by the Stockholders, respectively, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

5.1 Inspection Rights. The Company shall permit each Stockholder, as long as such Stockholder holds at least 500,000 Shares (other than a Stockholder deemed to be a competitor of the Company by a majority of the members of the Company's Board of Directors), or any authorized representative thereof, reasonable access to visit and inspect the properties of the Company, including its corporate and financial records, and to discuss the Company's business and finances with officers of the Company, during normal business hours following reasonable notice.

5.2 Financial Statements and Other Information.

(a) The Company shall deliver to each Stockholder, as long as such Stockholder holds at least 500,000 Shares (other than a Stockholder deemed to be a competitor of the Company by a majority of the members of the Company's Board of Directors):

(i) within ninety (90) calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2000), an audited balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such year and audited statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company for such year, certified by certified public accountants of established national reputation selected by the Company, and prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

(ii) within forty five (45) calendar days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company (other than the fourth quarter), an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such quarter, and unaudited statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash

25

flows of the Company for such fiscal quarter and for the current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter;

(iii) within fifteen (15) calendar days after the end of each fiscal month of the Company, an unaudited balance sheet of the Company as at the end of such month, and unaudited statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company for such month; and

(iv) as soon as available, but in no event later than fifteen (15) calendar days before the start of each fiscal year, the Company's proposed annual budget.

(b) The foregoing financial statements shall be prepared on a consolidated basis if the Company then has any subsidiaries. The financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (ii) of paragraph (a) shall be accompanied by a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company stating that such statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (except as noted) and fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Company at the date thereof and for the periods covered thereby.

5.3 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company shall reserve and maintain a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon conversion of the Shares.

5.4 Agreements with Employees. The Company shall require all persons now or hereafter employed by the Company to enter into a nondisclosure and assignment of inventions agreement substantially in the form(s) of attached as EXHIBIT B.

5.5 Board Meetings. A meeting of the Company's Board of Directors shall be held at least once every two (2) months, unless otherwise agreed by a majority of directors.

5.6 Termination of Covenants. The covenants of the Company contained in Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.4 shall terminate, and be of no further force or effect, upon the closing of an initial public offering of shares of the Company.

6. VOTING AGREEMENT.

6.1 Board of Directors. In any and all elections of directors of the Company (whether at a meeting or by written consent in lieu of a meeting), each Stockholder shall vote or cause to be voted all Shares and other securities of the Company owned by him, her or it, or over which he, she or it has voting control, and otherwise use his, her or its respective best efforts, so as to fix the number of directors of the Company at nine (9) members, and to elect:

(a) one representative of the Company, who shall be the Company's Chief Executive Officer;

(b)(i) for so long as Pequot Private Equity Fund II, L.P. ("PEQUOT") owns at least 25% of the Shares it owns as of February 7, 2002, two members designated by Pequot or (ii)

26

for so long as Pequot owns at least 10% of the Shares it owns as of February 7, 2002, one member designated by Pequot; and one of Pequot's initial designees shall be GERALD A. POCH, with the second designee to be named at a later date;

(c)(i) for so long as Shamrock owns at least 25% of the Shares it owns as of February 7, 2002, two members designated by Shamrock or (ii) for so long as Shamrock owns at least 10% of the Shares it owns as of February 7, 2002, one member designated by Shamrock, and one of Shamrock's initial designees shall be STEPHEN D. ROYER, with the second designee to be named at a later date;

(d) for so long as Halyard Capital Fund, LP ("HALYARD") owns at least 10% of the Shares it owns as of February 7, 2002, one member designated by Halyard, and Halyard's initial designee shall be named at a later date;

(e) for so long as the remaining Stockholders (other than Pequot, Shamrock and Halyard)(the "REMAINING STOCKHOLDERS") own at least 10% of the Shares they own in the aggregate as of February 7, 2002, one member designated by a majority of the Shares held by the Remaining Stockholders, and the Remaining Stockholders' initial designee shall be named at a later date; and

(f) any remaining directors will be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Each of Pequot, Shamrock, Halyard and the Remaining Stockholders shall notify the Secretary of the Company of their respective designees within thirty
(30) calendar days of receipt of notice of each election of directors. Any director designated by Pequot, Shamrock, Halyard or the Remaining Stockholders may only be removed upon being designated for removal by Pequot, Shamrock, Halyard or the Remaining Stockholders, respectively, except any director may be removed for cause, and the Board of Directors of the Company and the parties hereto will act and use their best efforts to remove promptly any director so designated for removal. If any director designated by Pequot, Shamrock, Halyard or the Remaining Stockholders dies, resigns, is removed (including removal for cause) or otherwise ceases to serve, or in the event of a vacancy in any such position, as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company for any reason, the Company shall give notice to Pequot, Shamrock, Halyard or the Remaining Stockholders, as the case may be, and such party shall promptly designate a successor and notify the other Stockholders and the Board of Directors of the Company of its selection, and the parties hereto shall act promptly to fill the vacancy with such designee.

6.2 Voting. Except as provided above, Pequot, Shamrock, Halyard or the Remaining Stockholders shall not vote to remove any director designated by the other, except for cause.

6.3 Shares. As used in this Section 6, the term "Shares" shall mean and include any and all shares of common stock and/or shares of capital stock of the Company, by whatever name called, which carry voting rights (including voting rights which arise by reason of default) and shall

27

include any such shares now owned or subsequently acquired by a Stockholder, however acquired, including without limitation stock splits, recapitalizations, stock dividends and similar events.

6.4 Transfer of Rights. Any transferee to whom Shares are transferred by a Stockholder, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, shall be bound by the voting obligations imposed upon the transferor under this Agreement, to the same extent as if such transferee were a Stockholder hereunder and no Stockholder shall transfer any Shares unless the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by this Agreement.

6.5 Termination. The voting agreement contained in this Section 6 shall terminate in its entirety on the earliest of:

(a) the tenth anniversary of the date of this Agreement;

(b) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company, by merger, sale of assets or otherwise (except a merger or consolidation in which the holders of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to hold immediately following such merger or consolidation at least 50% by voting power of the capital stock of the surviving corporation); or

(c) the closing of a Qualified Initial Public Offering of shares of the Company.

6.6 No Revocation. The voting agreements contained herein are coupled with an interest and may not be revoked, except by an amendment, modification or termination effected in accordance with Section 8.6 hereof. Nothing contained in this Section 6 shall be construed as limiting the provisions of Section 6.5 or 8.6 hereof.

6.7 Bylaws. Any amendment to the Bylaws which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of sixty percent (60%) of the Shares.

7. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

7.1 Restricted Shares. "RESTRICTED SHARES" means (i) the Shares, (ii) the shares of Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares, (iii) any shares of capital stock of the Company acquired by the Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement, (iv) any other shares of capital stock of the Company issued in respect of such shares (as a result of stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations or similar events), (v) any shares of capital stock of the Company issued or issuable by the Company upon conversion of the Nortel Note, and (vi) any shares of capital stock of the Company issued or issuable by the Company pursuant to the Shamrock Warrants; provided, however, that shares of Common Stock which are Restricted Shares shall cease to be Restricted Shares (x) upon any sale pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (y) at such time as they become eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.

28

7.2 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Any sale, transfer or other disposition, whether voluntarily or by operation of law of any of the Restricted Shares held by a Stockholder, other than according to the terms of this Agreement, shall be void and transfer no right, title or interest in or to any of such Restricted Shares to the purported transferee.

(b) A copy of this Agreement, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Company and maintained at the principal executive office of the Company and made available for inspection by any person requesting it.

7.3 Requirements for Transfer.

(a) Restricted Shares shall not be sold or transferred unless either (i) they first shall have been registered under the Securities Act, or
(ii) the Company first shall have been furnished with an opinion of legal counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no registration or opinion of counsel shall be required for: (i) certain Permitted Transfers as set forth in
Section 7.4 of this Agreement, or (ii) a transfer made in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

7.4 Permitted Transfers. Any Stockholder or Nortel Networks may transfer Restricted Shares (subject to the restrictions on transfer with respect to registration rights, preemptive rights on certain Company issuances of securities, inspection and information rights and certain other rights), and no registration or opinion of counsel shall be required, with respect to a transfer by a Stockholder or Nortel Networks which is: (i) a partnership, to an affiliate of such partnership; or a corporation, to a wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation or in a distribution to its stockholders; (ii) a partnership or affiliated partnership, to a partner of such partnership or a retired partner of such partnership who retires after the date hereof, or to the estate of any such partner or retired partner; or (iii) a limited liability company, to a member of such limited liability company or a retired member who resigns after the date hereof or to the estate of any such member or retired member; provided that the transferee in each case agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions, obligations and other limitations set forth in this Agreement to the same extent as if it were an original party hereunder; and provided, further, that a permitted transfer hereunder shall include the repurchase by the Company of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company held by Nortel Networks (each, a "PERMITTED TRANSFER").

7.5 Legends.

(a) Stockholder Legends. In addition to any legends required by applicable federal and state laws, each certificate representing Restricted Shares held by the Stockholders shall bear a legend substantially in the following forms:

29

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL SUCH SHARES ARE REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY IS OBTAINED TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED TO A QUALIFIED INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY AND THE SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF ANY OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS RESTRICTED BY A MUTUAL RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE RIGHTS, ALL PURSUANT TO A CERTAIN AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY, THE REGISTERED OWNER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND CERTAIN OTHER STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN VOTING AGREEMENTS PURSUANT TO A CERTAIN AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY, THE REGISTERED OWNER OF THIS CERTIFICATE AND CERTAIN OTHER STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY, A COPY OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION DURING NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

(b) Nortel Networks Legends. In addition to any legends required by applicable federal and state laws, each certificate representing Restricted Shares held by Nortel Networks shall bear a legend substantially in the following forms:

30

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL SUCH SHARES ARE REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY IS OBTAINED TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

(c) THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A LOCK-UP PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED TO A QUALIFIED INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY pursuant to a certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, as amended from time to time, by and among the Company, the registered owner of this certificate and certain other stockholders of the Company, a copy of which is available for inspection during normal business hours at the principal executive office of the company. Instructions.

(i) The first legend indicated above in each of clause (a) and (b) regarding Restricted Shares shall be removed from the certificates representing any Restricted Shares, at the request of the holder thereof, at such time as they become eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or are to be sold pursuant to Rule 144.

(ii) The second legend indicated above in clause (a) regarding the mutual right of first refusal and co-sale rights contained in
Section 4 of this Agreement shall be removed from the certificates representing any Restricted Shares at such time as such rights shall terminate pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in Section 4.5 of this Agreement.

(iii) The third legend indicated above in clause (a) regarding the voting agreements contained in Section 6 of this Agreement shall be removed from the certificates representing the Shares at such time as the voting agreements among the Stockholders shall terminate pursuant to the terms and conditions contained in Section 6.5 of this Agreement.

8. Miscellaneous.

8.1 Survival. The representations and warranties of the parties contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the Closing Date. Each of the covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement will survive the Closing Date and be performed in accordance with their terms.

8.2 Further Assurances. The parties hereto agree, upon the reasonable request of any another party to this Agreement, to duly execute or cause to be duly executed and delivered to the Company such further instruments, agreements and documents and to do and cause to be done all

31

things reasonably necessary or proper to carry into effect the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

8.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of California or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

8.4 Entire Agreement; Amendment. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, any term of this Agreement may be amended or terminated and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of (i) the Company, and (ii) the holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Shares held by all of the Stockholders; provided, that (i) with respect to Sections 6.1(b), 6.1(c), 6.1(d) and 6.1(e), Pequot's, Shamrock's, Halyard's or the Remaining Stockholders' designee(s), as applicable, shall not be modified, amended or terminated without the written consent of Pequot, Shamrock, Halyard or the Remaining Stockholders, as applicable, and (ii) this Agreement may be amended with the consent of the holders of less than all Shares only in a manner which affects all such Stockholders in a similar fashion; provided, further, that no amendment that will adversely affect Nortel Networks will be valid without Nortel Networks' prior written consent. Any such amendment, termination or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 8.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, even if they do not execute such consent. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition or provision.

8.5 Notices. All notices, requests, consents, and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered (i) three (3) business days after being sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or (ii) one (1) business day after being sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service guaranteeing next business day delivery, in each case to the intended recipient as set forth below:

If to the Company, at 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California 95054, Attention: President, or at such other address or addresses as may be furnished in writing by the Company to the Stockholders, with a copy to John T. Sheridan, Esq., Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California 94304.

If to Nortel Networks, at 8200 Dixie Road, Suite 100, Brampton, Ontario, Canada L6T 5P6, or at such other address or addresses as may be furnished in writing by Nortel Networks to the Company.

If to any other Stockholder, at his, her or its address set forth on EXHIBIT A, or at such other address or addresses as may be furnished in writing by any such Stockholder to the Company, with a copy to Ray La Soya, Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson, 350 South Grand Avenue, 32nd Floor, Los Angeles, California 90078.

32

Any party may give any notice, request, consent or other communication under this Agreement using any other means (including, without limitation:
personal delivery, messenger service, telecopy, first class mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, consent or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it is actually received by the party for whom it is intended. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, consents or other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner set forth in this Section.

8.6 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto. The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

8.7 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that he, she or it will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge or use for any purpose other than to monitor his, her or its investment in the Company any confidential, proprietary or secret information which such Investor may obtain from the Company pursuant to financial statements, reports and other materials submitted or made available by the Company to such Investor pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including pursuant to any representations and warranties ("CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION"), unless such Confidential Information is known, or until such Confidential Information becomes known, to the public (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 8.7 by such Investor); provided, however, that a Investor may disclose Confidential Information to: (i) its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) any prospective purchaser of any Shares from such Investor as long as such prospective purchaser agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Section 8.7; (iii) any affiliate of such Investor or to a partner, stockholder or subsidiary of such Investor, provided that such affiliate, partner, stockholder or subsidiary agrees in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Section 8.7; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

8.8 Fees and Expenses. Each party shall pay for its own fees, expenses and disbursements in connection with the review of this Agreement, the Series C Purchase Agreement and the Series A Repurchase Agreement contemplated hereby and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; provided, however, that on the Closing Date the Company shall reimburse the reasonable fees and expenses of one legal counsel and one advisor to the Purchasers with respect to the sale of the Series C Preferred Stock.

8.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

33

8.10 Telecopy Execution. A facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction of this Agreement may be executed by one or more parties hereto, and an executed copy of this Agreement may be delivered by one or more parties hereto by facsimile or similar electronic transmission device pursuant to which the signature of or on behalf of such party can be seen, and such execution and delivery shall be considered valid binding and effective for all purposes. At the request of any party hereto, all parties hereto agree to execute an original of this Agreement as well as any facsimile, telecopy or other reproduction hereof.

8.11 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

8.12 Waiver and Termination of Prior Documents. The execution and delivery of this Agreement terminates and restates in their entirety any and all rights, privileges, preferences and obligations of the parties pursuant to, and the parties hereby expressly waive and discharge any such rights, privileges, preferences and obligations under: (a) the Prior Rights Agreement;
(b) Sections 4, 8 and 9 of the Series B Purchase Agreement, and (c) the Prior Voting Agreement.

8.13 No Conflict. In the event that any provision of this Agreement conflicts with or is constructed to conflict with any provision in that certain Stock Transfer Agreement, dated as of September 6, 2000, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Stock Transfer Agreement, or as subsequently amended in accordance with the terms thereof by and between the Company, Nortel Networks and certain Investors, this Agreement shall be deemed to be controlling in all matters, including without limitation any matters relating to the size of the Company's Board of Directors, any rights of the parties with respect to representation on the Company's Board of Directors and elections therefor.

8.14 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall only become effective following the consummation of both the Series C Financing and the Nortel Repurchase.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.)

34

EXHIBIT 4.3

THIS WARRANT HAS BEEN AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK WHICH MAY BE PURCHASED PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION, AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN EFFECT WITH RESPECT THERETO UNDER SUCH ACT UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OF SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SUCH SALE, OFFER, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER IS OTHERWISE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION. THE COMPANY MAY REQUEST A WRITTEN OPINION OF COUNSEL (FROM COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY) REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, TO THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH SALE, OFFER, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER TRANSFER. THIS WARRANT OR ANY CERTIFICATE FOR SUCH SECURITIES MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR ANY OTHER TRANSFER OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES

REPRESENTED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

                   WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                                       OF
                                  NETGEAR, INC.

                           DATED AS OF MARCH 13, 2002
                            VOID AFTER MARCH 13, 2007

NO. 002                                                      WARRANT TO PURCHASE
                                                               125,000 SHARES OF
                                                                    COMMON STOCK
                                                         (SUBJECT TO ADJUSTMENT)

         THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received, Shamrock Capital Advisors,

Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "HOLDER"), is entitled, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to purchase from NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), shares of the Company's Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (the "SHARES"), in the amount and at the price per share set forth in Section 1 below (subject to adjustment as provided below), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The term "WARRANT" as used herein shall include this Warrant and any warrants delivered in substitution or exchange therefor as provided herein. This Warrant is issued in consideration for certain advisory and consulting services rendered by the Holder to the Company.

1. Number and Price of Shares.

(a) Number of Shares. The Holder shall have the right to purchase at any time after the date hereof up to 125,000 Shares (as may be adjusted pursuant hereto) prior to the expiration of this Warrant as provided in
Section 10 hereof.


(b) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share shall be equal to $2.26 per Share, as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 8 hereof (the "EXERCISE PRICE").

2. Exercise Of Warrants.

(a) Cash Exercise. The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised at the election of the Holder, in whole or in part, but not for less than five thousand (5,000) Shares at a time (or such lesser number of shares which may then constitute the maximum number purchasable) (such number being subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8 hereof), at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration of this Warrant as set forth in Section 10, by (i) the tender to the Company at its principal office (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company) of a notice of exercise in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT A (the "NOTICE OF EXERCISE"), duly completed and executed on behalf of the Holder, together with the surrender of this Warrant, and (ii) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Shares being purchased by wire transfer or certified, cashier's or other check acceptable to the Company and payable to the order of the Company.

(b) Net Issue Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 2(a) above, if the fair market value of one share of Common Stock is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), the Holder may elect to receive a number of Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or of any portion thereof remaining unexercised) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company) together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise and notice of such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder that number of Shares computed using the following formula:

X = Y (A - B)

A

Where:

X = the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder;

Y = the number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being cancelled (at the date of such calculation);

A = the fair market value of one share of the Shares (at the date of such calculation); and

B = the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

For purposes of the calculation above, the fair market value of one (1) Share shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, acting in good faith; provided, however, that where a public market exists for the Company's Common Stock at the time of such exercise, the fair market value per share shall be the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock quoted in the Over-The-Counter Market Summary or the last reported sale price of the Common Stock or the closing price quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or on any exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, whichever is applicable, as published in the Wall Street Journal for the twenty (20) trading day period ending two (2) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be the per share offering price to the public of the Company's initial public offering.

2

(c) Stock Certificates. This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised and the Shares shall be deemed to have been issued immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its tender for exercise as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of record of such Shares as of the close of business on such date. As promptly as practicable on or after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for that number of shares issuable upon such exercise. In the event that this Warrant is exercised in part and has not expired, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant with the same terms and conditions for the number of Shares that remain subject to this Warrant.

(d) Taxes. The Holder shall be responsible for any taxes arising from the issue and delivery of any certificate in a name other than that of the Holder, and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any such certificate unless and until the person or persons requesting the issue thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

3. No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. In lieu of such fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall make a cash payment equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by such fraction.

4. Replacement of Warrant. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at the expense of the Holder shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Holder.

(a) No Registration. The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (the "SECURITIES") have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT") by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder's representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

(b) Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.

(c) Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests.

(d) Speculative Nature of Investment. The Holder acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and entails a substantial degree of risk and the Holder is in a position to lose the entire amount of such investment.

3

(e) Accredited Investor. The Holder is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(f) Residency. The residency of the Holder is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

(g) Restriction on Resales. The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from such registration is available. The Company has no present intention of registering such Securities. The Holder further understands that there is no assurance that any exemption from registration under the Securities Act will be available or, if available, that such exemption will allow the Holder to dispose of or otherwise transfer any or all of the Securities under the circumstances, in the amounts or at the times the Holder might propose.

(h) Authorization.

(i) The Holder has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Warrant, to purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms and conditions of this Warrant. All action on the part of the Holder necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Warrant, and the performance of all of the Holder's obligations under this Warrant, has been taken or will be taken prior to the purchase of this Warrant.

(ii) This Warrant, when executed and delivered by the Holder, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms except: (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and
(ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or by general principles of equity.

(iii) No consent, approval, authorization, order, filing, registration or qualification of or with any court, governmental authority or third person is required to be obtained by the Holder in connection with the execution and delivery of this Warrant or the performance of the Holder's obligations hereunder.

(i) Brokers and Finders. The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents in connection with this Warrant, and the Company has not incurred and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with this Warrant.

(j) Investor Counsel. The Holder acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to review this Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is relying solely on such counsel and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

(k) Tax Advisors. The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Warrant.

4

6. Transfer of Warrants; Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Warrant Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the "WARRANT REGISTER") containing the name and address of the Holder or Holders. Any Holder of this Warrant or any portion thereof may change its address as shown on the Warrant Register by written notice to the Company requesting such change. Any written notice or written communication required or permitted to be given to the Holder may be delivered or given by any method provided in Section 11(d) hereof. Until this Warrant is transferred in compliance with the terms hereof, the Company may treat the Holder as shown on the Warrant Register as the absolute owner of this Warrant for all purposes, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(b) Warrant Agent. The Company may, by written notice to the Holder, appoint an agent for the purpose of maintaining the Warrant Register referred to in Section 6(a) above, issuing the Shares or other securities then issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant, exchanging this Warrant, replacing this Warrant or any or all of the foregoing. Thereafter, any such registration, issuance, exchange or replacement, as the case may be, shall be made at the office of such agent.

(c) Transferability and Non-negotiability of Warrant. Subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, including without limitation compliance with the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 6(e) hereof, title to this Warrant may be transferred by endorsement (by the transferor and the transferee executing the assignment form (the "ASSIGNMENT FORM") attached hereto as EXHIBIT B) and delivery in the same manner as a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.

(d) Exchange of Warrant Upon a Transfer. On surrender of this Warrant for exchange and a properly endorsed Assignment Form, and subject to the provisions of this Warrant with respect to compliance with the Securities Act and limitations on assignments and transfers, the Company shall issue to or on the order of the Holder a new warrant or warrants with the same terms and conditions, in the name of the Holder or as the Holder (on payment by the Holder of any applicable transfer taxes) may direct, for the number of shares issuable upon exercise thereof and the Company shall promptly register any such transfer upon the Warrant Register.

(e) Restrictions on Transfer of Warrants and Shares; Compliance with Securities Laws.

(i) The Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or this Warrant unless and until, and it shall be a condition to the transfer of all or any portion of the Shares or this Warrant that: (1) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement or (2) (A) the Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Warrant to the same extent as if such transferee were the original Holder hereunder, (C) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT A-1, that the Shares or the Warrant purchased are being acquired solely for the transferee's own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the transferee shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (D) if requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of the Warrant or such Shares under the Securities Act; provided, however, that no registration or opinion of counsel shall be required, with respect to a transfer by a Holder which is: (i) a partnership, to an affiliate of such partnership; or a corporation, to a wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation or in a distribution to its

5

stockholders; (ii) a partnership or affiliated partnership, to a partner of such partnership or a retired partner of such partnership who retires after the date hereof, or to the estate of any such partner or retired partner; or (iii) a limited liability company, to a member of such limited liability company or a retired member who resigns after the date hereof or to the estate of any such member or retired member; provided further that the transferee in each case agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions, obligations and other limitations set forth in this Warrant to the same extent as if it were an original party hereunder (each a "PERMITTED TRANSFER"). This Warrant or any portion hereof and any Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant that are transferred to a transferee shall be subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions, obligations and other limitations set forth herein.

(ii) Unless exercised pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act that includes the Shares with respect to which the Warrant was exercised, it shall be a condition to any exercise of this Warrant that the Holder shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT A-1, that the Shares so purchased are being acquired solely for the Holder's own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the Holder shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

(iii) This Warrant and all Shares issued upon exercise hereof shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend required by state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED SOLELY FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR RESALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. SUCH SECURITIES AND THE SECURITIES ISSUED HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT"), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH DISPOSITION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE WARRANT AGREEMENT OR ANY CERTIFICATE FOR SUCH SECURITIES MUST BE SURRENDERED TO THE COMPANY OR ITS TRANSFER AGENT AS A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR ANY OTHER TRANSFER OF ANY INTEREST IN ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

(iv) The Holder of this Warrant, by acceptance hereof, hereby agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Shares or other securities of the Company held by such person for a period of one hundred eighty (180) calendar days following the effective date of a registration statement, provided, that (a) such agreement shall only apply to the Qualified Initial Public Offering of the Company (as defined in the Company's Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, as amended), and (b) all stockholders of the Company then holding at least 1% of the outstanding Common Stock (on an as converted basis) and all officers and directors of the Company enter or have entered into similar agreements. The Holder of this Warrant agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with the managing underwriter of an underwritten public offering by the Company of Common Stock in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section, provided, that all stockholders of the Company holding at least 1% of the outstanding Common Stock (on an as converted basis) and all officers and directors of the Company enter or have entered into similar agreements.

6

(f) This Warrant may not be transferred in part unless such transfer is to a transferee, who pursuant to such transfer, receives the right to purchase at least five thousand (5,000) Shares hereunder (as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 8 hereof).

7. Reservation of Stock. The Company covenants that during the term this Warrant is exercisable, the Company shall have reserved from its authorized and unissued Common Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and, from time to time, will take all steps necessary to amend its Certificate of Incorporation to provide sufficient reserves of shares of Common issuable upon exercise of the Warrant. The Company agrees that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority of its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for the Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant.

8. Adjustment Rights.

The number and kind of shares purchasable hereunder and the Exercise Price therefor are subject to adjustment from time to time, as follows:

(a) Merger. If at any time there shall be any reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation involving the Company in which shares of the Company's stock (other than a combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of shares otherwise provided for herein) are converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, other than as would cause the expiration of this Warrant under Section 10 hereof, then, as a part of such reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation, lawful provision shall be made so that the Holder shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon exercise of its rights to purchase the Shares hereunder, the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property of the successor corporation resulting from such reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation, equivalent in value to that which a holder of the Common Stock deliverable upon exercise of the right to purchase the Shares hereunder would have been entitled in such reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation if the right to purchase the Shares hereunder had been exercised immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after the reorganization, recapitalization, merger or consolidation to the end that the provisions of this Warrant (including adjustments of the Exercise Price and number of shares of Common Stock purchasable pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Warrant) shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of the Holder's rights to purchase the Shares pursuant to this Warrant.

(b) Reclassification of Shares. If the Company at any time shall, by combination, reclassification, exchange, capital reorganization or subdivision of securities or otherwise (other than a combination, reclassification, exchange or subdivision of shares or merger, reorganization or other transaction otherwise provided for herein), change any of the securities as to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities of any other class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter represent the right to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such combination, reclassification, exchange, capital reorganization, subdivision or other change. In any such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Company's Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after the combination, reclassification, capital reorganization, exchange, subdivision or change to the end that the provisions of this Warrant (including adjustments of the Exercise Price and number of shares of Common Stock purchasable pursuant to the terms and conditions of

7

this Warrant) shall be applicable after the event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other securities deliverable after that event upon the exercise of the Holder's rights to purchase the Shares pursuant to this Warrant.

(c) Subdivisions and Combinations. In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise) the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or shall issue a stock dividend on its outstanding shares of Common Stock, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine (by reclassification or otherwise) the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased.

(d) Notice of Adjustments. Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price or any increase or decrease in the number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant in accordance with this Section 8, then, and in each such case, the Company, within ten (10) days thereafter, shall give written notice thereof, in the form of a certificate of the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Company, to the Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the Warrant Register of the Company, delivered by any method provided in Section 11(d) hereof, which notice shall state the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Exercise Price as adjusted and, if applicable, the increased or decreased number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation of each.

(e) Other Notices. In the event that the Company shall authorize: (1) the issuance of any dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock (other than: (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase; (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right; or (iii) repurchases of capital stock of the Company in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder), whether in cash, property, stock or other securities; (2) the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; or (3) any transaction resulting in the expiration of this Warrant pursuant to Section 10 hereof; then, in each such case, the Company shall give written notice thereof to the Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the Warrant Register of the Company, delivered by any method provided in Section 11(d) hereof, at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of such event. The notice provisions set forth in this section may be shortened or waived prospectively or retrospectively by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrant.

9. No Rights As Stockholders. Nothing contained herein shall entitle the Holder to any rights as a Stockholder of the Company or to be deemed the holder of Common Stock or any other securities of the Company that may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof for any purpose nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to Stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action (whether upon any recapitalization, issuance of stock, reclassification of stock, change of par value or change of stock to no par value, consolidation, merger, conveyance or otherwise) or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise or any other rights of a

8

Stockholder of the Company until the Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon exercise hereof shall have become deliverable as provided herein.

10. Expiration of Warrant. This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable as of the earlier of:

(a) 5:00 p.m., Pacific standard time, on March 13, 2007;

(b) (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation) other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions, or (ii) a sale, lease or other conveyance of all or a majority of the assets of the Company; provided that the valuation of the Company is at least $300 million in either case; or

(c) an initial public offering of the Company covering the offer and sale of the Company's Common Stock; provided that the aggregate gross proceeds to the Company are not less than $35 million and the valuation of the Company is at least $250 million.

11. Miscellaneous.

(a) Effective Date. The provisions of this Warrant shall be construed and shall be given effect in all respects as if it had been executed and delivered by the Company on the date hereof.

(b) Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Warrant may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

(c) Successors and Assigns. This Warrant, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party, except for a Permitted Transfer by the Holder. Any attempt by a party without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Warrant shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties.

(d) Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized overnight courier or personal delivery at the address of the Company as shown below or at the respective addresses of the Holder or Holders as shown on the Warrant Register maintained by the Company (any notice, request or other communication sent to the Company should be directed to the attention of the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Company) or at such other mailing, facsimile or electronic delivery address as the parties may designate in writing to one another. Any party hereto may by notice so given change its address for future notice hereunder. Notice shall conclusively be deemed to have been given when received.

9

(e) Governing Law. This Warrant and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

(f) Jurisdiction and Venue. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within Santa Clara County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Warrant or the matters contemplated herein, and agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons.

(g) California Corporate Securities Law. THE SALE OF THE
SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS WARRANT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS WARRANT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(h) Further Assurances. Each party hereto agrees to execute and deliver, by the proper exercise of its corporate, limited liability company, partnership or other powers, all such other and additional instruments and documents and do all such other acts and things as may be reasonably necessary to more fully effectuate this Warrant.

(i) Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Warrant (including the exhibits attached hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter.

(j) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

(k) Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

(l) Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant. All references in this Warrant to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

(THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.)

10

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed as of the date first above written.

NETGEAR, INC.

By: /s/ Patrick Lo
    ____________________________________________
    Name:  Patrick C.S. Lo
    Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

Address:

4500 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, California 95054

AGREED TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY THE HOLDER:

SHAMROCK CAPITAL ADVISORS, INC.

By: /s/ Stephen D. Royer
    ______________________________________________
    Name:  Stephen D. Royer
    Title: Managing Director

Address:

4444 Lakeside Drive
2nd Floor
Burbank, California 91505

(SIGNATURE PAGE TO WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF NETGEAR, INC.)


                                    EXHIBIT A

                               NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO:               NETGEAR, INC.

ATTENTION:        PRESIDENT

         (1)      In lieu of exercising the attached Warrant for cash or check,

the undersigned hereby elects to effect the net issuance provision of Section 2(b) of the attached Warrant to Purchase Shares of Common Stock, dated as of March 13, 2002 (the "WARRANT"), between NETGEAR, INC. and the Holder and receive ____________ (leave blank if you choose Alternative No. 2 below) shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant. Initial here if the undersigned elects this alternative: ___________.

(2) The undersigned Holder hereby elects to purchase ________ (leave blank if you choose Alternative No. 1 above) shares of the Common Stock of NETGEAR, INC., pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price for such shares in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

(3) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Common Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:


Name


Address

(4) Please issue a new Warrant for the unexercised portion of the attached Warrant in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:


Name


Address

A-1

(5) The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock are being acquired solely for the account of the undersigned and not as a nominee for any other person and for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof, and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares except under circumstances that will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any applicable state securities laws, and all representations and warranties of the undersigned set forth in Section 5 and Section 6(e) of the attached Warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof. In support thereof, the undersigned agrees to execute an Investment Representation Statement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as EXHIBIT A-1.

____________________________     _______________________________________________
Date                             Signature

                                 _______________________________________________
                                 Name

                                 _______________________________________________
                                 Title and Name of Entity (if signing on behalf
                                 of an entity)

(SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE NOTICE OF EXERCISE)

A-2

                                   EXHIBIT A-1

                       INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

HOLDER:           _________________________________

COMPANY:          NETGEAR, INC.

SECURITIES:       THE WARRANT (THE "WARRANT") TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                  ISSUED ON MARCH 13, 2002 AND THE COMMON STOCK ISSUED OR
                  ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE THEREOF

AMOUNT:           __________________________ SHARES

DATE:             __________________, ______

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Holder represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company as follows:

1. No Registration. The Holder understands that the Securities have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, the availability of which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Holder's representations as expressed herein or otherwise made pursuant hereto.

2. Investment Intent. The Holder is acquiring the Securities for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof.

3. Investment Experience. The Holder has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities in companies similar to the Company so that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests.

4. Speculative Nature of Investment. The Holder acknowledges that its investment in the Company is highly speculative and entails a substantial degree of risk and the Holder is in a position to lose the entire amount of such investment.

5. Access to Data. The Holder has had an opportunity to discuss the Company's business, management and financial affairs with the Company's management. The Holder has also had an opportunity to ask questions of officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The Holder understands that such discussions, as well as any information issued by the Company, were intended to describe certain aspects of the Company's business and prospects, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description. The Holder acknowledges that any business plans prepared by the Company have been, and continue to be, subject to change and that any projections included in such business plans or otherwise are necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions underlying the projections will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results.

A-1-1


6. Accredited Investor. The Holder is an "accredited investor" within the meaning of Regulation D, Rule 501(a), promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

7. Residency. The residency of the Holder (or, in the case of a partnership or corporation, such entity's principal place of business) is correctly set forth on the signature page hereto.

8. Restriction on Resales. The Holder acknowledges that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from such registration is available. The Company has no present intention of registering the Securities. The Holder further understands that there is no assurance that any exemption from registration under the Securities Act will be available or, if available, that such exemption will allow the Holder to dispose of or otherwise transfer any or all of the Securities under the circumstances, in the amounts or at the times the Holder might propose.

9. Authorization.

(a) The Holder has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Warrant, to purchase the Securities and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of the Warrant. All action on the part of the Holder necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of the Warrant, and the performance of all of the Holder's obligations under the Warrant, has been taken or will be taken prior to the purchase of the Warrant.

(b) The Warrant, when executed and delivered by the Holder, will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms except: (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or by general principles of equity.

(c) No consent, approval, authorization, order, filing, registration or qualification of or with any court, governmental authority or third person is required to be obtained by the Holder in connection with the execution and delivery of the Warrant or the performance of the Holder's obligations hereunder.

10. Brokers or Finders. The Holder has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents, and the Company has not incurred and will not incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Holder, any liability for brokerage or finders' fees or agents' commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Warrant.

11. Investor Counsel. The Holder acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to review the Warrant, the exhibits and schedules attached thereto and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant with its own legal counsel. The Holder is relying solely on such counsel and not on any statements or representations of the Company or its agents for legal advice with respect to this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

12. Tax Advisors. The Holder has reviewed with its own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by the Warrant. With respect to such matters, the Holder relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. The Holder understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by the Warrant.

A-1-2


13. Further Limitations on Disposition. Without in any way limiting the representations and warranties set forth above, the Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Securities unless and until, and it shall be a condition to the transfer of all or any portion of the Securities that: (1) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement or (2) (A) the Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, (B) the transferee shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Warrant to the same extent as if such transferee were the original Holder thereunder, (C) the transferee shall have confirmed to the satisfaction of the Company in writing, substantially in the form attached to the Warrant as EXHIBIT A-1, that the Securities are being acquired solely for the transferee's own account and not as a nominee for any other party, for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale and that the transferee shall have confirmed such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company, and (D) if requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of the Securities under the Securities Act; provided, however, that no registration or opinion of counsel shall be required, with respect to a transfer by a Holder which is: (i) a partnership, to an affiliate of such partnership; or a corporation, to a wholly owned subsidiary of such corporation or in a distribution to its stockholders; (ii) a partnership or affiliated partnership, to a partner of such partnership or a retired partner of such partnership who retires after the date hereof, or to the estate of any such partner or retired partner; or (iii) a limited liability company, to a member of such limited liability company or a retired member who resigns after the date hereof or to the estate of any such member or retired member; provided further that the transferee in each case agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions, obligations and other limitations set forth in the Warrant to the same extent as if it were an original party thereunder (each a "PERMITTED TRANSFER"). The Securities that are transferred to a transferee shall be subject to the terms, conditions, restrictions, obligations and other limitations set forth herein and therein.

14. Market Standoff. The Holder agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Securities held by such person for a period of one hundred eighty (180) calendar days following the effective date of a registration statement, provided, that (a) such agreement shall only apply to the Qualified Initial Public Offering of the Company (as defined in the Company's Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, as amended), and (b) all stockholders of the Company then holding at least 1% of the outstanding Common Stock (on an as converted basis) and all officers and directors of the Company enter or have entered into similar agreements. The Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with the managing underwriter of an underwritten public offering by the Company of Common Stock in customary form consistent with the provisions of this section, provided, that all stockholders of the Company holding at least 1% of the outstanding Common Stock (on an as converted basis) and all officers and directors of the Company enter or have entered into similar agreements.

(THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.)

A-1-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Holder has caused this Investment Representation Statement to be duly executed and delivered by its proper and duly authorized officers as of the date and year first written above.

HOLDER:

By: ___________________________________________

Name: _________________________________________

Title: ________________________________________

Address:




(SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT)

A-1-4


                                    EXHIBIT B

                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

ASSIGNOR:         ___________________________

COMPANY:          NETGEAR, INC.

WARRANT:          THE WARRANT (THE "WARRANT") TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
                  ISSUED ON MARCH 13, 2002

DATE:             ___________________, ______

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned registered Holder of the Warrant

("ASSIGNOR") hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Assignee named below all of the rights of the undersigned under the within Warrant, with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock set forth below:

NAME OF ASSIGNEE                  ADDRESS                       NUMBER OF SHARES
----------------                  -------                       ----------------

and does irrevocably constitute and appoint ______________________ as attorney to make such transfer on the books of NETGEAR, INC., maintained for the purpose, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Each of the Assignor and Assignee also represent and warrant that, by assignment hereof, the Assignee acknowledges that the Warrant and the shares of stock to be issued upon exercise thereof or conversion thereof are being acquired for investment and that the Assignee will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of the Warrant or any shares of stock to be issued upon exercise thereof or conversion thereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any state securities laws. Further, the Assignee has acknowledged that upon exercise of the Warrant, the Assignee shall, if requested by the Company, confirm in writing, in a form satisfactory to the Company, that the shares of stock so purchased are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale. In support thereof, the undersigned Assignee agrees to execute an Investment Representation Statement in a form substantially similar to the form attached to the Warrant as EXHIBIT A-1.

ASSIGNOR:                                 ASSIGNEE:

By: __________________________________    By: __________________________________
    Name:                                     Name:
    Title:                                    Title:

    Address: _________________________        Address: _________________________

    __________________________________    ______________________________________

    __________________________________    ______________________________________

B-1

EXHIBIT 10.1

NETGEAR, INC.

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement ("AGREEMENT") is made as of ___________, 2003 by and between NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), and _____________ ("INDEMNITEE").

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increasing difficulty in obtaining directors' and officers' liability insurance, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance;

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting officers and directors to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the coverage of liability insurance has been limited;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the current protection available as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee and other officers and directors of the Company may not be willing to continue to serve as officers and directors without additional protection; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, to serve as officers and directors of the Company and to indemnify its officers and directors so as to provide them with the maximum protection permitted by law.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

1. Indemnification.

(a) Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee is or was or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism, or any hearing, inquiry or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while an officer or director or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees and all other costs, expenses and obligations incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to defend, be a witness in or participate in, any such action, suit, proceeding, alternative dispute resolution mechanism, hearing, inquiry or investigation), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any


criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith, (ii) Indemnitee did not act in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or (iii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee's conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings By or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or any subsidiary of the Company, by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee while an officer or director or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, in each case to the extent actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company in the performance of Indemnitee's duty to the Company and its stockholders unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses and then only to the extent that the court shall determine.

(c) Change in Control. The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control (as defined in Section 10(c) hereof) of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company's Board of Directors who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then, with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitees to payments of expenses and advancement of expenses under this Agreement or any other agreement or under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws as now or hereafter in effect, Independent Legal Counsel (as defined in Section 10(d) hereof) shall be selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law and the Company agrees to abide by such opinion. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Legal Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys' fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(d) Mandatory Payment of Expenses. To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Subsections (a) and (b) of this
Section 1, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein,

-2-

Indemnitee shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith.

2. Agreement to Serve. In consideration of the protection afforded by this Agreement, if Indemnitee is a director of the Company, Indemnitee agrees to serve at least for 30 days after the effective date of this Agreement as a director and not to resign voluntarily during such period without the written consent of a majority of the Board of Directors. If Indemnitee is an officer of the Company not serving under an employment contract, Indemnitee agrees to serve in such capacity at least for 30 days and not to resign voluntarily during such period without the written consent of a majority of the Board of Directors. Following the applicable period set forth above, Indemnitee (who serves in a capacity other than as a director) agrees to continue to serve in such capacity at the will of the Company (or under separate agreement, if such agreement exists) so long as Indemnitee (who serves in a capacity other than as a director) is duly appointed or elected and qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or until such time as the Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation in writing. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to or shall create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment.

3. Expenses; Indemnification Procedure.

(a) Advancement of Expenses. The Company shall advance all expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding referenced in Section 1(a) or (b) hereof (but not amounts actually paid in settlement of any such action, suit or proceeding). Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such expenses advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized hereby. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within forty-five (45) days following delivery of a written request therefore by Indemnitee to the Company.

(b) Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall, as a condition precedent to Indemnitee's right to be indemnified under this Agreement, give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Notice to the Company shall be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee). Notice shall be deemed received three (3) business days after the date postmarked if sent by domestic certified or registered mail, properly addressed; otherwise notice shall be deemed received when such notice shall actually be received by the Company. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee's power.

(c) Procedure. Any indemnification and advances provided for in Section 1 and in this Section 3 shall be made no later than forty-five
(45) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. If a claim under this Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws providing for indemnification, is not paid in full by the Company within forty-five (45) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter submit Indemnitee's claim to arbitration as described in Section 14 to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and,

-3-

subject to Section 15 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the expenses (including attorneys' fees) of bringing such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than a claim brought for expenses incurred in connection with any action or proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company, and Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive interim payments of expenses pursuant to Section 3(a) unless and until such defense may be finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists or an arbitration panel as described in Section 14. It is the parties' intention that if the Company contests Indemnitee's right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee's right to indemnification shall be for the court or arbitration panel to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(d) Notice to Insurers. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(e) Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated under Section 3(a) hereof to pay the expenses of any proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee's own counsel in any such proceeding at Indemnitee's expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee's counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

4. Additional Indemnification Rights; Nonexclusivity.

(a) Scope. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement,

-4-

the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, the Company's Bylaws or by statute. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, such changes shall be, ipso facto, within the purview of Indemnitee's rights and Company's obligations under this Agreement. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties' rights and obligations hereunder.

(b) Nonexclusivity. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any action or other covered proceeding.

5. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement actually or reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any civil or criminal action or proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses, judgments, fines or penalties to which Indemnitee is entitled.

6. Mutual Acknowledgement. Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, Federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company's right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

7. Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance. The Company shall, from time to time, make a good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company's performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. In all policies of directors' and officers' liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company's directors, if Indemnitee is a director; or of the Company's officers, if Indemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer; or of the Company's key employees, if Indemnitee is not an officer or director but is a key employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or

-5-

maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or if Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a subsidiary or parent of the Company.

8. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company's inability, pursuant to court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable as provided in this Section 8. If this Agreement or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated, and the balance of this Agreement not so invalidated shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

9. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

(a) Excluded Acts. To indemnify Indemnitee for any acts or omissions or transactions from which a director may not be indemnified under the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

(b) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, but such indemnification or advancement of expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors has approved the initiation or bringing of such claim; or

(c) Lack of Good Faith. To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to any proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction or the arbitration panel determines that each of the material assertions made by the Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous; or

(d) Insured Claims. To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) which have been paid directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under a policy of directors' and officers' liability insurance maintained by the Company; or

(e) Claims Under Section 16(b). To indemnify Indemnitee for expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute.

-6-

10. Effectiveness of Agreement. To the extent that the indemnification permitted under the terms of certain provisions of this Agreement exceeds the scope of the indemnification provided for in the Delaware General Corporation Law, such provisions shall not be effective unless and until the Company's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes such additional rights of indemnification. In all other respects, the balance of this Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page and may apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee which occurred prior to such date if Indemnitee was an officer, director, employee or other agent of the Company, or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, at the time such act or omission occurred.

11. Construction of Certain Phrases.

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, references to the "Company" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, references to "other enterprises" shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to "serving at the request of the Company" shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement a "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding Voting Securities (as defined below), (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors of the Company and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto

-7-

continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, "Independent Legal Counsel" shall mean an attorney or firm of attorneys, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 1(c) hereof, who shall not have otherwise performed services for the Company or Indemnitee within the last three years (other than with respect to matters concerning the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnity agreements).

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, "Voting Securities" shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.

13. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee's estate, heirs, legal representatives and assigns.

14. Arbitration. It is understood and agreed that the Company and Indemnitee shall carry out this Agreement in the spirit of mutual cooperation and good faith and that any differences, disputes or controversies shall be resolved and settled amicably among the parties hereto. In the event that the dispute, controversy or difference is not so settled in the above manner within forty-five (45) days, then the matter shall be exclusively submitted to arbitration in Santa Clara County, California before three independent technically qualified arbitrators in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and under the laws of Delaware, without reference to conflict of laws principles. Subject to Sections 1(b) and 6, arbitration shall be the exclusive forum and the decision and award by the arbitrator(s) shall be final and binding upon the parties concerned and may be entered in any state court of California having jurisdiction.

15. Attorneys' Fees. In the event that any action is instituted or claim is submitted to arbitration by Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action or arbitration, unless as a part of such action, a court of competent jurisdiction or the arbitrator(s) determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such claim were not made in good faith or were frivolous. In the event of an action instituted or a claim submitted to arbitration by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees, incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action or claim (including with respect to Indemnitee's counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action or arbitration), unless as a part of such action

-8-

the court or the arbitrator(s) determines that each of Indemnitee's material defenses to such action or claim were made in bad faith or were frivolous.

16. Notice. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party addressee, on the date of such receipt, or (ii) if mailed by domestic certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date postmarked. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

17. Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of California for all purposes in connection with any proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of the State of California in Santa Clara County and that any arbitration proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement shall be held in Santa Clara County, California.

18. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and its provisions construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and performed entirely within Delaware.

19. Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the corporation effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

20. Continuation of Indemnification. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period that Indemnitee is a director, officer or agent of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, arbitrational, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee was serving in the capacity referred to herein.

21. Amendment and Termination. Subject to Section 20, no amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by both parties hereto.

22. Integration and Entire Agreement. This Agreement (a) sets forth the entire understanding between the parties, (b) supersedes all previous written or oral negotiations, commitments, understandings and agreements relating to the subject matter hereof and (c) merges all prior and contemporaneous discussions between the parties.

-9-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

NETGEAR, INC.

By:________________________________

Name: Jonathan Mather

Title: Chief Financial Officer

Address:

4500 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

INDEMNITEE:


Signature


Print Name



Address


EXHIBIT 10.2

NETGEAR, INC.
2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND TERM OF PLAN.

1.1 ESTABLISHMENT. The Netgear, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "PLAN") is hereby established effective as of April 5, 2000.

1.2 PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract and retain persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 TERM OF PLAN. The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

2. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

2.1 DEFINITIONS. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, "BOARD" also means such Committee(s).

(b) "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) "COMMITTEE" means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(d) "COMPANY" means NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(e) "CONSULTANT" means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating

1

EXHIBIT 10.2

Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(f) "DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

(g) "DISABILITY" means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee's position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.

(h) "EMPLOYEE" means any person treated as an employee (including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.

(i) "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall

2

EXHIBIT 10.2

be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

(k) "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(l) "INSIDER" means an officer or a Director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(m) "NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION" means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) "OPTION" means a right to purchase Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(o) "OPTION AGREEMENT" means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. An Option Agreement may consist of a form of "Notice of Grant of Stock Option" and a form of "Stock Option Agreement" incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms as the Board may approve from time to time.

                           (p)               "OPTIONEE" means a person who has
been granted one or more Options.

                           (q)               "PARENT CORPORATION" means any

present or future "parent corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(r) "PARTICIPATING COMPANY" means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(s) "PARTICIPATING COMPANY GROUP" means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(t) "RULE 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

                           (u)               "SECTION 162(m)" means Section
162(m) of the Code.

                           (v)               "SECURITIES ACT" means the

Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

3

EXHIBIT 10.2

(w) "SERVICE" means an Optionee's employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. An Optionee's Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee's Service. Furthermore, an Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first
(91st) day of such leave the Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee's right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee's Option Agreement. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee's Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

(x) "STOCK" means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(y) "SUBSIDIARY CORPORATION" means any present or future "subsidiary corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(z) "TEN PERCENT OWNER OPTIONEE" means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

2.2 CONSTRUCTION. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term "or" is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. ADMINISTRATION.

3.1 ADMINISTRATION BY THE BOARD. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.

3.2 AUTHORITY OF OFFICERS. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right,

4

EXHIBIT 10.2

obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 POWERS OF THE BOARD. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of

shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;

                           (b)               to designate Options as Incentive
Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

                           (c)               to determine the Fair Market Value
of shares of Stock or other property;

                           (d)               to determine the terms, conditions

and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

                           (e)               to approve one or more forms of
Option Agreement;

                           (f)               to amend, modify, extend, cancel or

renew any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and

5

EXHIBIT 10.2

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 ADMINISTRATION WITH RESPECT TO INSIDERS. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.5 COMMITTEE COMPLYING WITH SECTION 162(m). If a Participating Company is a "publicly held corporation" within the meaning of
Section 162(m), the Board may establish a Committee of "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) to approve the grant of any Option which might reasonably be anticipated to result in the payment of employee remuneration that would otherwise exceed the limit on employee remuneration deductible for income tax purposes pursuant to Section 162(m).

3.6 INDEMNIFICATION. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

4. SHARES SUBJECT TO PLAN.

4.1 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SHARES ISSUABLE. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be four million two hundred thousand (4,200,000). Any further increase in the number of shares of stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be approved by the board. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee's exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the

6

EXHIBIT 10.2

unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan.

4.2 ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan, to the Section 162(m) Grant Limit described in Section 5.4 below and to any outstanding Options and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the "NEW SHARES"), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. ELIGIBILITY AND OPTION LIMITATIONS.

5.1 PERSONS ELIGIBLE FOR OPTIONS. Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option.

5.2 OPTION GRANT RESTRICTIONS. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

5.3 FAIR MARKET VALUE LIMITATION. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this
Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall

7

EXHIBIT 10.2

be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

5.4 SECTION 162(m) GRANT LIMIT. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, at any such time as a Participating Company is a "publicly held corporation" within the meaning of Section 162(m), no Employee shall be granted one or more Options within any fiscal year of the Company which in the aggregate are for the purchase of more than five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Stock (the "SECTION 162(m) GRANT LIMIT"). An Option which is canceled in the same fiscal year of the Company in which it was granted shall continue to be counted against the Section 162(m) Grant Limit for such period

6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (b) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 EXERCISABILITY AND TERM OF OPTIONS. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company, and (d) with the exception of an Option granted to an officer, Director or Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the Optionee's continued Service. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant

8

EXHIBIT 10.2

of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

6.3 PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE.

(a) FORMS OF CONSIDERATION AUTHORIZED. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a "CASHLESS EXERCISE"), (iv) provided that the Optionee is an Employee and in the Company's sole discretion at the time the Option is exercised, by delivery of the Optionee's promissory note in a form approved by the Company for the aggregate exercise price, provided that, if the Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware, the Optionee shall pay in cash that portion of the aggregate exercise price not less than the par value of the shares being acquired, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by approval of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in
Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

                           (b)               LIMITATIONS ON FORMS OF
CONSIDERATION.

                                       (i)            TENDER OF STOCK.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) CASHLESS EXERCISE. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

9

EXHIBIT 10.2

(iii) PAYMENT BY PROMISSORY NOTE. No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law. Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine at the time the Option is granted. The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Optionee to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option or with other collateral acceptable to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company's securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.

6.4 TAX WITHHOLDING. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group's tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.

6.5 REPURCHASE RIGHTS. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

6.6 EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

(a) OPTION EXERCISABILITY. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of an Option and set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable after an

10

EXHIBIT 10.2

Optionee's termination of Service only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section 6.6 and thereafter shall terminate:

(i) DISABILITY. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option's term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the "OPTION EXPIRATION DATE").

(ii) DEATH. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee's death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee's termination of Service.

(iii) OTHER TERMINATION OF SERVICE. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) EXTENSION IF EXERCISE PREVENTED BY LAW. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 10 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until three
(3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(c) EXTENSION IF OPTIONEE SUBJECT TO
SECTION 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of
(i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

11

EXHIBIT 10.2

6.7 TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS. During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, Rule 701 under the Securities Act and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

7. STANDARD FORMS OF OPTION AGREEMENT.

7.1 OPTION AGREEMENT. Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Option Agreement approved by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

7.2 AUTHORITY TO VARY TERMS. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

8. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

8.1 DEFINITIONS.

(a) An "OWNERSHIP CHANGE EVENT" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A "CHANGE IN CONTROL" shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a "TRANSACTION") wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets

12

EXHIBIT 10.2

of the Company were transferred (the "TRANSFEREE CORPORATION(S)"), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL ON OPTIONS. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the "ACQUIRING CORPORATION"), may either assume the Company's rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation's stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding Options in connection with a Change in Control, any unexercisable or unvested portions of outstanding Options and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof held by Optionees whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. The exercise or vesting of any Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement.

9. PROVISION OF INFORMATION.

At least annually, copies of the Company's balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

10. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAW.

The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a

13

EXHIBIT 10.2

registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

11. TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN.

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company's stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company's stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Option unless expressly provided by the Board. In any event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

14

PLAN HISTORY


NETGEAR, INC.
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

NETGEAR, Inc. has granted to the individual (the "OPTIONEE") named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the "NOTICE") to which this Stock Option Agreement (the "OPTION AGREEMENT") is attached an option (the "OPTION") to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the NetGear, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "PLAN"), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan, and this Option Agreement, including the Effect of Termination of Service set forth in Section 7 and the Right of First Refusal set forth in Section 11, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement, and (d) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement.

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 DEFINITIONS. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 CONSTRUCTION. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term "or" is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

2. TAX CONSEQUENCES.

2.1 TAX STATUS OF OPTION. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee's own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

1

(b) NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO FAIR MARKET VALUE LIMITATION. If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

3. ADMINISTRATION.

All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

4. EXERCISE OF THE OPTION.

4.1 RIGHT TO EXERCISE. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Date of Option Grant and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company's repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares.

2

4.2 METHOD OF EXERCISE. Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee's investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3 PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE.

(a) FORMS OF CONSIDERATION AUTHORIZED. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) LIMITATIONS ON FORMS OF CONSIDERATION.

(i) TENDER OF STOCK. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) CASHLESS EXERCISE. A "CASHLESS EXERCISE" means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

3

4.4 TAX WITHHOLDING. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

4.5 CERTIFICATE REGISTRATION. Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

4.6 RESTRICTIONS ON GRANT OF THE OPTION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 FRACTIONAL SHARES. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

4

5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION.

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee's will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

6. TERMINATION OF THE OPTION.

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee's Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in
Section 8.

7. EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE.

7.1 OPTION EXERCISABILITY.

(a) DISABILITY. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) DEATH. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee's death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve
(12) months after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee's termination of Service.

(c) OTHER TERMINATION OF SERVICE. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

5

7.2 EXTENSION IF EXERCISE PREVENTED BY LAW. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.3 EXTENSION IF OPTIONEE SUBJECT TO SECTION 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

8. CHANGE IN CONTROL.

In the event of a Change in Control, the Acquiring Corporation may either assume the Company's rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation's stock. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

9. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the "NEW SHARES"), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

6

10. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT.

The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee's employment is "at will" and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee's Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

11. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.

11.1 GRANT OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. Except as provided in Section 11.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee's legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option (the "TRANSFER SHARES") to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the "RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL").

11.2 NOTICE OF PROPOSED TRANSFER. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the "TRANSFER NOTICE") to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the "PROPOSED TRANSFEREE") and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

11.3 BONA FIDE TRANSFER. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee's failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure

7

described in this Section 11. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

11.4 EXERCISE OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company's exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company's right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

11.5 FAILURE TO EXERCISE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6 TRANSFEREES OF TRANSFER SHARES. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect

8

to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

11.7 TRANSFERS NOT SUBJECT TO RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11.8 ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.9 EARLY TERMINATION OF RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company's rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation's stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A "PUBLIC MARKET" shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

12. STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT.

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee's ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

13. NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless

9

otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee's name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company's stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

14. LEGENDS.

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1 "THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT."

14.2 "THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER'S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION."

14.3 If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option: "THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED ("ISO"). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO THE LATER OF TWO YEARS AFTER THE DATE OF OPTION GRANT OR ONE YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF EXERCISE. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO

10

TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER'S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE."

15. LOCK-UP AGREEMENT.

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

16. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

17. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

17.1 BINDING EFFECT. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.2 TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

11

17.3 NOTICES. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party's signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

17.4 INTEGRATED AGREEMENT. The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

17.5 APPLICABLE LAW. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

17.6 COUNTERPARTS. The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

12

(TM) Incentive Stock Option                 Optionee:___________________________

(TM) Nonstatutory Stock Option
                                                 Date:__________________________

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

NETGEAR, Inc.
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. OPTION. I was granted an option (the "OPTION") to purchase shares of the common stock (the "SHARES") of NetGear, Inc. (the "COMPANY") pursuant to the Company's 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "PLAN"), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the "NOTICE") and my Stock Option Agreement (the "OPTION AGREEMENT") as follows:

Grant Number:                       __________________________

Date of Option Grant:               __________________________

Number of Option Shares:            __________________________

Exercise Price per Share:           $_________________________

2. COMPLIANCE WITH PLAN. I hereby certify to the Company that I have complied with all of the provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreement, including without limitation the provisions related to the cancellation and recission of Options set forth in Section 6.8 of the Plan. I understand and acknowledge that if I have not complied with the Plan or the Option Agreement, I may be required to pay to the Company an amount equal to any gain I realize on exercise of the Option in accordance with the Plan.

3. EXERCISE OF OPTION. I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares in accordance with the Notice and the Option Agreement:

Total Shares Purchased:             __________________________

Total Exercise Price (Total
  Shares X Price per Share)         $_________________________

1

4. PAYMENTS. I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

(TM) Cash:                          $_________________________

(TM) Check:                         $_________________________

(TM) Tender of Company Stock:       Contact Plan Administrator

5. TAX WITHHOLDING. I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option.

6. OPTIONEE INFORMATION.

My address is:________________________________________________


My Social Security Number is:_________________________________

7. NOTICE OF DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION. If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

8. BINDING EFFECT. I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9. TRANSFER. I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company. I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

2

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

Very truly yours,


(Signature)

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

NETGEAR, Inc.

By:__________________________________________

Title:_______________________________________

Dated:_______________________________________

3

EXHIBIT 10.3

NETGEAR, INC.

2003 STOCK PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this 2003 Stock Plan are:

- to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

- to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

- to promote the success of the Company's business.

Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Purchase Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) "Administrator" means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) "Applicable Laws" means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) "Change in Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding voting securities;

(ii) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets;

(iii) A change in the composition of the Board occurring within a two-year period, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. "Incumbent Directors" means directors who either (A) are Directors as of the effective date of the Plan, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least


a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of directors to the Company); or

(iv) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

(e) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) "Committee" means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(g) "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company.

(h) "Company" means NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(i) "Consultant" means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services to such entity.

(j) "Director" means a member of the Board.

(k) "Disability" means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(l) "Employee" means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute "employment" by the Company.

(m) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq

-2-

SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(o) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(p) "Inside Director" means a Director who is an Employee.

(q) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(r) "Notice of Grant" means a written or electronic notice evidencing certain terms and conditions of an individual Option or Stock Purchase Right grant. The Notice of Grant is part of the Option Agreement.

(s) "Officer" means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(t) "Option" means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u) "Option Agreement" means an agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(v) "Optioned Stock" means the Common Stock subject to an Option, Stock Purchase Right, or Stock Appreciation Right.

(w) "Optionee" means the holder of an outstanding Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan.

(x) "Outside Director" means a Director who is not an Employee.

(y) "Parent" means a "parent corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(z) "Plan" means this 2003 Stock Plan.

-3-

(aa) "Qualifying Board Retirement" means an Outside Director's termination from the Board, including pursuant to the Outside Director's death or Disability, if such termination follows (i) five full years of Board service and attainment of age 62 or greater, or (ii) ten full years of Board service.

(bb) "Restricted Stock" means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of Stock Purchase Rights under Section 11 of the Plan.

(cc) "Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement" means a written agreement between the Company and the Optionee evidencing the terms and restrictions applying to stock purchased under a Stock Purchase Right. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Notice of Grant.

(dd) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ee) "SAR Agreement" means an agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual SAR grant. The SAR Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Notice of Grant.

(ff) "Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR" means an award that pursuant to Section 12 is designated as a SAR.

(gg) "Section 16(b)" means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(hh) "Service Provider" means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(ii) "Share" means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 15 of the Plan.

(jj) "Stock Purchase Right" means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan, as evidenced by a Notice of Grant.

(kk) "Subsidiary" means a "subsidiary corporation", whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be optioned and sold under the Plan is 750,000 Shares plus (a) any Shares which have been reserved but not issued under the Company's 2000 Stock Option Plan (the "2000 Plan") as of the date of stockholder approval of this Plan and (b) any Shares returned to the 2000 Plan as a result of termination of options or repurchase of Shares issued under the 2000 Plan.

-4-

If an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated); provided, however, that Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, whether upon exercise of an Option or right, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of Restricted Stock are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan.

(a) Procedure.

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii) Section 162(m). To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Options granted hereunder as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee of two or more "outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Rule 16b-3. To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder shall be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee shall be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, Stock Purchase Right and Stock Appreciation Right granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any

-5-

restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right or the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vi) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(vii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(viii) to modify or amend each Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right (subject to Section 17(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Options longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan;

(ix) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by an Optionee to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

(x) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right previously granted by the Administrator;

(xi) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator's Decision. The Administrator's decisions, determinations and interpretations shall be final and binding on all Optionees and any other holders of Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights.

5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Limitations.

(a) Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this
Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be

-6-

taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) Neither the Plan nor any Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right shall confer upon an Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee's relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall they interfere in any way with the Optionee's right or the Company's right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause.

(c) The following limitations shall apply to grants of Options:

(i) No Service Provider shall be granted, in any fiscal year of the Company, Options to purchase more than 750,000 Shares.

(ii) In connection with his or her initial service, a Service Provider may be granted Options to purchase up to an additional 750,000 Shares, which shall not count against the limit set forth in subsection (i) above.

(iii) The foregoing limitations shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company's capitalization as described in Section 15.

(iv) If an Option is cancelled in the same fiscal year of the Company in which it was granted (other than in connection with a transaction described in Section 15), the cancelled Option will be counted against the limits set forth in subsections (i) and (ii) above. For this purpose, if the exercise price of an Option is reduced, the transaction will be treated as a cancellation of the Option and the grant of a new Option.

7. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years unless terminated earlier under Section 17 of the Plan.

8. Term of Option. The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(a) Exercise Price. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(1) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all

-7-

classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(2) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be determined by the Administrator. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option intended to qualify as "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

(b) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator shall fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and shall determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(c) Form of Consideration. The Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator shall determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist, subject to Applicable Laws, entirely of:

(i) cash;

(ii) check;

(iii) promissory note;

(iv) other Shares which, in the case of Shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, (A) have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (B) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised;

(v) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;

(vi) a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the Optionee, including any liability attributable to the Optionee's participation in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or arrangement;

(vii) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or

(viii) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

-8-

10. Exercise of Option.

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives:
(i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner shall decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Optionee's death or Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(c) Disability of Optionee. If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee's Disability, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee's termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise

-9-

his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(d) Death of Optionee. If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Optionee's death within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by the Optionee's designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee's death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee's estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee's will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Optionee's death. If, at the time of death, Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, an Optionee's service shall be deemed to have terminated as a result of Optionee's death if Optionee dies at any time prior to the expiration of the time period specified in the Option Agreement or, if no time period is specified in the Option Agreement, at any time prior to the expiration of three
(3) months following the date on which Optionee ceased to be a Service Provider.

11. Stock Purchase Rights.

(a) Rights to Purchase. Stock Purchase Rights may be issued either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the Plan. All Stock Purchase Rights must have a purchase price of not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares. After the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing or electronically, by means of a Notice of Grant, of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that the offeree shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which the offeree must accept such offer. The offer shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.

(b) Repurchase Option. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser's service with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability). The purchase price for Shares repurchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of any indebtedness of the purchaser to the Company. The repurchase option shall lapse at a rate determined by the Administrator.

(c) Other Provisions. The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

-10-

(d) Rights as a Stockholder. Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

12. Stock Appreciation Rights. Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by a SAR Agreement that shall specify the terms of the SAR, the conditions of exercise, the expiration date, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Sections 9(c) and 10 of the Plan also shall apply to SARs. Upon exercise of a SAR, an Optionee shall be entitled to receive a payment from the Company (at the discretion of the Administrator, in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof) in an amount determined by multiplying (i) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price, by (ii) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

13. Transferability of Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator makes an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right transferable, such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

14. Formula Option Grants to Outside Directors. All grants of Options to Outside Directors pursuant to this Section shall be automatic and nondiscretionary and shall be made strictly in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) All Options granted pursuant to this Section shall be Nonstatutory Stock Options and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall be subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan.

(b) No person shall have any discretion to select which Outside Directors shall be granted Options under this Section or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by such Options.

(c) Each person who first becomes an Outside Director following the effective date of this Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 7 hereof, shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase 25,000 Shares (the "First Option") or the date on which such person first becomes an Outside Director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy; provided, however, that an Inside Director who ceases to be an Inside Director but who remains a Director shall not receive a First Option.

(d) Each Outside Director shall be automatically granted an Option to purchase 15,000 Shares (an "Annual Option") on each date of the annual meeting of the stockholders

-11-

of the Company, if as of such date, he or she shall have served on the Board for at least the preceding six (6) months.

(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (c) and (d) hereof, any exercise of an Option granted before the Company has obtained stockholder approval of the Plan in accordance with Section 21 hereof shall be conditioned upon obtaining such stockholder approval of the Plan in accordance with Section 21 hereof.

(f) The terms of each First Option granted pursuant to this
Section shall be as follows:

(i) the term of the First Option shall be ten (10) years.

(ii) the exercise price per Share shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant of the First Option.

(g) subject to Section 15 hereof, the First Option shall vest and become exercisable as to 1/3rd of the Shares subject to the First Option on each anniversary of its date of grant, so as to be 100% vested on the third anniversary of the date of grant, provided that the Optionee continues to serve as a Director on such dates.

(h) The terms of each Annual Option granted pursuant to this
Section shall be as follows:

(i) the term of the Annual Option shall be ten (10) years.

(ii) the exercise price per Share shall be 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant of the Annual Option.

(iii) subject to Section 15 hereof, the Annual Option shall vest and become exercisable as to 100% of the Shares covered by the Annual Option on the date of the next annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company, provided that the Optionee continues to serve as a Director through such date.

(i) The First Option and Annual Option shall remain exercisable, to the extent vested on the date of termination of Board service, for one year following such termination date (but in no event longer than the original term of the Option); provided, however, that in the event of a Qualifying Board Retirement, such Options shall remain exercisable, to the extent vested on the date of termination of Board service, for five years following such termination (but in no event longer than the original term of the Option).

15. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution or Liquidation or Change in Control.

(a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the stockholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options, Stock Purchase Rights or Stock Appreciation Rights have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an

-12-

Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right, the number of Shares that may be added annually to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(i), the number of shares which may be granted pursuant to the automatic grant provisions of
Section 14 and the number of shares of Common Stock as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option or Stock Appreciation Right until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option or Stock Appreciation Right would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Option, Stock Purchase Right (or restricted stock issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right) and Stock Appreciation Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. With respect to Options or SARs granted to an Outside Director under the Plan, such Options or SARs shall vest in full upon a Change in Control.

In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, Stock Purchase Right (or restricted stock issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right) or Stock Appreciation Right, the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Option, Stock Purchase Right (or restricted stock issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right) or Stock Appreciation Right as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option, Stock Purchase Right (or restricted stock issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right) or Stock Appreciation Right becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and the Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right

-13-

shall terminate upon the expiration of such period, or with respect to restricted stock issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right, that such restricted stock shall become 100% vested immediately prior to the Change in Control.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), the Option, Stock Purchase Right (or restricted stock issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right) or Stock Appreciation Right shall be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the option or right confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option, Stock Purchase Right (or restricted stock issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right) or Stock Appreciation Right immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) or, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right upon the exercise of which the Administrator determines to pay cash, the fair market value of the consideration, received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, Stock Purchase Right (or restricted stock issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right) or Stock Appreciation Right, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option, Stock Purchase Right (or restricted stock issued pursuant to a Stock Purchase Right) or Stock Appreciation Right, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

16. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right shall be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be provided to each Optionee within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

17. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws. The Company shall not effect an option or SAR repricing or underwater option or SAR exchange with respect to Options or SARs granted under the Plan without first obtaining stockholder approval thereof.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator's ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options, Stock Purchase Rights and Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

-14-

18. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a) Legal Compliance. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right unless the exercise of such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right, the Company may require the person exercising such Option, Stock Purchase Right or Stock Appreciation Right to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

19. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

20. Reservation of Shares. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

21. Stockholder Approval. The Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

-15-

NETGEAR, INC.

2003 STOCK PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2003 Stock Plan shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement.

I. NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

[OPTIONEE'S NAME AND ADDRESS]

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

Grant Number
                                        ---------------------------------------
Date of Grant
                                        ---------------------------------------
Vesting Commencement Date
                                        ---------------------------------------
Exercise Price per Share               $
                                        ---------------------------------------
Total Number of Shares Granted
                                        ---------------------------------------
Total Exercise Price                   $
                                        ---------------------------------------
Type of Option:                              Incentive Stock Option
                                        -----
                                             Nonstatutory Stock Option
                                        -----

      Term/Expiration Date:
                                        ---------------------------------------

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[25% OF THE SHARES SUBJECT TO THE OPTION SHALL VEST TWELVE MONTHS AFTER

THE VESTING COMMENCEMENT DATE, AND 1/48 OF THE SHARES SUBJECT TO THE OPTION SHALL VEST EACH MONTH THEREAFTER, SUBJECT TO THE OPTIONEE CONTINUING TO BE A SERVICE PROVIDER ON SUCH DATES].


Termination Period:

This Option may be exercised for [THREE MONTHS] after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. Upon the death or Disability of the Optionee, this Option may be exercised for [TWELVE MONTHS] after Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider. In no event shall this Option be exercised later than the Term/Expiration Date as provided above.

II. AGREEMENT

A. Grant of Option.

The Plan Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Optionee named in the Notice of Grant attached as Part I of this Agreement (the "Optionee") an option (the "Option") to purchase the number of Shares, as set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the "Exercise Price"), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 16(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Grant as an Incentive Stock Option ("ISO"), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under
Section 422 of the Code. However, if this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option ("NSO").

B. Exercise of Option.

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit A (the "Exercise Notice"), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the "Exercised Shares"), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be completed by the Optionee and delivered to the Stock Administrator of the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

-2-

C. Method of Payment.

Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

1. cash; or

2. check; or

3. consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

4. surrender of other Shares which (i) in the case of Shares acquired either directly or indirectly from the Company, have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, and (ii) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

D. Non-Transferability of Option.

This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

E. Term of Option.

This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

F. Tax Obligations.

(a) Withholding Taxes. Optionee agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Optionee herein is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two years after the Date of Grant, or (2) the date one year after the date of exercise, the Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Optionee agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by the Optionee.

G. Entire Agreement; Governing Law.

-3-

The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee's interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

H. NO GUARANTEE OF CONTINUED SERVICE.

OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED AN OPTION OR PURCHASING SHARES HEREUNDER). OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE WITH OPTIONEE'S RIGHT OR THE COMPANY'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE OPTIONEE'S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

By your signature and the signature of the Company's representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and Option Agreement. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

OPTIONEE:                               NETGEAR, INC.


-------------------------------------         ----------------------------------
Signature                               By


-------------------------------------         ----------------------------------
Print Name                              Title


-------------------------------------
Residence Address


-------------------------------------

-4-

EXHIBIT A

NETGEAR, INC.

2003 STOCK PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

NETGEAR, Inc.
4500 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attention: Stock Administrator

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, ---------------,

-------, the undersigned ("Purchaser") hereby elects to purchase shares (the "Shares") of the Common Stock of NETGEAR, Inc. (the "Company") under and pursuant to the 2003 Stock Plan (the "Plan") and the Stock Option Agreement dated, (the "Option Agreement"). Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan, the purchase price for the Shares shall be $ , as required by the Option Agreement.

2. Delivery of Payment. Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price for the Shares.

3. Representations of Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4. Rights as Shareholder. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired shall be issued to the Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

5. Tax Consultation. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser's purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.


6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser's interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

Submitted by:                              Accepted by:

PURCHASER:                                 NETGEAR, INC.


----------------------------------         ------------------------------------
Signature                                  By

----------------------------------         ------------------------------------
Print Name                                 Its

Address:                                   Address:

                                           4500 Great America Parkway
----------------------------------
                                           Santa Clara, CA  95054
----------------------------------

                                           ----------------------------------
                                           Date Received

-2-

EXHIBIT 10.4

NETGEAR, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The following constitute the provisions of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan of NETGEAR, Inc.

1. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock of the Company through accumulated payroll deductions. It is the intention of the Company to have the Plan qualify as an "Employee Stock Purchase Plan" under Section 423 of the Code. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, shall be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423.

2. Definitions.

(a) "Administrator" shall mean the Board or any Committee designated by the Board to administer the plan pursuant to Section 14.

(b) "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) "Change of Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company's then outstanding voting securities;

(ii) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets;

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company, with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company, or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(iv) A change in the composition of the Board, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the Directors are Incumbent Directors. "Incumbent Directors" shall mean Directors who either (A) are Directors of the Company, as applicable, as of the date hereof, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of those Directors whose election or nomination was not in connection with any transaction described


in subsections (i), (ii) or (iii) or in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the election of Directors of the Company.

(d) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) "Committee" means a committee appointed by the Board.

(f) "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company.

(g) "Company" shall mean NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(h) "Compensation" shall mean all base straight time gross earnings, commissions, overtime and shift premiums, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses and other compensation.

(i) "Designated Subsidiary" shall mean any Subsidiary selected by the Administrator as eligible to participate in the Plan.

(j) "Director" shall mean a member of the Board.

(k) "Eligible Employee" shall mean any individual who is a common law employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary and whose customary employment with the Company or Designated Subsidiary is at least twenty (20) hours per week and more than five (5) months in any calendar year. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company. Where the period of leave exceeds 90 days and the individual's right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the 91st day of such leave.

(l) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(m) "Exercise Date" shall mean the first Trading Day on or after
[January 31 and July 31] of each year. The first Exercise Date under the Plan shall be [January 31, 2004].

(n) "Fair Market Value" shall mean, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable;

-2-

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Board; or

(IV) [FOR PURPOSES OF THE OFFERING DATE OF THE FIRST OFFERING PERIOD UNDER THE PLAN, THE FAIR MARKET VALUE SHALL BE THE INITIAL PRICE TO THE PUBLIC AS SET FORTH IN THE FINAL PROSPECTUS INCLUDED WITHIN THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT IN FORM S-1 FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION FOR THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK (THE "REGISTRATION STATEMENT").]

(o) "Offering Date" shall mean the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

(p) "Offering Periods" shall mean the periods of approximately
[six (6)] months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, commencing on the first Trading Day on or after [February 1 and August 1] of each year and terminating on the first Trading Day on or before the following January 31 and July 31 respectively; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan shall commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission declares the Company's registration statement on Form S-1 effective and ending on the first Trading Day on or before [January 31, 2004] and the second Offering Period under the Plan shall commence on the first Trading Day on or after [February 1, 2004]. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be changed pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan.

(q) "Plan" shall mean this Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(r) "Purchase Price" shall mean 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided however, that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Section 20.

(s) "Subsidiary" shall mean a "subsidiary corporation," whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(t) "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which national stock exchanges and the Nasdaq System are open for trading.

3. Eligibility.

(a) First Offering Period. Any individual who is an Eligible Employee immediately prior to the first Offering Period shall be automatically enrolled in the first Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods. Any Eligible Employee on a given Offering Date shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(c) Limitations. Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no Eligible Employee shall be granted an option under the Plan
(i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any

-3-

Subsidiary, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans of the Company and its subsidiaries accrues at a rate which exceeds Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) worth of stock (determined at the fair market value of the shares at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time.

4. Offering Periods. The Plan shall be implemented by consecutive Offering Periods with a new Offering Period commencing on the first Trading Day on or before [February 1 and August 1] of each year, or on such other date as the Board shall determine, and continuing thereafter until terminated in accordance with Section 20 hereof; provided, however, that the first Offering Period under the Plan shall commence with the first Trading Day on or after the date upon which the Company's registration statement on Form S-1 is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission and end on the first Trading Day on or before [January 31, 2004]. The Board shall have the power to change the duration of Offering Periods (including the commencement dates thereof) with respect to future offerings without shareholder approval if such change is announced prior to the scheduled beginning of the first Offering Period to be affected thereafter.

5. Participation.

(a) First Offering Period. An Eligible Employee shall be entitled to participate in the first Offering Period only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in the form of Exhibit A to this Plan (i) no earlier than the effective date of the Form S-8 registration statement with respect to the issuance of Common Stock under this Plan and (ii) no later than five (5) business days from the effective date of such S-8 registration statement (the "Enrollment Window"). An Eligible Employee's failure to submit the subscription agreement during the Enrollment Window shall result in the automatic termination of such individual's participation in the Offering Period.

(b) Subsequent Offering Periods. An Eligible Employee may become a participant in the Plan by completing a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in the form of Exhibit A to this Plan and filing it with the Company's payroll office prior to the applicable Offering Date.

6. Payroll Deductions.

(a) At the time a participant files his or her subscription agreement, he or she shall elect to have payroll deductions made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding [10]% of the Compensation which he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period; provided, however, that should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a participant shall have the payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the new Offering Period. A participant's subscription agreement shall remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(b) Payroll deductions for a participant shall commence on the first payday following the Offering Date and shall end on the last payday in the Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions shall commence on the first payday on or following the end of the Enrollment Window.

-4-

(c) All payroll deductions made for a participant shall be credited to his or her account under the Plan and shall be withheld in whole percentages only. A participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

(d) A participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 10 hereof, or may increase or decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions during the Offering Period by completing or filing with the Company a new subscription agreement authorizing a change in payroll deduction rate. The Administrator may, in its discretion, limit the nature and/or number of participation rate changes during any Offering Period. The change in rate shall be effective with the first full payroll period following five (5) business days after the Company's receipt of the new subscription agreement unless the Company elects to process a given change in participation more quickly.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(b) hereof, a participant's payroll deductions may be decreased to zero percent (0%) at any time during an Offering Period. Payroll deductions shall recommence at the rate provided in such participant's subscription agreement at the beginning of the first Offering Period which is scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the participant as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(f) At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Company's Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of, the participant must make adequate provision for the Company's federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock. At any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the participant's compensation the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee.

7. Grant of Option. On the Offering Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of the Company's Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee's payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Participant's account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event shall an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase during each Offering Period more than [ ] shares of the Company's Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 19), and provided further that such purchase shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(b) and 12 hereof. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option by turning in a completed Subscription Agreement (attached hereto as Exhibit A) to the Company on or prior to an Offering Date, or with respect to the first Offering Period, prior to the last day of the Enrollment Window. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of the Company's Common Stock an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Offering Period. Exercise of the option shall occur as provided in Section 8 hereof, unless the participant has withdrawn pursuant to
Section 10 hereof. The option shall expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

-5-

8. Exercise of Option.

(a) Unless a participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in
Section 10 hereof, his or her option for the purchase of shares shall be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to option shall be purchased for such participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her account. No fractional shares shall be purchased; any payroll deductions accumulated in a participant's account which are not sufficient to purchase a full share shall be retained in the participant's account for the subsequent Offering Period, subject to earlier withdrawal by the participant as provided in
Section 10 hereof. Any other funds left over in a participant's account after the Exercise Date shall be returned to the participant. During a participant's lifetime, a participant's option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

(b) If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Offering Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (x) provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Offering Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (y) provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on such Offering Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 20 hereof. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Offering Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company's shareholders subsequent to such Offering Date.

9. Delivery. As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares occurs, the Company shall arrange the delivery to each participant the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator, including by means of electronic notice.

10. Withdrawal.

(a) A participant may withdraw all but not less than all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Company in the form of Exhibit B to this Plan. All of the participant's payroll deductions credited to his or her account shall be paid to such participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such participant's option for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares shall be made for such Offering Period. If a participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period unless the participant delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement.

-6-

(b) A participant's withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan which may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods which commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the participant withdraws.

11. Termination of Employment. In the event a participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, as applicable, his or her option shall remain exercisable for a period of three (3) months from the date of such Eligible Employee's termination. Upon the expiration of such three (3) month period or a date prior to the expiration of such three (3) month period if requested by the participant, any payroll deductions credited to such participant's account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares under the Plan shall be returned to such participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 15 hereof, and such participant's option shall be automatically terminated.

12. Interest. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a participant in the Plan.

13. Stock.

(a) Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 19 hereof, the maximum number of shares of the Company's Common Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan shall be [ ].

(b) Until the shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a participant shall only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to such shares.

(c) Shares to be delivered to a participant under the Plan shall be registered in the name of the participant or in the name of the participant and his or her spouse.

14. Administration. The Administrator shall administer the Plan and shall have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Administrator shall, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties.

15. Designation of Beneficiary.

(a) A participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the participant's account under the Plan in the event of such participant's death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such participant of such shares and cash. In addition, a participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the participant's account under the Plan

-7-

in the event of such participant's death prior to exercise of the option. If a participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent shall be required for such designation to be effective.

(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the participant at any time by written notice. In the event of the death of a participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such participant's death, the Company shall deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

(c) All beneficiary designations shall be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time.

16. Transferability. Neither payroll deductions credited to a participant's account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 15 hereof) by the participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 10 hereof.

17. Use of Funds. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions. Until shares are issued, participants shall only have the rights of an unsecured creditor.

18. Reports. Individual accounts shall be maintained for each participant in the Plan. Statements of account shall be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

19. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Liquidation or Change of Control.

(a) Changes in Capitalization. Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the maximum number of shares of the Company's Common Stock which shall be made available for sale under the Plan, the maximum number of shares each participant may purchase each Offering Period (pursuant to
Section 7), the number of shares that may be added annually to the shares reserved under the Plan (pursuant to Section 13(a)), as well as the price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other change in the number of shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been

-8-

"effected without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an option.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Offering Period then in progress shall be shortened by setting a new Exercise Date (the "New Exercise Date"), and shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company's proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator shall notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the participant's option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the participant's option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

(c) Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, each outstanding option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the option, any Offering Periods then in progress shall be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date and any Offering Periods then in progress shall end on the New Exercise Date. The New Exercise Date shall be before the date of the Company's proposed Change of Control. The Administrator shall notify each participant in writing, at least ten (10) business days prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the participant's option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the participant's option shall be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 10 hereof.

20. Amendment or Termination.

(a) The Administrator may at any time and for any reason terminate or amend the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no such termination can affect options previously granted, provided that an Offering Period may be terminated by the Administrator on any Exercise Date if the Administrator determines that the termination of the Offering Period or the Plan is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. Except as provided in
Section 19 and this Section 20 hereof, no amendment may make any change in any option theretofore granted which adversely affects the rights of any participant. To the extent necessary to comply with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other applicable law, regulation or stock exchange rule), the Company shall obtain shareholder approval in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

(b) Without shareholder consent and without regard to whether any participant rights may be considered to have been "adversely affected," the Administrator shall be entitled to change the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a

-9-

participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company's processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the participant's Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan.

(c) In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Board may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

(i) increasing the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

(ii) shortening any Offering Period so that Offering Period ends on a new Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Board action; and

(iii) allocating shares.

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Plan participants.

21. Notices. All notices or other communications by a participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

22. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

23. Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective upon the earlier to occur of its adoption by the Board of Directors or its approval by the shareholders of the Company. It shall continue in effect until terminated under
Section 20 hereof.

-10-

EXHIBIT 10.4

EXHIBIT A

NETGEAR, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

_____ Original Application Offering Date:___________ _____ Change in Payroll Deduction Rate
_____ Change of Beneficiary(ies)

1. ____________________ hereby elects to participate in the NetGear, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Employee Stock Purchase Plan") and subscribes to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock in accordance with this Subscription Agreement and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

2. I hereby authorize payroll deductions from each paycheck in the amount of ____% of my Compensation on each payday (from 0 to [10]%) during the Offering Period in accordance with the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(Please note that no fractional percentages are permitted.)

3. I understand that said payroll deductions shall be accumulated for the purchase of shares of Common Stock at the applicable Purchase Price determined in accordance with the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. I understand that if I do not withdraw from an Offering Period, any accumulated payroll deductions will be used to automatically exercise my option.

4. I have received a copy of the complete Employee Stock Purchase Plan. I understand that my participation in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan is in all respects subject to the terms of the Plan. I understand that my ability to exercise the option under this Subscription Agreement is subject to shareholder approval of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

5. Shares purchased for me under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan should be issued in the name(s) of (Eligible Employee or Eligible Employee and Spouse only).

6. I understand that if I dispose of any shares received by me pursuant to the Plan within 2 years after the Offering Date (the first day of the Offering Period during which I purchased such shares), I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received ordinary income at the time of such disposition in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time such shares were purchased by me over the price which I paid for the shares. I hereby agree to notify the Company in writing within 30 days after the date of any disposition of my shares and I will make adequate provision for Federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the disposition of the Common Stock. The


Company may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from my compensation the amount necessary to meet any applicable withholding obligation including any withholding necessary to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by me. If I dispose of such shares at any time after the expiration of the 2-year holding period, I understand that I will be treated for federal income tax purposes as having received income only at the time of such disposition, and that such income will be taxed as ordinary income only to the extent of an amount equal to the lesser of (1) the excess of the fair market value of the shares at the time of such disposition over the purchase price which I paid for the shares, or (2) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the first day of the Offering Period. The remainder of the gain, if any, recognized on such disposition will be taxed as capital gain.

7. I hereby agree to be bound by the terms of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The effectiveness of this Subscription Agreement is dependent upon my eligibility to participate in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

8. In the event of my death, I hereby designate the following as my beneficiary(ies) to receive all payments and shares due me under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan:

NAME: (please print)______________________________________________________


(First) (Middle) (Last)

____________________________          ____________________________________
Relationship

____________________________          ____________________________________
Percentage of Benefit                 (Address)

NAME: (please print)______________________________________________________


(First) (Middle) (Last)

____________________________          ____________________________________
Relationship

____________________________          ____________________________________
Percentage of Benefit                 (Address)

-2-

Employee's Social
Security Number:                   ____________________________________

Employee's Address:                ____________________________________

                                   ____________________________________

                                   ____________________________________

I UNDERSTAND THAT THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT SHALL REMAIN IN EFFECT THROUGHOUT SUCCESSIVE OFFERING PERIODS UNLESS TERMINATED BY ME.

Dated:_________________________             ____________________________________
                                            Signature of Employee

                                            ____________________________________
                                            Spouse's Signature
                                            (If beneficiary other than spouse)

-3-

EXHIBIT 10.4

EXHIBIT B

NETGEAR, INC.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

NOTICE OF WITHDRAWAL

The undersigned participant in the Offering Period of the NETGEAR, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan which began on ____________, ______ (the "Offering Date") hereby notifies the Company that he or she hereby withdraws from the Offering Period. He or she hereby directs the Company to pay to the undersigned as promptly as practicable all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account with respect to such Offering Period. The undersigned understands and agrees that his or her option for such Offering Period will be automatically terminated. The undersigned understands further that no further payroll deductions will be made for the purchase of shares in the current Offering Period and the undersigned shall be eligible to participate in succeeding Offering Periods only by delivering to the Company a new Subscription Agreement.

Name and Address of Participant:




Signature:


Date:_______________________________


Exhibit 10.5

December 3, 1999

Patrick Lo
19831 Lanark Lane
Saratoga, Ca. 95070

RE: EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Dear Patrick:

Conditioned on Netgear, Inc. (the "Company") closing a private offering of its outstanding common stock ("Private Offering") and on your resignation from Nortel Networks NA Inc. or its successor corporation, Netgear, Inc.'s Board of Directors extends you the following offer of employment as further set forth in the following.

1. Position and Duties. You will be employed by Netgear, Inc. ("Company") as its Chief Executive Officer and President, reporting to the Company's Board of Directors (the "Board"). You accept employment with the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and you agree to devote your full business time, energy and skill to your duties at the Company. Your duties will include, but not be limited to, those duties normally performed by a chief executive officer, as well as any other reasonable duties that may be assigned to you from time to time by the Board.

2. Term of Employment. Your employment with the Company will start on the later to occur of the day that the Company completes its Private Offering or the day your resignation from Nortel Networks NA Inc. ("NNNA") becomes effective. Thereafter your employment with the Company will be for no specified term, and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 4 and 5 below.

3. Compensation. You will be compensated by the Company for your services as follows:

(a) Salary: You will be paid an annual salary of $180,000.00 (one hundred eighty thousand dollars), less applicable withholding and taxes, in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. Your salary will be reviewed by the Board from time to time (but no more frequently than annually), and may be subject to adjustment based upon various factors including, but not limited to, your performance and the Company's profitability. Any adjustment to your salary shall be in the sole discretion of the Board.


Patrick Lo
December 3, 1999

Page 2

(b) MBO Bonus: You will be eligible to receive annual target bonus of $66,500.00 (sixty six thousand five hundred dollars) per year based upon the Company's achievement of various financial and/or other goals established by the Board. The objectives that govern your bonus eligibility for this year will be communicated to you in writing by the Board within 60 days following the start of your employment. During this initial year of your employment, you will have quarterly MBO goals. To the extent earned (which requires that you be employed by the Company on the last day of the applicable quarter), bonuses will be paid to you on the later of 30 days after (i) the end of the applicable quarter (or year), or (ii) the date on which the financial or other data necessary to determine your entitlement to the bonus becomes available. Please note that your MBO bonus payments will be prorated based on the number of days that you were employed by the Company during any relevant quarter in which you were not employed during the entire quarter. For the bonus payment due for the quarter ending on December 31, 1999 your MBO bonus payment will be prorated based on the number of days that you were employed by the Company only if you received a partial MBO payment from Nortel upon your resignation from Nortel. All MBO bonuses will be subject to applicable withholding and taxes. The Board of Directors will have the discretion to change the schedule and number of MBO payments at any time and for any reason.

(c) Benefits: You will have the right, on the same basis as other employees of the Company, to participate in and to receive benefits under any Company medical, disability or other group insurance plans, as well as under the Company's business expense reimbursement and other policies. You will accrue paid vacation in accordance with the Company's vacation policy at the rate of 4 weeks per year. You will be allowed to start your employment with a credit of vacation hours equal to your unused vacation hours at the time of your termination from NNNA, net of any amount of vacation pay-out that you elect at the time of your termination from NNNA.

(d) Netgear, Inc. Stock Options: Following your written acceptance of these terms and subject to the completion of the Private Offering, you will be granted by the Board an option to purchase 3.30% of the fully diluted post private placement outstanding shares of Netgear, Inc. common stock under the Company's stock option plan at an exercise price per share calculated using the lower of: the valuation of the company agreed to in writing between the Company and the private investors participating in the Private Offering or $175,000,000.00 (one hundred seventy-five million dollars). Provided you remain employed by the Company, and contingent on the Company's Private Offering being completed, the vesting of these options will be as follows: these options will vest over a four year period with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the date you commence employment with the Company, and 1/48th of the shares vesting monthly for three years thereafter. In the event that the Company conducts an Initial Public Offering ("IPO") of stock before the first anniversary of your employment, then 10% of the shares would vest on the day of the IPO; 15% of the shares would vest on the first anniversary of the commencement of your employment; and 1/48th of the shares would vest monthly for three years thereafter. Your option will be governed by and subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's standard form of stock option agreement


Patrick Lo
December 3, 1999

Page 3

(which you will be required to sign in connection with the issuance of your option). In the event that the Private Offering is not completed, the Company may not offer you employment, and, in such case, the option grant shall not have occurred and your rights to such options will not accrue.

(i) If you are terminated without Cause (as defined below), you will be entitled to continue to have stock options vest during the one year period immediately following such termination.

(ii) If within one year following any Change of Control (as defined below), and (A) your employment is terminated without Cause, or (B) you resign from your employment for Good Reason (as defined below), you will receive full acceleration of any unvested portion of this Netgear, Inc. stock option.

(e) Nortel Networks Corporation Stock Options: Your Nortel Networks Corporation stock options will continue to vest as long as Netgear, Inc. remains an affiliate or subsidiary, as defined by IRS Code 424(f) of Nortel Networks Corporation subject to the terms and conditions of the 1986 Nortel Networks Corporation Stock Option Plan as amended and restated, and/or the 1994 Bay Networks, Inc. Stock Option Plan and as long as you remain an employee of Netgear, Inc.

4. Voluntary Termination. In the event that you voluntarily resign from your employment with the Company other than for Good Reason, or in the event that your employment terminates as a result of your death or disability (meaning that you are unable to perform your duties for any 90 days in any one year period as a result of a physical and/or mental impairment), you will be entitled to no compensation or benefits from the Company other than those earned under Paragraph 3 through the date of your termination. You agree that if you voluntarily terminate your employment with the Company for any reason, you will provide the Company with thirty days' written notice of your resignation. The Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive all or any part of such notice period and accept your resignation at an earlier date.

5. Other Termination. Your employment may be terminated under the circumstances set forth below.

(a) Termination for Cause: If your employment is terminated by the Company for Cause as defined below, you shall be entitled to no compensation or benefits from the Company other than those earned under Paragraph 3 through the date of your termination for Cause.

For purposes of this Agreement, a termination "for Cause" occurs if you are terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) theft, dishonesty, material misconduct, or any material violation of the Company's personnel policies and procedures, or falsification of any employment or Company records;
(ii) disclosure of the Company's confidential or proprietary


Patrick Lo
December 3, 1999

Page 4

information in violation of the Company's Invention and Proprietary Information Agreement; (iii) any intentional action by you which has a material detrimental effect on the Company's reputation or business; (iv) your failure or inability to perform any assigned duties after written notice from the Company to you of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability, which is not less than 90 days; or (v) your conviction (including any plea of guilty or no contest) for any criminal act that impairs your ability to perform your duties under this Agreement.

(b) Termination Without Cause: If your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (and not as a result of your death or disability), you will receive severance payments at your final base salary rate, less applicable withholding, until one year after the date of your termination without cause. Severance payments will be made in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. During the period in which you are receiving severance payments, you will have the option of continuing to participate in the Company's medical, dental and vision group health insurance coverage if you elect to have the premiums for this coverage deducted from your severance pay.

(c) Resignation for Good Reason: If, within one year following any Change of Control, you resign from your employment with the Company for Good Reason, you shall be entitled to receive the severance payments and health insurance premium payments described in subparagraph 5(b) and the accelerated vesting described in subparagraph 3(d).

6. Change of Control/Good Reason.

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if at any time after the Private Offering has occurred:

(i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company's then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

(ii) the Company (A) is party to a merger, consolidation or exchange of securities which results in the holders of voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company, the surviving entity or a parent of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or exchange, or (B) sells or disposes of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (or any transaction having similar effect is consummated), or (C) the individuals constituting the Board immediately prior to such merger,


Patrick Lo
December 3, 1999

Page 5

consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition shall cease to constitute at least 50% of the Board, unless the election of each director who was not a director prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this Agreement no Change of Control will have occurred due solely to the decrease or increase of any ownership of the Company by NNNA, its parent corporations, subsidiaries, or affiliates.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means any of the following conditions, which condition(s) remain(s) in effect 10 days after written notice to the Board from you of such condition(s):

(i) a decrease in your target annual compensation; or

(ii) a material, adverse change in your authority, responsibilities or duties, as measured against your authority, responsibilities or duties immediately prior to such change.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this Agreement in no event will you have Good Reason to resign due merely to a change of title or a change in your reporting caused by a change of control or discontinuance of any duties and responsibilities solely related to the operation of a public company.

7. Condition Precedent to Severance Benefits. As a condition of receiving severance benefits including, but not limited to, severance payments, continued stock vesting, acceleration of stock vesting or other benefits described in paragraphs 3(d) and 5, you will be required to sign a full release of all claims against the Company (except for any claims for workers' compensation benefits or claims for indemnity based upon acts or omissions committed by you in good faith during the course and scope of your employment with the Company) and an agreement not to compete against the Company for a period of one year, and not to solicit Company employees to seek employment outside the Company for a period of two years after your employment with the Company terminates.


Patrick Lo
December 3, 1999

Page 6

8. Confidential and Proprietary Information. As a condition of your employment, you agree to sign the Company's standard form of employee invention and proprietary information agreement.

9. Co-Employment: You acknowledge and agree that for the purposes of the provision of human resource services including employee relations, payroll and the provision of certain employee benefits that the Company will be in a co-employment relationship with TriNet Employer Group, Inc. ("TriNet"), and to that extent you will be in an employment relationship with the Company and TriNet. Nothing about this paragraph creates any new rights in your favor, nor any new obligations on the part of either TriNet or the Company not already contained in, nor otherwise modifies the terms and conditions of, the Service Agreement between the Company and TriNet.

10. Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this Agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination of age, disability or other discrimination), you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association of San Francisco, California. You and the Company hereby knowingly and willingly waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried to a judge or jury. Provided, however, that this arbitration provision shall not apply to any claims for injunctive relief by you or the Company.

11. Assignment. In view of the personal nature of the services to be performed under this Agreement by you, you cannot assign or transfer any of your obligations under this Agreement.

12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supercede all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company regarding your employment, whether written or oral.

13. Modification. This Agreement may only be modified or amended by a supplemental written agreement signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.


Patrick Lo
December 3, 1999

Page 7

Patrick, we look forward to working with you at Netgear, Inc. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this Agreement.

Sincerely,

Board of Directors of Netgear, Inc.

By: /s/ Illegible
    ------------------------
    Member of Board of Director,
    Netgear, Inc.

I agree to and accept employment with Netgear, Inc. on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

Date:  12/3          , 1999           /s/ Patrick Lo
     ----------------                 ----------------------
                                      Patrick Lo


Exhibit 10.6

NETGEAR, INC.

RAY ROBIDOUX EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of JULY 15, 2002, (the "EFFECTIVE DATE") by and between NETGEAR INC. (the "COMPANY"), and RAY ROBIDOUX ("EXECUTIVE").

1. Duties and Scope of Employment.

(a) Positions and Duties. As of the Effective Date, Executive will serve as PRESIDENT of the Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive's position within the Company, as shall reasonably be assigned to him by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and/or Board of Directors (the "BOARD"). The period of Executive's employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the "EMPLOYMENT TERM."

(b) Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.

2. At-Will Employment. The parties agree that Executive's employment with the Company will be "at-will" employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.

3. Compensation.

(a) Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at the annualized rate of TWO HUNDRED AND FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($250,000) (the "BASE SALARY"). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive's salary will be reviewed by the Company from time to time (but no more frequently than annually), and may be subject to adjustment based upon various factors including, but not limited to, Executive's performance and the Company's profitability. Any adjustment to Executive's salary shall be in the sole discretion of the Company.

(b) MBO Bonus. Executive will be eligible to receive an annual target bonus of up to One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per year based upon the Company's achievement of various financial and/or other goals established by the Board. All MBO bonuses will be subject to applicable withholding and taxes.


(c) Stock Option. Following Executive's written acceptance of these terms and subject to the approval of the Board, Executive will be granted an option, subject to the Board's approval, to purchase 1.5% (one and five tenths of one percent) of the fully diluted post February 2002 private placement outstanding shares of the Company's common stock under the Company's stock option plan at an exercise price as approved by the Board (the "OPTION"). The vesting of the Option will be as follows: the Option will vest over a four year period with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the date you commence employment with the Company, and 1/48th of the shares vesting monthly for three years thereafter. The Option will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company's Stock Plan (the "OPTION PLAN") and the stock option agreement by and between Executive and the Company (the "OPTION AGREEMENT"), both of which documents are incorporated herein by reference.

4. Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company's group medical, dental, vision, and disability plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5. Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive's duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company's expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

6. Severance.

(a) Involuntary Termination. If Executive's employment with the Company terminates other than voluntarily or for "Cause" (as defined in Paragraph 9 of this Agreement), and Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company, then, Executive shall be entitled to receive severance payments at Executive's final base salary rate, less applicable withholding, until thirty-nine (39) weeks after the date of termination without Cause. Severance payments will be made in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. During the period in which Executive is receiving severance payments, Company will reimburse Executive and his family for COBRA premiums, assuming Executive remains eligible during the entire Severance Period. In addition, if Executive's employment terminates other than voluntarily or for "Cause" (as defined herein), Executive will be entitled to continue to have stock options vest during the one year period immediately following the date of such termination.

7. Voluntary Termination; Termination for Cause. If Executive's employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive or for Cause by the Company, then all vesting of the Option and all other options granted to Executive will terminate immediately and all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder and all obligations with respect thereto (including, without limitation, with respect to base salary, bonuses, employee benefits, relocation and temporary living reimbursements and other expense reimbursements) will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned).

8. Change of Control/Good Reason.

-2-

(a) If within one year following any Change of Control (as defined below) Executive's employment is terminated without Cause or voluntarily by Executive for Good Reason, Executive will receive two years acceleration of any unvested portion of the Option.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a "CHANGE OF CONTROL" of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if at any time after the Effective Date:

(i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT")), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company and other than Nortel Networks Corporation and its affiliates, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company's then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

(ii) the Company (A) is party to a merger, consolidation or exchange of securities which results in the holders of voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company, the surviving entity or a parent of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or exchange, or (B) sells or disposes of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (or any transaction having similar effect is consummated), or (C) the individuals constituting the Board immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition shall cease to constitute at least 50% of the Board, unless the election of each director who was not a director prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, "GOOD REASON" means any of the following conditions, which condition(s) remain(s) in effect 10 days after written notice to the Board from you of such condition(s):

(i) a material decrease in your target annual compensation; or

(ii) a material, adverse change in your authority, responsibilities or duties, as measured against your authority, responsibilities or duties immediately prior to such change.

(iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this Agreement in no event will you have Good Reason to resign due merely to a change of title or a change in your reporting caused by a change of control or discontinuance or modification of any duties and responsibilities solely related to the operation of a public company.

9. Definition of Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "CAUSE" is defined as (i) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive's responsibilities as an employee, (ii) Executive's conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony, (iii) Executive's gross

-3-

misconduct, or (iv) Executive's continued violation of his employment duties after Executive has received a written demand for performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company's belief that Executive has not substantially performed his duties.

10. Confidential Information. Executive agrees to enter into the Company's standard Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement (the "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT") upon commencing employment hereunder, and to abide by its terms during and after his employment with the Company.

11. Non-Solicitation. Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive's right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 6 (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such payments) shall be conditioned upon Executive not either directly or indirectly soliciting, inducing, attempting to hire, recruiting, encouraging, taking away, hiring any employee of the Company or causing an employee to leave his or her employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person.

12. Assignment. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive's death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, "successor" means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive's right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

-4-

If to the Company:

NETGEAR, Inc.
4500 Great American Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

14. Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Co-Employment. Executive acknowledges and agrees that for the purposes of the provision of human resource services including employee relations, payroll and the provision of certain employee benefits that the Company will be in a co-employment relationship with TriNet Employer Group, Inc. ("TRINET"), and to that extent Executive will be in an employment relationship with the Company and TriNet. Nothing about this paragraph creates any new rights in your favor, nor any new obligations on the part of either TriNet or the Company not already contained in, nor otherwise modifies the terms and conditions of, the Service Agreement between the Company and TriNet.

16. Arbitration.

(a) General. In consideration of Executive's service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive's receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive's service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive's service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the "RULES") and pursuant to California law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(b) Procedure. Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration

-5-

proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the California Code of Civil Procedure. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys' fees and costs, available under applicable law. The Parties understand that the Arbitrator shall issue a written decision in support of his award. Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA's National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

(c) Remedy. Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(d) Availability of Injunctive Relief. In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, Executive agrees that any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code section 2870. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys fees.

(e) Administrative Relief. Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers' compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive's right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive's choice before signing this Agreement.

17. Integration. This Agreement, together with the Relocation Plan, the Option Plan, Option Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or

-6-

contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

18. Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

19. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

20. Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

-7-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

NETGEAR, INC.

By: Patrick C.S. Lo Date: 7/15/02 Title: CEO

EXECUTIVE:

  /s/ Ray Robidoux                          Date: 7/15/02
-----------------------
RAY ROBIDOUX

-8-

Exhibit 10.7

NETGEAR, INC.

JONATHAN MATHER EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of August 10, 2001, (the "EFFECTIVE DATE") by and between NETGEAR, Inc. (the "COMPANY"), and Jonathan Mather ("EXECUTIVE").

1. Duties and Scope of Employment.

(a) Positions and Duties. As of the Effective Date, Executive will serve as CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER of the Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive's position within the Company, as shall reasonably be assigned to him by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and/or Board of Directors (the "BOARD"). The period of Executive's employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the "EMPLOYMENT TERM."

(b) Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.

2. At-Will Employment. The parties agree that Executive's employment with the Company will be "at-will" employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.

3. Compensation.

(a) Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at the annualized rate of TWO HUNDRED AND FIFTY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($250,000)(the "BASE SALARY"). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive's salary will be reviewed by the Company from time to time (but no more frequently than annually), and may be subject to adjustment based upon various factors including, but not limited to, Executive's performance and the Company's profitability. Any adjustment to Executive's salary shall be in the sole discretion of the Company.

(b) MBO Bonus. Executive will be eligible to receive an annual target bonus of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) per year based upon the Company's achievement of various financial and/or other goals established by the Board. All MBO bonuses will be subject to applicable withholding and taxes.


(c) Stock Option. Following Executive's written acceptance of these terms and subject to the approval of the Board, Executive will be granted an option, subject to the Board's approval, to purchase 1.5% (one and five tenths of one percent) of the fully diluted post August 2000 private placement outstanding shares of the Company's common stock under the Company's stock option plan at an exercise price as approved by the Board (the "OPTION"). The vesting of the Option will be as follows: the Option will vest over a four year period with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the date you commence employment with the Company, and 1/48th of the shares vesting monthly for three years thereafter. The Option will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company's Stock Plan (the "OPTION PLAN") and the stock option agreement by and between Executive and the Company (the "OPTION AGREEMENT"), both of which documents are incorporated herein by reference.

(d) Relocation and Temporary Living Reimbursement. During the Employment Term, and in accordance with the Relocation Policy attached hereto and incorporated by reference, the Company will reimburse Executive for: (i) reasonable moving expenses incurred by Executive and his family during their relocation from Executive's primary residence to the Company location area, and
(ii) reasonable temporary housing and living expenses to be mutually agreed to by the Company and Executive. The total of all such amounts shall not exceed those amounts set forth in the Relocation Policy.

4. Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company's group medical, dental, vision, and disability plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5. Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive's duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company's expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

6. Severance.

(a) Involuntary Termination. If Executive's employment with the Company terminates other than voluntarily or for "Cause" (as defined in Paragraph 9 of this Agreement), and Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company, then, Executive shall be entitled to receive severance payments at Executive's final base salary rate plus targeted commission, less applicable withholding, until thirty-nine (39) weeks after the date of termination without Cause. Severance payments will be made in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. During the period in which Executive is receiving severance payments, Company will reimburse Executive and his family for COBRA premiums, assuming Executive remains eligible during the entire Severance Period. In addition, if Executive's employment terminates other than voluntarily or for "Cause" (as defined herein), Executive will be entitled to continue to have stock options vest during the one year period immediately following the date of such termination.


7. Voluntary Termination; Termination for Cause. If Executive's employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive or for Cause by the Company, then all vesting of the Option and all other options granted to Executive will terminate immediately and all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder and all obligations with respect thereto (including, without limitation, with respect to base salary, bonuses, employee benefits, relocation and temporary living reimbursements and other expense reimbursements) will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned).

8. Change of Control/Good Reason.

(a) If within one year following any Change of Control (as defined below) Executive's employment is terminated without Cause or voluntarily by Executive for Good Reason, Executive will receive two years acceleration of any unvested portion of the Option.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if at any time after the Effective Date:

(i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company and other than Nortel Networks Corporation and its affiliates, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company's then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

(ii) the Company (A) is party to a merger, consolidation or exchange of securities which results in the holders of voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company, the surviving entity or a parent of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or exchange, or (B) sells or disposes of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (or any transaction having similar effect is consummated), or (C) the individuals constituting the Board immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition shall cease to constitute at least 50% of the Board, unless the election of each director who was not a director prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means any of the following conditions which condition(s) remain(s) in effect 10 days after written notice to the Board from you of such condition(s):

(i) a material decrease in your target annual compensation; or

(ii) a material, adverse change in your authority, responsibilities or duties, as measured against your authority, responsibilities or duties immediately prior to such change.


(iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this Agreement in no event will you have Good Reason to resign due merely to a change of title or a change in your reporting caused by a change of control or discontinuance or modification of any duties and responsibilities solely related to the operation of a public company

9. Definition of Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" is defined as (i) an act of dishonestly made by Executive in connection with Executive's responsibilities as an employee, (ii) Executive's conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony, (iii) Executive's gross misconduct, or
(iv) Executive's continued violation of his employment duties after Executive has received a written demand for performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company's belief that Executive has not substantially performed his duties.

10. Confidential Information. Executive agrees to enter into the Company's standard Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement (the "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT") upon commencing employment hereunder, and to abide by its terms during and after his employment with the Company.

11. Non-Solicitation. Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive's right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 6 (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such payments) shall be conditioned upon Executive not either directly or indirectly soliciting, inducing, attempting to hire, recruiting, encouraging, taking away, hiring any employee of the Company or causing an employee to leave his or her employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person.

12. Assignment. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive's death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, "successor" means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive's right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:


If to the Company:

NETGEAR, Inc.
4500 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

14. Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Co-Employment. Executive acknowledges and agrees that for the purposes of the provision of human resource services including employee relations, payroll and the provision of certain employee benefits that the Company will be in a co-employment relationship with TriNet Employer Group, Inc. ("TRINET"), and to that extent Executive will be in an employment relationship with the Company and TriNet. Nothing about this paragraph creates any new rights in your favor, nor any new obligations on the part of either TriNet or the Company not already contained in, nor otherwise modifies the terms and conditions of, the Service Agreement between the Company and TriNet.

16. Arbitration.

(a) General. In consideration of Executive's service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive's receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive's service to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive's service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the "RULES") and pursuant to California law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(b) Procedure. Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration

-5-

proceeding will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the California Code of Civil Procedure. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys' fees and costs, available under applicable law. The Parties understand that the Arbitrator shall issue a written decision in support of his award. Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA's National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

(c) Remedy. Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(d) Availability of Injunctive Relief. In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, Executive agrees that any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code sec. 2870. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys fees.

(e) Administrative Relief. Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers' compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive's right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive's choice before signing this Agreement.

17. Integration. This Agreement, together with the Relocation Plan, the Option Plan, Option Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or

-6-

contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

18. Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

19. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

20. Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

-7-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

NETGEAR, INC.

By: /s/ Patrick Lo                           Date:  8-9-2001
    -------------------------                      -----------------------

Title: CEO
       ----------------------

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Jonathan Mather                          Date:  8-9-2001
-----------------------------                      -----------------------
JONATHAN MATHER

-8-

Attachment

Relocation Benefits Policy for Jonathan Mather from NETGEAR, Inc. (the "Company")

1. Up to a maximum of 6 month temporary living period -- the Company will provide to Jonathan full rental reimbursement for a two bed room apartment with enclosed car park in the San Jose/Santa Clara area. The maximum monthly reimbursement shall not exceed $3500 (three thousand five hundred dollars).

2. Rental subsidy at the end of the temporary living period -- if Jonathan decides to rent out his home in Southern California, and if the rent for his residence in the San Jose/Santa Clara area is higher than the rent he gets from his own home in Southern California, the Company will reimburse the difference in the rents, with all taxes grossed up. Such subsidy will be discontinued upon the termination of Jonathan's employment with NETGEAR, or Jonathan's purchase of a home in Northern California, whichever comes earlier. Jonathan's residence in the San Jose/Santa Clara area should be comparable in size and neighborhood environment to his home in Southern California. Such rental subsidies shall not exceed a monthly maximum of $3000 (three thousand dollars).

3. Housing Loan subsidy -- If Jonathan decides to buy a home in Northern California, and if the house he intends to purchase is appraised higher in value than his home in Southern California, the Company will provide a no interest loan equal to the difference in the values of the two homes. The house Jonathan intends to buy in Northern California should be comparable in size and neighborhood environment to the one he owns and intends to sell in Southern California. Appraisals of the values of the houses should be done by certified appraisers. The loan should be repaid to the Company in full and immediately upon the termination of Jonathan's employment with the Company. The loan amount shall not exceed $250,000 (two hundred and fifty thousand dollars).

4. Moving costs reimbursement -- The Company will reimburse Jonathan in full for the costs of moving all household belongings upon the move at the end of his temporary living period, or upon his purchase of a home in Northern California. Such reimbursement shall not exceed $20,000 (twenty thousand dollars).

5. Home fixing costs reimbursement -- If Jonathan decides to rent his house in Southern California after his temporary living period, the company will reimburse expenses up to $20,000 (twenty thousand dollars) to fix up his home for sales within 24 months after the end of Jonathan's temporary living period.

6. Home sales costs reimbursement -- If Jonathan decides to sell his house in Southern California and buy a new home in Northern California within 24 months after his temporary living period, the company will reimburse the selling costs of his house with taxes grossed up. Such reimbursement shall not exceed $80,000 (eighty thousand dollars).

/s/ Patrick Lo              /s/ Jonathan Mather
    8/9/01                         8/9/2001


Exhibit 10.8

December 9, 1999

Mark G. Merrill
91 Wilburn Ave.
Atherton, Ca. 94027

RE: EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

Dear Mark:

Conditioned on Netgear, Inc. (the "Company") closing a private offering of its outstanding common stock ("Private Offering") and on your resignation from Nortel Networks NA Inc. or its successor corporation, Netgear, Inc. extends you the following offer of employment as further set forth in the following.

1. Position and Duties. You will be employed by Netgear, Inc. ("Company") as its Vice President of Engineering, reporting to me. You accept employment with the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and you agree to devote your full business time, energy and skill to your duties at the Company. Your duties will include, but not be limited to, those duties normally performed by a VP of Engineering, as well as any other reasonable duties that may be assigned to you from time to time by me.

2. Term of Employment. Your employment with the Company will start on the later to occur of the day that the Company completes its Private Offering or the day your resignation from Nortel Networks NA Inc. ("NNNA") becomes effective. Thereafter your employment with the Company will be for no specified term, and may be terminated by you or the Company at any time, with or without cause, subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 4 and 5 below.

3. Compensation. You will be compensated by the Company for your services as follows:

(a) Salary: You will be paid an annual salary of $190,000 (one hundred ninety thousand), less applicable withholding and taxes, in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. Your salary will be reviewed by the Company from time to time (but no more frequently than annually), and may be subject to adjustment based upon various factors including, but not limited to, your performance and the Company's profitability. Any adjustment to your salary shall be in the sole discretion of the Company.


Mark Merrill
December 9, 1999

Page 2

(b) MBO Bonus: You will be eligible to receive annual target bonus of 20% of your annual base salary based upon the Company's achievement of various financial and/or other goals established by the Company. The objectives that govern your bonus eligibility for this year will be communicated to you in writing by the Company within 90 days following the start of your employment. During this initial year of your employment, you will have quarterly MBO goals. To the extent earned (which requires that you be employed by the Company on the last day of the applicable quarter), bonuses will be paid to you on the later of 30 days after (i) the end of the applicable quarter (or year), or (ii) the date on which the financial or other data necessary to determine your entitlement to the bonus becomes available. Please note that your MBO bonus payments will be prorated based on the number of days that you were employed by the Company during any relevant quarter in which you were not employed during the entire quarter. For the bonus payment due for the quarter ending on December 31, 1999 your MBO bonus payment will be prorated based on the number of days that you were employed by the Company only if you received a partial MBO payment from Nortel upon your resignation from Nortel. All MBO bonuses will be subject to applicable withholding and taxes. The Board of Directors will have the discretion to change the schedule and number of MBO payments at any time and for any reason.

(c) Benefits: You will have the right, on the same basis as other employees of the Company, to participate in and to receive benefits under any Company medical, disability or other group insurance plans, as well as under the Company's business expense reimbursement and other policies. You will accrue paid vacation in accordance with the Company's vacation policy at the rate of 4 weeks per year. You will be allowed to start your employment with a credit of vacation hours equal to your unused vacation hours at the time of your termination from NNNA, net of any amount of vacation pay-out that you elect at the time of your termination from NNNA.

(d) Netgear, Inc. Stock Options: Following your written acceptance of these terms and subject to the completion of the Private Offering, you will be granted by the Board an option to purchase 1.8% (one and eight tenths of a percent) of the fully diluted post private placement outstanding shares of Netgear, Inc. common stock under the Company's stock option plan at an exercise price per share calculated using the lower of: the valuation of the company agreed to in writing between the Company and the private investors participating in the Private Offering or $175,000,000.00 (one hundred seventy-five million dollars). Provided you remain employed by the Company, and contingent on the Company's Private Offering being completed, the vesting of these options will be as follows: these options will vest over a four year period with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the date you commence employment with the Company, and 1/48th of the shares vesting monthly for three years thereafter. In the event that the Company conducts an Initial Public Offering ("IPO") of stock before the first anniversary of your employment, then 10% of the shares would vest on the day of the IPO; 15% of the shares would vest on the first anniversary of the commencement of your employment; and 1/48th of the shares would vest monthly for three years thereafter. Your option will be governed by and subject to the terms and conditions of the Company's standard


Mark Merrill
December 9, 1999

Page 3

form of stock option agreement (which you will be required to sign in connection with the issuance of your option). In the event that the Private Offering is not completed, the Company may not offer you employment, and, in such case, the option grant shall not have occurred and your rights to such options will not accrue.

(i) If you are terminated without Cause (as defined below), you will be entitled to continue to have stock options vest during the one year period immediately following such termination.

(ii) If within one year following any Change of Control (as defined below), and (A) your employment is terminated without Cause, or (B) you resign from your employment for Good Reason (as defined below), you will receive two years acceleration of any unvested portion of this Netgear, Inc. stock option.

(e) Nortel Networks Corporation Stock Options: Your Nortel Networks Corporation stock options will continue to vest as long as Netgear, Inc. remains an affiliate or subsidiary, as defined by IRS Code 424(f) of Nortel Networks Corporation subject to the terms and conditions of the 1986 Nortel Networks Corporation Stock Option Plan as amended and restated, and/or the 1994 Bay Networks, Inc. Stock Option Plan and as long as you remain an employee of Netgear, Inc.

4. Voluntary Termination. In the event that you voluntarily resign from your employment with the Company other than for Good Reason, or in the event that your employment terminates as a result of your death or disability (meaning that you are unable to perform your duties for any 90 days in any one year period as a result of a physical and/or mental impairment), you will be entitled to no compensation or benefits from the Company other than those earned under Paragraph 3 through the date of your termination. You agree that if you voluntarily terminate your employment with the Company for any reason, you will provide the Company with thirty days' written notice of your resignation. The Company may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive all or any part of such notice period and accept your resignation at an earlier date.

5. Other Termination. Your employment may be terminated under the circumstances set forth below.

(a) Termination for Cause: If your employment is terminated by the Company for Cause as defined below, you shall be entitled to no compensation or benefits from the Company other than those earned under Paragraph 3 through the date of your termination for Cause.

For purposes of this Agreement, a termination "for Cause" occurs if you are terminated for any of the following reasons: (i) theft, dishonesty, material misconduct, or any material violation of the Company's personnel policies and procedures, or falsification of any employment or Company records; (ii) disclosure of the Company's confidential or proprietary


Mark Merrill
December 9, 1999

Page 4

information in violation of the Company's Invention and Proprietary Information Agreement; (iii) any intentional action by you which has a material detrimental effect on the Company's reputation or business; (iv) your failure or inability to perform any assigned duties after written notice from the Company to you of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability, which is not less than 90 days; or (v) your conviction (including any plea of guilty or no contest) for any criminal act that impairs your ability to perform your duties under this Agreement.

(b) Termination Without Cause: If your employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (and not as a result of your death or disability), you will receive severance payments at your final base salary rate, less applicable withholding, until twenty-six weeks after the date of your termination without Cause. Severance payments will be made in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. During the period in which you are receiving severance payments, you will have the option of continuing to participate in the Company's medical, dental and vision group health insurance coverage if you elect to have the premiums for this coverage deducted from your severance pay.

(c) Resignation for Good Reason: If, within one year following any Change of Control, you resign from your employment with the Company for Good Reason, you shall be entitled to receive the severance payments and health insurance premium payments described in subparagraph 5(b) and the accelerated vesting described in subparagraph 3(d)(ii). In no event will you be entitled to more than two years acceleration of stock vesting under the terms of this Agreement.

6. Change of Control/Good Reason.

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if at any time after the Private Offering has occurred:

(i) any "person" (as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company's then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

(ii) the Company (A) is party to a merger, consolidation or exchange of securities which results in the holders of voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company, the surviving entity or a parent of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or exchange, or (B) sells or disposes


Mark Merrill
December 9, 1999

Page 5

of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (or any transaction having similar effect is consummated), or (C) the individuals constituting the Board immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition shall cease to constitute at least 50% of the Board, unless the election of each director who was not a director prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this Agreement no Change of Control will have occurred due solely to the decrease or increase of any ownership of the Company by NNNA, its parent corporations, subsidiaries, or affiliates.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means any of the following conditions, which condition(s) remain(s) in effect 10 days after written notice to the Board from you of such condition(s):

(i) a decrease in your target annual compensation; or

(ii) a material, adverse change in your authority, responsibilities or duties, as measured against your authority, responsibilities or duties immediately prior to such change.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this Agreement in no event will you have Good Reason to resign due merely to a change of title or a change in your reporting caused by a change of control or discontinuance of any duties and responsibilities solely related to the operation of a public company.

7. Condition Precedent to Severance Benefits. As a condition of receiving severance benefits including, but not limited to, severance payments, continued stock vesting, acceleration of stock vesting or other benefits described in paragraphs 3(d) and 5, you will be required to sign a full release of all claims against the Company (except for any claims for workers' compensation benefits or claims for indemnity based upon acts or omissions committed by you in good faith during the course and scope of your employment with the Company) and an agreement not to compete against the Company for a period of twenty-six weeks and not to solicit Company employees to seek employment outside the Company for a period of two years after your employment with the Company terminates.


Mark Merrill
December 9, 1999

Page 6

8. Confidential and Proprietary Information. As a condition of your employment, you agree to sign the Company's standard form of employee invention and proprietary information agreement.

9. Co-Employment: You acknowledge and agree that for the purposes of the provision of human resource services including employee relations, payroll and the provision of certain employee benefits that the Company will be in a co-employment relationship with TriNet Employer Group, Inc. ("TriNet"), and to that extent you will be in an employment relationship with the Company and TriNet. Nothing about this paragraph creates any new rights in your favor, nor any new obligations on the part of either TriNet or the Company not already contained in, nor otherwise modifies the terms and conditions of, the Service Agreement between the Company and TriNet.

10. Dispute Resolution. In the event of any dispute or claim relating to or arising out of your employment relationship with the Company, this Agreement, or the termination of your employment with the Company for any reason (including, but not limited to, any claims of breach of contract, wrongful termination or age, disability or other discrimination), you and the Company agree that all such disputes shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association of San Francisco, California. You and the Company hereby knowingly and willingly waive your respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried to a judge or jury. Provided, however, that this arbitration provision shall not apply to any claims for injunctive relief by you or the Company.

11. Assignment. In view of the personal nature of the services to be performed under this Agreement by you, you cannot assign or transfer any of your obligations under this Agreement.

12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the agreements referred to above constitute the entire agreement between you and the Company regarding the terms and conditions of your employment, and they supersede all prior negotiations, representations or agreements between you and the Company regarding your employment, whether written or oral.

13. Modification. This Agreement may only be modified or amended by a supplemental written agreement signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.


Mark Merrill
December 9, 1999

Page 7

Mark, we look forward to working with you at Netgear, Inc. Please sign and date this letter on the spaces provided below to acknowledge your acceptance of the terms of this Agreement.

Sincerely,

/s/ Patrick Lo
Patrick Lo,
President & CEO
Netgear, Inc.

I agree to and accept employment with Netgear, Inc. on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

Date: Jan. 17, 2000                /s/ Mark Merrill
      -------                      ----------------------------------
                                   Mark Merrill


Exhibit 10.10

Attention Jonathan Mather
October 18, 2002

NETGEAR, INC.

MICHAEL F. FALCON EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of November 4th, 2002, (the "EFFECTIVE DATE") by and between NETGEAR, Inc. (the "COMPANY"), and Michael F. Falcon ("EXECUTIVE").

1. Duties and Scope of Employment.

(a) Positions and Duties. As of the Effective Date, Executive will serve as Vice President Operations of the Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive's position within the Company, as shall reasonably be assigned to him by the Company's Chief Financial Officer, Chairman/CEO and/or Board of Directors (the "BOARD"). The period of Executive's employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the "EMPLOYMENT TERM."

(b) Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.

2. At-Will Employment. The parties agree that Executive's employment with the Company will be "at-will" employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.

3. Compensation.

(a) Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at the annualized rate of ONE HUNDRED AND NINETY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($190,000.00) (the "BASE SALARY"). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive's salary will be reviewed by the Company from time to time (but no more frequently than annually), and may be subject to adjustment based upon various factors including, but not limited to, Executive's performance and the Company's profitability. Any adjustment to Executive's salary shall be in the sole discretion of the Company.

(b) MBO Bonus. Executive will be eligible to receive an annual target bonus of up to 40% of the earned Base pay per year based upon the Company's achievement of various financial and/or other goals established by the Board. All MBO bonuses will be subject to applicable withholding and taxes.


(c) Stock Option: Following Executive's written acceptance of these terms and subject to the approval of the Board, Executive will be granted an option, subject to the Board's approval, to purchase 60,000 (Sixty Thousand) of the fully diluted post February 2002 private placement outstanding shares of the Company's common stock under the Company's stock option plan at an exercise price as approved by the Board (the "OPTION"). The vesting of the Option will be as follows: the option will vest over a four year period with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the date you commence employment with the Company, and 1/48th of the shares vesting monthly for three years thereafter. The Option will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company's Stock Plan (the "OPTION PLAN") and the stock option agreement by and between Executive and the Company (the "OPTION AGREEMENT"), both of which documents are incorporated herein by reference.

4. Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company's group medical, dental, vision, and disability plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5. Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive's duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company's expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

6. Severance.

(a) Involuntary Termination. If Executive's employment with the Company terminates other than voluntarily or for "Cause" (as defined in Paragraph 9 of this Agreement), and Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company, then, Executive shall be entitled to receive severance payments at Executive's final base salary rate, less applicable withholding, until Twenty Six weeks (26) weeks after the date of termination without Cause. Severance payments will be made in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. During the period in which Executive is receiving severance payments, Company will reimburse Executive and his family for COBRA premiums, assuming Executive remains eligible during the entire Severance Period. In addition, if Executive's employment terminates other than voluntarily or for "Cause" (as defined herein), Executive will be entitled to continue to have stock options vest during the one year period immediately following the date of such termination.

7. Voluntary Termination: Termination for Cause. If Executive's employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive or for Cause by the Company, then all vesting of the Option and all other options granted to Executive will terminate immediately and all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder and all obligations with respect thereto (including, without limitations, with respect to base salary, bonuses, employee benefits, relocation and temporary living reimbursements and other expense reimbursements) will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned).

8. Change of Control/Good Reason.


(a) If within one year following any Change of Control (as defined below) Executive's employment is terminated without Cause or voluntarily by Executive for Good Reason, Executive will receive one years acceleration of any unvested portion of the Option.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a "CHANGE OF CONTROL" of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if at any time after the Effective Date:

(i) any "person" (as such term is used to Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT")), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company and other than Nortel Networks Corporation and its affiliates, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company's then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

(ii) the Company (A) is party to a merger, consolidation or exchange of securities which results in the holders of voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company, the surviving entity or a parent of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or exchange, or (B) sells or disposes of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (or any transaction having similar effect is consummated), or (C) the individuals constituting the Board immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition shall cease to constitute at least 50% of the Board, unless the election of each director who was not a director prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, "GOOD REASON" means any of the following conditions, which condition(s) remain(s) in effect 10 days after written notice to the Board from you of such condition(s);

(i) a material decrease in your target annual compensation; or
(ii) a material adverse change in your authority, responsibilities or duties, as measured against your authority, responsibilities or duties immediately prior to such change.

(iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this Agreement in no event will you have Good Reason to resign due merely to a change of title or a change in your reporting caused by a change of control or discontinuance or modification of any duties and responsibilities solely related to the operation of a public company.

9. Definition of Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "CAUSE" is defined as (i) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive's responsibilities as an employee.


(ii) Executive's conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony, (iii) Executive's gross misconduct, or (iv) Executive's continued violation of his employment duties after Executive has received a written demand for performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company's belief that Executive has not substantially performed his duties.

10. Confidential Information. Executive agrees to enter into the Company's standard Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement (the "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT") upon commencing employment hereunder, and to abide by its terms during and after his employment with the Company.

11. Non-Solicitation. Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive's right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 6 (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such payments) shall be conditioned upon Executive not either directly or indirectly soliciting, inducing, attempting to hire, recruiting, encouraging, taking away, hiring any employee of the Company or causing an employee to leave his or her employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person.

12. Assignment. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive's death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, "successor" means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive's right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

NETGEAR, Inc.
4500 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.


14. Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Co-Employment. Executive acknowledges and agrees that for the purposes of the provision of human resource services including employee relations, payroll and the provision of certain employee benefits that the Company will be in a co-employment relationship with TriNet Employer Group, Inc. ("TRINET"); and to that extent Executive will be in an employment relationship with the Company and TriNet. Nothing about this paragraph creates any new rights in your favor, nor any new obligations on the part of either TriNet or the Company not already contained in, nor otherwise modifies the terms and conditions of, the Service agreement between the company and TriNet.

16. Arbitration.

(a) General. In consideration of Executive's service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive's receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive's service to the Company under the Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive's service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the "RULES") and pursuant to California law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(b) Procedure. Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the California Code of Civil Procedure. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys' fees and costs, available under applicable law. The Parties understand that the Arbitrator shall issue a written decision in support of his award. Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees


associated with any arbitration Executive initiates. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA's National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

(c) Remedy. Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(d) Availability of Injunctive Relief. In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, Executive agrees that any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code Section 2870. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys fees.

(e) Administrative Relief. Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers' compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive's right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive's choice before signing this Agreement.

17. Integration. This Agreement, together with the Relocation Plan, the Option Plan, Option Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. No waiver, alteration or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.

18. Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.


19. Governing Laws. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

20. Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

NETGEAR, INC.

By: /s/ Jonathan Mather                               Date: 10/18/2002
    ----------------------------------                      ----------------
Title:  Chief Financial Officer
       ------------------------------

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Michael F. Falcon                         Date: October 18, 2002
------------------------------                      ---------------------
Michael F. Falcon


Exhibit 10.11

NETGEAR, INC.

CHUCK OLSON EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of JANUARY 6, 2003, (the "EFFECTIVE DATE") by and between NETGEAR, INC. (the "COMPANY"), and CHUCK OLSON ("EXECUTIVE").

1. Duties and Scope of Employment.

(a) Positions and Duties. As of the Effective Date, Executive will serve as VICE PRESIDENT OF ENGINEERING of the Company. Executive will render such business and professional services in the performance of his duties, consistent with Executive's position within the Company, as shall reasonably be assigned to him by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and/or Board of Directors (the "BOARD"). The period of Executive's employment under this Agreement is referred to herein as the "EMPLOYMENT TERM."

(b) Obligations. During the Employment Term, Executive will perform his duties faithfully and to the best of his ability and will devote his full business efforts and time to the Company. For the duration of the Employment Term, Executive agrees not to actively engage in any other employment, occupation or consulting activity for any direct or indirect remuneration without the prior approval of the Board.

2. At-Will Employment. The parties agree that Executive's employment with the Company will be "at-will" employment and may be terminated at any time with or without cause or notice. Executive understands and agrees that neither his job performance nor promotions, commendations, bonuses or the like from the Company give rise to or in any way serve as the basis for modification, amendment, or extension, by implication or otherwise, of his employment with the Company.

3. Compensation.

(a) Base Salary. During the Employment Term, the Company will pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at the annualized rate of ONE HUNDRED AND NINETY THOUSAND DOLLARS ($190,000.00) (the "BASE SALARY"). The Base Salary will be paid periodically in accordance with the Company's normal payroll practices and be subject to the usual, required withholding. Executive's salary will be reviewed by the Company from time to time (but no more frequently than annually), and may be subject to adjustment based upon various factors including, but not limited to, Executive's performance and the Company's profitability. Any adjustment to Executive's salary shall be in the sole discretion of the Company.

(b) Housing Allowance. For the first twelve (12) months of employment the Company will provide a temporary housing allowance of $2000.00 per month towards living in the Santa Clara area.

(c) MBO Bonus. Executive will be eligible to receive an annual target bonus of up to Seventy Six Thousand Dollars ($76,000.00) per year based upon the Company's achievement


of various financial and/or other goals established by the Board. All MBO bonuses will be subject to applicable withholding and taxes.

(d) Stock Option. Following Executive's written acceptance of these terms and subject to the approval of the Board, Executive will be granted an option, subject to the Board's approval, to purchase 70,000 (Seventy Thousand) of the fully diluted post February 2002 private placement outstanding shares of the Company's common stock under the Company's stock option plan at an exercise price of $15.00 as approved by the Board (the "OPTION"). The vesting of the Option will be as follows: the option will vest over a four year period with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the date you commence employment with the Company, and 1/48th of the shares vesting monthly for three years thereafter. The Option will be subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Company's Stock Plan (the "OPTION PLAN") and the stock option agreement by and between Executive and the Company (the "OPTION AGREEMENT"), both of which documents are incorporated herein by reference.

4. Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, Executive will be entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans currently and hereafter maintained by the Company of general applicability to other senior executives of the Company, including, without limitation, the Company's group medical, dental, vision, and disability plans. The Company reserves the right to cancel or change the benefit plans and programs it offers to its employees at any time.

5. Expenses. The Company will reimburse Executive for reasonable travel, entertainment or other expenses incurred by Executive in the furtherance of or in connection with the performance of Executive's duties hereunder, in accordance with the Company's expense reimbursement policy as in effect from time to time.

6. Severance.

(a) Involuntary Termination. If Executive's employment with the Company terminates other than voluntarily or for "Cause" (as defined in Paragraph 9 of this Agreement), and Executive signs and does not revoke a standard release of claims with the Company, then, Executive shall be entitled to receive severance payments at Executive's final base salary rate, less applicable withholding, until twenty-six (26) weeks after the date of termination without Cause. Severance payments will be made in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. During the period in which Executive is receiving severance payments, Company will reimburse Executive and his family for COBRA premiums, assuming Executive remains eligible during the entire Severance Period. In addition, if Executive's employment terminates other than voluntarily or for "Cause" (as defined herein), Executive will be entitled to continue to have stock options vest during the one year period immediately following the date of such termination.

7. Voluntary Termination; Termination for Cause. If Executive's employment with the Company terminates voluntarily by Executive or for Cause by the Company, then all vesting of the Option and all other options granted to Executive will terminate immediately and all payments of compensation by the Company to Executive hereunder and all obligations with respect thereto (including, without limitations, with respect to base salary, bonuses, employee benefits, relocation


and temporary living reimbursements and other expense reimbursements) will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned).

8. Change of Control/Good Reason.

(a) If within one year following any Change of Control (as defined below) Executive's employment is terminated without Cause or voluntarily by Executive for Good Reason, Executive will receive two years acceleration of any unvested portion of the Option.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, a "CHANGE OF CONTROL" of the Company shall be deemed to have occurred if at any time after the Effective Date:

(i) any "person" (as such term is used to Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT")), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities of the Company under an employee benefit plan of the Company and other than Nortel Networks Corporation and its affiliates, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of (A) the outstanding shares of common stock of the company or (B) the combined voting power of the Company's then-outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; or

(ii) the Company (A) is party to a merger, consolidation or exchange of securities which results in the holders of voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto failing to continue to hold at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company, the surviving entity or a parent of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or exchange, or (B) sells or disposes of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (or any transaction having similar effect is consummated), or (C) the individuals constituting the Board immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition shall cease to constitute at least 50% of the Board, unless the election of each director who was not a director prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then in office who were directors prior to such merger, consolidation, exchange, sale or disposition.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, "GOOD REASON" means any of the following conditions, which condition(s) remain(s) in effect 10 days after written notice to the Board from you of such condition(s):

(i) a material decrease in your target annual compensation; or

(ii) a material, adverse change in your authority, responsibilities or duties, as measured against your authority, responsibilities or duties immediately prior to such change.

(iii) notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of this Agreement in no event will you have Good Reason to resign due merely to a change of title or a


change in your reporting caused by a change of control or discontinuance or modification of any duties and responsibilities solely related to the operation of a public company.

9. Definition of Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "CAUSE" is defined as (i) an act of dishonesty made by Executive in connection with Executive's responsibilities as an employee, (ii) Executive's conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony, (iii) Executive's gross misconduct, or (iv) Executive's continued violation of his employment duties after Executive has received a written demand for performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company's belief that Executive has not substantially performed his duties.

10. Confidential Information. Executive agrees to enter into the Company's standard Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement (the "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT") upon commencing employment hereunder, and to abide by its terms during and after his employment with the Company.

11. Non-Solicitation. Until the date one (1) year after the termination of Executive's employment with the Company for any reason, Executive agrees and acknowledges that Executive's right to receive the severance payments set forth in Section 6 (to the extent Executive is otherwise entitled to such payments) shall be conditioned upon Executive not either directly or indirectly soliciting, inducing, attempting to hire, recruiting, encouraging, taking away, hiring any employee of the Company or causing an employee to leave his or her employment either for Executive or for any other entity or person.

12. Assignment. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors and legal representatives of Executive upon Executive's death and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, "successor" means any person, firm, corporation or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of Executive's right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

13. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications called for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, (ii) one (1) day after being sent by a well established commercial overnight service, or (iii) four (4) days after being mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, prepaid and addressed to the parties or their successors at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as the parties may later designate in writing:

If to the Company:

NETGEAR, Inc.
4500 Great America Parkway
Santa Clara, CA 95054


Attn: Chief Executive Officer

If to Executive:

at the last residential address known by the Company.

14. Severability. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision.

15. Co-Employment. Executive acknowledges and agrees that for the purposes of the provision of human resource services including employee relations, payroll and the provision of certain employee benefits that the Company will be in a co-employment relationship with TriNet Employer Group, Inc. ("TriNet"), and to that extent Executive will be in an employment relationship with the Company and TriNet. Nothing about this paragraph creates any new rights in your favor, nor any new obligations on the part of either TriNet or the Company not already contained in, nor otherwise modifies the terms and conditions of, the Service agreement between the company and TriNet.

16. Arbitration.

(a) General. In consideration of Executive's service to the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment related disputes and Executive's receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, shareholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive's service to the Company under the Agreement or otherwise or the termination of Executive's service with the Company, including any breach of this Agreement, shall be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1283.05 (the "RULES") and pursuant to California law. Disputes which Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to wave any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under state or federal law, including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination or wrongful termination and any statutory claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(b) Procedure. Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") and that a neutral arbitrator will be selected in a manner consistent with its National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes. The arbitration proceedings will allow for discovery according to the rules set forth in the California Code of Civil Procedure. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary judgment and/or adjudication and motions to dismiss and demurrers, prior to any arbitration hearing. Executive agrees that the


arbitrator shall issue a written decision on the merits. Executive also agrees that the arbitrator shall have the power to award any remedies, including attorneys' fees and costs, available under applicable law. The Parties understand that the Arbitrator shall issue a written decision in support of his award. Executive understands the Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the arbitrator or AAA except that Executive shall pay the first $200.00 of any filing fees associated with any arbitration Executive initiatives. Executive agrees that the arbitrator shall administer and conduct any arbitration in a manner consistent with the Rules and that to the extent that the AAA's National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes conflict with the Rules, the Rules shall take precedence.

(c) Remedy. Except as provided by the Rules, arbitration shall be the sole, exclusive and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided for by the Rules, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration. Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator shall not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(d) Availability of Injunctive Relief. In addition to the right under the Rules to petition the court for provisional relief, Executive agrees that any party may also petition the court for injunctive relief where either party alleges or claims a violation of this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement or any other agreement regarding trade secrets, confidential information, nonsolicitation or Labor Code Section 2870. In the event either party seeks injunctive relief, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable costs and attorneys fees.

(e) Administrative Relief. Executive understands that this Agreement does not prohibit Executive from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state or federal administrative body such as the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or the workers' compensation board. This Agreement does, however, preclude Executive from pursuing court action regarding any such claim.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understand it, including that Executive is waiving Executive's right to a jury trial. Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive's choice before signing this Agreement.

17. Integration. This Agreement, together with the Relocation Plan, the Option Plan, Option Agreement and the Confidential Information Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements whether written or oral. No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto.


18. Tax Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable taxes.

19. Governing Laws. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

20. Acknowledgment. Executive acknowledges that he has had the opportunity to discuss this matter with and obtain advice from his private attorney, has had sufficient time to, and has carefully read and fully understands all the provisions of this Agreement, and is knowingly and voluntarily entering into this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:

NETGEAR, INC.

By:    /s/ Ray Robidoux                     Date: 12/11/02
       --------------------------------           ------------------------------


Title: President
       --------------------------------

EXECUTIVE:

/s/ Chuck Olson                             Date: 12/15/02
    --------------------------------              ------------------------------
    Chuck Olson


EXHIBIT 10.12

THIS NOTE AND THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY, AND ANY SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF, HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER SAID ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

SUBORDINATED UNSECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

U.S.$20,000,000.00 SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

DATED: FEBRUARY 7, 2002

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, NETGEAR, INC., a Delaware corporation, whose address is 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California 95054, and its successors and permitted assigns (the "COMPANY"), hereby promises to pay to the order of NORTEL NETWORKS LIMITED, a corporation organized under the laws of Canada, whose address is 8200 Dixie Road, Suite 100, Brampton, Ontario, Canada L6T 5P6, or its successors and assigns ("HOLDER") in lawful money of the United States of America, the lesser of TWENTY MILLION DOLLARS (U.S.$20,000,000) or the principal balance outstanding under this Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note (this "NOTE"), together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, on February 7, 2009 (the "MATURITY DATE"). The Company will pay Holder at Holder's address shown above or at such other address as Holder may designate in writing to the Company.

1. Series A Preferred Stock Repurchase Agreement. This Note is issued by the Company to Holder pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Series A Preferred Stock Repurchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company and Holder (the "REPURCHASE AGREEMENT"). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Repurchase Agreement.

2. Interest. Beginning on and after February 7, 2005, the unpaid principal amount of this Note shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to seven percent (7%), calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Interest accrued and unpaid under this Note will be due and payable upon the earlier of the Maturity Date or the date of any required mandatory redemption hereunder, and interest accrued and unpaid under this Note shall be compounded annually, on February 7 of each year. If any interest is determined to be in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of each interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal of the obligations evidenced by this Note.

3. Prepayment. The principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on this Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time, without premium or penalty. All prepayments of this Note will be applied first to the payment of interest accrued and unpaid under this Note, and second, if the amount of prepayment exceeds the amount of all accrued and unpaid interest, to the payment of principal outstanding under this Note.

4. Payments on Interest then Principal. All payments, prepayments and repayments of this Note will be applied first to the payment of interest accrued and unpaid under this Note, and second, if the


amount of the applicable payment, prepayment or repayment exceeds the amount of all accrued and unpaid interest, to the payment of principal outstanding under this Note.

5. Repayment Upon a Change of Control. Upon a "CHANGE OF CONTROL" of the Company (as herein defined), at Holder's option and in its sole discretion, either (i) the principal balance outstanding under this Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, shall be promptly due and payable to Holder or (ii) the Successor (as defined herein) shall assume the Company's obligation under this Note. For purposes of this Section 5, a "CHANGE OF CONTROL" of the Company shall mean a: (a) merger, consolidation or other business combination with respect to the Company, other than a transaction or series of transactions in which the Company is the surviving entity and the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain, as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately after such transaction, or (b) sale or other transfer, including by means of a distribution or dividend, of a majority of the assets of the Company. "SUCCESSOR" shall mean the surviving entity referred to in clause
(a) of the definition of "Change of Control" or the buyer(s) or the transferee(s) of the assets referred to in clause (b) of the definition of "Change in Control".

6. Repayment Upon Public Equity Financings. Upon the closing of any public equity financing registered (other than a registration relating to employee benefit plans or a corporate reorganization or other transaction on Form S-4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), covering the offer and sale by the Company of the Company's Common Stock to the public (a "PUBLIC EQUITY FINANCING"), the Company shall pay to Holder with respect to the outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon under this Note the lesser of (i) sixty-six and sixty-six hundredths percent (66.66%) of the aggregate net proceeds received by the Company in any such Public Equity Financing; provided, however, that the Company shall have no payment obligation with respect to, and the sixty-six and sixty-six hundredths percent (66.66%) shall be calculated without regard to, the first U.S.$10 million in net proceeds received by the Company in the aggregate through Public Equity Financings, or (ii) the principal balance then outstanding under this Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon; all in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in Section 3 hereof.

7. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an "EVENT OF DEFAULT" under this Note:

(a) Failure to Pay. The Company shall fail to pay any principal payment or any interest due thereon or other payment required under the terms of this Note on the date due and such payments shall not have been made within five (5) days of the Company's receipt of Holder's written notice to Company of such failure to pay.

(b) Breaches of Other Covenants. The Company shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant, obligation, condition or agreement contained in this Note (other than those specified in Section 6(a)) and (i) such failure shall continue for fifteen (15) days after the Company's receipt of Holder's written notice to Company of such failure, or (ii) if such failure is not curable within such fifteen (15) day period, but is reasonably capable of cure within forty-five (45) days, either (A) such failure shall continue for forty-five (45) days after the Company's receipt of Holder's written notice to Company of such failure, or (B) the Company shall not have commenced a cure in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Holder within the initial fifteen (15) day period.

(c) Voluntary or Involuntary, Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings. (i) The Company shall commence a voluntary case under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or (ii) proceedings for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian of

2

the Company or of all or a substantial part of the property thereof, or an involuntary case or other proceedings seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or the debts thereof under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect shall be commenced and an order for relief entered or such proceeding shall not be dismissed or discharged within thirty (30) days of commencement.

8. Rights of Holder upon Default. The Company will immediately provide Holder with written notice upon the occurrence of any event that upon the lapse of time or the giving of notice would constitute or give rise to an Event of Default. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default referred to in Section 7(c)), Holder may by written notice to the Company declare all outstanding obligations payable by the Company hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default described in Section 7(c), immediately and without notice, all outstanding obligations payable by the Company hereunder shall automatically become immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Holder may exercise any other right power or remedy permitted to it by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

9. Subordination.

(a) Senior Indebtedness. The indebtedness evidenced by this Note is hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment, other than with respect to payments required under Section 6 of this Note or required on this Note's Maturity Date (February 1, 2009), to the prior payment in full of all of the Company's "SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS." For purposes of this Note, the Company's "SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" shall mean (unless expressly subordinated to or made on a parity with the amounts due under this Note in writing) the principal of (and premium, if any), unpaid interest on and amounts reimbursable, fees, expenses, costs of enforcement and other amounts due in connection with any and all indebtedness of the Company owing to any and all persons or entities (other than Holder), or with respect to which the Company is a guarantor, including without limitation any and all indebtedness or guarantees with respect thereto for commercial finance obligations, leasing or equipment financing obligations, real property, personal property or otherwise in connection with the operation of the Company's business, and whether for the payment of secured or unsecured amounts, fees, costs, claims or similarly, including but not limited to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of March 22, 2001 among the Company and the financial institutions named therein as the lenders and Bank of America, N.A. as the agent, as amended, and all related Loan Documents (as defined therein); provided, however, that such Senior Indebtedness shall not include any indebtedness of the Company in connection with any trade accounts of the Company.

(b) Insolvency Proceedings. Unless otherwise provided herein, if there shall occur any receivership, insolvency, assignment for the benefit of creditors, bankruptcy, reorganization, or arrangements with creditors (whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy or other insolvency laws), or a sale of all or a majority of all of the assets in connection therewith, or dissolution, liquidation, or any other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of the Company, then no amount shall be paid by the Company in respect of the principal of, interest on or other amounts due with respect to this Note at the time outstanding, unless and until the principal of and interest on the Senior Indebtedness then outstanding shall be paid in full or the Company's obligations with respect to such Senior Indebtedness has otherwise been cancelled.

3

(c) Default on Senior Indebtedness. If there shall occur an event of default which has been declared in writing with respect to any Senior Indebtedness or in the instrument under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding, permitting the holder to accelerate the maturity thereof and Holder shall have received written notice thereof from the holder of such Senior Indebtedness, then, unless and until such event of default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, or all Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full or the Company's obligations with respect to such Senior Indebtedness has otherwise been cancelled, no payment shall be made in respect of the principal of or interest on this Note. The foregoing shall not limit or restrict in any manner whatsoever the ability of Holder to declare an Event of Default under this Note.

(d) Further Assurances. By acceptance of this Note, Holder agrees to execute and deliver subordination agreements in forms reasonably satisfactory to Holder as may be reasonably requested from time to time by holders of Senior Indebtedness, and as a condition to Holder's rights hereunder, the Company may require that Holder execute such forms of subordination agreement.

(e) No Impairment. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of Senior Indebtedness under this Section 9 to receive cash, securities or other properties otherwise payable or deliverable to Holder, nothing contained in this Section 9 shall impair, as between the Company and Holder, the obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to pay to Holder the principal hereof and interest hereon as and when the same become due and payable, or shall prevent Holder, upon default hereunder, from exercising all rights, powers and remedies otherwise provided herein or by applicable law, and provided, further, that the Company shall not enter into any Senior Indebtedness after the date hereof, the written terms of which restrict or prohibit the Company from paying Holder the principal hereof and interest hereon as and when the same become due and payable, except upon or in connection with the occurrence of a default, an event of default or any breach or violation thereunder.

(f) Lien Subordination. Any lien of Holder, whether now or hereafter existing in connection with the amounts due under this Note, on any assets or property of the Company or any proceeds or revenues from the assets or property of the Company which Holder may have at any time as security for any amounts due and obligations under this Note shall be subordinate to all liens now or hereafter granted to a holder of Senior Indebtedness by the Company or by law, notwithstanding the date, order or method of attachment or perfection of any such lien or the provisions of any applicable law.

(g) Reliance of Holders of Senior Indebtedness. Holder, by its acceptance hereof, shall be deemed to acknowledge and agree that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement to and a consideration of each holder of Senior Indebtedness, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the creation of the indebtedness evidenced by this Note, and each such holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and holding, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

10. Conversion.

(a) Voluntary Conversion. If after any payments made by the Company pursuant to Section 6 above, or otherwise, principal and accrued and unpaid interest thereon remain outstanding under this Note, then for a period from the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering registered under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of the Company's Common Stock (an "IPO") to the date two (2) years after the date of the IPO, or until such earlier time as the principal and accrued interest under this Note shall have been paid in full, Holder shall have the right, at Holder's option, to convert the principal balance outstanding under this Note, together with accrued

4

and unpaid interest thereon, in whole or in part, into fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock of the Company, at a price per share equal to the gross offering price per share paid by investors in the IPO (the "CONVERSION PRICE"), in a manner consistent with the provisions hereof.

(b) Conversion Procedures. Before Holder shall be entitled to convert this Note into shares of Common Stock of the Company, Holder shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed, at the office of Company and shall give written notice by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Company at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same pursuant to Section 10(a), and shall state therein the amount of the unpaid principal amount of this Note to be converted and the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for the shares of Common Stock are to be issued. Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to Holder of this Note a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which Holder shall be entitled upon conversion (bearing such legends as are required by Section 7 of the Restated Rights Agreement and applicable state and federal securities laws in the opinion of counsel to the Company), together with a replacement note (if any principal amount is not converted) and any other securities and property to which Holder is entitled upon such conversion under the terms of this Note, including a check payable to Holder for any cash amounts payable as described in Section 10(c). The conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of the surrender of this Note, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

(c) No Fractional Shares: Effect of Conversion. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. In lieu of the Company issuing any fractional shares to Holder upon the conversion of this Note, Company shall pay to Holder an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Conversion Price by the fraction of a share not issued pursuant to the previous sentence. Upon conversion of this Note in full and the payment of the amounts specified in this Section 10(c), the Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note.

(d) Adjustments for Stock Splits, Subdivisions; Reverse Stock Splits; Other Dividends and Distributions.

(i) In the event the Company should at any time or from time to time after the IPO fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling holders of Common Stock to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as "COMMON STOCK EQUIVALENTS") for consideration with a value of less than 85% of the IPO price by such holders of Common Stock for the additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend, distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price of this Note shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note shall be increased in proportion to such increase of outstanding shares.

(ii) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the IPO is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price for this Note shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion hereof shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

5

(iii) In the event the Company should at any time or from time to time after the IPO fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in cash or other property, then and in each such event, provision shall be made so that upon conversion pursuant to Sections 10(a) and (b) hereof, Holder receives, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of cash or other property they would have received if such conversion had taken place on the date of such distribution of cash or other property, however that no such distribution shall be made if Holder receives an appropriate decrease in the Conversion Price of this Note in an amount equal to the value of such distribution of cash or other property at the time of said distribution.

11. "Stand-Off" Agreement; Confidentiality of Notices. Holder, if requested by the Company or the managing underwriter of an underwritten public offering by the Company of Common Stock, shall not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any securities of the Company held by such person for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a Registration Statement (as defined in the Company's Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company and the parties named therein, as amended from time to time (the "RESTATED RIGHTS AGREEMENT")); provided that such agreement shall only apply to the Qualified Initial Public Offering of the Company (as defined in the Restated Rights Agreement).

The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Shares (as defined in the Restated Rights Agreement) or other securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such 180-day period. Any Holder or transferee hereunder receiving any written notice from the Company regarding the Company's plans to file a Registration Statement shall treat such notice confidentially and shall not disclose such information to any person other than as necessary to exercise its rights under this Note. Holder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 11, provided that all executive officers and directors of the Company enter into similar agreements.

12. Miscellaneous.

(a) Waiver and Amendment. Any provision of this Note may be amended, waived or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and Holder.

(b) Successors and Assigns. This Note, and any and all rights, duties and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned, transferred, delegated or sublicensed by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party; provided, however, that Holder may assign, transfer or delegate its rights to its parent or a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary without the consent of the Company. Any attempt by a party without such permission to assign, transfer, delegate or sublicense any rights, duties or obligations that arise under this Note shall be void. Subject to the foregoing and except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties.

(c) Notices. Any notice, request or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered or mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized overnight courier or personal delivery at the respective addresses of the parties as shown above (any notice, request or other communication sent to the Company should be directed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company) or at such other addresses as the parties may designate in writing to one another. Any party hereto may by notice so given change its address for future notice hereunder. Notice shall conclusively be deemed to have been given when received.

6

(d) Governing Law. This Note and all actions arising out of or in connection with this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of the State of California, or of any other state.

(e) Jurisdiction and Venue. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably (i) consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any court within Santa Clara County, State of California, in connection with any matter based upon or arising out of this Note or the matters contemplated herein, (ii) agrees that process may be served upon them in any manner authorized by the laws of the State of California for such persons and (iii) waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, suit or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named court, that it is immune from extraterritorial injunctive relief, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or maintained in the above-named court should be dismissed on the grounds of forum non conveniens, should be transferred to any court other than the above-named court, should be stayed by virtue of the pendency of any other action, suit or proceeding in any court other than the above-named court, or that this Note or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by the above-named court.

(f) Entire Agreement. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Note, the Repurchase Agreement (including the exhibits and schedules attached thereto) and the Restated Rights Agreement (including the exhibits attached thereto) constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Company, the Holder and Nortel Networks hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to such subject matter.

(g) WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.

(h) Counterparts. This Note may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.

(i) Titles and Subtitles, The titles and subtitles used in this Note are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Note. All references in this Note to sections, paragraphs and exhibits shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs hereof and exhibits attached hereto.

(THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.)

7

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has executed this Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note effective as of the date first written above.

NETGEAR, INC.

By: /s/ Patrick Lo
    ----------------------------------------
Name:  Patrick Lo
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

AGREED TO AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY HOLDER:

NORTEL NETWORKS LIMITED

By: /s/ Terry G. Hungle
    -------------------------
Name:  Terry G. Hungle
Title: Chief Financial Officer

By: /s/ Deborah J. Noble
    -------------------------
Name:  Deborah J. Noble
Title: Corporate Secretary

(SIGNATURE PAGE TO SUBORDINATED UNSECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE)


EXHIBIT - 10.13


NETGEAR, INC.

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT


This LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into as of July 25, 2002, by and between COMERICA BANK-CALIFORNIA ("Bank") and NETGEAR. INC. ("Borrower").

RECITALS

Borrower wishes to obtain credit from time to time from Bank, and Bank desires to extend credit to Borrower. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

"Accounts" means ail presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower, whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower's Books relating to any of the foregoing.

" Advance" or " Advances" means a cash advance or cash advances under the Revolving Facility.

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person's senior executive officers, directors, and partners.

"Bank Expenses" means all: reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank's reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.

"Borrower's Books" means all of Borrower's books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower's assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

"Borrowing Base": As defined in Exhibit E hereto.

"Business Day" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized or required to close.

"Change in Control" shall mean a transaction in which any "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such "person" or "group" to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

"Closing Date" means the date of this Agreement.

1

"Code" means the California Uniform Commercial Code.

"Collateral" means the property described on Exhibit A attached hereto.

"Contingent Obligation" means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards, or merchant services issued or provided for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term "Contingent Obligation" shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

"Copyrights" means any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret, now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held.

"Credit Extension" means each Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

"Daily Balance" means the amount of the Obligations owed at the end of a given day.

"EBITDA" means, for any period, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Eligible Accounts" means those Accounts that arise in the ordinary course of Borrower's business that comply with all of Borrower's representations and warranties to Bank set forth in Section 5.4; provided, that standards of eligibility may be fixed and revised from time to time by Bank in Bank's reasonable judgment and upon notification thereof to Borrower in accordance with the provisions hereof. Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, Eligible Accounts shall not include the following:

(a) Accounts that the account debtor has failed to pay within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(b) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, thirty percent (30%) of whose Accounts the account debtor has failed to pay within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(c) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is an officer, employee, or agent of Borrower;

(d) Accounts, or portions of Accounts, with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, sale or return, sale on approval, bill and hold, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the account debtor may be conditional;

(e) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is an Affiliate of Borrower;

(f) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States, except for Eligible Foreign Accounts, and except for Accounts of up to

2

$1,000,000 in the aggregate at any time with respect to which the account debtor is a Subsidiary of a corporation organized under the laws of the United States and having its principal place of business in the United States, provided such Accounts are not otherwise excluded pursuant to the definition of Eligible Accounts;

(g) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is the United States or any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States;

(h) Accounts with respect to which Borrower is liable to the account debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the account debtor to Borrower or for deposits or other property of the account debtor held by Borrower, but only to the extent of any amounts owing to the account debtor against amounts owed to Borrower;

(i) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, including Subsidiaries and Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, except with respect to Ingram Micro, Inc., including its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, as to which the percentage shall be thirty percent (30%), to the extent such obligations exceed the aforementioned percentages, except as approved in writing by Bank;

(j) Accounts, or portions of Accounts, with respect to which the account debtor disputes liability or makes any claim with respect thereto as to which Bank believes, in its sole discretion, that there may be a basis for dispute (but only to the extent of the amount subject to such dispute or claim), or is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business; and

(k) Accounts the collection of which Bank reasonably determines to be doubtful.

"Eligible Foreign Accounts" means Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States and that (i) are supported by one or more letters of credit in an amount and of a tenor, and issued by a financial institution, acceptable to Bank, or (ii) that Bank approves on a case-by-case basis.

"Equity Issuance" means, as applied to any Person, the sale or issuance by such Person of (i) any capital stock of such Person,
(ii) any options, warrants or other similar rights exercisable in respect of such capital stock, or (iii) any other security or instrument representing an equity interest (or the right to obtain an equity interest) in such Person.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

"Event of Default" has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

"Exchange Contract" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.1(c).

"Foreign Exchange Reserve" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

"GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.

"Indebtedness" means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations and (d) all Contingent Obligations.

"Insolvency Proceeding" means any proceeding commenced by or against any person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

3

"Intellectual Property Collateral" means all of Borrower's right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) Any and all trade secrets, and any and all intellectual property rights in computer software and computer software products now or hereafter existing, created acquired or held;

(c) Any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower now or hereafter existing, created, acquired or held;

(d) Any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the rights included above, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the intellectual property rights identified above;

(e) All licenses or other rights to use any of the Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks, and all license fees and royalties arising from such use to the extent permitted by such license or rights;

(f) All amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents; and

(g) All proceeds and products of the foregoing, including without limitation all payments under insurance or any indemnity or warranty payable in respect of any of the foregoing.

"Inventory" means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest, including merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products intended for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, of every kind and description now or at anytime hereafter owned by or in the custody or possession, actual or constructive, of Borrower, including such inventory as is temporarily out of its custody or possession or in transit and including any returns upon any accounts or other proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the sale or disposition of any of the foregoing and any documents of title representing any of the above, and Borrower's Books relating to any of the foregoing.

"Investment" means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership interest or other securities) any person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

"IRC" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

"Lien" means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

"Letter of Credit" has the meaning set forth in
Section 2.1(b).

"Loan Documents" means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other agreement entered into between Borrower and Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

"Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on (i) the business operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (ii) the ability of Borrow to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents or (iii) the value or priority of Bank's security interests in the Collateral.

4

"Negotiable Collateral" means all of Borrower's present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, notes, drafts, instruments, securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower's Books relating to any of the foregoing.

"Net Proceeds" means, with respect to any Equity Issuance, the gross proceeds received by the issuer from the issuance less all legal and accounting expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred or to be incurred and all federal, state, local and foreign taxes assessed in connection therewith.

"Nortel Networks Note" means the Subordinated Unsecured Convertible Promissory Note dated February 7, 2002 made by Borrower in favor of Nortel Networks Limited in an original principal amount of Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).

"Obligations" means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

"Patents" means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

"Payment Date" means the first (1st) calendar day of each month, commencing on the first such date after the Closing Date.

"Periodic Payments" means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

"Permitted Indebtedness" means:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan document;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

(c) Indebtedness arising under currency agreements or interest rate agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(d) Indebtedness secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term "Permitted Liens," provided (i) such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness and (ii) such Indebtedness does not exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate at any given time; and

(e) Subordinated Debt.

"Permitted Investment" means:

(a) Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule; and

(b) (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof,
(ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors

5

Service, (iii) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein issued by Bank and (iv) Bank's money market accounts.

"Permitted Liens" means the following:

(a) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank's security interests;

(c) Liens (i) upon or in any equipment which was not financed by Bank acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such equipment, or (ii) existing on such equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such equipment;

(d) Liens consisting of deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with, or to secure payment of, obligations under worker's compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other similar laws, or to secure the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than for the repayment of indebtedness) or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds for the performance of bids, tenders or contracts (other than liens arising under ERISA or environmental liens) or surety or appeal bonds, or to secure indemnity, performance or other similar bonds;

(e) Liens securing the claims or demands of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons, provided that if any such Lien arises from the nonpayment of such claims or demand when due, such claims or demands do not exceed $100,000 in the aggregate;

(f) Liens constituting encumbrances in the nature of reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights of way, covenants running with the land, and other similar title exceptions or encumbrances affecting any real property, provided that they do not in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the real property or materially interfere with its use in the ordinary conduct of the Borrower's business;

(g) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default;

(h) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase.

"Person" means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

"Prime Rate" means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its "prime rate," whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

"Responsible Officer" means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial officer, the Vice President of Finance, and the Controller of Borrower.

"Revolving Facility" means the facility under which Borrower may request Bank to issue Advances, as specified in Section 2.1 (a) hereof.

6

"Revolving Line" means a credit extension of up to Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).

"Revolving Maturity Date" means the date immediately preceding the second anniversary of the Closing Date.

"Schedule" means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

"Subordinated Debt" means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank).

"Subsidiary" means any corporation, company or partnership in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than 50% of the stock or other units of ownership which by the terms thereof has the ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

"Tangible Net Worth" means at any date as of which the amount thereof shall be determined, the sum of the capital stock and additional paid-in capital plus retained earnings (or minus accumulated deficit) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries minus intangible assets, plus Subordinated Debt, on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of calculating Tangible Net Worth, at any date of determination, the amount of Subordinated Debt owing to Nortel Networks Limited shall be the present value of Borrower's note payable to Nortel Networks Limited, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Total Liabilities" means at any date as of which the amount thereof shall be determined, all obligations that should, in accordance with GAAP be classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower, including in any event all Indebtedness.

"Trademarks" means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

1.2 Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations made hereunder shall be made in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the terms "financial statements" shall include the notes and schedules thereto.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

2.1 Credit Extensions.

Borrower promises to pay to the order of Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower hereunder. Borrower shall also pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

(a) Revolving Advances.

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed (i) the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, whichever is less, minus (ii) the face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), and minus (iii) the Foreign Exchange Reserve, Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(a) shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower may prepay any Advances without penalty or premium.

7

(ii) Whenever Borrower desires an Advance, Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission or telephone no later than 3:00 p.m. Pacific time, on the Business Day that the Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Payment/Advance Form in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto. Bank is authorized to make Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from a Responsible Officer or a designee of a Responsible Officer, or without instructions if in Bank's discretion such Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Advances made under this Section 2.l(a) to Borrower's deposit account.

(b) Letters of Credit.

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at any time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, Bank agrees to issue or cause to be issued letters of credit for the account of Borrower (each, a "Letter of Credit" and collectively, the "Letters of Credit") in an aggregate outstanding face amount not to exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base minus, in each case, the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances at any time, provided that the aggregate face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit shall not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000). All Letters of Credit shall be, in form and substance, acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank's form of standard application and letter of credit agreement (the "Application"), which Borrower hereby agrees to execute, including Bank's standard fee equal to 1.50% per annum of the face amount of each Letter of Credit. On any drawn but unreimbursed Letter of Credit, the unreimbursed amount shall be deemed an Advance under Section 2.1(a). Prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, Borrower shall secure in cash all obligations under any outstanding Letters of Credit on terms acceptable to Bank.

(ii) The obligation of Borrower to reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Application, and such Letters of Credit, under all circumstances whatsoever. Borrower shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Bank harmless from any loss, cost, expense or liability, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, arising out of or in connection with any Letters of Credit, except for expenses caused by Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(c) Foreign Exchange Contracts.

(i) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, Borrower may enter into foreign exchange contracts (the "Exchange Contracts") not to exceed an aggregate amount of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) (the "Contract Limit"), pursuant to which Bank shall sell to or purchase from Borrower foreign currency on a spot or future basis. Borrower shall not request any Exchange Contracts at any time it is out of compliance with any of the provisions of this Agreement. All Exchange Contracts must provide for delivery of settlement on or before the Revolving Maturity Date. The amount available under the Revolving Line at any time shall be reduced by the following amounts (the "Foreign Exchange Reserve") on any given day (the "Determination Date"): (i) on all outstanding Exchange Contracts on which delivery is to be effected or settlement allowed more than two (2) Business Days after the Determination Date, ten percent (10%) of the gross amount of the Exchange Contracts; plus (ii) on all outstanding Exchange Contracts on which delivery is to be effected or settlement allowed within two (2) Business Days after the Determination Date, one hundred percent (100%) of the gross amount of the Exchange Contracts.

(ii) Bank may, in its discretion, terminate the Exchange Contracts at any time (a) that an Event of Default occurs and is continuing (which Event of Default shall not have been remedied or cured within any applicable grace period) or (b) that there is not sufficient availability under the Revolving Line and Borrower does not have available funds in its Bank account to satisfy the Foreign Exchange Reserve. If Bank terminates the Exchange Contracts, and without limitation of any applicable indemnities, Borrower agrees to reimburse Bank for any and all fees, costs and expenses relating thereto or arising in connection therewith.

8

(iii) In the case of Borrower's purchase of foreign currency, Borrower in advance shall instruct Bank upon settlement either to treat the settlement amount as an advance under the Revolving Line, or to debit Borrower's account for the amount settled.

(iv) Borrower shall execute all standard form applications and agreements of Bank in connection with the Exchange Contracts and, without limiting any of the terms of such applications and agreements, Borrower will pay all standard fees and charges of Bank in connection with the Exchange Contracts.

(v) Without limiting any of the other terms of this Agreement or any such standard form applications and agreements of Bank, Borrower agrees to indemnify Bank and hold it harmless from and against any and all claims, debts, liabilities, demands, obligations, actions, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees of counsel of Bank's choice), of every nature and description which it may sustain or incur, based upon, arising out of, or in any way relating to any of the Exchange Contracts or any transactions relating thereto or contemplated thereby.

(d) Corporate Credit Cards. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request corporate credit cards with an aggregate limit not in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (the "Credit Card Sublimit"), provided that availability under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the aggregate limit of such credit cards, plus any other amounts owing by Borrower to Bank under this Section 2.1(c). The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such credit cards shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Bank's standard forms of credit card application and agreement.

2.2 Overadvances. If, at any time or for any reason, the amount of Obligations owed by Borrower to Bank pursuant to Section 2.l(a),
2.l(b), 2.1(c) and 2.l(d) of this Agreement is greater than the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.

2.3 Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations.

(a) Interest Rates.

(i) Advances. Except as set forth in
Section 2.3 (b), the Advances shall bear interest, on the outstanding Daily Balance thereof, at a rate equal to the Prime Rate plus three quarters of one percent (0.75%).

(b) Late Fee; Default Rate. If any payment is not made within ten (10) days after the date such payment is due, Borrower shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to five (5) percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.

(c) Payments. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable on each Payment Date. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments, if any, against any of Borrower's deposit accounts or against the Revolving Line, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. All payments shall be free and clear of any taxes, withholdings, duties, impositions or other charges, to the end that Bank will receive the entire amount of any Obligations payable hereunder, regardless of source of payment.

(d) Computation. In the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

9

2.4 Crediting Payments. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, the receipt by Bank of any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment shall be immediately applied to conditionally reduce Obligations, but shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 12:00 noon Pacific time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

2.5 Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

(a) Facility Fees.

(i) Upon execution of this Agreement, Borrower shall pay to Bank a non-refundable Facility Fee in the amount of $12,500. Bank acknowledges receipt of a deposit of $12,500 which shall be applied to such fee on the day this Agreement is executed.

(ii) On or before June 30, 2003, Borrower shall pay to Bank an additional non-refundable Facility Fee in the amount of $12,500.

(b) Revolving Commitment Fee. Borrower shall pay to Bank a commitment fee on the average daily unused portion of the Revolving Line from the Closing Date until the Revolving Maturity Date at the rate of one quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum, payable in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter commencing on the first such date occurring after the date of this Agreement, and on the Revolving Maturity Date.

(c) Bank Expenses. On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, as and when they become due.

2.6 Additional Costs. In case any law, regulation, treaty or official directive or the interpretation or application thereof by any court or any governmental authority charged with the administration thereof or the compliance with any guideline or request of any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law).

(a) subjects Bank to any tax with respect to payments of principal or interest or any other amounts payable hereunder by Borrower or otherwise with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby (except for taxes on the overall net income of Bank imposed by the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof);

(b) imposes, modifies or deems applicable any deposit insurance, reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, or loans by, Bank; or

(c) imposes upon Bank any other condition with respect to its performance under this Agreement,

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Bank, reduce the income receivable by Bank or impose any expense upon Bank with respect to the Obligations, Bank shall notify Borrower thereof. Borrower agrees to pay to Bank the amount of such increase in cost, reduction in income or additional expense as and when such cost, reduction or expense is incurred or determined, upon presentation by Bank of a statement of the amount and setting forth Bank's calculation thereof, all in reasonable detail, which statement shall be deemed true and correct absent manifest error.

10

2.7 Term. This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 12.7, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. Notwithstanding termination, Bank's Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations are outstanding.

2.8 Collateral Account. Borrower shall open and maintain with Bank an account (the "Collateral Account") into which all funds received by Borrower from any source shall immediately be deposited. Borrower shall direct all account debtors to mail or deliver all checks or other forms of payment for amounts owing to Borrower to a post office box designated by Bank, over which Bank shall have exclusive and unrestricted access. Bank shall collect the mail delivered to such post office box, open such mail, and endorse and credit all items to the Collateral Account. Borrower shall direct all account debtors or other persons owing money to Borrower who make payments by electronic transfer of funds to wire such funds directly to the Collateral Account. Borrower shall hold in trust for Bank all amounts that Borrower receives despite the directions to make payments to the post office box or Collateral Account, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit into the Collateral Account. Borrower irrevocably authorizes Bank to transfer to the Collateral Account any funds that have been deposited into any other accounts or that Bank has otherwise received. Borrower shall not establish or maintain any accounts with any Person other than Bank except for accounts opened in the ordinary course of business from which all funds are transferred on a daily basis to the Collateral Account or other accounts agreed upon by Bank. Bank shall have all right, title and interest in all of the items from time to time in the Collateral Account and their proceeds. Neither Borrower nor any person claiming through Borrower shall have any right in or control over the use of, or any right to withdraw any amount from, the Collateral Account, which shall be under the sole control of Bank; provided, however, that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing Borrower shall have the right to make withdrawals from the Collateral Account for use in the ordinary course of business or for purposes not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.

3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of Bank to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Agreement;

(b) a certificate of the Secretary of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

(c) financing statements (Form UCC-1);

(d) an intellectual property security agreement;

(e) agreement to provide insurance pursuant to
Section 6.6 of this Agreement;

(f) an unconditional guaranty, third party security agreement, intellectual property security agreement, and resolutions to guaranty by Netgear International, Inc.;

(g) a subordination agreement by Nortel Networks Limited;

(h) control agreements from certain Persons;

(i) an opinion of the Borrower's counsel;

(j) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5 hereof;

11

(k) an audit of the Collateral, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Bank; and

(l) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) timely receipt by Bank of the Payment/ Advance Form as provided in Section 2.1; and

(b) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST.

4.1 Grant of Security Interest. Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in all presently existing and hereafter acquired or arising Collateral in order to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and in order to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except as set forth in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in Collateral acquired after the date hereof.

4.2 Delivery of Additional Documentation Required. Borrower shall from time to time execute and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all Negotiable Collateral, all financing statements and other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and continue the perfection of Bank's security interests in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents.

4.3 Right to Inspect. Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower's usual business hours, to inspect Borrower's Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower's financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Qualification. Borrower and each Subsidiary is a corporation duly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except for states as to which any failure to so qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower's powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any material agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

12

5.3 No Prior Encumbrances. Borrower has good and marketable title to its property, free and clear of Liens, except for Permitted Liens.

5.4 Bona Fide Eligible Accounts. The Eligible Accounts are bona fide existing obligations. The property and services giving rise to such Eligible Accounts has been delivered or rendered to the account debtor or to the account debtor's agent for immediate and unconditional acceptance by the account debtor. Borrower has not received notice of actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor that is included in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Eligible Account.

5.5 Merchantable Inventory. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made.

5.6 Intellectual Property Collateral. Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property Collateral, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. Each of the Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property Collateral has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property Collateral violates the rights of any third party, Except as set forth in the Schedule, Borrower's rights as a licensee of intellectual property do not give rise to more than five percent (5%) of its gross revenue in any given month, including without limitation revenue derived from the sale, licensing, rendering or disposition of any product or service. Except as set forth in the Schedule. Borrower is not a party to, or bound by, any material agreement that restricts the grant by Borrower of a security interest in Borrower's rights under such agreement.

5.7 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office. Except as disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof. The chief executive office of Borrower is located at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof, All Borrower's Inventory and Equipment is located only at the location set forth in
Section 10 hereof.

5.8 Litigation. Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court or administrative agency in which an adverse decision could have a Material Adverse Effect, or a material adverse effect on Borrower's interest or Bank's security interest in the Collateral.

5.9 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements. All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that Bank has received from Borrower fairly present in all material respects Borrower's financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower's consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or the consolidating financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.10 Solvency. Payment of Debts. Borrower is solvent and able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.11 Regulatory Compliance. Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA, and no event has occurred resulting from Borrower's failure to comply with ERISA that could result in Borrower's incurring any material liability. Borrower is not an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of the important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has complied with all the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 Environmental Condition. Except as disclosed in the Schedule, none of Borrower's or any Subsidiary's properties or assets has ever been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to Borrower's

13

knowledge, by previous owners or operators, in the disposal of, or to produce, store, handle, treat, release, or transport, any hazardous waste or hazardous substance other than in accordance with applicable law; to Borrower's knowledge, none of Borrower's properties or assets has ever been designated or identified in any manner pursuant to any environmental protection statute as a hazardous waste or hazardous substance disposal site, or a candidate for closure pursuant to any environmental protection statute; no lien arising under any environmental protection statute has attached to any revenues or to any real or personal property owned by Borrower or any Subsidiary; and neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has received a summons, citation, notice, or directive from the Environmental Protection Agency or any other federal, state or other governmental agency concerning any action or omission by Borrower or any Subsidiary resulting in the releasing, or otherwise disposing of hazardous waste or hazardous substances into the environment.

5.13 Taxes. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except for taxes being contested in good faith and reserved for in accordance with GAAP.

5.14 Subsidiaries. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments.

5.15 Government Consents. Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower's business as currently conducted, the failure to obtain which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.16 Accounts. Except as disclosed in the Schedule, and except for accounts in which Bank has a perfected first priority security interest pursuant to a control agreement in form and substance acceptable to Bank, none of Borrower's nor any Subsidiary's deposit, operating or investment accounts are maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank.

5.17 Full Disclosure. No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants and agrees that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Good Standing. Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries' corporate existence and good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2 Government Compliance. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.3 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Borrower shall deliver the following to Bank; (a) as soon as available, but in any event within twenty-five (25) days after the end of each calendar month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower's consolidated operations during such period, prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, in a form acceptable to Bank and

14

certified by a Responsible Officer; (b) as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of Borrower's fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (c) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (d) within a reasonable time not exceeding 5 days after receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more; (e) as soon as available, but in any event within twenty-five (25) days after the end of each month, a domestic distribution sales pass through report and domestic distributor channel inventory report, as currently prepared by Borrower, in form and detail reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer; (f) as soon as practicable, but in any event no later than December 31 of each fiscal year, a budget and projections by fiscal quarter for the next four fiscal quarters, including projected consolidated balance sheets and statements of income and retained earnings (or comparable statements) and changes in financial position and cash flow of the Borrower, all approved by Borrower's board of directors, and all in form and detail acceptable to Bank; (g) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information as Bank may reasonably request from time to time generally prepared by Borrower in the ordinary course of business; and (h) within thirty (30) days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a report signed by Borrower, in form reasonably acceptable to Bank, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and the status of any outstanding applications or registrations, as well as any material change in Borrower's intellectual property, including but not limited to any subsequent ownership right of Borrower in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not specified in Exhibits A, B, and C of the Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to Bank by Borrower in connection with this Agreement.

Within three (3) days after the end of each week in which an Advance is outstanding, or, if no Advance is outstanding, within three (3) days after the end of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, together with aged listings of accounts receivable. Within three (3) days after the end of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank aged listings of accounts payable.

Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.

Bank shall have a right prior to the initial Advance and from time to time thereafter to audit Borrower's Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrower's expense (not to exceed $5,000 per audit), provided that such audits will be conducted no more often than four (4) times in any calendar year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Borrower shall immediately provide Bank with written notice upon (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Nortel Networks Note), (ii) the occurrence of any event that upon the lapse of time or the giving of notice would constitute or give rise to an Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Nortel Networks Note), (iii) a Change of Control (as such term is defined in the Nortel Networks Note), or (iv) any other event or occurrence requiring mandatory redemption or repayment of amounts owing under the Nortel Networks Note, other than upon the Nortel Networks Note's Maturity Date of February 7, 2009.

6.4 Inventory; Returns. Borrower shall keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of Borrower, as they exist at the time of the execution and delivery of this Agreement. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims, where the return, recovery, dispute or claim, individually or in the aggregate, involves more than Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000) in any fiscal quarter.

6.5 Taxes. Borrower shall make, and shall cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law,

15

and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; and Borrower will make, and will cause each Subsidiary to make, timely payment or deposit of all material tax payments and withholding taxes required of it by applicable laws, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., state disability, and local, state, and federal income taxes, and will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower. Borrower has entered into a Services Agreement with Trinet Employer Group, Inc. ("Trinet") dated February 9, 2000 pursuant to which Trinet provides employee payroll services for Borrower.

6.6 Insurance.

(a) Borrower, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Borrower's business is conducted on the date hereof. Borrower shall also maintain insurance relating to Borrower's business, ownership and use of the Collateral in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Borrower's.

(b) All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as are reasonably satisfactory to Bank, All such policies of property insurance shall contain a lender's loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee thereof, and all liability insurance policies shall show the Bank as an additional insured and shall specify that the insurer must give at least twenty (20) days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason. Upon Bank's request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of such policies of insurance and evidence of the payments of all premiums therefor. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy to the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided, that after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

6.7 Accounts. Borrower shall maintain and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain its primary depository, operating, and investment accounts with Bank and/or Comerica Securities, Inc. Borrower shall in any event maintain not less than 50% of its unrestricted cash and cash equivalents in one or more accounts with Bank and/ or Comerica Securities, Inc.

6.8 EBITDA.

(a) For each fiscal quarter listed below, Borrower's EBITDA shall be equal to or greater than the correlative amount indicated below:

Quarter Ending        Minimum EBITDA
--------------        --------------
June 30, 2002         $   853,800

September 30, 2002    $ 1,763,400

December 3 1,2002     $ 2,950,200

(b) For each fiscal quarter of Borrower commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2003, Borrower's EBITDA shall be equal to or greater than sixty percent (60%) of the projected EBITDA for such quarter, as set forth in the Borrower's projections delivered to Bank pursuant to Section 6.3(f) and approved by Borrower's board of directors.

6.9 Adjusted Tangible Net Worth. Borrower shall maintain, as of the last day of each calendar month, a Tangible Net Worth of not less than Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) plus (i) 50% of Borrower's net income (but not loss) for each fiscal quarter of the Borrower from and after the date of this

16

Agreement, plus (ii) 100% of the Net Proceeds of any Equity Issuance by the Borrower after the date hereof, minus any payments required to be made under
Section 6 of the Nortel Networks Note by reason of such Equity Issuance, provided that such payments are made only from the proceeds of such Equity Issuance, and provided, farther, that such payments are permitted to be made under Section 7.9 hereof and under the terms of the Subordination Agreement by and among Bank, Nortel Networks Limited, and Borrower.

6.10 Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a) Borrower shall register or cause to be registered on an expedited basis (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable: (i) those intellectual property rights listed on Exhibits A, B and C to the Intellectual Property Security Agreement delivered to Bank by Borrower in connection with this Agreement, within thirty (30) days of the date of this Agreement, (ii) all registerable intellectual property rights Borrower has developed as of the date of this Agreement but heretofore failed to register, within thirty (30) days of the date of this Agreement, and (iii) those additional intellectual property rights developed or acquired by Borrower from time to time in connection with any product or service, prior to the sale or licensing of such product or the rendering of such service to any third party, and prior to Borrower's use of such product (including without limitation major revisions or additions to the intellectual property rights listed on such Exhibits A, B and C). Borrower shall give Bank notice of all such applications or registrations.

(b) Borrower shall execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents from time to time as Bank shall reasonably request to perfect Bank's security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral.

(c) Borrower shall (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to detect infringements of the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights and promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Bank, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(d) Bank may audit Borrower's Intellectual Property Collateral to confirm compliance with this Section, provided such audit may not occur more often than twice per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at Borrower's sole expense, any actions that Borrower is required under this Section to take but which Borrower fails to take, after fifteen (15) days' notice to Borrower. Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify Bank for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section.

6.11 Further Assurances. At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until payment in full of the outstanding Obligations or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without the prior written consent of Bank;

7.1 Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, a "Transfer"), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, other than: (i) Transfers of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (ii) Transfers of non-exclusive licenses and similar arrangement for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(iii) Transfers of worn-out or obsolete Equipment which was not financed by Bank; or (iv) other Transfers which in the aggregate do not exceed $100,000 in any fiscal year.

17

7.2 Change in Business; Change in Control or Executive Office. Engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and any business substantially similar or related thereto (or incidental (hereto); or cease to conduct business in the manner conducted by Borrower as of the Closing Date; or suffer or permit a Change in Control; or without thirty (30) days prior written notification to Bank, relocate its chief executive office or state of incorporation or change its legal name; or without Bank's prior written consent, change the date on which its fiscal year ends.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person, except where (i) such transactions do not in the aggregate exceed $1,000,000 and
(ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the transactions.

7.4 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrances. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens. Agree with any Person other than Bank not to grant a security interest in, or otherwise encumber, any of its property, or permit any Subsidiary to do so.

7.6 Distributions. Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except that
(i) Borrower may declare and make any dividend payment or other distribution payable in its equity securities, and (ii) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees pursuant to stock repurchase agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase.

7.7 Investments. Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments; or maintain or invest any of its property with a Person other than Bank or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so unless such Person has entered into an account control agreement with Bank in form and substance satisfactory to Bank; or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower's business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm's length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.9 Subordinated Debt. Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except that Borrower may make payments required to be made under Section 6 of the Nortel Networks Note, and payments required to be made on the Nortel Networks Note's Maturity Date of February 7, 2009, provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist immediately after any such payment. Borrower shall not amend any provision contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank's prior written consent.

7.10 Inventory and Equipment. Store the Inventory or the Equipment with a bailee, warehouseman or other third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank's security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank's benefit or (b) is in pledge possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment, Store or maintain any Equipment or Inventory at a location other than the location set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement.

7.11 Compliance. Become an "investment company" or be controlled by an "investment company," within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or

18

undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose. Fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur, fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any law or regulation, which violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or a material adverse effect on the Collateral or the priority of Bank's Lien on the Collateral, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing.

7.12 Negative Pledge Agreements. Permit the inclusion in any contract to which it or a Subsidiary becomes a party of any provisions that could restrict or invalidate the creation of a security interest in any of Borrower's or such Subsidiary's property.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement;

8.1 Payment Default. If Borrower fails to pay, when due, any of the Obligations;

8.2 Covenant Default. If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Article 6 or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement, or fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant, or agreement contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (provided that no Credit Extensions will be required to be made during such cure period);

8.3 Material Adverse Effect. If there occurs any circumstance or circumstances that could have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.4 Attachment. If any portion of Borrower's assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within twenty (20) days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower's assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower's assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within twenty (20) days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be required to be made during such cure period);

8.5 Insolvency. If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

8.6 Other Agreements. If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party or by which it is bound resulting in a right by a third party or parties, whether or not

19

exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of $250,000; or which could have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.7 Subordinated Debt. If Borrower makes any payment on account of Subordinated Debt, except to the extent such payment is allowed under
Section 7.9 hereof and under any subordination agreement entered into with Bank;

8.8 Judgments. If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $250,000 (not paid or fully covered by insurance) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 30 days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of such judgment);

8.9 Nortel Networks Note. If there shall occur (i) an Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Nortel Networks Note), (ii) any event that upon the lapse of time or the giving of notice would constitute or give rise to an Event of Default (as such term is defined in the Nortel Networks Note), (iii) a Change of Control (as such term is defined in the Nortel Networks Note), or (iv) any other event or occurrence requiring mandatory redemption or repayment of amounts owing under the Nortel Networks Note, other than an event or occurrence requiring such repayment under Section 6 of the Nortel Networks Note or upon the Nortel Networks Note's Maturity Date of February 7, 2009;

8.10 Misrepresentation. If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

8.11 Guaranties. Any guaranty of all or a portion of the Obligations ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect, or any Guarantor fails to perform any obligation under any guaranty of all or a portion of the Obligations, or any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth in any guaranty of all or a portion of the Obligations or in any certificate delivered to Bank in connection with such guaranty, or any of the circumstances described in Sections 8.4, 8.5 or 8.8 occur with respect to any Guarantor.

9. BANK'S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

9.1 Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.5, all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

(d) Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank's determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect

20

to any of Borrower's owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank's rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(e) Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, or (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

(f) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower's labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank's exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower's rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank's benefit;

(g) Dispose of the Collateral by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower's premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate;

(h) Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale; and

(i) Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

9.2 Power of Attorney. Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank's designated officers, or employees) as Borrower's true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank's security interest in the Accounts;
(b) endorse Borrower's name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank's possession; (c) sign Borrower's name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower's policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; (g) to file, in its sole discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral; and (h) to transfer the Intellectual Property Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party to the extent permitted under the California Uniform Commercial Code; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in Section 4.2 regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred, including without limitation to modify, in its sole discretion, any intellectual property security agreement entered into between Borrower and Bank without first obtaining Borrower's approval of or signature to such modification by amending Exhibits A, B, and C, thereof, as appropriate, to include reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks acquired by Borrower after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks in which Borrower no longer has or claims to have any right, title or interest. The appointment of Bank as Borrower's attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank's rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank's obligation to provide Credit Extensions hereunder is terminated.

9.3 Accounts Collection. At any time during the term of this Agreement, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank's security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank's trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

9.4 Bank Expenses. If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all

21

of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; (b) set up such reserves under a loan facility in
Section 2.1 as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.6 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

9.5 Bank's Liability for Collateral. So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices. Bank shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for; (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause; (c) any diminution in the value thereof; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other person whomsoever. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

9.6 Remedies Cumulative. Bank's rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower's part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.

9.7 Demand; Protest. Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by Bank on which Borrower may in any way be liable.

10. NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

If to Borrower:            NETGEAR, INC.
                           4500 Great America
                           Parkway
                           Santa Clara, CA 95054
                           Attn: Jonathan Mather
                           FAX:  (408)907-8097

If to Bank:                Comerica Bank-California
                           333 W. Santa Clara St.
                           San Jose, CA 95113
                           Attn: Corporate
                           Banking Center

with a copy to:            Comerica Bank-California
                           Five Palo Alto Square,
                           Suite 800
                           Palo Alto, CA 94306
                           Attn: Jerry Iwata
                           FAX:  (650)213-1710

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

22

11. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of Borrower and Bank hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the County of Santa Clara, State of California. BORROWER AND BANK EACH HEREBY WAIVE THEIR
RESPECTIVE, RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS. AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY RECOGNIZES AND AGREES THAT THE FOREGOING WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR IT TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

12. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

12.1 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Bank's prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank's sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank's obligations, rights and benefits hereunder. Bank may assign, from time to time, all or any portion of its obligations, rights and benefits hereunder to an Affiliate of Bank or to any other financial institution; provided, that Bank shall give Borrower prior written notice of any such assignment.

12.2 Indemnification. Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and
(b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

12.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration. Neither this Agreement nor the Loan Documents can be amended or terminated orally. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

12.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

12.7 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 12.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

23

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

NETGEAR, INC.

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    -----------------------------
Title: CFO

COMERICA BANK-CALIFORNIA

By: /s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
    -----------------------------
Title: Vice President

24

DEBTOR NETGEAR, INC.

SECURED PARTY: COMERICA BANK-CALIFORNIA

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT
TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as "Borrower" or "Debtor") whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor's books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the forgoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the forgoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof,
(v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions, added by Stats. 1999, c.991 (S.B. 45), Section 35, operative July 1, 2001.

25

EXHIBIT B

LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE TELEPHONE REQUEST FORM

         FOR WORKING CAPITAL ADVANCES: DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS 3:00
P.M. PACIFIC TIME

TO: TECHNOLOGY AND LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION                        DATE: _________

FAX #: 650-846-6840 ATTN: COMPLIANCE                             TIME: _________

FROM: NETGEAR, INC.
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             CLIENT NAME (BORROWER)

REQUESTED BY:___________________________________________________________________

AUTHORIZED SIGNER'S NAME

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:___________________________________________________________

PHONE NUMBER:___________________________________________________________________

FROM ACCOUNT # _________________________ TO ACCOUNT #__________________________

REQUESTED TRANSACTION TYPE                    REQUEST DOLLAR AMOUNT
                                              $_________________________________
PRINCIPAL INCREASE (ADVANCE)                  $_________________________________
PRINCIPAL PAYMENT (ONLY)                      $_________________________________
INTEREST PAYMENT (ONLY)                       $_________________________________
PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST (PAYMENT)              $_________________________________

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS:_____________________________________________________________


All representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of the telephone request for an Advance confirmed by this Borrowing Certificate; provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date.

BANK USE ONLY

TELEPHONE REQUEST:

The following person is authorized to request the loan payment transfer/loan advance on the advance designated account and is known to me.

_____________________________________   ________________________________________
           Authorized Requester                        Phone #

_____________________________________   ________________________________________
          Received By (Bank)                           Phone #

                      ___________________________________

Authorized Signature (Bank)

26

EXHIBIT C

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

Borrower: NETGEAR, INC. Lender: Comerica Bank-California

Commitment Amount: $20,000,000

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

1. Accounts Receivable Book Value as of _____ $__________

2. Additions (please explain on reverse) $__________

3. TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE $__________

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

4. Amounts over 90 days due $__________

5. Balance of 30% over 90 day accounts $__________

6. Concentration Limits* $__________

7. Foreign Accounts $__________

8. Governmental Accounts $__________

9. Contra Accounts $__________

10. Demo Accounts $__________

11. Intercompany/Employee Accounts $__________

12. Other (please explain on reverse) $__________

13. TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS $__________

14. Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #13) $__________

15. LOAN VALUE OF ACCOUNTS (___% of #14) $__________

BALANCES

16.      Maximum Loan Amount                                $__________

17.      Total Funds Available [Lesser of #16 or #15]       $__________

18.      Present balance owing on Line of Credit            $__________

19.      Outstanding under Sublimits (L/C, FX, Credit
          Cards)                                            $__________

20.      RESERVE POSITION (#17 minus #18 and #19)           $__________

* 30% for Ingram Micro, Inc. and subsidiaries

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Comerica Bank-California.

NETGEAR, INC.

By: ______________________________
Authorized Signer

27

                                    EXHIBIT D
                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

TO:               COMERICA BANK-CALIFORNIA

FROM:             NETGEAR, INC.

         The undersigned authorized officer of NETGEAR, INC. hereby certifies

that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the "Agreement"), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending_________with all required covenants except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date are true and correct as of such date). Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

PLEASE INDICATE COMPLIANCE STATUS BY CIRCLING YES/NO UNDER "COMPLIES" COLUMN.

REPORTING COVENANT                                   REQUIRED                                                       COMPLIES
------------------                                   --------                                                       --------
Monthly financial statements                         Monthly within 25 days                             Yes            No
Annual (CPA Audited)                                 FYE within 120 days                                Yes            No
1OK and lOQ                                          (as applicable)                                    Yes            No
A/R Agings, Borrowing Base Cert.                     Weekly within 3 days if Advance is                 Yes            No
                                                     outstanding; Monthly within 3 days if no
                                                     Advance is outstanding.
A/P Agings                                           Monthly within 3 days                              Yes            No
A/R Audit                                            Initial and Quarterly                              Yes            No
IP Report                                            Quarterly within 30 days                           Yes            No

FINANCIAL COVENANT                                    REQUIRED                   ACTUAL                             COMPLIES
------------------                                    --------                   ------                             --------
Maintain on a Monthly Basis (unless otherwise
noted):
         Minimum EBITDA (Quarterly)                  $________(1)               $______                 Yes            No
         Minimum Tangible Net Worth                  $________(2)               $______                 Yes            No

(1) Quarter ending: June 30, 2002, $853,800; September 30, 2002, $1,763,400; December 31, 2002, $2,950,200; For each fiscal quarter of Borrower commencing with the quarter ending March 31,2003, Borrower's EBITDA shall be equal to or greater than sixty percent (60%) of the projected EBITDA for such quarter, as set forth in the Borrower's projection delivered to Bank pursuant to Section 6.3(f) and approved by Borrow board of directors.

(2) Not less than Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) plus (i) 50% of Borrower's net income (but not loss) for each fiscal quarter of the Borrower from and after the date of this Agreement, plus (ii) 100% of the net proceeds of any sale or issuance of Borrower's equity securities after the date of this Agreement.

COMMENTS REGARDING EXCEPTIONS: See Attached.       BANK USE ONLY

                                                   Received by:_________________
Sincerely,                                                     AUTHORIZED SIGNER

                                                   Date:________________________
_____________________________________________      Verified:____________________
SIGNATURE                                                      AUTHORIZED SIGNER

_____________________________________________      Date:________________________

TITLE

Compliance Status Yes No


DATE

28

EXHIBIT E

ADVANCE RATE GRID

The "Borrowing Base" initially shall mean an amount equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of Eligible Accounts (such percentage, the " Advance Rate"), as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower; provided, that the Advance Rate may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with the grid set forth below, based upon the Borrower's sales dilution rate, as determined by Bank in connection with audits performed by Bank or its agents from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; provided, further, that any change in the Advance Rate shall be made in Bank's sole discretion. Bank shall notify Borrower of any change in the Advance Rate.

Sales Dilution Rate                                Advance Rate
-------------------                                ------------
0 - 5%                                             85%
6 -10%                                             80%
11-15%                                             75%
Greater than 15%                                   Advance Rate to be further reduced by 5% for every 5% increase in the
                                                   Sales Dilution Rate above 15%.

29

FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement (the "Amendment") is entered into as of December 6, 2002, by and between COMERICA BANK - CALIFORNIA ("Bank") and NETGEAR, INC. ("Borrower").

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of July 25, 2002, (as amended from time to time, together with any related agreements, the "Agreement"). Hereinafter, all indebtedness owing by Borrower to Bank shall be referred to as the "Indebtedness." The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

AGREEMENT

I. INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE. The Recitals and the documents referred to therein are incorporated herein by this reference. Except as otherwise noted, the terms not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.

II. AMENDMENT TO THE AGREEMENT. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent as set forth in Article IV hereof, the Agreement is hereby amended as set forth below.

A. The first sentence of the second paragraph of Section 6.3 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

"Within three (3) days after the end of each week in which either a) an Advance is outstanding or b) the aggregate face amount for Letters of Credit exceeds $746,000. Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, together with aged listings of accounts receivable. However, if no Advance is outstanding and the aggregate face amount for Letters of Credit does not exceed $746,000, then within three (3) days after the end of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, together with aged listings of accounts receivable."

III. LEGAL EFFECT.

A. The Agreement is hereby amended wherever necessary to reflect the changes described above.

B. Borrower agrees that it has no defenses against the obligations to pay any amounts under the Indebtedness.

C. Borrower understands and agrees that in modifying the existing Indebtedness, Bank is relying upon Borrower's representations, warranties, and agreements, as set forth in the Agreement. Except as expressly modified pursuant to this Amendment, the terms of the Agreement remain unchanged, and in full force and effect. Bank's agreement to modifications to the existing Indebtedness pursuant to this Amendment in no way shall obligate Bank to make any future modifications to the Indebtedness. Nothing in this Amendment shall constitute a satisfaction of the Indebtedness. It is the intention of Bank and Borrower to retain as liable parties, all makers and endorsers of Agreement, unless the party is expressly released by Bank in writing. No maker,

AMENDMENT

PAGE 1 OF 2

endorser, or guarantor will be released by virtue of this Amendment. The terms of this paragraph apply not only to this Amendment, but also to all subsequent loan modification requests.

D. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

E. This is an integrated Amendment and supersedes all prior negotiations and agreements regarding the subject matter hereof. All modifications hereto must be in writing and signed by the parties.

IV. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remains in full force and effect. The effectiveness of this Agreement is conditioned upon receipt by Bank of this Amendment, and any other documents which Bank may require to carry out the terms hereof, including but not limited to the following:

A. This Amendment, duly executed by Borrower,

B. A legal fee from the Borrower in the amount of $250; and

C. Such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

NETGEAR, INC.

By: /s/ Jonathan Mather
   -----------------------
Title: CFO
       -------------------

COMERICA BANK - CALIFORNIA

By:_______________________

Title:____________________

AMENDMENT

PAGE 2 OF 2

Exhibit 10.14

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

THIS LEASE ("Lease") is made and entered into as of this third (3rd) day of December, 2001 ("Effective Date") by and between DELL ASSOCIATES II-A, a California general partnership ("Landlord"), and NETGEAR, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, for the term and upon the terms and conditions set forth below, that certain premises ("Premises") commonly referred to as Suite 100, consisting of approximately thirty-two thousand three hundred twenty-two (32,322) rentable square feet, on the first (1st) floor of that certain building ("Building") located at 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California. The Premises is more particularly illustrated on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by reference. The Premises is part of a larger project consisting of the Building (including all common areas therein), the parcel of land upon which the Building is situated ("Land") (including all common areas thereon), the surface parking, landscaping, and other improvements located on the Land (collectively, the "Project").

Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1
BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

1.1 Intentionally Omitted.

1.2 Term.

(a) Commencement Date: January 1, 2002

(b) Expiration Date: December 31, 2004 (subject to extension pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in Article 34.1 below)

1.3 Rentable Square Footage: Approximately Thirty-two Thousand Three Hundred Twenty-two (32,322).

1.4  Basic Rental:

                         Base                Monthly
     Lease Month         Annual Rent*        Installments

     1-36                $387,864.00         $32,322.00

*The preceding to the contrary notwithstanding, the monthly Basic Rental for the twelfth (12th), twenty-fifth (25th) and thirty-sixth (36th) months of the Lease Term shall be abated as provided in Article 3.1 below.

-1-

1.5 Tenant's Proportionate Share: Forty-three percent (43%), representing a fraction the numerator of which is the rentable square footage in the Premises and the denominator of which is the rentable square footage in the Building.

1.6 Security Deposit: Ninety-six Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-nine Dollars ($96,999), subject to Article 4 below.

1.7 Permitted Use: General office, research and development, engineering, light manufacturing and storage of Tenant's product, subject to Article 7 hereof.

1.8 Brokers: None

1.9 Parking Spaces: One Hundred Sixteen (116) unreserved, subject to Article 23 hereof.

ARTICLE 2

TERM

2.1 Lease Term. The term of this Lease ("Lease Term") shall be for a period of three (3) years ("Lease Term") and shall commence (the "Commencement Date") on the date set forth in Article 1.2(a) of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall end (unless earlier terminated or extended) on the expiration date set forth in Article 1.2(b) of the Basic Lease Provisions. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant is currently in possession and occupancy of the Premises pursuant to that certain Sublease ("Sublease"), dated August 30, 2000, entered into by and between Tenant, as subtenant, and Nortel Networks, NA, Inc., as sublandlord. The lease pursuant to which Nortel Networks, NA, Inc. currently leases the Premises from Landlord shall hereinafter sometimes be referred to as the "Nortel Lease." Tenants shall continue in possession and occupancy of the Premises upon termination of the Sublease and hereby acknowledges that the Premises shall be accepted by Tenant on the Commencement Date in "as-is" condition. Promptly following Landlord's receipt of a roof report to be prepared by Davco Roofing, Landlord shall deliver the same to Tenant.

2.2 Measurement of Premises. The parties hereto acknowledge that the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises is an approximation and that the same has been used to determine the Basic Rental, Tenant's Proportionate Share, the number of non-exclusive parking spaces allocated to Tenant's use, and the cash Security Deposit referred to herein. The Rentable Square Footage referred to in Article 1.3 of the Basic Lease Terms shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant even if either such party determines that the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises is actually more or less than that set forth in Article 1.3.

ARTICLE 3
RENTAL

3.1 Basic Rental. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord during the term hereof, at Landlord's office located at 1690 Dell Avenue, Campbell, CA 95008 or to such other person or at such other place as directed from time to time by written notice to Tenant from Landlord, the monthly and annual sums as set forth in Article 1.4 of the Basic Lease Provisions, payable in advance on the first day of each calendar month, without demand, setoff or deduction, and in the

-2-

event the expiration of this Lease occurs other than on the first day or last day of a calendar month, the rent for such month shall be prorated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall pay to Landlord concurrently with the execution of this Lease the monthly installment of Basic Rental due for the first (1st) month of the Lease Term.

The payment of monthly Basic Rental for the twelfth (12th), twenty-fourth
(24th), and thirty-sixth (36th) months of the Lease Term shall be abated or excused, except that such abatement or excuse shall not apply to any portion of the twelfth (12th), twenty-fourth (24th) or thirty-sixth (36th) months of the Lease Term, as the case may be, during which an Event of Default exists.

3.2 Payment of Direct Costs. During each calendar year of the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent (as defined below) Tenant's Proportionate Share (as provided in Article 1.5 of the Basic Lease Provisions) of any and all of the following amounts incurred by Landlord: (i) "Tax Costs" (as hereinafter defined), (ii) "Operating Costs" (as hereinafter defined), or
(iii) "Insurance Costs" (as hereinafter defined). In the event either the Premises and/or the Project is expanded or reduced, then Tenant's Proportionate Share shall be appropriately adjusted, and as to the calendar year in which such change occurs, Tenant's Proportionate Share for such year shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during that particular calendar year that each such Tenant's Proportionate Share was in effect. In the event this Lease shall terminate on any date other than the last day of a calendar year, Tenant's Proportionate Share of Tax Costs, Operating Costs and Insurance Costs for such calendar year in which this Lease terminates shall be prorated on the basis of the relationship which the number of days which have elapsed from the commencement of said calendar year to and including said date on which this Lease terminates bears to three hundred sixty (360). Any and all amounts due and payable by Tenant pursuant to this Article 3 shall be deemed "Additional Rent" (as defined in Article 30.13 hereof) and Landlord shall be entitled to exercise the same rights and remedies upon default in these payments as Landlord may exercise upon non-payment of Basic Rental.

3.3 Definitions. As used herein, the following the terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) "Tax Costs" shall mean any and all real estate taxes and other similar charges on real property or improvements, assessments, water and sewer charges, and all other charges assessed or levied upon the Project and appurtenances thereto and the parking or other facilities thereof, or the real property thereunder or attributable thereto or on the rents, issues, profits or income received or derived therefrom which are assessed or levied by the United States, the State of California or any local government authority or agency or any political subdivision thereof, and shall include Landlord's reasonable legal fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings for reduction of Tax Costs or any part thereof (provided that such legal fees, costs and disbursements shall not exceed the reduction in Tax Costs achieved in connection with any such proceeding); provided, however, if at any time after the date of this Lease the methods of taxation now prevailing shall be altered so that in lieu of or as a supplement to or a substitute for the whole or any part of any Tax Costs, there shall be assessed or levied (a) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge wholly or partially as a net income, capital or franchise levy or otherwise on the rents, issues, profits or income derived therefrom, or (b) a tax, assessment, levy (including but not limited to any municipal, state or federal levy),

-3-

imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon the real property and imposed upon Landlord, (c) a license fee measured by the rent payable under this Lease, or (d) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge imposed on or on account of Tenant's occupancy of the Premises or measured by the area of the Premises or Building or the number of parking spaces located on the Land, then all such taxes, assessments or levies or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included in the term "Tax Costs". Except as otherwise provided in the preceding sentence, "Tax Costs" shall not include estate, inheritance, transfer, gift, or franchise taxes of Landlord or the Federal or State net income tax imposed on Landlord's net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Building or Project). Tax Costs shall include increases in real property taxes arising from a "change in ownership" or new construction upon the Project.

(b) "Operating Costs" shall mean actual, reasonable costs, expenses and amounts incurred by Landlord in connection with the maintenance, operation, replacement (to the extent not a capital expenditure) and repair of the Project, the equipment, the landscaped areas, parking area and other common areas and facilities of the Project, including, but not limited to, management fees (in an amount not to exceed five percent (5%) of Basic Rental and Direct Costs); the cost of all charges for electricity, gas, water and other utilities furnished to the Building and the common areas of the Project (subject to Article 11 hereof), including any taxes thereon; the cost of all building and cleaning supplies and materials; the reasonable cost of all charges for cleaning, maintenance, and service contracts and other services with independent contractors; and license, permit and inspection fees relating to the Project. In the event, during any calendar year, the Project is less than one hundred percent (100%) occupied at all times, the Operating Costs which vary based upon occupancy shall be reasonably and equitably adjusted to reflect the Operating Costs of the Project as though one hundred percent (100%) occupied at all times, and the increase or decrease in rent shall be based upon such Operating Costs as so adjusted.

Operating Costs shall not include: (i) costs associated with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes Landlord (as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project); (ii) marketing costs, leasing commissions or fees in lieu of commissions or other costs incurred in procuring or negotiating with other tenants of the Project (including attorneys' fees); (iii) costs arising from Landlord's charitable or political contributions (iv) costs, including attorneys' fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof, arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes with individual tenants; (v) any financing or refinancing costs; (vi) mortgage payments, debt service or ground rent on the Project; (vii) depreciation of the Project or any capital or replacement reserves; (viii) the cost of repairs, replacements and general maintenance (including repairs or replacements necessitated by condemnation, fire or other casualty) to the extent Landlord receives reimbursement for such costs in the same calendar year as incurred from insurance proceeds, warranties or third parties (provided, however, if any such reimbursement is not received in the calendar year when such expense was incurred, the reimbursement shall be applied to Operating Costs for the calendar year in which such reimbursement is received); (ix) bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;
(x) the cost of renovating or otherwise improving space for individual tenants of the Project; (xi) charges for services rendered to other tenants of the Project that are not offered or available to Tenant or that are reimbursed directly to Landlord by such tenants; (xii) Excluded Maintenance (as defined in Article 9.3 hereof); (xiii) costs arising from

-4-

any casualty or condemnation; or (xiv) costs of repairs, replacements and improvements which would be required to be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, including, without limitation, capital expenditures (i.e., expenditures required to be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principals) incurred (1) to effect economies of operation of the Premises, Building and/or the common areas of the Project (or improvements thereon), (2) for capital repairs and replacements incurred in connection with the operation and maintenance of the Premises, Building and/or common areas of the Project (or improvements thereon), and (3) to make alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, Building and/or common areas of the Project (or improvements thereon) required by government regulations, laws, or ordinances. The preceding sentence notwithstanding, Tenant shall pay the cost of all capital improvements required by governmental regulations, laws or ordinances to the extent such capital improvements are related to or caused by (i) Tenant's specific manner of use or change in use of the Premises, (ii) Tenant's alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises, (iii) the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, employees, contractors or other representatives (subject to Article 14.4), or (iv) Tenant's application for any governmental permits, licenses or approvals.

(c) "Insurance Costs" shall mean the cost of premiums for fire and extended coverage ("all risk" or "special form" insurance, including, without limitation, earthquake insurance and rental loss insurance if procured and maintained by Landlord at commercially reasonable rates and/or if required by Landlord's lender), commercial liability and all other insurance for the Premises, Building and/or common areas of the Project required to be carried by Landlord under the Lease or now or hereafter maintained by Landlord with respect to the Project.

(d) "Direct Costs" as used herein shall mean the Tax Costs, Operating Costs, and Insurance Costs.

3.4 Determination of Payment. Landlord shall, prior to the commencement of each calendar year, furnish to Tenant a written estimate showing in reasonable detail Landlord's reasonably estimated Direct Costs for the next following calendar year and the amount of Tenant's Proportionate Share of such Direct Costs appropriately prorated on a monthly basis for such calendar year. Thereafter, on each monthly rental payment date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the monthly amount of Tenant's Proportionate Share of the estimated Direct Costs as shown in said written estimate. Landlord reserves the right to revise any estimate of Direct Costs if actual or reasonably projected Tax Costs, Operating Costs or Insurance Costs show an increase or decrease from any earlier estimate for the same calendar year. If Landlord delivers such revised estimate to Tenant at any time during the calendar year, Tenant shall commence payment of such estimated amount on the next monthly rental payment as shown in the revised estimate to Tenant at any time during the calendar year, Tenant shall commence payment of such estimate. Neither Landlord's failure to deliver nor the late delivery of such estimate shall constitute a default by Landlord hereunder or a waiver of Landlord's right to receive Tenant's Proportionate Share of the estimated Direct Costs and Tenant shall continue to pay on the basis of the most recent estimate until Landlord delivers a new estimate of Direct Costs to Tenant. Within one hundred eighty (180) calendar days following the close of each calendar year during the Lease Term, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement (the "Reconciliation") showing in reasonable detail Landlord's actual Direct Costs for the relevant calendar year, together with a full statement of any adjustments necessary to reconcile any sums paid (or credited) hereunder as

-5-

Tenant's Proportionate Share of Direct Costs during such calendar year with those sums actually payable and due hereunder for such calendar year as set forth in the Reconciliation. If the Reconciliation shows that additional sums are due from Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay such sums to Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Reconciliation. If the Reconciliation shows that a credit is due Tenant, such credit shall be credited against the next sums becoming due from Tenant hereunder. Notwithstanding that the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any additional sums due Landlord and Landlord shall rebate to Tenant the amount of any credit due Tenant, as set forth in the Reconciliation for the calendar year in which the Lease Term expired, within thirty (30) days after the date of such Reconciliation.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, within sixty (60) days after receipt by Tenant of Landlord's Reconciliation statement for any prior calendar year during the Lease Term, Tenant or its authorized representative shall have the right to review Landlord's expense records during the business hours of Landlord at Landlord's office or, at Landlord's option, such other location as Landlord reasonably may specify, solely for the purpose of verifying the information contained in the Reconciliation statement. Except in the case of manifest error, unless Tenant asserts specific errors within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Reconciliation statement, the Reconciliation shall be deemed correct as between Landlord and Tenant and binding on such parties.

ARTICLE 4
SECURITY DEPOSIT

Concurrently with Tenant's execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum of Ninety-six Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety-nine Dollars ($96,999) in the form of a cashier's check or certified check payable to Landlord (the "Security Deposit"). Said sum shall be held by Landlord as a security deposit for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the Lease Term, including any extension or renewal of the Lease Term, if applicable. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including but not limited to the provisions relating to the payment of Basic Rental, Tenant's Proportionate Share of Direct Costs, and/or any of the monetary sums due hereunder, Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any part of the cash Security Deposit for the payment of Basic Rental, Tenant's Proportionate Share of Direct Costs or any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant's default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant's default, including, but not limited to, any damages or deficiency in the re-letting of the demised Premises or other reentry by Landlord. Tenant waives any restriction on the uses to which the Security Deposit or any portion thereof may be put contained in California Civil Code Section 1950.7. If any portion of said Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) business days after written demand therefore, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount; Tenant's failure to do so shall be a material breach of or Event of Default under this Lease. Landlord shall not be deemed a trustee of the Security Deposit and Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds. Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such Security Deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, any part of the Security Deposit not used or

-6-

retained by Landlord pursuant to the terms outlined above shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord's option, to the last assignee of Tenant's interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Lease Term and delivery of exclusive possession of the demised Premises to Landlord. In the event of termination of Landlord's interest in the Lease, Landlord may transfer said Security Deposit to Landlord's successor in interest whereupon Landlord shall be automatically released of all liability for return of such Security Deposit or the accounting therefore.

ARTICLE 5
HOLDING OVER

Should Tenant, with Landlord's written consent, hold over after termination of this Lease, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month only upon each and all of the terms herein provided as may be applicable to a month to month tenancy and any such holding over shall not constitute an extension of this Lease. During such holding over, Tenant shall pay in advance, monthly, a rental rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Basic Rental in effect for the last month of the Lease Term, in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other payments required to be made by Tenant hereunder including but not limited to Tenant's Proportionate Share of Direct Costs (collectively, the "Holdover Rate"). If Tenant holds over after termination of this Lease without the express written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only. Tenant agrees that the reasonable value of the use of the Premises during any holding over without consent shall be the Holdover Rate (pro rated on a daily basis). Acceptance by Landlord of rent in accordance with the preceding sentence shall not constitute a hold over hereunder or result in a renewal of the Lease. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, losses, expenses or liabilities resulting therefrom, including without limitation, costs and attorney fees. The indemnity, defense and hold harmless obligations of Tenant set forth in this Article 5 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 6
PERSONAL PROPERTY

Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against or levied upon fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises. In the event any or all of Tenant's fixtures, furnishings, equipment and other personal property shall be assessed and taxed with property of Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its share of such taxes within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant by Landlord of a statement in writing setting forth the amount of such taxes applicable to Tenant's property. Tenant shall pay directly to the party or entity entitled thereto all business license fees, gross receipts taxes and similar taxes and impositions which may from time to time be assessed against or levied upon Tenant, as and when the same become due and before delinquency. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any sums payable by Tenant under this Article 6 shall not be included in the computation of "Tax Costs."

-7-

ARTICLE 7
USE

Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Use set forth in Article 1.7 of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall not use or occupy the Premises or permit the same to be used or occupied for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, and Tenant agrees that it will use the Premises in such a manner so as not to unreasonably interfere with or infringe the rights of other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be in force relating to or affecting the use of the Premises or the Project or the conduct of Tenant's business in the Premises or the Project. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, make any and all alterations, improvements or structural changes, that are required by laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental regulations or requirements as a result of Tenant's particular use or change in use of the Premises, Tenant's negligence or willful misconduct (subject to Article 14.4 hereof), any alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant and/or any applications made by Tenant for governmental permits, licenses or approvals. Any other alterations, improvements or structural changes to the Premises or the Project that are required by laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental regulations or requirements, and not due to Tenant's particular use or change in use of the Premises, Tenant's negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant's alterations, additions or improvements, or any applications made by Tenant for governmental permits, licenses or approvals shall be made by Landlord, and the cost thereof, subject to Article 3.3(b), shall be an Operating Cost. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which will invalidate or increase the cost of any fire and extended coverage insurance policy covering the Project and/or the property located therein and Tenant shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of any organization which sets out generally accepted standards, requirements or recommendations commonly referred to by major fire insurance underwriters. Tenant shall promptly upon demand reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charges for such policy by reason of Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 7.

ARTICLE 8
CONDITION OF PREMISES; INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING.

8.1 Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant is currently in possession and occupancy of the Premises under the Sublease. Tenant hereby agrees that the Premises shall be taken at the Commencement Date of the Term in "as is" condition. Tenant hereby agrees and warrants that it has inspected and is familiar with the condition of the Premises and the suitability of same for Tenant's purposes, and Tenant does hereby waive and disclaim any objection to, cause of action based upon, or claim that its obligations hereunder should be reduced or limited because of the condition of the Premises or the Project or the suitability of same for Tenant's purposes. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has no obligation to alter or improve the Premises for Tenant's use or benefit or to make any contribution toward the cost of any tenant improvements desired to be made by Tenant, except that Landlord shall be obligated to make the Allowance (as defined in Article 8.2 below) available to Tenant (not earlier than the Commencement Date of the Lease) for Tenant's replacement of the lighting in the Premises as set forth in Article 8.2 below and/or for the construction or installation of an additional office(s) or computer flooring which Tenant may desire to construct or install in the

-8-

Premises. Tenant's right to construct or install such replacement lighting, additional office(s) and/or computer flooring shall be subject to the provisions of Article 8.2, Article 9.3 and Article 10. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent nor any employee of Landlord has made any representations or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Project or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant's business. Tenant hereby waives and releases its right to make repairs at Landlord's expense pursuant to Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 of the Civil Code of California or under any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

8.2 Installation of Lighting. Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the applicable provisions of Articles 9 and 10 hereof); Tenant may, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, install lighting upgrades in the Premises ("Lighting"), which Lighting shall in no event overburden the Building Systems (as defined in Article 9.2 hereof). Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, prepare any plans and specifications required for the installation of the Lighting and deliver the same to Landlord for Landlord's prior written approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). If Tenant elects to undertake the Lighting upgrades pursuant to the terms hereof, Tenant shall construct and install the Lighting in such a manner as to minimize any disruption to other tenants' use of the Building. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with a tenant improvement allowance (the "Allowance") in an amount equal to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) which may be used by Tenant to pay for certain costs that Tenant incurs in connection with the installation of the Lighting and/or construction or installation of an additional office(s) and/or computer flooring as referred to in Article 8.1 above. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to provide any portion of the Allowance to Tenant prior to the Commencement Date of the Lease. Landlord shall not be pay any portion of the Allowance if an Event of Default exists under this Lease. Tenant may request disbursements from the Allowance not more frequently than once a month. Tenant's request for disbursement of any portion of the Allowance shall be accompanied by (i) conditional lien releases in a statutory form or form otherwise reasonably acceptable to Landlord, from all persons and entities providing work or materials covered by such request, and (ii) invoices, vouchers, statements, affidavits and/or other documents in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord which substantiate and justify the disbursement requested. Provided Landlord receives the documentation referred to in the immediately preceding sentence, and provided further that no Event of Default exists under this Lease, Landlord shall make such disbursement of the applicable portion of the Allowance within twenty (20) days following receipt of such written request for the same.

ARTICLE 9
REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

9.1 Tenant Repairs. Subject to Section 14.4 hereof, except for matters which are Landlord's responsibility under Article 9.2 hereof, Tenant shall keep the Premises in as good condition and repair as existed on the Effective Date (reasonable wear and tear and damage caused by casualty or condemnation excepted). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may alter the condition of the Premises by performing alterations, changes or additions to the Premises in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease (including, without limitation, Article 9.3 hereof) and with Landlord's consent to the extent required under Article 9.3 hereof, provided that, in such event, Tenant shall repair and maintain any such alterations, changes or additions in

-9-

accordance with this Article 9.1. Tenant shall be responsible for the repair and maintenance, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, of the existing security system located in the Premises and any modifications or alterations of the same constructed or installed by Tenant or any of its agents, employees, contractors or representatives. All damage or injury to the Premises or the Project caused by the act or negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents or visitors, guests, invitees or licensees shall be promptly repaired by Tenant, at its sole cost and expense (subject to Article 14.4 hereof), to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Landlord may make any such repairs which are Tenant's responsibility and not promptly made by Tenant and charge Tenant for the cost thereof, which cost shall be paid by Tenant with five (5) days from invoice from Landlord. Tenant waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord, or to deduct the cost thereof from the rent.

9.2 Landlord Repairs. Landlord shall be responsible for performing all maintenance, repairs or replacements of:

(i) The mechanical systems, including electrical (to the connection with the circuit breakers for the Premises), plumbing (to the point where the Building plumbing system outside the Premises ties into any plumbing located in the Premises), water (except any alterations or additions to such system made by Tenant), sanitary sewer, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, including chilled water (but not any supplemental heating, ventilating and air conditioning unit solely servicing the Premises), telephone (to the main point of entry for the Premises) and life safety systems (all such systems are hereafter referred to as "Building Systems"); provided, however, Landlord shall not be responsible for maintenance, repair or replacement of any alteration made to the Building Systems by Tenant without Landlord's consent;

(ii) windows, window frames and all exterior and common area glass;

(iii) the common areas of the Project, including without limitation, the parking area, landscaping, walkways, common entrances, corridors, windows, loading docks, stairways and similar facilities, provided that, in connection with any landscaping performed by Landlord pursuant to this Article 9.2, Landlord shall maintain a landscape maintenance contract providing for the watering, trimming, and repair or replacement of shrubbery, irrigation parts, exterior pest control, parking lot sweeping and exterior fire monitoring services;

(iv) the roof membrane pursuant to a service contract with a licensed roofing contractor acceptable to Landlord in Landlord's sole discretion, which service contract shall provide for: (a) leak repairs; (b) at minimum, a semi-annual maintenance schedule; (c) drain and storm gutter cleaning; and (d) debris removal; and

(v) the roof, structural components of the Building, foundation and support columns.

If the need for any repairs, maintenance or replacement of any of the items set forth in this Article 9.2 arises as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, agents, or contractors, or visitors, guests, invitees or licensees, then, subject to

-10-

Article 14.4 hereof, Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of such repair, maintenance or replacement within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord's invoice therefore. Except for maintenance, repairs or replacement made necessary by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors, or visitors, guests, invitees or licensees, as provided in this Article 9.2, and except as set forth in this Article 9.2 below or in the last paragraph of Article 3.3(b) above, all costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article 9.2 shall be Operating Costs.

Tenant shall have no obligation to perform or reimburse Landlord for (except as otherwise set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph of this Article 9.2), and Landlord shall be responsible at its sole cost for performing the following maintenance, repairs or replacements (collectively, "Excluded Maintenance"):

(a) repairs and replacements of the structural components of the Building, foundation, footings, structural walls, roof structure (but not the roof or roof membrane), floor slab and support columns (except to the extent Landlord performs such repairs and/or replacements pursuant to Article 7 hereof, in which event, the cost of such repairs and replacements shall be an Operating Cost in accordance with Article 3.3(b) hereof);

(b) work performed by Landlord pursuant to Articles 16 and 18 hereof;

(c) work to the extent arising out of the Landlord's or its Representative's negligence, willful misconduct, breach of this Lease, or violation of any law, rule, regulation, building code, ordinance or statute, CC&Rs, or fire underwriter's requirements existing as of the Commencement Date (for purposes of this Lease, "Representatives" shall mean the respective agents, employees, officers, directors, successors and assigns, contractors and invitees of Landlord and Tenant);

(d) work with respect to the Premises or the Building required by applicable law, rule, regulation, building code, ordinance or statute to correct any violation existing as of the Commencement Date of law, rule, regulation, building code, ordinance or statute, conditions, covenants and restrictions, or fire underwriter's requirements;

(e) work arising out of the presence of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Article 28.4 hereof) on or about the Premises or Project, which Hazardous Material were not introduced to the Premises by Tenant or its Representatives.

9.3 Alterations. Tenant shall make no alterations, changes or additions in or to the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld (except that, without in any way limiting the reasonable grounds upon which Landlord may withhold consent, it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold consent to non-standard office alterations or alterations that are structural or adversely or permanently affect the Building Systems or exterior, or are visible from the exterior of the Premises), and then only by contractors or mechanics reasonably approved by Landlord and upon the reasonable approval by Landlord of fully detailed and dimensioned plans and specifications pertaining to the work in question, to be prepared and submitted by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. Notwithstanding

-11-

the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to make alterations to the Premises which are (i) nonstructural, (ii) do not adversely or permanently affect the Building Systems, and (iii) which do not exceed Twenty-five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) in any one (1) calendar year without the prior written approval of Landlord, provided that Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) business days' prior written notice of the alteration or improvement, including fully detailed and dimensioned plans and specifications therefor, and subject to all of the other terms and conditions of this Article 9.3. Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense obtain all necessary approvals and permits pertaining to any work performed in the Premises. Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend and hold Landlord free and harmless from all liens and claims of lien, and all other liability, claims and demands arising out of any work done or material supplied to the Premises by or at the request of Tenant. If alterations, changes, or additions are made, they shall be made at Tenant's expense (subject to the Allowance referred to in Article 8.2 above) and Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant given at the time Landlord consents to such alteration, addition or improvement, or, with respect to alterations, additions or improvements that do not require Landlord's prior written approval, by written notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after the date that Tenant notifies Landlord of such alterations, require Tenant, at Tenant's expense, to promptly both remove any such alteration, change or addition and repair counters, railings and the like installed by Tenant, and to repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal and restore the Premises to the condition that existed prior to such alteration in accordance with all applicable laws, statutes, building codes and regulations in effect as of the date of such restoration. The indemnity, defense and hold harmless obligations of Tenant set forth in this Article 9 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 10
LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Premises, Building and Project free from any mechanics' liens, vendors liens or any other liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant, and Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any such lien, claim, liability or action thereon, together with costs of suit and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord in connection with any such lien, claim, liability or action. Before commencing any work of alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten
(10) business days' written notice of the proposed commencement of such work (to afford Landlord an opportunity to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility) and shall secure (or cause its contractor to secure), if requested by Landlord for work that is structural in nature, involves any Building Systems or the total cost of which exceeds Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00), at Tenant's own cost and expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, for said work. In the event that there shall be recorded against the Premises or the Building or the property of which the Premises is a part any claim or lien arising out of any such work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant and such claim or lien shall not be removed or discharged, or Tenant has not obtained and recorded a release bond which removes such lien from title, within ten (10) days of filing, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to pay and discharge said lien without regard to whether such lien shall be lawful or correct. If Landlord pays and discharges said lien, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in discharging such lien, including attorneys' fees, within ten (10)

-12-

days after the date of receipt of Landlord's invoice therefor. The indemnity, defense and hold harmless obligations of Tenant set forth in this Article 10 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 11
PROJECT SERVICES

11.1 Utilities; Janitorial Service. Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, light, heat, power, electricity, telephone, trash pick-up, sewer charges, and all other services and utilities supplied to or consumed on the Premises, and all taxes and surcharges thereon. In the event that any service is not separately metered or billed to the Premises, the cost of such utility service or other service shall be an Operating Cost and Tenant shall pay Tenant's Proportionate Share of such cost to Landlord as provided in Article 3 hereof. Tenant shall, at its sole cost, provide or cause to be provided, its own janitorial services with respect to the Premises, including, without limitation, the restrooms contained within the Premises. In addition, the cost of any and all utilities and services furnished by Landlord to the common areas of the Project shall be an Operating Cost and Tenant shall pay Tenant's Proportionate Share of such cost to Landlord as provided in Article 3 hereof. If Tenant's use of any such utility or service is materially in excess of the average furnished to the other tenants of the Project or substantially in excess of Tenant's prior utility consumption while operating under the Sublease referred to in Article 2.1, and such utility or service is not separately metered, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand, as additional rent, the full cost of such excess use, or Landlord may cause such utility or service to be separately metered, in which case Tenant shall pay the full cost of such utility or service and reimburse Landlord upon demand for the cost of installing the separate meter. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably establish for the proper functioning and protection of the air conditioning, heating, elevator, electrical and plumbing systems. Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason of, the failure of any person or entity to furnish any of the foregoing services when such failure is caused by accident, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes of any character, governmental moratoriums, regulations or other governmental actions, or by any other cause, similar or dissimilar. In addition, Tenant shall not be relieved from the performance of any covenant or agreement in this Lease because of any such failure, and no eviction of Tenant shall be deemed to have resulted from such failure.

11.2 Supplemental Equipment; Heat-Generating Machines.

If any lights, machines or equipment (including but not limited to computers) are used by Tenant in the Premises which materially affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, or generate substantially more heat in the Premises than would be generated by the building standard lights and usual fractional horsepower office equipment, Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery and equipment which Landlord reasonably deems necessary to restore temperature balance, including but not limited to modifications to the standard air conditioning equipment, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and any additional cost of operation and maintenance occasioned thereby, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for loss of or injury to property, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to failure to furnish any of the foregoing.

-13-

ARTICLE 12
RIGHTS OF LANDLORD

Landlord and its agents shall have the right, upon twenty-four (24) hours prior notice (except in case of emergency), to enter the Premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of performing any of Landlord's obligations under this Lease, examining or inspecting the same, serving or posting and keeping posted thereon notices as provided by law, or which Landlord deems necessary for the protection of Landlord or the Project, showing the same to prospective tenants (during the last six (6) months of the Lease Term) or purchasers of the Project, and for making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. If Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an entry into the Premises at any time when such an entry by Landlord is necessary or permitted hereunder, Landlord may enter by means of a master key or, in the case of an emergency, may enter forcibly, without liability to Tenant except for any failure to exercise due care for Tenant's property, and without affecting this Lease. During any entry permitted by this Article 12, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to (i) minimize any material interference with Tenant's use of the Premises and (ii) comply with Tenant's reasonable security requirements.

ARTICLE 13
INDEMNITY, EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY

13.1 Indemnity. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims arising from Tenant's use of the Premises or from the conduct of its business or from any activity, work or thing which may be performed or introduced by Tenant or Tenant's Representatives in or about the Premises or arising out of the use thereof by Tenant or Tenant's Representatives and shall further indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims arising from any Event of Default under this Lease or arising from any negligence of Tenant or Tenant's Representatives and from any and all costs, attorney's fees, expenses and liabilities incurred in the defense of any claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon, including negotiations in connection therewith; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to liability to the extent caused by Landlord's negligence, willful misconduct, breach of this Lease or violation of law ("Landlord's Liabilities"). Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises from any cause, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord; provided, however, the foregoing waiver of claims shall not apply to any liability to the extent caused by Landlord's Liabilities. The indemnity, defense and hold harmless obligations of Tenant set forth in this Article 13 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

13.2 Exemption of Landlord from Liability. Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant's business, or loss of income therefrom, or for damage that may be sustained by the person, goods, wares, merchandise or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees, customers, agents, or contractors, or any other person in, on or about the Premises directly or indirectly caused by or resulting from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water, or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, light fixtures, or mechanical or electrical systems, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building or from other sources or places and

-14-

regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means or repairing the same is inaccessible to Tenant; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not constitute a waiver of claims to the extent arising out of Landlord's Liabilities; provided further that Landlord shall in no event be liable for injury to Tenant's business, or loss of income or profit therefrom. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of the Project.

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord's election to provide mechanical surveillance or to post security personnel in the Building is solely within Landlord's discretion; Landlord shall have no liability in connection with the decision whether or not to provide such services and Tenant hereby waives all claims based thereon. Except to the extent caused by Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord shall not be liable for losses due to theft, vandalism, or like causes.

ARTICLE 14
INSURANCE

14.1. Tenant's Insurance. Tenant, shall at all times during the Lease Term, and at its own cost and expense, procure and continue in force the following insurance coverage: (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) per occurrence and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the annual aggregate, including products liability coverage if applicable, covering the use of the Premises and the performance of Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Article 13 hereof and (ii) a policy of standard fire, extended coverage and special extended coverage insurance ("all risks" or "special form"), including a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement and sprinkler leakage in an amount equal to the full replacement value of all fixtures, furniture, and leasehold improvements installed by or at the expense of Tenant.

14.2 Form of Policies. The aforementioned minimum limits of policies shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. Such insurance shall name Landlord, its property managers and lenders, as Landlord specifies in writing from time to time, as additional insureds with an appropriate endorsement to the policy(s) and shall be with companies having a rating of not less than A-VIII in Best's Insurance Guide. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, from the insurance companies, or cause the insurance companies to furnish, certificates of coverage. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after thirty
(30) days prior written notice to Landlord by the insurer. All such policies shall be endorsed to agree that Tenant's policy is primary and that any insurance covered by Landlord is excess and not contributing with any insurance requirement hereunder. Tenant shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance or furnish Landlord with renewals or binders, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant's behalf and charge Tenant the cost thereof, which amount shall be payable by Tenant upon demand with interest from the date such sums are expended.

Additionally, Tenant shall maintain Worker's Compensation insurance required by law and shall provide Landlord with evidence of coverage. Said evidence shall be in the form of a

-15-

certificate of insurance and shall provide for Landlord to receive thirty (30) days notice of cancellation from the insurer.

14.3 Landlord's Insurance. Landlord shall, at Landlord's expense, procure and maintain at all times during the Lease Term, a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Building (including, without limitation, insurance on all plate or tempered glass in or enclosing the Premises) in the amount of the full replacement cost without deduction for depreciation thereof (exclusive of Tenant's trade fixtures, inventory, personal property and equipment), providing protection against all perils included within the classification of fire and extended coverage ("all risks" or "special form"), vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, water damage, and special extended coverage on building. Additionally, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) carry: (i) Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability Insurance and/or Excess Liability Coverage Insurance; (ii) Earthquake Insurance; and/or (iii) Flood Damage Insurance (if the Project is located in a flood plain) at its election or if required by its lender from time to time during the term hereof, in such amounts and with such limits as Landlord or its lender may deem appropriate. Landlord shall procure and at all times during the Lease Term shall maintain a policy of rental income insurance in an amount equal to at least twelve (12) monthly installments of Basic Rental. The costs of all insurance procured and maintained by Landlord pursuant to this Article 14.3 shall be included in Insurance Costs.

14.4 Waiver of Subrogation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the parties release each other and their respective Representatives from any claims for damage to the Premises, Building and/or Project and to the fixtures, personal property, improvements, and alterations of either Landlord or Tenant, in or on the Premises, Building or Project, that are caused by or result from risks insured against under any insurance policies carried by the parties (but only to the extent of the insurance proceeds actually payable under such applicable policies) and in force at the time of any such damage (or a risk which would be covered by insurance required to be carried by a party under the terms of this Lease). Any policy or policies of fire, extended or similar casualty insurance which either party obtains in connection with the Premises shall include a clause or endorsement denying the insurer any rights of subrogation against the other party to the extent any rights have been waived herein or otherwise by the insured prior to the occurrence of injury of loss.

14.5 Compliance with Law. Tenant agrees that it will not, at any time, during the Lease Term, carry any stock of goods or do anything in or about the Premises that will in any way tend to increase the insurance rates upon the Building unless Tenant pays such increase. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord forthwith upon demand the amount of any increase in premiums for insurance against loss by fire that may be charged during the Lease Term on the amount of insurance to be carried by Landlord on the Building resulting from the foregoing, or from Tenant doing any act in or about said Premises that does so increase the insurance rates, whether or not Landlord shall have consented to such act on the part of Tenant. If Tenant installs upon the Premises any electrical equipment which constitutes an overload of electrical lines of the Premises, Tenant shall at its own expense make whatever changes are necessary to comply with requirements of the insurance underwriters and any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover, but nothing herein contained shall be deemed to constitute Landlord's consent to such overloading. Tenant shall, at its own expense, comply with all customary requirements of the insurance authority having jurisdiction over the Project necessary for the maintenance of

-16-

reasonable fire and extended coverage insurance for the Premises, including without limitation thereto, the installation of fire extinguishers or an automatic dry chemical extinguishing system.

ARTICLE 15
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Except as provided in Articles 15(f) and 15(g) hereof, Tenant shall not and have no power to, either voluntarily or by operation of law, sell, assign, transfer or hypothecate this Lease, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be occupied by anyone other than Tenant or Tenant's employees (collectively, a "Transfer") without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, subject to compliance with this Article 15. Tenant may transfer its interest pursuant to this Lease upon the following express conditions:

(a) That the proposed transferee shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to deny such consent if any of the following are applicable:

(i) The use to be made of Premises by the proposed transferee would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease (including but not limited to any Rules and Regulations then in effect);

(ii) The business reputation or financial responsibility of the proposed transferee is not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord;

(b) That Tenant shall give Landlord not less than fifteen (15) days prior written notice of any Transfer, which notice shall (i) specify the type of Transfer, (ii) the identity of the transferee, the nature of the transferee's business and the business to be operated in the Premises by the transferee,
(iii) a copy of the assignment, sublease or other Transfer document (which shall include an undertaking by the proposed assignee to assume, perform and be bound by (and in the case of a sublessee or other transferee, to be subject and subordinate to) all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises transferred and which shall specify that such assignment or sublease is not effective until the conditions in this Article 15 have been satisfied), and (iv) current financial information for the proposed transferee, together with financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the date of the current financial statement (collectively, "Consent Request");

(c) That Tenant shall pay Landlord a processing fee equal to Five Hundred Dollars ($500) and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the review of the request for consent to transfer, regardless of whether Landlord consents thereto;

(d) That the proposed transferee shall execute an agreement pursuant to which it shall agree to perform faithfully and be bound by (in the case of an assignee) and subject and subordinate to (in the case of a sublessee or other transferee) all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease;

-17-

(e) That an executed duplicate original of said assignment and assumption agreement or other Transfer shall be delivered to Landlord within five (5) days after the execution thereof. Such Transfer shall not be binding upon Landlord until the delivery thereof to Landlord and the execution and delivery of Landlord's consent thereto. It shall be a condition to Landlord's consent to any Transfer of part or all of Tenant's interest in the Premises that (i) Tenant shall be required to pay Landlord's reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs incurred in connection with the review and execution thereof; (ii) upon Landlord's consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall pay and continue to pay as Additional Rent to Landlord over the term of such Transfer fifty percent (50%) of any sums or other economic consideration generated by, or arising in any manner from, such Transfer (or any subsequent Transfer), whether denominated rentals, sub-rentals, consideration for improvements or otherwise which exceed (a) the amount of brokerage fees actually paid by Tenant in connection with the Transfer (amortized over the term of the Transfer); (b) all reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Tenant with respect to the Transfer in question; (c) the cost of leasehold improvements or alterations constructed or installed by Tenant for the applicable assignee or sublessee in order to effect the Transfer; and (d) the sums which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease (prorated on a per square foot basis in the event such Transfer is a sublease of a portion of the Premises); (iii) any sublessee of part or all of Tenant's interest in the Premises shall agree that in the event Landlord gives such sublessee notice that Tenant an Event of Default has occurred under this Lease, such sublessee shall thereafter make all sublease or other payments directly to Landlord, which will be received by Landlord without any liability whether to honor the sublease or otherwise (except to credit such payments against sums due under this Lease), and any sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns at their request should this Lease be terminated for any reason, except that in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; (iv) any such Transfer shall be in form approved by Landlord and any consent in connection therewith shall be effected pursuant to a form supplied by Landlord and/or its legal counsel; (v) Landlord may require that an Event of Default not then exist hereunder in any respect; and (vi) Tenant or the proposed subtenant or assignee shall agree to pay Landlord, upon demand, as additional rent, a sum equal to the additional costs, if any, incurred by Landlord for maintenance and repair as a result of any change in the nature of occupancy caused by such subletting or assignment. If Landlord consents to a requested Transfer, Tenant hereby agrees that (i) it shall thereupon be deemed, automatically and irrevocably to have assigned to Landlord as additional security for the performance and observance of Tenant's obligations and covenants under this Lease, all rent or other sums received or to be received by Tenant in connection therewith and (ii) during the existence of an Event of Default, Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact of Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant whether or not appointed on Landlord's application, may collect such rent or other sums and apply the same toward Tenant's obligations under this Lease. Such power of attorney is a right coupled with an interest and is irrevocable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent and other sums unless and until the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder. Tenant hereby agrees and acknowledges that the above conditions imposed upon the granting of Landlord's consent to any proposed Transfer by Tenant are reasonable. If Tenant notifies Landlord of its desire to assign this Lease or any interest herein or to sublet all or substantially all of the Premises (or if a proposed sublease which, when taken together with any other subleases then in effect under this Lease, would result in the subletting of all or substantially all of the Premises) for all or substantially all of the remaining Lease Term (provided that a Transfer that expires later than six

-18-

(6) months prior to the expiration of the Lease Term shall be deemed to be for substantially all of the remaining Lease Term), then in lieu of giving consent thereto, Landlord may, at Landlord's option, and within thirty (30) days after Tenant's Consent Request, elect to terminate this Lease as of the proposed effective date of such proposed assignment or subletting. Any sale, assignment, hypothecation, transfer or subletting of this Lease which is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article 15 shall be void and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease. In no event shall the consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting be construed as relieving Tenant, any assignee, or sublessee from obtaining the express written consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting or as releasing Tenant from any liability or obligation hereunder whether or not then accrued and Tenant shall continue to be fully and primarily liable therefor. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any person other than Tenant shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 15 or the acceptance of any assignee or subtenant hereunder, or a release of Tenant (or of any successor of Tenant or any subtenant holding theretofore or thereafter accruing).

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 15, so long as no Event of Default then exists under this Lease, and Netgear, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Netgear"), is the Tenant hereunder, and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Article 15(f), Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease or sublet all or a portion of the Premises to an Affiliate of Netgear at any time, without the prior written consent of Landlord but otherwise subject to the terms and conditions of Article 15 (d) and 15(e) hereof (except that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay bonus rent to Landlord and Landlord shall not have any recapture right with respect to such assignment or subletting). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such assignment or sublease shall not be effective until Tenant has given Landlord all of the following at lease fifteen (15) days' prior to the effective date of such assignment or subletting: (i) written notice of such assignment or sublease,
(ii) the identity of the assignee or subtenant, (iii) an executed copy of the assignment or sublease (which shall include an undertaking by the assignee to assume, perform and be bound by (and in the case of a sublessee or other transferee to be subject and subordinate to) all of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises assigned or subleased), and (iv) such financial information with respect to the assignee or subtenant as Landlord may reasonably request. In no event shall such assignment or subletting release Netgear as Tenant from its primary liability under this Lease. As used herein, "Affiliate" shall mean any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Netgear and possessing a net worth at least equal to that of Netgear as of the Effective Date. The term "control" shall mean the ownership of fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the ownership and/or economic interest of an entity. Any additional assignment or subletting by Tenant's Affiliates shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Article 15.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 15, so long as no Event of Default then exists under this Lease, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease without Landlord's prior consent to any entity resulting from a merger or consolidation of Netgear with another entity or the acquisition by another entity of all or substantially all of the assets or stock of Netgear, provided: (i) such entity has a net worth immediately after such merger, consolidation or acquisition of at least equal to that of Netgear immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or acquisition and has financial resources sufficient to satisfy the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; (ii) Tenant gives Landlord at written notice of such transfer identifying the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation, or the entity acquiring

-19-

all or substantially all of the assets or stock of Netgear, as applicable; (iii) Tenant provides Landlord with such financial information as Landlord may reasonably require to verify that the applicable assignee satisfies the net worth and financial resources requirements set forth herein; and (iv) in the case of any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant to another entity, the transferee promptly executes and delivers to Landlord an assumption of all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any assignment of the Lease pursuant to this Article 15(g), all of the terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Netgear shall not be released from its obligations and primary liability under this Lease.

ARTICLE 16
DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

Except as provided in Article 9, if the Building (or any portion thereof) is damaged by fire or other casualty, then Landlord shall cause Landlord's architect to provide to both Landlord and Tenant a written estimate of the time period required to repair and restore the damage to the Building (or applicable portion thereof) to the condition that existed prior to such damage or destruction without payment of overtime or other premiums ("Restoration Period"). If the Restoration Period is three hundred sixty-five (365) days or less from the date of the casualty, and there are sufficient insurance proceeds available to cover the cost of restoration or repair, then, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article 16 below, Landlord shall diligently repair the damage by and at the expense of the Landlord. Until such repairs are completed rent shall be abated in proportion to the part of the Premises which is unusable by Tenant in the conduct of its business (but there shall be no abatement of rent by reason of any portion of the Premises being unusable for a period equal to one (1) day or less). If the estimation of the restoration period exceeds three hundred sixty-five (365) days or if there are not sufficient insurance proceeds available to cover the cost of restoration or repair, Landlord may terminate this Lease or Landlord may elect to repair or restore the Building, or applicable portion thereof so damaged or destroyed. Landlord's election to make such repairs must be evidenced by written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the learning of the occurrence of the damage.

Subject to the terms of this paragraph below, if at any time during the last eighteen (18) eighteen months of the Lease Term there is substantial damage to the Premises and Landlord's architect's estimate of the expiration of the Restoration Period with respect to such damage is later than the date six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Lease Term, then Landlord may, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, at Landlord's option, terminate this Lease as of the date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Tenant of Landlord's election to do so within ten (10) days after the date Landlord receives the estimate of the Restoration Period from Landlord's architect. Landlord's failure to give written notice of termination of the Lease within said ten (10) day period shall be deemed Landlord's waiver of its termination right under the terms of this paragraph. Notwithstanding the terms of this paragraph above, if there is substantial damage to the Premises during the last eighteen (18) months of the Lease Term (and there are sufficient insurance proceeds available to repair or restore such damage) and Landlord's architect's estimate of the Restoration Period with respect to such damage is later than the date six (6) months prior to the expiration of the Lease Term, then, if the time within which to exercise Tenant's option to extend this Lease (as set forth in Article 34 below) has not yet expired, Tenant shall exercise such option, if it is to be exercised at all, no later than five (5) days after the date Tenant receives the estimate of the Restoration Period. If

-20-

Tenant duly exercises such option during such five (5) day period, Landlord shall, at Landlord's expense, repair such damage (to the extent of available insurance proceeds), but not Tenant's fixtures, personal property, equipment of tenant improvements, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant fails to exercise such option during said five (5) day period, then Landlord may at Landlord's option terminate this Lease effective as of the date of the damage by giving written notice to Tenant of Landlord's election to do so within ten (10) days following the date Landlord receives the estimate of the Restoration Period from Landlord's architect.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord's architect estimates that the Restoration Period will be longer than one hundred eighty (180) days from the date Landlord receives building permits for the repair and restoration, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving Landlord written notice of such termination within ten (10) days after the date Tenant receives the estimate of the Restoration Period from Landlord's architect. Tenant's failure to give written notice of termination of the Lease within said ten (10) day period shall be deemed Tenant's waiver of its termination right and election to permit Landlord to restore the Premises in accordance with this Article 16. Except as provided in this Article 16, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant's business or property arising from such damage or destruction or the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in accordance with this
Section in or to any portion of the Project or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant understands that Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind for Tenant's furniture, furnishings, fixtures or equipment, and that Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same. With respect to any damage which Landlord is obligated to repair or elects to repair, Tenant, as a material inducement to Landlord entering into this Lease, irrevocably waives and releases its rights under the provisions of Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code.

ARTICLE 17
SUBORDINATION

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article, this Lease is subject and subordinate to any mortgage or deed of trust that may now or hereafter encumber the Project, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements, and extensions thereof. In addition, subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 17, Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and become and remain subject and subordinate to any and all ground or underlying leases, mortgages or deeds of trust which may hereafter be executed covering the Premises or the Project or any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such advances, together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and provisions thereof; provided, however, that any such ground lessor, beneficiary or mortgagee agrees in its subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement reasonably acceptable to Tenant ("SNDA") not to disturb Tenant as long as no Event of Default is continuing under this Lease and to recognize all of Tenant's rights under this Lease. Subject to the foregoing, the SNDA shall provide, without limitation, that such ground lessor, beneficiary or mortgagee shall not (i) be bound by any payment of rent or additional rent for more than one (1) month in advance, except advance rental payments expressly provided in this Lease; (ii) any modification to this Lease made without the written consent of such mortgagee or beneficiary or such

-21-

successor-in-interest; (iii) be liable for any act or omission of Landlord; or
(iv) be subject to any offset or defense arising prior to the date such ground lessor terminates Landlord's leasehold estate or such mortgagee or beneficiary acquires title to the Project as applicable. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver to Landlord the SNDA from Landlord's ground lessor, beneficiary or mortgagee within fifteen (15) days after receipt thereof from Landlord. If any such mortgagee or beneficiary elects to make this Lease superior to such mortgage or deed of trust, Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after Landlord's request, execute any certificate or instrument in reasonable form confirming the same. In the event of the enforcement by the mortgagee or beneficiary under any such mortgage or deed of trust of the remedies provided for by law or by such mortgage or deed of trust, Tenant will, at the option of any person or party succeeding to the interest of Landlord as a result of such enforcement, attorn to and automatically become the Tenant of such successor-in-interest without change in the terms or other provisions of this Lease; provided, however, that such successor-in-interest shall recognize all of Tenant's rights under this Lease, and shall not be bound by (a) any payment of rent or additional rent for more than one (1) month in advance, except advance rental payments expressly provided for in this Lease; (b) any modification to this Lease made without the written consent of such mortgagee or beneficiary or such successor-in-interest; (c) liable for any act or omission of Landlord; or
(d) subject to any offset or defense arising prior to the date such successor-in-interest acquired title to the Project or Building. Upon request by any mortgagee or beneficiary, Tenant shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments confirming the attornment provided for herein.

ARTICLE 18
EMINENT DOMAIN

If the whole of the Premises or so much thereof as to render the balance unusable by Tenant shall be taken under power of eminent domain, or is sold, transferred or conveyed in lieu thereof, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of such condemnation, or as of the date possession is taken by the condemning authority, at Landlord's option. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with any and all rights of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to the same or any part thereof; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or to require Tenant to assign to Landlord any award made to Tenant for relocation costs, the taking of personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant at the expiration of the term hereof as provided hereunder or for the interruption of, or damage to, Tenant's business. In the event of a partial taking, or a sale, transfer or conveyance in lieu thereof, which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the rent shall be apportioned according to the ratio that the part of the Premises remaining useable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises.

ARTICLE 19
DEFAULT

19.1 Event of Default. Each of the following acts or omissions of Tenant or of any guarantor of Tenant's performance hereunder, or occurrences, shall constitute an "Even of Default":

-22-

(a) Failure or refusal to pay Basic Rental, Additional Rent [Article
3] or any other amount provided hereunder within three (3) calendar days after written notice from Landlord that the same is delinquent; provided, however, that if Landlord gives Tenant written notice of Tenant's failure to pay Basic Rental, Additional Rent or any other amount provided hereunder twice in any calendar year, then no further notice of any delinquency by Tenant in making any such payment shall be required for the balance of such calendar year and Tenant's failure to pay Basic Rental, Additional Rent or any other sum due under this Lease within three (3) calendar days after the same becomes due or payable during the remainder of such calendar year shall be an Event of Default;

(b) Failure to perform or observe any other covenant or condition of this Lease to be performed or observed within thirty (30) days following written notice to Tenant of such failure; provided, however, if such failure cannot reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall have such additional time as may be reasonably necessary to cure such failure so long as Tenant diligently commences the performance or observance of such covenant or condition within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such performance to completion;

(c) Abandonment of the Premises or any significant portion thereof;

(d) The taking in execution or by similar process or law (other than by eminent domain) of the estate hereby created;

(e) To the extent permitted by law, the filing by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder in any court pursuant to any statute of a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement of for the appointment of a receiver of all or a portion of Tenant's property; the filing against Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of any such petition, or the commencement of a proceeding for the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant, or for any guarantor hereunder, or of any of the property of either, or a proceeding by any governmental authority for the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant or any guarantor hereunder, if such proceeding shall not be dismissed or trusteeship discontinued within thirty
(30) days after commencement of such proceeding or the appointment of such trustee or receiver; or the making by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of an assignment for the benefit of creditors. Tenant hereby stipulates to the lifting of the automatic stay in effect and relief from such stay for Landlord in the event Tenant files a petition under the United States Bankruptcy laws, for the purpose of Landlord pursuing its rights and remedies against Tenant and/or a guarantor of this Lease;

(f) Tenant's failure to cause to be released any mechanics' liens filed against the Premises or Project, or to obtain and record a release bond removing, any such mechanics' liens, within twenty (20) days after the date the same shall have been filed or recorded; and

(g) The occurrence of any event defined elsewhere in this Lease as an Event of Default.

19.2 Default by Landlord. Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by it hereunder unless and until it has

-23-

failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligation; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for consequential damages, or loss of or interference with Tenant's business, including without limitation lost profits.

ARTICLE 20
REMEDIES

(a) In the event of an Event of Default as provided in Article 19.1 hereof, Landlord may exercise any or all of its remedies as may be permitted by law, including but not limited to the remedy provided by Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code, and including, terminating this Lease, reentering the Premises and removing all persons and property therefrom, which property may be stored by Landlord at a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk, expense and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant the aggregate of all amounts permitted by law, including but not limited to, the cost of recovering the Premises and including
(i) the worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of events would be likely to result therefrom. The "worth at the time of award" of the amounts referred to in (i) and (ii) above is computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. The "worth at the time of award" of the amount referred to in (iii) above shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Further, Tenant shall be liable for all unamortized leasing commissions, if any, paid by or owing by Landlord arising from this Lease and any extensions thereof.

(b) Nothing in this Article 20 shall be deemed to affect Landlord's right to indemnification for liability or liabilities arising prior to the termination of this Lease for personal injuries or property damage under the indemnification clause or clauses contained in this Lease.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord's re-entry to perform acts of maintenance or preservation of or in connection with efforts to relet the Premises or any portion thereof, or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord's initiative to protect Landlord's interest under this Lease shall not terminate Tenant's right to possession of the Premises or any portion thereof and, until Landlord does elect to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Landlord shall enforce all of Landlord's rights and remedies hereunder including, without limitation, the right to recover from Tenant as it

-24-

becomes due hereunder all Basic Rental, Additional Rent and other charges required to be paid by Tenant under the terms hereof.

(d) All rights, powers and remedies of Landlord hereunder and under any other agreement now or hereafter in force between Landlord and Tenant shall be cumulative and not alternative and shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Landlord by law, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not impair Landlord's right to exercise any other right of remedy.

(e) Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the lower of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate of interest from the due date until paid, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. In addition to such interest: (a) if Basic Rental, Additional Rent or any other amount payable by Tenant to Landlord is not paid within ten (10) days after the same is due, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount overdue shall be assessed and shall accrue for each calendar month or part thereof until such rental, including the late charge, is paid in full, which late charge Tenant hereby agrees is a reasonable estimate of the damages Landlord shall suffer as a result of Tenant's late payment and (b) an additional charge of Twenty-five Dollars ($25) shall be assessed for any check given to Landlord by or on behalf of Tenant which is not honored by the drawee thereof; which damages include Landlord's additional administrative and other costs associated with such late payment and unsatisfied checks and the parties agree that it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix Landlord's actual damage in such event. Such charges for interest and late payments and unsatisfied checks are separate and cumulative and are in addition to and shall not diminish or represent a substitute for any or all of Landlord's rights or remedies under any other provision of this Lease.

(f) Tenant shall be liable for any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease, or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom.

ARTICLE 21
TRANSFER OF LANDLORD's INTEREST

Landlord shall have the right to transfer and assign, in whole or in part, all its rights and obligations hereunder and in the Project and any other property referred to herein, and in such event and upon such transfer (any such transferee to have the benefit of, and be subject to, the rights and obligations of Landlord hereunder), Landlord shall be released from any further obligations hereunder and Tenant agrees to look solely to such successor-in-interest of Landlord for the performance of such obligations.

ARTICLE 22
BROKERS

Each party represents and warrants to the other party that it has not had dealings in any manner with any real estate broker, finder or other person with respect to the Premises and the negotiation and execution of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agrees to indemnify,

-25-

defend and hold the other harmless from and against any brokerage commission or fee, obligation, claim or damage (including attorneys' fees) paid or incurred respecting any broker claiming through it or with which/whom it has or has purportedly dealt. Landlord and Tenant agree that, except as Landlord may have otherwise expressly agreed in writing, Landlord shall not be obligated to pay any broker leasing commissions, consulting fees, finder fees or any other fees or commissions arising out of or relating to any extension or renewal of the Lease Term or to any expansion or relocation of the Premises at any time. The indemnity, defense and hold harmless obligations set forth in this Article 22 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 23
PARKING

During the Lease Term, Tenant shall be entitled to use of the number of unreserved parking spaces set forth in Article 1.9 of the Basic Lease Provisions. Such parking shall be free of charge and otherwise available upon terms and conditions to be reasonably established from time to time by Landlord or Landlord's operator of such parking facilities. Tenant agrees not to overburden the parking facility and agrees to cooperate with Landlord's other tenants in the use of the parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right to determine, in its reasonable discretion, whether the parking facilities are becoming overburdened and allocate assigned parking spaces among Tenant and the other tenants. All visitor parking shall be in parking areas designated by Landlord upon terms and conditions to be reasonably established from time to time by Landlord or Landlord's operator of such parking facilities. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to make changes in the shape, size, location, amount and extent of the parking area and common areas of the Project, to construct or install improvements therein or thereon and/or to temporarily close all or any portion of the same to the extent required to prevent a dedication thereof, or the accrual of rights of any person or public therein; provided, however, in doing so, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any material interference with the parking rights granted to Tenant pursuant to this Article 23.

ARTICLE 24
WAIVER

No waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by the other of the same or any other provision. No provision of this Lease may be waived, except by an instrument in writing executed by the waiving party. Landlord's consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord's consent or approval shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord's consent to or approval of any subsequent act of Tenant, whether or not similar to the act so consented to or approved. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord's agents during the Lease Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. Any payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of an amount less than the total amount then due hereunder shall be deemed to be in partial payment only thereof and not a waiver of the balance due or an accord and satisfaction, notwithstanding any statement or endorsement to the contrary on any check or any other instrument delivered concurrently therewith or in reference thereto. Accordingly Landlord may accept any such amount and negotiate any such check without

-26-

prejudice to Landlord's right to recover all balances due and owing and to pursue its other rights against Tenant under this Lease, regardless of whether Landlord makes any notation on such instrument of payment or otherwise notifies Tenant that such acceptance or negotiation is without prejudice to Landlord's rights.

ARTICLE 25
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Landlord and Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days' prior written notice from the other party, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing certifying the following information, (but not limited to the following information in the event further information is reasonably requested): (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any;
(iii) the amount of the Security Deposit; (iv) acknowledging that there are not, to the signatory's knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of the other party hereunder, and no events or conditions then in which, with the existence passage of time or notice or both, would constitute a default on the part of the other party hereunder, or specifying such defaults, events or conditions, if any are claimed; and (v) such other information regarding the Lease as may be reasonably requested. It is expressly understood and agreed that any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Project or Tenant's stock or of any property of Tenant. Failure upon reasonable request to deliver such statement within such time shall, at the option of the requesting party, constitute a default under this Lease. Furthermore, the failure to deliver such statement within such time shall constitute an admission that all statements contained therein are true and correct. The parties agree to execute all documents required in accordance with this Article 25 within ten (10) days after delivery of said documents.

ARTICLE 26
LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

The liability of Landlord, any agent of Landlord, or any of the respective officers, directors, shareholders, or employees to Tenant for or in respect of any default by Landlord under the terms of this Lease or in respect of any other claim or cause of action shall be limited to the interest of Landlord in the Project. Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord's interest in the Project for the recovery and satisfaction of any judgment against Landlord, and any agent of the Landlord, or any of their respective officers, directors, shareholders and employees.

ARTICLE 27
INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

ARTICLE 28
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

28.1 Environmental Law Compliance. During the Lease Term, Tenant shall comply with all Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits (each as defined in Article 28.4 hereof)

-27-

applicable to the operation or use of the Premises, will cause all other persons occupying or using the Premises to comply with all such Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, and will immediately pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incurred by reason of such compliance.

28.2 Prohibition. Tenant shall not generate, use, treat, store, handle, release or dispose of, or permit its Representatives to generate, use, treat, store, handle, release or dispose of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Article 28.4 hereof) on the Premises, or the Project, or transport or permit its Representatives to transport any Hazardous Materials to or from the Premises or the Project except for de minimus quantities of Hazardous Materials found in common office and cleaning products and required in connection with the routine operation and maintenance of the Premises, and then only in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits.

28.3 Indemnity. Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against all obligations (including removal and remedial actions), losses, claims, suits, judgments, liabilities, penalties, damages (including consequential and punitive damages), costs and expenses (including attorneys' and consultants' fees and expenses) of any kind or nature whatsoever that may at any time be incurred by, imposed on or asserted against Landlord directly or indirectly based on, or arising or resulting from the presence, use, storage, disposal, transportation, emission or treatment of Hazardous Materials on the Project which is released, discharged, spilled, disposed of, used or emitted by Tenant or Tenant's Representatives; provided, however, the foregoing indemnity shall not apply with respect to Hazardous Materials present on the Project which were not introduced to, released, discharged or disposed of by Tenant or its Representatives. The provisions of this Article 28 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

28.4 Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings: "Hazardous Materials" means (i) petroleum or petroleum products, natural or synthetic gas, asbestos in any form that is or could become friable, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, and radon gas; (ii) any substances defined as or included in the definition of "hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials," "extremely hazardous wastes," "restricted hazardous wastes," "toxic substances," "toxic pollutants," "contaminants" or "pollutants," or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law; and (iii) any other substance exposure to which is regulated by any governmental authority. "Environmental Law(s)" means any federal, state or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to the environment, health, safety or Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. Sections 9601 et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 6901 et seq.; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Sections 1801 et seq.; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. Sections 1251 et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. Sections 2601 et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 7401 et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 300f et seq.; the Atomic Energy Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 2011 et seq.; the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. Sections 136 et seq.; the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. Sections 651 et seq. "Environmental Claims" means any and all administrative,

-28-

regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of non-compliance or violation, investigations, proceedings, consent orders or consent agreements arising under or relating to any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, including without limitation (i) any and all Environmental Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Environmental Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health, safety or the environment as a consequence of Hazardous Materials. "Environmental Permits" means all permits, approvals, identification numbers, licenses and other authorizations required under any applicable Environmental Law.

ARTICLE 29
SURRENDER OF PREMISES, REMOVAL OF PROPERTY

29.1 No Merger. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and shall at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

29.2 Surrender. Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or within forty-eight (48) hours after a termination by reason of an Event of Default, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order and condition as the same are now and hereafter may be improved by Landlord or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are Landlord's obligation (including repairs resulting from casualty and/or condemnation) excepted, and shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, all furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, moveable partitioning and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its own expense in the Premises, and all similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant unless Landlord exercises its option to have any subleases or subtenancies assigned to it, and Tenant shall repair all damage to the Premises resulting from the installation and removal of such items to be removed and restore such areas to the condition that existed prior to the installation thereof in accordance with all applicable laws, statutes, building codes and regulations in effect as of the date of such repair and restoration.

29.3 Disposition of Personal Property. Whenever Landlord shall reenter the Premises as provided in Article 12 hereof, or as otherwise provided in this Lease, any property of Tenant not removed by Tenant upon the expiration of the Lease Term (or within forty-eight (48) hours after a termination by reason of an Event of Default), as provided in this Lease, shall be considered abandoned and Landlord may remove any or all of such items and dispose of the same in any manner permitted by applicable law or store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere for the account and at the expense and risk of Tenant, and if Tenant shall fail to pay the cost of storing any such property after it has been stored for a period of ninety (90) days or more, Landlord may sell any or all of such property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such times and places as are permitted pursuant to applicable law and as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem proper, without notice or to demand upon Tenant (except as required by

-29-

applicable law), for the payment of all or any part of such charges or the removal of any such property, and shall apply the proceeds of such sale: first, to the cost and expense of such sale, including reasonable attorneys' fees for service rendered; second, to the payment of the cost of or charges for storing any such property; third, to the payment of any other sums of money which may then or thereafter be due to Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms hereof; and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant.

29.4 Removal of Alterations. All fixtures, equipment, alterations, additions, improvements and/or appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises prior to or during the Lease Term, at the expense of Landlord (including, without limitation, the Lighting) shall be and remain part of the Premises and shall not be removed by Tenant at the end of the Lease Term. All fixtures, equipment, alterations, additions, improvements and/or appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises prior to or during the Lease Term at the expense of Tenant shall be and remain the property of Tenant ("Tenant's Equipment/Fixtures"). Tenant may remove any or all of Tenant's Equipment/Fixtures and restore the affected portion of the Premises at anytime during the Lease Term so long as such removal and restoration does not affect the structure of the Building or Building Systems and the same is performed in accordance with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the expiration (or earlier termination) of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove any or all of Tenant's Equipment/Fixtures required by Landlord to be removed pursuant to the provisions of Article 9.3 above. Such fixtures, equipment, alterations, additions, improvements and/or appurtenances shall include but not be limited to: all floor coverings, drapes, paneling, built-in cabinetry, molding, doors, vaults (including vault doors), plumbing systems, electrical systems, lighting systems, silencing equipment, communication systems, all fixtures and outlets for the systems mentioned above and for all telephone, radio, telegraph and television purposes, and any special flooring or ceiling installations. Landlord hereby agrees and acknowledges that Landlord shall have no lien whatsoever in any item of Tenant's Equipment/Fixtures located in the Premises or otherwise and Landlord hereby waives any right to claim any such lien on Tenant's Equipment/Fixtures. Within thirty (30) days after Tenant's written request, Landlord shall execute a Landlord's lien waiver in form prepared by Landlord evidencing Landlord's waiver of any right, title, lien or interest in Tenant's Equipment/Fixtures.

ARTICLE 30
MISCELLANEOUS

30.1 Mortgage Protection. Upon any default on the part of Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgagee of a mortgage covering the Premises who has provided Tenant with notice of their interest together with an address for receiving notice, and shall offer such beneficiary or mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the default (which in no event shall be less than ninety (90) days), including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or judicial foreclosure if such should prove necessary to effect a cure. Tenant agrees that each lender to whom this Lease has been assigned by Landlord is an express third party beneficiary hereof. Tenant shall not make any prepayment of monthly rent (which shall not include the cash Security Deposit) more than one (1) month in advance without the prior written consent of each such lender. Tenant waives the collection of the cash Security Deposit from such lender(s) or any purchaser at a foreclosure sale of such lender(s) deed of trust unless the lender(s) or such purchaser shall have actually received

-30-

and not refunded the cash Security Deposit. Tenant agrees to make (and Landlord agrees that Tenant may make) all payments under the Lease to the lender with the most senior encumbrance upon receiving direction from Landlord or such lender, in writing, to pay said amounts to such lender. Tenant shall comply with such written direction to pay without determining whether an event of default exists under such lender's loan to Landlord and any such payment shall be deemed to have fulfilled the obligation to make such payment to the Landlord under the terms of this Lease.

30.2 Recording. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease or a short form memorandum thereof without the consent of the other.

30.3 Financial Statements. At any time during the Lease Term, Tenant shall, upon ten (10) days' prior written notice from Landlord in connection with a proposed sale or financing of the Project, provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the year of the current financial statement. Such statement shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant.

30.4 Entire Agreement. This Lease and the Exhibits constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no prior agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their successor in interest. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

30.5 Attorneys' Fees.

(a) If Tenant or Landlord shall bring any action for any relief against the other, declaratory or otherwise, arising out of or under this Lease, including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Premises, the losing party shall pay the successful party a reasonable sum of attorneys' fees in such suit and such attorneys' fees shall be deemed to have accrued on the commencement of such action and shall be paid whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment.

(b) Should Landlord, without fault on Landlord's part, be made a party to any litigation instituted by Tenant or by any third party against Tenant, or by or against any person holding under or using the Premises by license of Tenant, or for the foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or any such other person or otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or of any such other person, Tenant covenants to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from any judgment, claim or liability rendered against Landlord or the Premises or any part thereof and from all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such litigation. The indemnity, defense and hold harmless obligations of Tenant set forth in this Article 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(c) Reasonable attorneys' fees shall include fees for services rendered prior to the commencement of any such action or litigation and, when legal services are rendered by an

-31-

attorney at law who is an employee of a party, shall be determined as to amount, including overhead, by consideration of the same factors, including but not limited by, the importance of the matter, time applied, difficulty and results, as are considered when an attorney not in the employ of a party is engaged to render such service.

30.6 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease.

30.7 Headings. The article headings contained in this Lease are for convenience only and do not in any way limit or amplify any term or provision hereof. The terms "Landlord" and "Tenant" as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular, the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine genders and the obligations herein imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several as to each of the persons, firms or corporations of which Tenant may be composed.

30.8 Reserved Area. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the exterior walls of the Premises and the area between the finished ceiling of the Premises and the slab of the floor of the Building thereabove have not been demised hereby and the use thereof together with the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, conduits and wires leading through, under or above the Premises in locations and in a manner which will not materially interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises and serving other parts of the Project are hereby excepted and reserved unto Landlord.

30.9 No Option. The submission of this Lease by Landlord, its agent or representative for examination or execution by Tenant does not constitute an option or offer to lease the Premises upon the terms and conditions contained herein or a reservation of the Premises in favor of Tenant, it being intended hereby that this Lease shall only become effective upon the execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a fully executed counterpart hereof to Tenant.

30.10 Use of Project Name; Improvements. Tenant shall not be allowed to use the name, picture or representation of the Project, or words to that effect, in connection with any business carried on in the Premises or otherwise (except as Tenant's address) without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event that Landlord undertakes any additional improvements on the real property including but not limited to new construction or renovation or additions to the existing improvements, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any noise, dust, vibration or interference with access to the Premises or disruption in Tenant's business caused thereby and rental hereunder shall under no circumstances be abated; provided, however, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to conduct such construction in a manner that does not materially interfere with Tenant's use of the Premises.

30.11 Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall observe faithfully and comply strictly with the Rules and Regulations attached to this Lease as Exhibit "B" and made a part hereof, and such other rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time reasonably adopt for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, the facilities thereof, or the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of any such Rules and Regulations, or for the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease by any other tenant in the Project. A

-32-

waiver by Landlord of any Rule or Regulation for any other tenant shall not constitute nor be deemed a waiver of the Rule or Regulation for this Tenant.

30.12 Quiet Possession. Upon Tenant's paying the Basic Rental, Additional Rent and other sums provided hereunder and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant's part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

30.13 Additional Rent. All amounts which Tenant is required to pay hereunder (other than Basic Rental) and all damages, costs and expenses which Landlord may incur by reason of any default by Tenant shall be deemed to be "Additional Rent" hereunder, whether or not described or designated as such. Upon Tenant's non payment of any Additional Rent, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies with respect thereto as Landlord has for the non-payment of Basic Rental.

30.14 Successors and Assigns. Subject to the provisions of Article 15 hereof, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

30.15 Notices. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and may be given by personal service evidenced by a signed receipt or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to Tenant at the Premises or to Landlord at the address of the place from time to time established for the payment of rent and which shall be effective upon proof of delivery. Either party may by notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes except that, upon Tenant's taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Tenant's address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted by Tenant to such party hereafter designated by notice from Landlord to Tenant.

30.16 Right of Landlord to Perform. All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than rent, required to be paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue beyond any applicable period of notice set forth in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated so to do, and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such other act on Tenant's part to be made or performed as is in this Lease provided. All sums so paid by Landlord and all reasonable incidental costs, together with interest thereon at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the date of such payment by Landlord, shall be payable to Landlord on demand and Tenant covenants to pay any such sums, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the nonpayment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of the rent.

-33-

30.17 Access, Changes in Project, Facilities, Name.

(a) Every part of the Project except the area within the inside surfaces of all walls, windows, floors, ceilings and doors bounding the Premises (including exterior building walls, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance), and any space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, decoration and repair, are reserved to Landlord.

(b) Tenant shall permit Landlord to install, use and maintain pipes, ducts and conduits within the walls, bearing columns and ceilings of the Premises.

(c) Landlord reserves the right, without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor, to make such changes in or to the Building and the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages, elevators, stairways and other improvements thereof, as it may deemed necessary or desirable.

(d) Landlord may adopt any name for the Project and Landlord reserves the right to change the name or address of the Building at any time.

(e) Anything to the contrary contained in this Article 30.17 notwithstanding, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to perform any of the work, or conduct any of the activities, described or contemplated in this Article 30.17 in a manner that does not materially interfere with Tenant's use of or access to the Premises.

30.18 Corporate Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation represents and warrants that
(s)he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said corporation in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation or in accordance with the By-laws of said corporation, and that this Lease is binding upon said corporation in accordance with its terms. Concurrently with the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall provide to Landlord either (i) a copy of such resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of this Lease on behalf of such corporation, which resolution shall be duly certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation to be a true copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of said corporation, or (ii) other written evidence satisfactory to Landlord showing the authority of the individuals executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant to execute this Lease and bind the corporation.

30.19 Identification of Tenant. If more than one person executes this Lease as Tenant, (i) each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, (ii) the term "Tenant" as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them jointly and severally, and (iii) the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall

-34-

be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

30.20 Transportation and Energy Management. Tenant shall fully comply with all present and future programs intended to manage parking, transportation, traffic, energy or any other programs affecting the Project.

30.21 Exhibits. The Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by this reference as if fully set forth herein.

30.22 Waiver of Jury Trial. LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE OR ANY DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALINGS, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF EITHER PARTIES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED IN ANY MANNER WITH THE PREMISES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY ACTION TO RESCIND OR CANCEL THIS LEASE OR ANY CLAIMS OR DEFENSES ASSERTING THAT THIS LEASE WAS FRAUDULENTLY INDUCED OR OTHERWISE VOIDABLE). THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR LANDLORD TO ENTER INTO AND TO ACCEPT THIS LEASE.

ARTICLE 31
SIGNAGE

Tenant shall not place any sign upon the Premises, the Building or the Project or conduct any auction thereon without Landlord's prior written consent, which consent may be withheld by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion. The preceding to the contrary notwithstanding, during the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall continue to be entitled to (i) use one-third of the existing monument signage at the corner of the parcel upon which the Building is situated for Tenant identification purposes, (ii) place its identification signage on the glass in the lobby on the first (1st) floor of the Building, and (iii) exclusive usage of the monument signage outside of the Building (facing Great America Parkway) for identification purposes. In addition, if Tenant leases the entire third floor of the Building pursuant to the provisions of Article 32 or Article 33 below, then, (x) subject to the consent of the City of Santa Clara (and compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations), Tenant shall have the right to place identification signage on the Building at Tenant's sole cost, and (ii) Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no cost or liability to Landlord, in Tenant's efforts to obtain identification signage on the Building provided Landlord can provide adequate signage to any third party tenant that desires to lease the second floor of the Building from Landlord. If Tenant does place such identification signage on the Building pursuant to the terms hereof, Tenant shall, at its sole cost, cause such identification signage to be removed at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term and repair or restore any damage caused by such removal.

-35-

ARTICLE 32
OPTION TO EXPAND

Provided that (i) no Event of Default exists under this Lease, (ii) this Lease is in full force and effect, (iii) Tenant has not assigned this Lease (excluding transfers not requiring Landlord's consent hereunder) and (iv) the Expansion Area referred to below has not been leased to a third party following Tenant's failure to timely exercise its right of first refusal pursuant to Article 33 below, then, and only then, Tenant shall have an option, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Article 32, but subject to Landlord's rights under Article 33 below, to lease the entire third floor of the Building (the "Expansion Area"), and not a portion of such third floor. Tenant may exercise the option to lease the Expansion Area pursuant to the terms of this Article 32 at any time prior to November 1, 2002, by delivering to Landlord its irrevocable written notice of such exercise. To be valid, Tenant's exercise of its option to expand must be unqualified and unconditional, and once timely exercised, may not be rescinded by Tenant. Time is of the essence with respect to the time period during which Tenant must deliver to Landlord its written notice of exercise of the expansion option. If Tenant fails to deliver written notice of its exercise of the expansion option to Landlord prior to November 1, 2002, then the expansion option shall expire and be of no further force and effect and Landlord shall be free to lease the Expansion Area or applicable portion thereof to third parties.

If Tenant timely exercises the expansion option, and the Expansion Area is available for lease, then Landlord shall prepare, and Landlord and Tenant shall execute, an amendment to this Lease that incorporates the Expansion Area into the Premises and subjects the Expansion Area to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except (i) Tenant shall not have any rights of early occupancy of the Expansion Area, (ii) the term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Area shall commence immediately following the exercise of such expansion option and shall be coterminus with the lease of the original Premises, (iii) Tenant's Proportionate Share and number of non-exclusive parking spaces allocated to Tenant shall be adjusted based on the leasable square footage included in the Expansion Area, (iv) Tenant shall accept the Expansion Area in its "as is" condition and Landlord shall not be obligated to construct or install any tenant improvements in the Expansion Area for Tenant, nor shall Landlord be obligated to provide Tenant with any tenant improvement allowance with respect to any tenant improvements Tenant desires to construct or install in the Expansion Area, and (v) with respect to the Expansion Area only, only a portion of the monthly Basic Rental applicable to the twelfth (12th) month of the Lease Term shall be abated pursuant to the provisions of Article 3.1 above, which portion shall be in the same percentage that the number of months remaining in the first year of the Lease Term as of the date this Lease commences as to the Expansion Area bears to twelve months. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if Tenant has not timely exercised the expansion option referred to herein at the time Landlord delivers an Offer (as defined in Article 33 below) to Tenant pursuant to the terms of Article 33 below, then, if Tenant timely elects to exercise its expansion option in accordance with the terms of this Article 32 (which, for purposes of this sentence, must be within five (5) business days following the date Landlord delivers the Offer to Tenant), the Basic Rental to be paid by Tenant shall be equal to the Basic Rental set forth in the Offer (which may be less than or greater than the Basic Rental applicable to the Premises (i.e. $1.00 per square foot). Landlord and Tenant agree to execute the amendment to this Lease referred to in this paragraph within ten (10) days after the date Landlord delivers the same to Tenant. Furthermore, if Tenant has not timely exercised the expansion option referred to

-36-

herein at the time Landlord delivers an Offer (as defined in Article 33 below) to Tenant pursuant to the terms of Article 33 below and if such Offer is an offer to lease the second and third floors of the Building, or all of either the second or third floors of the Building and part of the other floor, then Tenant shall have no right to exercise the expansion option in accordance with this Article 32 (and lease only the third floor of the Building) but Tenant may exercise the right of first refusal in accordance with the terms of Article 33 and lease both the second and third floors of the Building on the terms set forth in the Offer.

ARTICLE 33
RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

Provided that (i) no Event of Default exists under this Lease, (ii) this Lease is in full force and effect, (iii) Tenant has not assigned this Lease
(excluding transfers not requiring Landlord's consent hereunder), and (iv)
Tenant has not previously exercised its expansion option referred to in Article 32 above, then, and only then, Tenant shall have a right of first refusal to lease the entire third floor of the Building, or such applicable portion thereof (hereinafter the "First Refusal Space"), pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth below. If, subject to the terms of the immediately preceding sentence, at any time prior to November 1, 2002, Landlord receives an offer to lease any portion of the third floor of the Building (and such offer is acceptable to Landlord), then Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the terms and conditions on which such third party is willing to lease the First Refusal Space ("Offer") and Tenant shall have a right of first refusal to lease the First Refusal Space on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Offer (it being understood and agreed there shall be no abatement of monthly Basic Rental applicable to such First Refusal Space and no obligation of the Landlord to provide any tenant improvement allowance with respect to such First Refusal Space unless the same is set forth in the Offer). Tenant may exercise its right of first refusal hereunder by giving Landlord written notice of such exercise within five (5) business days after the date of Tenant's receipt of the Offer. To be valid, Tenant's exercise of such right of first refusal must be unqualified and unconditional, and once timely exercised, may not be rescinded by Tenant. Tenant's failure to give written notice of its exercise of the right of first refusal within said five (5) business day period referred to above shall be deemed Tenant's waiver of its right of first refusal to lease the First Refusal Space as provided herein. If Tenant gives timely written notice of its exercise of the right of first refusal, then Landlord shall prepare an amendment to this Lease that incorporates the First Refusal Space into the Premises or a new lease covering the First Refusal Space on the applicable terms and conditions set forth in the third party Offer and otherwise on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease (except that Landlord shall not be obligated to furnish any tenant improvement allowance or construct or install any tenant improvements with respect to the First Refusal Space unless set forth in the third party Offer). Landlord and Tenant agree to execute an amendment to this Lease that incorporates the First Refusal Space into the Premises or a new lease covering the First Refusal Space as contemplated herein within ten (10) days after Landlord delivers the same to the Tenant. If Tenant fails to timely exercise its right of first refusal in accordance with the terms set forth above, then Tenant's right of first refusal with respect to the First Refusal Space shall be deemed terminated and Landlord shall have the unfettered right, notwithstanding the provisions of Article 32 above, to lease the First Refusal Space to any third party on terms and conditions not substantially more favorable to the proposed tenant than those set forth in the third party Offer. For purposes of this Article 33, the term

-37-

"substantially more favorable" shall mean a rental rate of less than 95% of the rental rate offered to Tenant pursuant to the third party Offer. If Landlord leases the First Refusal Space to a third party in accordance with the terms set forth above, such third party shall be deemed to lease such First Refusal Space free and clear of any rights of Tenant to such First Refusal Space and also free and clear of any right Tenant may have to expand into such First Refusal Space pursuant to the terms of Article 32 above. If, however, Landlord has not leased the First Refusal Space to a third party as provided above within ninety (90) days following the date Tenant waives its right of first refusal or the date such right of first refusal lapses without Tenant having timely exercised such right, then Tenant's right of first refusal shall revive automatically.

ARTICLE 34
OPTION TO EXTEND LEASE TERM

34.1 Option to Extend. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option to extend the Lease Term for one (1) additional period of three (3) years (the "Extended Term"), on the following terms and conditions:

(a) The option to extend the Lease Term pursuant to this Article 34 shall be applicable only if Tenant leases the entire Building for the Extended Term and shall apply only if, as of the date of Tenant's exercise of the option to extend, (i) Tenant is leasing the entire Building from Landlord, or (ii) Tenant is leasing the entire first and three floors of the Building and the second floor will be "available for lease" (as defined below) as of the commencement of the Extended Term. If Tenant timely exercises the option to extend the Lease Term as provided below and, as of the date of such exercise, the second floor is not being leased by Landlord to a third party or any and all leases of such second floor space are scheduled to expire by their respective terms prior to the commencement of the Extended Term, then, as of the commencement date of the Extended Term, Tenant shall be deemed to have agreed to lease the entire Building, including, without limitation, the entire second floor of the Building. The second floor shall be deemed available for lease as of the commencement of the Extended Term if, as of the date of exercise of the option to extend, there exists no lease applicable to any portion of the second floor space or any and all leases of such second floor space are scheduled to expire by their respective terms prior to the commencement of the Extended Term. The preceding sentence to the contrary notwithstanding, if, at the time Tenant exercises its option to extend the Lease Term, all or a portion of the second floor space is under a lease or leases but such lease(s) is (are) scheduled to expire prior to the commencement date of the Extended Term, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if such tenant(s) or third party occupants occupying all or a portion of the second floor space fails to vacate such space prior to the commencement of the Extended Term and, in such event, (x) Landlord shall, at its sole cost, exercise commercially reasonable and diligent efforts to evict such tenant(s) and third party occupants from the second floor space, (y) the Extended Term shall commence on January 1, 2005 and shall expire, unless sooner terminated, on December 31, 2007 (irrespective of when Landlord delivers possession of the entire second floor to Tenant free and clear of all tenancies, leases and occupancy agreements), and (2) Landlord's and Tenant's rights and obligations (including, Tenant's obligation to pay monthly Basic Rental and Additional Rent) with respect to that portion of the second floor space to which Landlord is unable, as of the commencement date of the Extended Term, to deliver possession to Tenant free and clear of all tenancies, leases and occupants, shall

-38-

not commence until Landlord is able to deliver possession of such applicable second floor space to Tenant free and clear of all tenancies, leases and occupants.

(b) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of its exercise of the option to extend the Lease Term as to the entire Building for the Extended Term no earlier than nine (9) months nor later than six (6) months before the date the Lease Term would end but for said exercise. Time is of the essence. In the event Tenant exercises the option to extend the Lease Term pursuant to this Article 34.1, such exercise shall be applicable to the entire Building only (subject to the provisions of Article 34.1(a) above).

(c) Tenant may not extend the Lease Term pursuant to this Article 34.1 if Tenant is in default in the performance of any of the material terms and conditions of this Lease at the time of Tenant's notice of exercise of this option, or if Tenant shall have assigned or otherwise transferred its interest in this Lease and/or the Premises, or any portion thereof, to any person or entity other than to an Affiliate of Netgear or pursuant to Article 15(g) above, whether or not Landlord's consent to such assignment or transfer has been given (unless Landlord has waived such restriction in any written consent to such assignment or subletting, which waiver may be withheld in Landlord's sole and absolute discretion). If Tenant is in default under this Lease on the date that the Extended Term is to commence, then Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease notwithstanding any notice given by Tenant of the exercise of its option to extend.

(d) All terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply during the Extended Term, except that (i) the monthly Basic Rental for the Extended Term shall be determined in accordance with Article 34.2 below (and there shall be no abatement of monthly Basic Rental during the Extended Term unless the parties otherwise agree pursuant to the terms of Article 34.2(a) below or any abatement of monthly Basic Rental is determined to be part of the fair market rental value of the Premises pursuant to the terms of Article 34.2(b) below); provided, however, that the monthly Basic Rental for the Extended Term shall in no event be lower than the monthly Basic Rental (on a per square foot basis) payable during the initial three-year Lease Term (without regard to any abatement of monthly Basic Rental during such initial Lease Term), (ii) there shall be no further rights to extend the Lease Term, and (iii) Landlord shall have no obligation to construct any improvements on, in or around the Premises or in the Building or to provide any tenant improvement allowance.

(e) Once Tenant delivers notice of its exercise of the option to extend the Lease Term, Tenant may not withdraw such exercise and, subject to the provisions of this Article 34.1, such notice shall operate to extend the Lease Term. Upon the extension of the Lease Term pursuant to this Article 34.1, the term "Lease Term" as used in this Lease shall thereafter include that Extended Term and the Expiration Date of the Lease shall be the expiration date of the Extended Term.

34.2. Monthly Basic Rental During Extended Term. If Tenant elects to extend the Lease Term pursuant to Article 34.1 above, the monthly Basic Rental for the Extended Term shall be an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the fair market rental value of the Project (including, without limitation, the entire Building) in relation to market conditions at the time of the extension (including, but not limited to, rental rates for comparable space with

-39-

comparable tenant improvements and taking into consideration any adjustments to rent based upon direct costs (operating expenses) and taxes, and/or cost of living or other rental adjustments; the size of the space; and any other factors which affect market rental values at the time of extension), provided, that the monthly Basic Rental for the Extended Term shall in no event be lower than the monthly Basic Rental (on a per square foot basis) payable during the initial three-year Lease Term (without regard to any abatement of monthly Basic Rental during such initial Lease Term). The monthly Basic Rental for the Extended Term shall be determined as follows:

(a) Mutual Agreement. After timely receipt by Landlord of Tenant's notice of exercise of the option to extend the Lease Term, Landlord and Tenant shall have a period of fifteen (15) days in which to agree on the monthly Basic Rental for the Project for the Extended Term. If Landlord and Tenant agree on said monthly Basic Rental during that period, they shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the monthly Basic Rental for the Project for the Extended Term. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the monthly Basic Rental for the Project for the Extended Term as aforesaid, the provisions of Article 34.2(b) below shall apply.

(b) Appraisal. Within ten (10) days after the expiration of the fifteen (15) day period described in Article 34.2(a) above, each party, at its cost and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a licensed, commercial real estate broker with at least five (5) years commercial brokerage experience in Santa Clara County, to determine the fair market rental value of the Project. If a party does not appoint such a broker within ten (10) days after the other party has given notice of the name of its broker, the single broker appointed shall be the sole broker and shall set the fair market rental value. The cost of such sole broker shall be borne equally by the parties. If two brokers are appointed by the parties as provided in this Article 34.2(b), the two brokers shall each separately determine the fair market rental value of the Project within twenty (20) days of the date the last of such two brokers is selected. In addition, during such twenty day period, the two brokers shall select a third broker meeting the qualifications above who will be required to determine which of the fair market rental valuations determined by the two original brokers is closer to the fair market rental value of the Project as determined by the third broker. If the parties cannot agree on the third broker within such twenty day period, then either of the parties to this Lease, by giving ten (10) days notice to the other party, may apply to either the presiding judge of the Superior Court of Santa Clara County is located for the selection of a third broker who meets the qualifications stated above. The two original brokers shall submit their respective valuations to the third broker in a sealed envelope within ten days following the date the third broker is selected. Once the third broker has been selected as provided above, then, as soon as practicable but in any case within twenty (20) days thereafter, the third broker shall select one of the two fair market rental valuations submitted by the two original brokers selected by the parties, which valuation shall be the one that is closer to the fair market rental value as determined by the third broker; provided, however, in no event shall 100% of the fair market rental value of the Project be less than the monthly Basic Rental (on a per square foot basis) payable by Tenant during the initial three-year Lease Term (without regard to any abatement of rent occurring with respect to three-year Lease Term, or any portion thereof). The third broker's selection shall be rendered in writing to both Landlord and Tenant and shall be final and binding upon them and shall not be subject to appeal. The party whose valuation is not chosen by the third broker shall pay the costs of the third broker. In establishing the fair market rental value, the broker or brokers shall consider the reasonable market rental value for the highest and best use for the Project (including, but not limited to, rental rates for comparable space

-40-

with comparable tenant improvements and any adjustments to rent based upon direct costs (operating expenses) and taxes, and/or cost of living or other rental adjustments; and the size of the space).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date set forth above.

TENANT:

NETGEAR, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Patrick Lo
    ---------------------------
Its: CEO/PRESIDENT
    ---------------------------
By: /s/ Jonathan Mather
    ---------------------------
Its: CFO/VICE PRESIDENT
    ---------------------------

LANDLORD:

DELL ASSOCIATES II-A,
A California general partnership

By: /s/ James D. Mair
    -----------------------------
    James D. Mair
Its: General Partner
    -----------------------------

By: /s/ W. Leslie Pelio
    -----------------------------
    W. Leslie Pelio
Its: General Partner
    -----------------------------

By: /s/ W. F. Jury
    -----------------------------
    W. F. Jury
Its: General Partner

-41-

*Netgear Premises consist of entire first floor, except for Common Lobby Area (and elevators and stairway) identified hereon

[FIRST FLOOR PLAN]

[SOUTH BAY DEVELOPMENT COMPANY LOGO]

4500 GREAT AMERICA PARKWAY
SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

EXHIBIT A


EXHIBIT "B"

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Lease, no sign, advertisement or notice shall be displayed, printed or affixed on or to the Premises or to the outside or inside of the Building or so as to be visible from outside the Premises or Building without Landlord's prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove any non-approved sign, advertisement or notice, without notice to and at the expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable in damages for such removal. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by Landlord or by a person selected by Landlord and in a manner and style acceptable to Landlord.

2. Tenant shall not obtain for use on the Premises ice, drinking water, waxing, cleaning, interior glass polishing, rubbish removal, towel or other similar services, or accept barbering or bootblackening, or coffee cart services, milk, soft drinks or other like services on the Premises, except from persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord. No vending machines or machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent.

3. The sidewalks, hall, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress and egress from Tenant's Premises.

4. Toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein.

5. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises or, subject to Article 9.3 of the Lease, mark, drive nails (except for the hanging of pictures or other customary office art), screw or drill into the partitions, walls ceilings or floor or in any way deface the Premises.

6. In no event shall Tenant place a load upon any floor of the Premises or portion of any such flooring exceeding the floor load per square foot of area for which such floor is designed to carry and which is allowed by law, or any machinery or equipment which shall cause excessive vibration to the Premises or noticeable vibration to any other part of the Building. Prior to bringing any heavy safes, vaults, large computers or similarly heavy equipment into the Building, Tenant shall inform Landlord in writing of the dimensions and weights thereof and shall obtain Landlord's consent thereto, which consent Landlord shall have the right to reasonably deny. Such consent shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord that the safe, vault or other equipment complies, with regard to distribution of weight and/or vibration, with the provisions of this Rule 6 nor relieve Tenant from responsibility for the consequences of such noncompliance, and any such safe, vault or other equipment which Landlord reasonably determines to constitute a danger of damage to the Building or a nuisance to other Tenants, either alone or in combination with other heavy and/or vibrating objects and equipment in the Premises, shall be promptly removed by Tenant upon Landlord's written notice of such determination and demand for removal thereof.


7. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or Project any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable, explosive or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord and other than as permitted pursuant to Article 28 of the Lease.

8. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as is currently present in the Premises or as otherwise approved by Landlord.

9. Tenant shall not install or use any blinds, shades, awnings or screens in connection with any window or door of the Premises and shall not use any drape or window covering facing any exterior glass surface other than the standard drapes, blinds or other window covering established by Landlord.

10. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by closing drapes when the sun's rays fall directly on windows of the Premises. Tenant shall not obstruct, alter, or in any way impair the efficient operation of Landlord's heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system. Tenant shall not tamper with or change the setting of any thermostats or control valves.

11. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the permitted use of the Premises. Tenant shall not, without Landlord's prior written consent, occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied or used for the manufacture or sale of liquor or tobacco in any form, or a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purpose. No auction shall be conducted on the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any noises which can be heard outside of the Premises, or disturb or interfere with occupants of Building or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with it by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonographs or unusual noise, or in any other way.

13. No bicycles, vehicles or animals (excepting trained seeing-eye dogs) of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises, and no cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant in the Premises, except that the microwave preparation of food, coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for tenants, their employees and visitors shall be permitted. No tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to permeate from or throughout the Premises.

14. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by any tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the window sills.

15. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanisms thereof unless Landlord is first notified thereof, gives written approval, and is furnished a key


therefor. Each tenant must, upon the termination of his tenancy, give to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, or toilets or toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, such tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change.

16. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord's reasonable opinion, tend to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as an office building and upon written notice from Landlord any tenant shall refrain from and discontinue such advertising.

17. Landlord reserves the right to control access to the Building by all persons after reasonable hours of generally recognized business days and at all hours on Sundays and legal holidays. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom he requests after hours access and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to establish reasonable rules pertaining to freight elevator usage, including the allocation and reservation of such usage for tenants' initial move-in to their premises, and final departure therefrom.

18. Any person employed by any tenant to do janitorial work shall, while in the Building and outside of the Premises, be subject to and under the control and direction of the office of the Building (but not as an agent or servant of Landlord, and the tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons).

19. All doors opening on to public corridors shall be kept closed, except when being used for ingress and egress.

20. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application to the office of the Building; provided, however, that this rule shall not relieve Landlord from its duty to timely perform its obligations under the Lease in accordance therewith.

21. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

22. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings reasonably approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or annoyance from being audible or perceivable outside of the Premises.

23. No air conditioning unit or other similar apparatus shall be installed or used by any tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall be given or withheld by Landlord in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Lease.

24. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building, either by any tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.

25. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord. In the event that such limits are exceeded, Landlord shall have the right to remove any


lighting fixture of any fluorescent tube or bulb therein as it deems necessary and/or to charge Tenant for the cost of the additional electricity consumed.

26. Smoking is expressly prohibited in the Premises and any and all enclosed areas within the Building or Project, including without limitation, the lobbies, restrooms and interior common areas.

27. Parking

(a) Automobiles must be parked entirely within the stall lines on the surface of the parking areas.

(b) All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

(c) Parking is prohibited in areas not striped for parking.

(d) Parking cards or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator), if applicable, shall remain the property of Landlord (or its operator). Such parking identification device must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable or assignable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void. There will be a replacement charge to the Tenant or person designated by Tenant of $25.00 for loss of any parking card.

(e) Landlord (and its operator) may refuse to permit any person who violates the within rules to park in the parking area, and any violation of the rules shall subject the automobile to removal from said parking area at the parker's expense.

(f) Every parker is required to park and lock his own automobile. All responsibility for any loss or damage to automobiles or any person property therein is assumed by the parker.

(g) The parking area is for the sole purpose of parking one automobile per space. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicles by the parker or his agents is prohibited.

(h) Landlord (and its operator) reserves the right to refuse the issuance of monthly stickers or other parking identification devices to any of Tenant's Representatives or any other person who refuse to comply with the above Rules and Regulations and all posted and unposted City, State or Federal ordinances, laws or agreements.

(i) Tenant agrees to acquaint all employees, and use diligent efforts to cause such employees to comply, with these Rules and Regulations.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

This First Amendment to Lease ("Amendment") is made effective as of this twenty-first (21st) day of March, 2002, by and between DELL ASSOCIATES II-A, a California general partnership ("Landlord") and NETGEAR, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a Standard Office Lease dated December 3, 2001 ("Lease") for those certain premises, consisting of approximately thirty-two thousand three hundred twenty-two (32,322) square feet, commonly referred to as Suite 100, on the first floor of that certain building ("Building") located at 4500 Great America Parkway, Santa Clara, California, all as more particularly described in the Lease ("Premises").

B. Tenant wishes to lease from Landlord, and Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, the second floor in the Building, consisting of approximately twenty-four thousand fifty (24,050) rentable square feet, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Recitals. The Recitals set forth above are true and correct and are incorporated into the body of this Amendment as though set forth herein.

2. Defined Terms. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease.

3. Expansion Space.

(a) Lease of Space. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord that certain space, consisting of approximately twenty-four thousand fifty (24,050) rentable square feet, and commonly referred to as Suite 200 in that certain Building described above ("Expansion Space"). Said Expansion Space is shown cross-hatched on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and made a part hereof. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Expansion Space does not include the elevators and stairway on the second floor of the Building. Except to the extent that such meaning would clearly be inconsistent with the terms of this Amendment, wherever the term "Premises" is used in the Lease, such term shall include the Expansion Space.

(b) Term. The term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space shall commence on June 1, 2002 ("Expansion Commencement Date") and shall expire
(or sooner terminate) concurrently with the expiration (or sooner termination) of the Lease of the original Premises. In the event Tenant elects, pursuant to Article 34.1 of the Lease, to extend the term of the Lease with respect to the Project, such election shall also operate as to extend the term of the

-1-

Lease as to the Expansion Space (and the Basic Rental to be paid by Tenant during the Extended Term shall be as described in Article 34.2 of the Lease).

(c) Improvements. Landlord agrees to construct tenant improvements in the Expansion Space ("Expansion Space TIs") in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below:

(i) Plans and Specifications. At any time during the term of the Lease with respect to the Expansion Space, Tenant shall prepare and deliver to Landlord preliminary plans and specifications for the Expansion Space TIs to be constructed by Landlord in the Expansion Space ("Preliminary Plans"). Within fifteen (15) days following delivery of the Preliminary Plans, Landlord shall approve such Preliminary Plans or deliver to Tenant Landlord's objections to such Preliminary Plans. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of the Preliminary Plans. If Landlord disapproves the Preliminary Plans, then the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on the Preliminary Plans. As soon as the Preliminary Plans are approved by Landlord and Tenant, and within thirty (30) days thereafter, Tenant shall prepare final plans, specifications and working drawings for the Expansion Space TIs ("Final Plans") that are consistent with and are logical evolutions of the Preliminary Plans approved by the parties and shall deliver the same to Landlord for its approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Tenant's Preliminary Plans or Final Plans show work requiring a modification or change to the Building shell, Landlord shall not be deemed unreasonable if it disapproves such Preliminary Plans or Final Plans, or if it conditions its consent to such Preliminary Plans or Final Plans upon Tenant paying to Landlord, prior to the commencement of construction of the Expansion Space TIs, the full cost of modifying or changing the Building shall as required by such Preliminary Plans or Final Plans. If Landlord disapproves the Final Plans, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord's objections within fifteen (15) days after receipt thereof. If Landlord disapproves the Final Plans, the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach agreement on such disapproved items. As soon as Landlord and Tenant agree upon the Final Plans, a representative of each shall sign the same. Once the Final Plans have been finally approved by Landlord and Tenant, neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have the right to order extra work or change orders with respect to the construction of the Expansion Space TIs without the prior written consent of the other, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All extra work or change orders requested by either Landlord or Tenant shall be made in writing, shall specify the amount of delay or time saved resulting therefrom, and shall become effective and a part of the Final Plans once approved in writing by both parties. Landlord agrees to submit such Final Plans to the applicable governmental authority for its approval immediately following approval of the same by the parties hereto.

(ii) Tenant Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall bear all costs of designing and constructing the Expansion Space TIs, except that Landlord shall provide a construction allowance to be applied to the costs of constructing the Expansion Space TIs in an amount, subject to reduction as provided in the paragraph below, not to exceed One Hundred Forty-four Thousand Three Hundred Dollars ($144,300.00) (the "Expansion TI Allowance"), which amount is the product obtained by multiplying Six Dollars ($6.00) per square foot by the rentable square footage of the Expansion Space. The costs of such construction shall include,

-2-

without limitation, costs for preparation of the Preliminary and Final Plans and all working drawings and processing of applications for all governmental authorizations, approvals, licenses and permits; costs of obtaining building permits; fees of engineers, space planners, architects, attorneys and others providing professional or extra services in connection with the construction of the Expansion Space TIs or the supervision of the construction; all hard construction costs for the construction of the Expansion Space TIs according to the Final Plans and all approved changes thereto, including, but not limited to, all labor and supervision costs, costs of all materials and supplies used in such construction, contract price for all construction work undertaken by general contractors and subcontractors, fees, taxes or other charges levied by governmental or quasi-governmental agencies (including, public utilities) in connection with the issuance of all approvals, licenses and permits necessary to undertake construction of the Expansion Space TIs, the cost of all equipment and fixtures, if any, provided for in the Final Plans, including the cost of installation thereof, the cost of installing standard utility services (i.e. standard HVAC controls and distribution facilities, standard electrical panels, distribution facilities, wiring, fixtures, switched and receptacles) and special utility services (i.e., services other than those specified above); Landlord's general contractor's overhead and profit; and all other costs of such construction including a conditional use permit (if required) and occupancy permits. If, after completing the Expansion Space TIs in accordance with the Final Plans, the entire Expansion TI Allowance has not been applied by Landlord to the costs of completing such Expansion Space TIs, then Tenant shall not be entitled to any reduction in the payment of Basic Rental or Additional Rent under the Lease or any offset of any kind, but such unapplied portion of the Expansion TI Allowance shall be made available by Landlord to Tenant to pay, up to the amount of such undisbursed portion of the Expansion TI Allowance, for general purpose interior improvements desired to be constructed or installed by Tenant in the original Premises or Expansion Space and approved by Landlord (to the extent such improvements require the consent of Landlord under the Lease, as amended hereby). The preceding sentence to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall not be obligated to make any disbursement pursuant to the terms of the immediately preceding sentence unless at the time of such request for disbursement, all of the following conditions are satisfied; (i) there shall exist no Event of Default under the Lease, as amended hereby, (ii) the Lease, as amended hereby, shall be in full force and effect, and (iii) Tenant shall have furnished to Landlord receipted bills and releases of lien rights (in statutory form or in a form otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) covering work done and/or materials furnished for which Tenant is requesting payment from the undisbursed portion of the Expansion TI Allowance.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Landlord shall have no obligation to pay or apply any portion of the Expansion TI Allowance to the costs of constructing the Expansion Space TIs (or any other improvements or alterations as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph) unless such Expansion Space TIs includes, without limitation, a small kitchen (and kitchen improvements) acceptable to Landlord and construction or installation of such small kitchen (and kitchen improvements) have been completed. In addition, if the Expansion Space TIs do not include the demolition of a portion of the computer room comprising part of the Expansion Space (which portion shall be acceptable to Landlord), then, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Expansion TI Allowance shall be reduced to Ninety-six Thousand Two Hundred and no/100 Dollars ($96,200,000), which amount is the product obtained by

-3-

multiplying Four Dollars ($4.00) per square foot by the rentable square footage of the Expansion Space.

In addition to the foregoing, Landlord agrees that any portion of the Allowance described in Article 8.2 of the Lease that is not used by Tenant to pay for the installation of Lighting and/or construction or installation of an additional office(s) and/or computer flooring as referred to in Article 8.1 of the Lease may, upon Tenant's written request to Landlord, be added to the Expansion TI Allowance and used for the construction or installation of the Expansion Space TIs or for general purpose interior improvements desired to be constructed or installed by Tenant in the original Premises or the Expansion Space and approved by Landlord (to the extent such improvements require the consent of Landlord under the Lease, as amended hereby).

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall Landlord be obligated to disburse or pay any portion of the Expansion TI Allowance if an Event of Default exists under the Lease, as amended. Except as provided in this Paragraph 3(c)(ii), Landlord shall have no obligation to provide any other allowance with respect to the Expansion Space.

(iii) Costs in Excess of the Expansion TI Allowance. Tenant shall pay all costs of constructing the Expansion Space TIs to the extent that the cost thereof exceeds the Expansion TI Allowance. Upon Landlord's acceptance of a construction bid for the Expansion Space TIs, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the estimated amount of such construction. Within five (5) business days thereafter, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a payment equal to the total estimated construction cost less the Expansion TI Allowance. If the actual costs of construction of the Expansion Space TIs exceeds the estimated construction cost, then Tenant shall pay the same to Landlord within five (5) business days following receipt of a written invoice or statement from Landlord and reasonable backup documentation evidencing such excess costs. If the actual costs of construction of the Expansion Space TIs is less than the estimated construction cost but greater than the amount of the Expansion TI Allowance, then Landlord shall refund to Tenant the difference between (i) the construction costs paid by Tenant for the Expansion Space TIs based on the construction estimate, and (ii) the actual construction costs incurred by Landlord less the Expansion TI Allowance.

(iv) Use of Expansion TI Allowance. The entire Expansion TI Allowance is to be used, except as otherwise expressly provided in Paragraph 3(c)(ii) above, for construction of general purpose interior tenant improvements within the Expansion Space. As used herein "general purpose interior tenant improvements" shall mean and refer to interior improvements which may be of permanent improvement to the Expansion Space (e.g., permanent partitions; window, wall and floor coverings; HVAC equipment and wiring; electrical distribution facilities and wiring; lighting and utility fixtures); and shall not mean and include any "special purpose improvements" needed by Tenant for the conduct of its business or which might not be a permanent improvement to the Premises (e.g., demountable partitions, trade fixtures or furniture of Tenant, special security requirements). In determining whether any interior improvement is a "general purpose interior tenant improvement" or a "special purpose improvement", the parties shall take into account the kind, quality, and amount of such improvements, their location in the Expansion Space, and their relationship to the other

-4-

improvements. Landlord agrees that no portion of the Expansion TI Allowance is to be used to pay for costs of cleaning up or remediating any hazardous or toxic materials, if any, in the Expansion Space or anywhere else in, on or under the Project. In addition, no portion of the Expansion TI Allowance is to be used to pay for any of the work described in Paragraph 8 below. Landlord further agrees that if the construction of the Expansion Space TIs, or any portion of the same, triggers compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act and/or the regulations promulgated thereunder ("ADA"), then Landlord shall
(i) separate the scope of work allocable to such ADA compliance from the balance of the Expansion Space TI work, (ii) cause such ADA compliance work to be completed at Landlord's sole cost, and (iii) not apply any portion of the Expansion TI Allowance to pay such costs of complying with ADA.

(v) Timing. Promptly following the date the Final Plans are approved, Landlord has retained a general contractor to construct the Expansion Space TIs, Landlord has obtained a bid (acceptable to Landlord) from such general contractor for the costs of constructing the Expansion Space TIs and Landlord has obtained all permits necessary to construct the Expansion Space TIs, Landlord shall cause the construction of the Expansion Space TIs to commence and shall diligently prosecute such work to completion. Tenant acknowledges that the general contractor selected by Landlord to commence and complete the Expansion Space TIs may, in Landlord's sole discretion, be South Bay Construction Company, and Tenant has no objection to Landlord hiring South Bay Construction Company to commence and complete the Expansion Space TIs. The parties hereto acknowledge that Tenant's employees may be operating in or occupying the Expansion Space during the build out of the Expansion Space TIs; however, Tenant agrees that its business operations and occupancy shall not interfere in any manner with the completion of the Expansion Space TIs. Any occupancy or use of the Expansion Space by Tenant, its agents, contractors, and employees, during the construction of the Expansion Space TIs shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord, its agents, employees, contractors and subcontractors, from any and all liability, cost, damage, expense, and claim for injury
(including bodily injury, death, or property damage) (collectively "Claims") incurred or suffered by Tenant in or about the Expansion Space during the construction of the Expansion Space TIs.

(vi) Inspection and Acceptance. Upon substantial completion of the Expansion Space TIs to be constructed by Landlord, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such completion and request a walk-through inspection of the Expansion Space TIs by Tenant not later than five (5) working days after Tenant's receipt of such notice. Not later than two (2) working days following the date of such inspection, and provided that all Expansion Space TIs have been completed in accordance with the approved Final Plans, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a written statement formally accepting the Expansion Space TIs, subject to prompt completion by Landlord of such minor "punchlist" items specified in such statement as do not materially impair Tenant's use or occupancy of the Expansion Space. If Tenant fails to conduct such inspection or to provide the statement of acceptance within the time periods herein stated, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the Expansion Space TIs as of that date which is five (5) working days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's notice of substantial completion.

-5-

(d) Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord as monthly Basic Rental for the Expansion Space ("Expansion Space Rent"), in advance, on the first day of each calendar month, commencing on the Expansion Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph 3(b) above) and continuing through December 31, 2004, the following amounts:

Months Following Expansion Commencement Date      Monthly Installments
--------------------------------------------      --------------------
     06/01/02-5/31/03                                  $17,630.00
     06/01/03-5/31/04                                  $18,511.50
     06/01/04-12/31/04                                 $19,393.00

Notwithstanding the provisions of Article 1.4 and Article 3.1 of the Lease, there shall be no abatement of the monthly Expansion Space Rent for the twelfth, twenty-fifth and/or thirty-sixth months of the Lease Term (or the twelfth, twenty-fifth or thirty-sixth months of the term of the Lease as to the Expansion Space).

(e) Other Terms. All other terms and conditions of the Lease shall apply to the Expansion Space unless inconsistent with the terms of this Amendment.

4. Prepaid Rent. Concurrently with the execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of Seventeen Thousand Six Hundred Thirty Dollars ($17,630.00), which is to be credited against the first months' Expansion Space Rent due under this Amendment.

5. Additional Parking Spaces. Effective as of the Expansion Commencement Date, Article 1.9 is amended to provide that the number of unreserved parking spaces allocated for Tenant's use during the term of the Lease is two hundred two (202) parking spaces.

6. Tenant's Proportionate Share. Effective on the Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant's Proportionate Share as described in Article 1.5 shall be increased to seventy-five and thirty-seven hundredths percent (75.37%).

7. Surrender of Portion of Original Premises. On or before the Expansion Commencement Date, Tenant agrees to vacate that portion of the original Premises, consisting of approximately six hundred (600) rentable square feet as shown on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Relinquished First Floor Space"), and to remove all of its personal property, furniture and furnishings from such Relinquished First Floor Space. On or before the later of
(i) the Expansion Commencement Date, or (ii) the date Tenant has vacated the Relinquished First Floor Space and removed all of Tenant's personal property, furniture and furnishings from the Relinquished First Floor Space, (x) the Premises (as defined in the original Lease) shall be deemed to consist of the Premises referred to in the original Lease less the Relinquished First Floor Space. (y) Article 1.3 of the original Lease shall be deemed amended to provide that the Rentable Square Footage of the Premises (after deducting the approximately 600 rentable square feet referred to above) is approximately thirty-one thousand seven hundred twenty-two (31,722) rentable square feet, and
(2) the Basic Rental applicable to such original Premises less the

-6-

Relinquished First Floor Space shall be equal to Thirty-one Thousand Seven Hundred Twenty-two and no/100 Dollars ($31,722.00) per month through the balance of the initial Term of the Lease (except that the monthly Basic Rental applicable to such original Premises less the Relinquished First Floor Space for the twelfth (12th), twenty-fifth (25th) and thirty-sixth (36th) months of the initial Lease Term shall be abated as provided in Article 3.1 of the original Lease).

8. Remodeling and Repair of Elevators. Landlord agrees that promptly following the execution of this Amendment, Landlord shall, at its sole cost, commence and then diligently complete (i) the remodeling of the elevators servicing the Building, which remodeling shall include, the installation of new carpeting, paneling and lighting in such elevators, and (ii) any repairs to the elevators necessary to place such elevators in good operating condition.

9. Signage. Subject to the consent of the City of Santa Clara (and compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations) and the consent of Landlord (which consent of Landlord shall not be unreasonably withheld), Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's sole cost, to place identification signage on the sides of the Building facing Great America Parkway and Patrick Henry Drive. Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant, at no cost or liability to Landlord, in Tenant's efforts to obtain such identification signage on the Building provided Landlord can provide adequate signage to any third party tenant that desires to lease the third floor of the Building from Landlord. If Tenant does place such identification signage on the Building pursuant to the terms hereof, Tenant shall, at its sole cost, cause such identification signage on the Building to be removed at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term and repair or restore any damage caused by such removal.

10. Commissions. Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that it has not retained or worked with any broker or finder in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment and/or the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that it has not retained or worked with any broker or finder in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment and/or the consummation of the transaction contemplated hereby. Landlord and Tenant do each hereby agree to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying party, including any costs, expenses and/or attorneys' fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto. The obligation to indemnify, defend and hold harmless as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of the Lease.

11. Lease Terms. Except as otherwise modified herein, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms of this Amendment and the terms of the original Lease, the terms of this Amendment shall control.

12. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and which together shall constitute one instrument.

-7-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth above.

LANDLORD:

DELL ASSOCIATES II-A,
a California general partnership

By:  /s/ James D. Mair
     ___________________________
     James D. Mair
Its: General Partner

By:  /s/ W. Leslie Pelio
     ___________________________
     W. Leslie Pelio
Its: General Partner


By:  /s/ W.F. Jury
     ___________________________
     W.F. Jury
Its: General Partner

TENANT:

NETGEAR, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

By:  /s/ Patrick C.S. Lo
     ___________________________
Its: Chairman & CEO

By:  /s/ Mark Merrill
     ___________________________
Its: VP Engineering

8

EXHIBIT 10.19

OEM TERMS AND CONDITIONS

This Agreement is entered into as of this 1 day of June, 1996, ("Effective Date") by and between NETGEAR, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly subsidiary of Bay Networks, Inc. and having its principal place of business at 4401 Great America Parkway, P.O. Box 58185, Santa Clara, California, 95052-8185 ("NETGEAR"), and Delta Electronics, Inc. ("Supplier") having its principal place of business at 9F, No. 144, Min Chuan E. Road, Sec. 3, Taipei, Taiwan, R.O.C..

1. PURCHASE OF PRODUCTS: NETGEAR may purchase and license the products listed in Attachment 1 ("Products"), private-labeled for NETGEAR, and, if applicable customized in accordance with Attachment 2, for internal use and demonstration purposes and for resale and relicense, directly and indirectly, by placing written orders under this Agreement. Supplier agrees to sell the private-labeled and/or customized Products exclusively to NETGEAR and to any of the NETGEAR affiliates, subsidiaries or agents identified by NETGEAR under the terms of this Agreement. Supplier agrees not to sell the Products directly to any third party or agent or former agent of NETGEAR for any purpose other than resale on NETGEAR's behalf. Under no circumstances may an agent of NETGEAR make any alteration to the terms of this Agreement without NETGEAR's prior written consent. Any additional customization of the Products will be in accordance with the terms set forth in an Attachment to this Agreement.

2. PRODUCT PRICES: Product prices shall be in accordance with Attachment 1 and do not include cost of shipping or insurance, which will be borne by NETGEAR. All prices are exclusive of any taxes. Prices are based on the cost structure set forth in Attachment 1. Prices will be paid in U.S. dollars based on the "Established-Exchange Rate" which shall be one US dollar to $27.50 New Taiwan dollars or on an adjusted exchange rate as follows: at such time as the exchange rate fluctuates by more than 10% from the prevailing Established Exchange Rate, that higher or lower exchange rate shall become the Established Exchange Rate. Supplier shall not increase the Product price(s) during the term of the Agreement or any renewals. A costed Bill of Materials (BOM) shall be attached as an exhibit to Attachment 1 and an updated costed BOM shall be provided by Supplier to NETGEAR not less frequently than the beginning of each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement. The unit pricing shall be reduced immediately at any time that the costed BOM decreases by more than 5% from the preceding quarter, provided that Delta has received the agreed to target margin. Material Cost, assembly cost, labor, overhead and margins will be reviewed at the beginning of each calendar quarter for reasonableness by NETGEAR.


3. ORDERS FOR PRODUCTS: Each order for Products shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement. Conflicting or additional terms provided in any order or acknowledgment of an order shall be of no effect unless specifically accepted in writing by an authorized representative of the parties. Each order shall specify (a) description and part number of Products, (b) purchase price;
(c) quantity; (d) delivery schedule; and (e) "ship-to" and "invoice-to" addresses.

4. TIME FOR DELIVERY: Supplier will deliver Products in the quantities ordered (up to 125% of the quantities forecasted) by NETGEAR within 30 days of the date the order is received by Supplier (unless a later shipment date is specified in the order or a longer lead time is set out in Attachment 1), provided that the terms of the order comply with the requirements specified above.

In order to meet the anticipated delivery schedules, it may be necessary for Supplier to maintain an inventory of certain parts for the NETGEAR Products which are unusable in other Supplier products and which are long-lead time parts or which must be procured in quantity to receive beneficial pricing. The parties will agree in writing from time to time as to a list of such parts. At the time of termination or expiration of this Agreement or product discontinuation, NETGEAR agrees to accept delivery of Supplier's entire inventory of such agreed parts, up to a total equal to the last 3 months forecast and to reimburse Supplier for its actual purchase price for such parts.

The parties acknowledge that time is the essence of this Agreement. In the event that Supplier fails to deliver Products within the time period described in this subsection, NETGEAR shall be entitled to a credit against the corresponding order in the amount calculated from the table below applied against the quantity of Product which was not delivered within the specified time period, subject to adjustment as provided below:

    Actual delivery date                          Percentage of price credited
    --------------------                          ----------------------------
1 to 15 days from shipment date                           No discount
specified in NETGEAR's order and
accepted and confirmed by Supplier

16 to 29 days from shipment date                                1%
specified in NETGEAR's order and
accepted and confirmed by Supplier

30 or more days from shipment date                              3%
specified in NETGEAR's order and
accepted and confirmed by Supplier


NETGEAR may choose to cancel any order which remains unfulfilled by Supplier after 30 days from shipment date requested by NETGEAR and accepted and confirmed by Supplier in orders accepted by Supplier without penalty. Products which are delivered but which do not conform with the warranties and specifications described in this Agreement, where the non-conformance is not cured within five days notice from NETGEAR, shall not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of this section. Supplier's obligations under this section shall be subject to the provisions of the Section entitled "Failure and Delay", except that failure of Supplier's suppliers to deliver component parts shall not be deemed to be excusable delay in Supplier's performance under this Agreement.

5. CANCELLATION OR POSTPONEMENT OF ORDERS. NETGEAR may cancel or reduce the quantity of any order without liability 60 days or more in advance of the ship date specified in NETGEAR's order. NETGEAR may cancel, or reduce the quantity of any order from 30 to 59 days in advance of the ship date specified in NETGEAR' order by paying Supplier a cancellation charge equal to the out-of-pocket cost incurred by Supplier for work in process, not including raw components usable in other applications, not to exceed the unit price. NETGEAR may postpone the delivery of any portion of an order for up to a total of 90 days without any liability by delivering written notice to Supplier 30 days or more in advance of the ship date specified in NETGEAR' order.

6. FORECASTS: NETGEAR agrees to provide Supplier with monthly 180 day rolling forecasts for its projected orders for Products. The provision of such forecast shall in no way bind NETGEAR to actually place orders for any such quantities nor otherwise expose NETGEAR to liability.

7. TERMS OF SALE: Products will be shipped F.O.B. point of shipment. Title to the Products (but not any Product software) shall pass to NETGEAR upon acceptance of the shipment of Products. Payment for the Products shall be due net 30 days of invoice date, which shall not precede the date of shipment of the Products. If payment is to be made by wire transfer, Supplier must provide the following information: bank name and location of branch, account name/number and Swift number.

8. INVOICING AND TAXES: NETGEAR shall pay all applicable sales and use taxes based on the purchase of the Products, other than income and franchise taxes based on Supplier's income or provide Supplier with a certificate of exemption acceptable to the appropriate taxing authority.


9. PRODUCT DOCUMENTATION: Supplier will provide a complete set of the applicable technical publications and illustrations and user documentation which Supplier ships with the corresponding Supplier products to NETGEAR in a mutually agreed electronic format. NETGEAR may modify such publications and may translate such publications into foreign languages and will deliver master copies of hardware documentation to Supplier for printing, packing and shipping with the Products. NETGEAR may also create additional usage/reference manuals (such as hardware installation and verification guides, and end user warranty cards) which will also be delivered to Supplier for printing, packing and shipping with the Products.

10. PRIVATE LABELING: All Products delivered by Supplier will bear the logos, trade names and trademarks of NETGEAR as specified by NETGEAR. NETGEAR will provide engineering drawings, camera-ready artwork film, and all other materials and instructions necessary to manufacture product labels and shipping boxes without supplemental documentation. No Supplier logos, trademarks and trade names will be externally visible on installed Products. NETGEAR agrees not to affix any labels containing Supplier logos, trademarks or trade names to the Products. Preprinted boxes with NETGEAR logos will be provided by Supplier and used for packaging the Products. These individual product boxes must be placed within larger protective shipping boxes for transit from Supplier to NETGEAR.

11. SOFTWARE LICENSE: If the Products include software, Supplier will, at NETGEAR's request, either provide software on media ready for shipment or master copies of any software associated with the Products and will grant NETGEAR the right to use, and to reproduce if necessary, and to sublicense all software associated with the Products, including all updates, "bug fixes" and enhancements created over time for such software, and associated documentation, for perpetual use solely in connection with Products. The terms of such sublicense shall conform generally to the provisions of NETGEAR standard form software license for its commercial products. The foregoing licenses may be exercised by NETGEAR without further charge beyond the prices for the Products described elsewhere in this Agreement.

12. ACCEPTANCE; QUALITY ASSURANCE: The parties acknowledge the requirement that the Products be supplied with as close to a "zero defect rate" as is practically possible. The Products should be subjected to on-going reliability testing, including operating a rolling 20 to 30 units for 60 days to provide "infant mortality" data. The Products are subject to final inspection and acceptance at NETGEAR's facility within 30 days after delivery, to confirm that the Products conform to all criteria, specifications and warranties described in this Agreement. Supplier will provide NETGEAR with a complete set of top-level assembly drawings of the Products, which NETGEAR may use in incoming inspection and Supplier shall provide


NETGEAR with a report of "first pass yields". If one or more Products in a shipment fails to successfully pass the acceptance tests, NETGEAR shall deliver a deficiency report to Supplier promptly before the end of the acceptance period. Supplier shall, in response to such report immediately accept the return for credit of the non-conforming Products so that they successfully pass all acceptance tests, all at Supplier's sole expense and the full lot shall be subject to re-inspection. Payment prior to acceptance shall not constitute acceptance. NETGEAR may conduct and observe tests and inspections at Supplier plant if NETGEAR notifies Supplier 24 hours in advance. In the event that NETGEAR does not notify Supplier in writing of deficiencies in the Products within 30 days of receipt thereof, the Products shall be deemed accepted.

Supplier will follow good manufacturing practices (equivalent to IPC Class II for electrical assembly) utilizing materials, techniques, and procedures which conform to industry standards. Supplier will comply with the requirements of ISO 9000 and CE Mark standards. Supplier will make available to NETGEAR, upon request, information regarding Supplier's quality assurance procedures. The parties shall negotiate in good faith and mutually agree upon an ongoing program during the term of this Agreement to monitor and assure the quality of the Products provided by Supplier (the "Quality Assurance Program"). Such Quality Assurance Program will include, but not be limited to, criteria and procedures for ongoing audit of Supplier's manufacturing process, a definition of test procedures for confirmation of compliance with applicable quality and other specifications, definition of minimum quality specification acceptance levels, and an escalation procedure for resolving quality-related problems. Upon mutual agreement by the parties in writing as to the content of such Quality Assurance Program, the Quality Assurance Program shall without further action by the parties be deemed incorporated herein as an Attachment to this Agreement. At such time as defined in the Quality Assurance Program, Supplier will be authorized to provide Products on a "ship-to-stock" basis.

13. WARRANTY: Supplier warrants that the Products delivered under this Agreement will be free from all liens, encumbrances and restrictions, other than the restrictions relating to the software. Supplier warrants that each Products delivered to NETGEAR will be free from defects in material and workmanship for the period of time set forth in Attachment 1 (the "Warranty Period") and shall perform in accordance with the Product specifications. The parties acknowledge that by its nature, software is not error-free or free from interruption in operation because of "bugs" or defects. Supplier shall promptly and diligently correct any bug or software error in the Products software which it discovers or is reported to Supplier during the Warranty Period, and will immediately provide NETGEAR with a suitable patch, fix or work-around so that it continues to operate in accordance with the respective specifications, and, NETGEAR may deliver these to all valid licensees. If a defect or non-conformance is discovered during the Warranty Period, NETGEAR will promptly notify Supplier of any non-conforming material to obtain a Return


Material's Authorization number ("RMA"). Upon NETGEAR' receipt of the RMA, NETGEAR will cause the return of the non-conforming Products to Supplier at the expense of NETGEAR. Upon its receipt, Supplier will promptly either repair or replace it, at Supplier's option and cost. Properly repaired or replaced Products will promptly be delivered to NETGEAR at Supplier's cost, and the Warranty Period therefor will continue for 90 days following delivery or the balance of the Warranty Period, whichever is longer. These remedies are in addition to any others which may be provided by this Agreement or by law. This warranty does not include damages due to inadequate operating environment, accident, disaster, neglect, abuse, misuse, or alterations made without approval by Supplier. THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

14. INDEMNIFICATION: Supplier will defend at its own expense any action brought against NETGEAR, to the extent that it is based on a claim by a third party (i) that any of the Products infringes a patent or copyright, or contains misappropriated trade secrets, or (ii) which is based upon the use, operation or performance of Products, and will pay any costs and damages finally awarded against NETGEAR in any such action which are attributable to any such claims. Supplier's obligations under the preceding sentence are subject to the conditions that: (i) NETGEAR promptly notifies Supplier in writing of any such claim, and (ii) Supplier will have sole control of such defense and all negotiations for any settlement or compromise, although NETGEAR may participate in the same at its expense. Supplier will have no liability to NETGEAR under this Section with respect to any claim of infringement to the extent that it is based upon (i) the combination of the Products with any machine, device, firmware or software not furnished by Supplier, or (ii) any product not developed, sold or licensed by Supplier, or (iii) any modification of the Products by a party other than Supplier or (iv) compliance with specifications supplied and required by NETGEAR.

15. END-OF-LIFE PURCHASES: In the event of termination or expiration of this Agreement, NETGEAR will be entitled to place a non-cancelable order for a "life cycle purchase" of the Products at least 15 days prior to the effective date of such termination or expiration, for delivery within 180 days after the effective date of Agreement termination or expiration.

16. AVAILABILITY OF PRODUCT AND SPARES: Supplier will make spare, replacement, and maintenance parts necessary to enable NETGEAR to support the Products available during the term of the agreement and for a period of at least five years after the last delivery of Products to NETGEAR, at prices that are at least as low as the prices being charged to Supplier's other customers for like quantities of


corresponding Supplier products and under at least as favorable terms and conditions.

17. REQUIRED CHANGES: Supplier reserves the right to make engineering changes to the Products at any time, which do not adversely impact the operation of the Products, which are necessary to comply with specifications, changed safety standards and governmental regulations and to make the product non-infringing with respect to any patent, copyright or other proprietary interest or for the purpose of improving the quality, reliability or manufacturability of the products. Supplier will notify NETGEAR of all planned engineering change orders or emergency deviations which impact form, fit, function, safety or environmental compliance, or software compatibility of the products. If the proposed change requires any rework of the previously shipped Products units then Supplier will perform the modification on any units returned to Supplier at no charge. For each significant change, Supplier will maintain documentation including the date of the change and serial number of the first product incorporating the change.

18. TERM AND TERMINATION: This Agreement shall begin on the date of execution by both parties and continue for one year, with automatic one year renewals, unless terminated by either party in accordance with this section. After the initial one year term, this Agreement may be terminated by either party by providing 90 days written notice. If either party is in default of any material provisions of this Agreement and such default is not corrected within 30 days of receipt of written notice, this Agreement may be terminated immediately by the party not in default. If NETGEAR terminates due to default by Supplier all outstanding purchase orders shall be filled by Supplier unless NETGEAR notifies Supplier in its default notice of its desire to cancel any or all such orders, in which event such purchase orders shall be canceled without charge to NETGEAR. Any terms of this Agreement which by their nature extend beyond its termination remain in effect until fulfilled and apply to respective successors and assigns. Termination of this Agreement will not effect the rights of end-users to use the Products.

19. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR (1) THE COST OF SUBSTITUTE PROCUREMENT, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR (2) ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM INACCURATE OR LOST DATA OR LOSS OF USE OR PROFITS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF PRODUCTS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT.


20. CONFIDENTIALITY: The parties anticipate that each may disclose to the other in connection with this Agreement, certain of its proprietary or confidential information. The party receiving the same will (i) maintain it in confidence and will not disclose it to others than its employees, or as otherwise permitted under this Agreement (ii) use at least the same degree of care to maintain its secrecy as it uses in maintaining the secrecy of its own proprietary, confidential and trade secret information, (iii) always use at least a reasonable degree of care in maintaining its secrecy, and (iv) use it only for the purpose of performing its obligations under this Agreement. Neither party will have any obligation concerning that part of the other's information which (i) was known to it before its receipt from the other party, (ii) is lawfully obtained from a third party under no obligation of confidentiality,
(iii) is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of an act or failure to act of the receiving party, (iv) or is independently developed by a party without use of the other's confidential information. Except as permitted by this Agreement, neither party will disclose any part of such information to anyone except those of its employees or contractors having a need to know the same in order to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and who have, before receiving access to the information, acknowledged its confidential, proprietary and trade secret nature and have agreed to be bound by the terms of this Section.

21. PRODUCT SUPPORT: NETGEAR shall provide Level 1 support (support necessary to process initial calls from an end-user) and Level 2 support (support required for problem determination and solution). Supplier shall provide Level 3 support which includes Product design changes based on Product form, fit or function and assist NETGEAR when a problem cannot be resolved at Level 1 or 2. Additional technical support can be made available under terms and conditions to be defined and negotiated mutually.

22. TRAINING: Supplier will provide, at no charge, one standard technical training class at Supplier facilities and training materials for the Products to selected NETGEAR technical support personnel and such other training as is mutually agreed upon.

23. TECHNOLOGY UPGRADES: During the term of this Agreement, Supplier will provide NETGEAR with upgrades to the Products, including all new features or enhancements within 30 days of when they are incorporated in the Supplier product or offered as upgrades by Supplier. If such upgrades or enhancements are provided to other customers at no additional charge, there will be no increase in the unit price for products under this Agreement. If Supplier charges its other customers for such upgrades, Supplier will only be required to provide such upgrades to NETGEAR upon agreement with NETGEAR regarding a revised unit price.


24. GENERAL PROVISIONS

24.1 FAILURE AND DELAY. Neither party will be liable for its failure or delay in performance of its obligations under this Agreement due to strikes, wars, revolutions, fires, floods, explosions, earthquakes, government regulations, or other causes beyond its control.

24.2 ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without prior written permission from the other. Any attempt by a party to assign any right, or delegate any duty or obligation which arises under this Agreement, without such permission, will be voidable.

24.3 WAIVER, AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION. Any waiver, amendment or modification of any right, remedy or other term under this Agreement will not be effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.

24.4 RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES. The parties are each independent contractors. No agency relationship between NETGEAR and Supplier is created by this Agreement. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither party will have any right or authority to act on behalf of the other and neither party will represent that it has such right or authority.

24.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement, including its exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement between parties with respect to its subject matter and will be governed by the laws of the State of California.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives.

NETGEAR, INC.                                      SUPPLIER

                                                       DELTA ELECTRONICS, INC.

By: _________________________________              By: Tommy Tsai
                                                       -----------------------
Name: _______________________________              Name:  /s/ Tommy Tsai 9/13/96
Title: ______________________________              Title: ODM Business Unit
                                                          --------------------
                                                          Products Manager.


Attachment 1

LIST OF PRODUCTS, PRICES AND LEAD TIMES

Product pricing is based on the actual cost of materials plus Material Burden, Assembly cost, Labor cost, Overhead and Margin accordance with the terms of the Agreement and the costed Bill of Materials attached as Exhibit A to Attachment 1, as updated quarterly.

   Product Name                      P/N             Price        Lead Time                 Warranty Period
   ------------                      ---             -----        ---------                 ---------------
                                                               (30 days unless
                                                                  indicated                 (one year unless
                                                                  otherwise)              indicated otherwise)
4 port Slimline                    EN104NA          $ 43.60          60                   5 year except power
10-BaseT Ethernet                  EN104JP                                                adapter which is 3
Hub                                EN104GE                                                years

8 port Slimline                    EN108NA          $ 62.80          60                   5 year except power
10-BaseT Ethernet                  EN108JP                                                adapter which is 3
Hub                                EN108GE                                                years

16 port Slimline                   EN116NA          $107.40          60                   5 year except power
10-BaseT Ethernet                  EN116JP                                                adapter which is 3
Hub                                EN116GE                                                years

8 port 100 Base-TX                 FE508NA          $160.00*         60                   5 year except power
Fast Ethernet Hub                  FE508JP          $290.56**                             supply which is 1
                                   FE508GE                                                year

16 port 100 Base-TX                FE516NA          $230.00*         60                   5 year except power
Fast Ethernet Hub                  FE516JP          $491.12**                             supply which is 1
                                   FE516GE                                                year

* pricing if NETGEAR provides National chips

** pricing if Delta provides National chips


Exhibit A to Attachment 1

COSTED BILL OF MATERIALS


Costed BOM for EN104NA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                  USD
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delta p/n             DESCRIPTION                 QTY   UNIT-PRICE   SUB-TOTAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1511513100   CAP 50V 20PF 5% 0805                  1       0.009       0.009

1511523100   CAP 50V 51PF 5% 0805                  9       0.007       0.063

1511530100   CAP 50V 100PF 5% 0805                 4       0.006       0.026

1512445100   CAP 50V 1NF 5% 0805                   4       0.008       0.032

1513449100   CAP 50V 4.7KP 5% 0805                 2       0.008       0.016

1513454100   CAP 50V 0.01UF 5% 0805               14       0.008       0.113

1512457101   CAP 50V 0.047UF 5% 0805               3       0.013       0.039

1517658108   CAP 50V 0.1UF 5% 0805                15       0.009       0.133

1557667200   CAP MC CP 25V 1U Z Y5V 1206           4       0.049       0.196

1142930810   CAP CD 100PF 1KV DIP 0.2"             1       0.013       0.013

1141954016   CAP CD 0.01UF 1KV DIP 0.4"            1       0.024       0.024

1030098202   CAP TC 4.7UF 25V SMD                  1       0.184       0.184

1433703025   CAP EC 100UF 10V DIP 0.1"             1       0.027       0.027

1410609906   CAP EC 330UF 16V DIP 0.2"             1       0.053       0.053

0343209100   RES 1/8W 2 5% 0805                    1       0.002       0.002

0343518100   RES 1/8W 5.1 5% 0805                  1       0.002       0.002

0341234100   RES 1/10W 49.9 1% 0805                2       0.004       0.008

0341198100   RES 1/10W 61.9 1% 0805                8       0.004       0.033

0341026100   RES 1/10W 100 1% 0805                 5       0.004       0.021

0311026000   RES 1/4W 100  5% 1206                 4       0.004       0.018

0341031100   RES 1/10W 220 1% 0805                12       0.004       0.049

0343271100   RES 1/8W 270 5% 0805                  2       0.002       0.005

0341271100   RES 1/8W 42 25% 0805                  8       0.004       0.033

0341041100   RES 1/10W 1K 1% 0805                  1       0.004       0.004

0341211100   RES 1/10W 1.21K 1% 0805               4       0.004       0.016

0341059100   RES 1/8W 10K 1% 0805                  4       0.004       0.016

0343473100   RES 1/8W 47K  5% 0805                 2       0.002       0.004

0313514000   RES 1/4W 510K 5% 1206                 2       0.003       0.006

0343105100   RES 1/10W 1M 5% 0805                  3       0.002       0.007

0610300200   RES SIP5 IK 5% (A)                    1       0.019       0.019

2040070001   DIODE 7000L SOT.23                    1       0.002       0.002

2040220014   DIODE  LL4448                         2       0.016       0.032

2921110210   FERRITE BEAD SMD 1812                 3       0.078       0.233

2400020002   TRANSISTER VN0300L DIP                1       0.183       0.183

0303000000   RES 1/4W 0 1% 1206                    8       0.003       0.021

0900160019   POLYSWITCH SMD SMD 125 PAYCHEM        1       0.463       0.463

2540092114   IC AM79C982-4JC AMD PLCC-84           1       5.074       5.074

2804600900   THZ16J04A SMD DELTA                   1       0.556       0.556

2600042109   IC 74HC14 SOIC-14                     1       0.167       0.167
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 of 3

Costed BOM for EN104NA

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       USD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delta p/n                DESCRIPTION                   QTY   UNIT-PRICE    SUB-TOTAL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2600059011  IC 74HC74 SOIC-14                           2       0.150        0.300

2600048111  IC 74HC164 SOIC-14                          2       0.244        0.487

2600014331  IC 74HC273 SOIC-20                          2       0.275        0.550

2636000600  LAN FILTER LANF7236X DIP 16 DELTA           4       1.120        4.480

2540051019  1C DP8392 DIP16                             1       1.967        1.967

0730170908  OSC 20MHZ HALF                              1       1.037        1.037

3071330600  CENTER 2.5mm DC POWERJACK                   1       0.085        0.085

3000140000  PUSH SWITCH PV00AI 4 SANSEI                 1       0.252        0.252

2636201200  DC TO DC CONVERTER 0501D SIP12 DELTA        1       1.084        1.084

2806006000  X'FMR 13X7X7 THR04K04                       1       0.238        0.238

2304163009  DIALIGHT 567-0122 GREEN/GREEN               1       0.352        0.352

2304162909  DIALIGHT 567-0123 GREEN/YELLOW              2       0.352        0.704

2816312400  CHOCK 330UH                                 1       0.000        0,000

3071334900  AMPHENOL RJ-45 MODULAR JACK 4 PORT          1       2.544        2.544

3071340628  BNC RIGHT-ANGLE WITH FILTER                 1       0.963        0.963

2976057200  PCB EN104                                   1       2.963        2.963

3140660200  COVER ABS 94V-2                             1       0.078        0.078

3109000600  SCREW                                       2       0.007        0.015

3105032400  SCREW                                       5       0.026        0.130

3105032900  SCREW                                       2       0.007        0.015

3510061500  GIFE BOX                                    1       0.704        0.704

3510082000  INSERT                                      1       0.481        0.481

5011113600  MANUAL                                      1       0.352        0.352

5011113700  WARRANTY CARD                               1       0.111        0.111

3070036800  TCONNECTOR                                  1       0.444        0.444

3070037400  50 (omega) TERMINATOR                       1       0.556        0.556

3510055400  CARTON                                    0.1       0.796        0.080

0990033600  POWER ADAPTER                               1       3.593        3.593

3240498400  RUBBET FOOT                                 4       0.024        0.096

3110260100  WASHER                                      1       0.012        0.012

3110270200  WASHER                                      1       0.007        0.007

3510147100  PAPER PAD                                 0.1       0.148        0.015

3510147500  PAPER PAD                                 0.1       0.222        0.022

3240520100  INSULATOR                                   2       0.074        0.148

3200196500  LABEL                                       1       0.013        0.013

3200207300  LABEL                                       1       0.002        0.002

3200251200  LABEL                                       2       0.015        0.030

3200261600  LABEL                                       1       0.048        0.048

3200291200  LABEL                                       1       0.002        0.002
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 of 3

Costed BOM for EN104NA

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        USD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Delta p/n               DESCRIPTION                    QTY   UNIT-PRICE    SUB-TOTAL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3200293500   LABEL                                     0.1       0.037        0.004

3520084500   PE BAG                                      1       0.035        0.035

3520086100   BAG PE                                      1       0.007        0.007

3140850000   PLASTIC CONICAL ANCHORS NY6/6               2       0.033        0.067

3990330300   CASE BASE SECC 99.8mm t=1mm                 1       1.556        1.556

3990330400   CASE COVER SECC 94mm T=1mm                  1       1.296        1.296

                                                                             35.824
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

REMARKS: The costed BOM for EN104JP is the same as the above except for the following items.

- P/N 0990033800     Power Adapter       $ 3.59
- P/N 5012102500     Warranty Card       $0.111
- P/N 5011114800     Manual              $0.352
- P/N 3510062700     Gift Box            $0.704

PS: The cost for EN104GE's power adapter, P/N 0990033700, is $3.52.

3 of 3

Costed BOM for EN108NA

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             USD
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delta p/n           DESCRIPTION                       QTY         UNIT-PRICE    SUB-TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1511513100   CAP 50V 20PF 5% 0805                      1             0.009        0.009

1511523100   CAP 50V 51PF 5% 0805                     17             0.007        0.118

1511530100   CAP 50V 100PF 5% 0805                     5             0.006        0.032

1511584100   CAP 50V 270PF 5% 0805                     1             0.009        0.009

1512445100   CAP 50V INF 5% 0805                       5             0.008        0.041

1513449100   CAP 50V 4.7NF 5% 0805                     2             0.008        0.016

1513454100   CAP 50V 0.01UF 5% 0805                   26             0.008        0.210

1512457101   CAP 50V 0.047UF 5% 0805                   4             0.013        0.053

1517658108   CAP 50V 0.1UF 5% 0805                    21             0.009        0.187

1557667210   CAP MC CP 25V 1UZ Y5V 1206                3             0.049        0.147

1142930810   CAP CD 100PF 1KV DIP 0.2"                 1             0.013        0.013

1141954016   CAP CD 0.01UF 1 KV DIP 0.4"               1             0.024        0.024

1410709505   CAP EC 47UF 25V DIP 0.1"                  2             0.027        0.055

1410703325   CAP EC 220UF 10V DIP 0.1"                 1             0.044        0.044

1410609906   CAP EC 330UF 25V DIP                      1             0.053        0.053

1410809625   CAP EC 470UF 25V DIP 0.2"                 1             0.067        0.067

0343108100   RES 1/10W 1 5% 0805                       3             0.002        0.007

0343208100   RES 1/1OW 2 5% 0805                       1             0.002        0.002

0343518100   RES 1/10W 5.1 5% 0805                     1             0.002        0.002

0341490100   RES 1/8W 45.3 1% 0805                     4             0.004        0.018

0341234100   RES 1/10W 49.9 5% 0805                    2             0.004        0.008

0341198100   RES 1/10W 61.9 5% 0805                   16             0.004        0.065

0343820100   RES 1/10W 82 5% 0805                      1             0.003        0.003

0341026100   RES 1/10W 100 5% 0805                     1             0.004        0.004

0311026000   RES 1/4W 100 5% 1206                      8             0.004        0.036

0341031100   RES 1/10W 220 5% 0805                    21             0.004        0.086

0343271100   RES 1/10W 270 5% 0805                     2             0.002        0.005

0343331100   RES l/10W 330 5% 0805                     1             0.002        0.002

0341271100   RES 1/10W 422 5% 0805                    16             0.004        0.065

0341041100   RES 1/10W 1K 1% 0805                      3             0.004        0.012

0341211100   RES 1/10W 1.21K 5% 0805                   8             0.004        0.033

0341043100   RES 1/10W 1.5K 5% 0805                    1             0.004        0.004

0341046100   RES 1/10W 2.4K 5% 0805                    1             0.004        0.004

0343302100   RES 1/10W 3K 1% 0805                      1             0.002        0.002

0341056100   RES 1/10W 8.2K 5% 0805                    1             0.004        0.004

0341059100   RES 1/10W 10K 5% 0805                     5             0.004        0.020

0343473100   RES 1/10W 47K 5% 0805                     2             0.002        0.004

0313514000   RES l/4W 510K 5% 1206                     2             0.003        0.006

0343105100   RES 1/10W 1M 5% 0805                      3             0.002        0.007
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 of 2

Costed BOM for EN108NA

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             USD
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delta p/n           DESCRIPTION                       QTY         UNIT-PRICE    SUB-TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0610300200   RES SIP5 1K 5% (A)                        1             0.019        0.019

2040220014   DIODI LL4448, 0.15A 75V                   2             0.016        0.032

2040070001   7000L SOT-23                              1             0.002        0.002

2921120310   FERRITE BEAD SMD 1812                     3             0.085        0.256

0303000000   RES 1/8W 0 1% 1206                       16             0.003        0.041

0900160019   POLYSWITCH SMD SMD 125 RAYCHEM            1             0.463        0.463

2140009002   TRANSISTER MMBT4403 SMD SOT-23            1             0.038        0.038

2140010002   TRANSISTER MMBT4401 SMD SOT-23            2             0.033        0.067

2540092014   IC AM79C982-8JC AMD PLCC-84               1            10.000       10.000

2600042109   IC 74HC14 SOIC-14                         2             0.167        0.333

2600059011   IC 74HC74 SOIC-14                         2             0.150        0.300

2600048111   IC 74HC164 SOIC-14                        2             0.244        0.487

2600014311   IC 74HC273 SOIC-20                        2             0.275        0.550

2804600900   THZ16J04A SMD DELTA                       2             0.556        1.112

2540024137   IC MC34063AP1 DIP 8                       1             0.389        0.389

2540051019   IC DP8392 DIP 16                          1             1.967        1.967

2636000600   LAN FILTER LANF7236X DIP 16 DELTA         8             1.120        8.960

0730170908   OSC 20MHZ HALF 50PPM                      1             1.037        1.037

2020170401   DIODE B83004 DIP 0.4"                     1             0.196        0.196

2050011414   DIODE JN4004 DIP 0.4"                     1             0.016        0.016

2806006000   CHOCK 330UH                               1             0.237        0.237

2816312400   330UH DIP 0.2"                            1             0.081        0.081

2400020002   TRANSISTER VN0300L DIP                    1             0.183        0.183

3940638500   DC TO DC CONVERTER 1202J SIP 12           1             2.463        2.463

2304163009   DIALIGHT 567-0122 GREEN/GREEN             2             0.352        0.704

2304162909   DIALIGHT 567-0123 GREEN/YELLOW            1             0.352        0.352

3070030000   CENTER 2.0mm DC POWERJACK                 1             0.085        0.085

3000140000   PUSH SWITCH PV4P SANSEI                   1             0.252        0.252

3071334900   AMPHENOL RJ-45 MODULAR JACK 4 PORT        2             2.544        5.087

3070021700   CONNECTOR DB 15 FEMALE                    1             0.241        0.241

3071340628   BNC RIGHT-ANGLE WITH FILTER               1             0.963        0.963

2976057300   PCB EN108                                 1             5.150        5.150

3140660200   COVER ABS 94V-2                           1             0.078        0.078

3105032400   SCREW                                     6             0.003        0.016

3105032900   SCREW                                     2             0.007        0.015

3109000600   SCREW                                     2             0.007        0.015

3510061400   GIFE BOX                                  1             0.852        0.852

3510082100   INSERT                                    1             0.593        0.593

5011113600   MANUAL                                    1             0.352        0.352
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 of 3

Costed BOM for EN108NA

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            USD
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delta p/n            DESCRIPTION            QTY   UNIT-PRICE    SUB-TOTAL
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
5011113700   WARRANTY CARD                    1     0.111         0.111

3070036800   TCONNECTOR                       1     0.444         0.444

3070037400   50 (OMEGA) TERMINATOR            1     0.556         0.556

3510055500   CARTON                         0.1     0.963         0.096

0990033900   POWER ADAPTER                    1     3.296         3.296

3240498400   RUBBET FOOT                      4     0.024         0.096

3110230100   GEAR WASHER                      1     0.002         0.002

3110260100   WASHER                           1     0.012         0.012

3110270200   WASHER                           1     0.007         0.007

3510147200   PAPER PAD                      0.1     0.167         0.017

3510147600   PAPER PAD                      0.1     0.222         0.022

3240520100   INSULATOR                        2     0.074         0.148

3200196500   LABEL ORIGIN                     1     0.013         0.013

3200207300   LABEL                            1     0.002         0.002

3200251200   LABEL                            2     0.015         0.030

3200261500   LABEL                            1     0.056         0.056

3200291200   LABEL                            1     0.002         0.002

3200293500   LABLE                          0.1     0.037         0.004

3520084500   PE BAG                           1     0.004         0.004

3520086200   BAG PE                           1     0.009         0.009

3140850000   PLASTIC CONICAL ANCHORS          2     0.033         0.067

3990329900   CASE BASE SECC 158mm t=1mm       1     2.019         2.019

3990330000   CASE COVER SECC 158mm t=1mm      1     1.537         1.537

                                                                 54.008
-------------------------------------------------------------------------

REMARKS: The costed BOM for EN108JP is the same as the above except for the following items.

- P/N 0990034000    Power Adapter          $ 3.48
- P/N 5011114800    Manual                 $0.352
- P/N 5012102500    Warranty Card          $0.111
- P/N 3510062800    Gift Box               $0.852

PS: The cost of EN108GE's power adapter, P/N 0990034100, is $3.30.

3 of 3

Costed BOM for EN116NA

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      EN116                                            USD
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(???) CODE  Delta p/n       DESCRIPTION               QTY    UNIT-PRICE    SUB-TOTAL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 53     1511513100    CAP 50V 20PF 5% 0805             1       0.009         0.009

 53     1511523100    CAP 50V 51PF 5% 0805            33       0.007         0.230

 53     1511530100    CAP 50V 100PF 5% 0805            7       0.006         0.045

 53     1511544100    CAP 50V 680PF 5% 0805            1       0.015         0.015

 53     1512445102    CAP 50V 1nF 5% 0805              7       0.007         0.051

 53     1513449100    CAP 50V 4.7nF 5% 0805            2       0.008         0.016

 53     1513454100    CAP 50V 0.01UF 5% 0805          46       0.008         0.371

 53     1512457101    CAP 50V 0.047UF 5% 0805          6       0.013         0.079

 53     1517658108    CAP 50V 0.1UF 5% 0805           27       0.009         0.240

 53     1557767210    CAP MC CP 25V 1U Z Y5V 1206      3       0.049         0.147

 70     1142930810    CAP CD 100PF 1KV DISK 0.2"       1       0.013         0.013

 70     1141954016    CAP CD 0.01UF 1KV DIP 0.4"       1       0.024         0.024

 70     1410709505    CAP EC 47UF 25V DIP 0.l"         4       0.027         0.110

 70     1410703325    CAP EC 220UF 10V DIP 0.1"        2       0.044         0.089

 70     1430806807    CAP EC 470UF 16V DIP 0.2"        1       0.039         0.039

 70     1410809625    CAP EC 470UF 25V DIP 0.2"        1       0.067         0.067

 53     0343108100    RES 1/10W 1 5% 0805              8       0.002         0.019

 53     0343208100    RES 1/10W 2 5% 0805              2       0.002         0.005

 53     0343518100    RES 1/10W 5.1 5% 0805            1       0.002         0.002

 53     0341020100    RES l/10W 39 5% 0805             4       0.004         0.016

 53     0341234100    RES 1/10W 49.9 5% 0805           1       0.004         0.004

 53     0341198100    RES 1/10W 61.9 5% 0805          32       0.004         0.130

 53     0343820100    RES 1/10W 82 J 0805              1       0.003         0.003

 53     0341026100    RES 1/10W 100 5% 0805            1       0.004         0.004

 53     0311026000    RES 1/4W 100 1% 1206            16       0.004         0.071

 53     0341031100    RES 1/10W 220 5% 0805           37       0.004         0.151

 53     0343271100    RES 1/10W 270 5% 0805            4       0.002         0.010

 53     0341271100    RES 1/10W 422 5% 0805           32       0.004         0.130

 53     0343681100    RES 1/10W 680 5% 0805            1       0.002         0.002

 53     0341041100    RES 1/10W 1K 1% 0805             1       0.004         0.004

 53     0341211100    RES 1/10W 1.21K 5% 0805         16       0.004         0.065

 53     0343152100    RES 1/10W 1.5K 5% 0805           1       0.002         0.002

 53     0341046100    RES 1/10W 2.4K 5% 0805           1       0.004         0.004

 53     0341056100    RES 1/10W 8.2K 5% 0805           1       0.004         0.004

 53     0341059100    RES 1/10W 10K 1% 0805            4       0.004         0.016

 53     0343473100    RES 1/10W 47K 5% 0805            2       0.002         0.004

 53     0313514000    RES 1/4W 510K 5% 1206            2       0.003         0.006

 53     0343105100    RES 1/10WIM 5% 0805              3       0.002         0.007
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 of 3

Costed BOM for EN116NA

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                EN116                                                            USD
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(???) CODE  Delta p/n                      DESCRIPTION                          QTY    UNIT-PRICE    SUB-TOTAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 70     0610300200    RES SIP5 1K 5%(A)                                           1       0.019        0.019

 53     2040220014    DIO SW 0.15A 75V, LL4448                                    3       0.016        0.048

 53     2040070001    7000L SOT-23                                                1       0.002        0.002

 53     2140009002    TRANSISTER MMBT4403 SMD SOT-23                              1       0.038        0.038

 53     2921110210    FERRITE BEAD MLB453215/BLM41A01 / SMB-403025 SMD 1812       4       0.078        0.311

 53     0303000000    RES CH 1/8W ZERO OHM 1206                                  32       0.003        0.083

 70     0841110502    FUSE 3.0A 125V SMD                                          1       0.116        0.116

 53     2540092014    IC AM79C982-8JC AMD PLCC-84                                 2      10.000       20.000

 53     2640151401    IC 2620012335 + 5015109900                                  1       0.667        0.667

 53     2600042109    IC 74HC14 SOIC-14                                           2       0.167        0.333

 53     2600059011    IC 74HC74 SOIC-14                                           2       0.150        0.300

 53     2600040209    IC 74HC259 SOIC-16                                          4       0.296        1.185

 53     2804600900    THZ16J04A SMD DELTA                                         2       0.556        1.112

 70     2510038013    IC MC34163AP1 DIP 16                                        1       0.850        0.850

 70     2540051019    IC DP8392 DIP 16                                            1       1.967        1.967

 70     2636000600    LAN FILTER LANF7236X DIP 16 DELTA                          16       1.120       17.920

 70     2050011414    DIO SI 1A 400V D41                                          1       0.016        0.016

 70     2020080402    DIO SBD 3A 40V D21                                          1       0.193        0.193

 70     2400020002    TRANSISTER VN0300L DIP                                      1       0.183        0.183

 70     2806006000    X'FMR1 3X7X7 THR04D04                                       1       0.000        0.000

 70     2816903012    170UH DIP 0.2"                                              1       0.081        0.081

 70     3940638500    DC TO DC CONVERTER 1202J SIP 12                             1       2.463        2.463

 70     2304163009    DIALIGHT 567-0122 GREEN/GREEN                               2       0.352        0.704

 70     2304162909    DIALIGHT 567-0123 GREEN/YELLOW                              1       0.352        0.352

 70     3070030000    CENTER 2.0mm DC POWERJACK                                   1       0.085        0.085

 70     3000140000    PUSH SWITCH PV4P SANSEI                                     1       0.252        0.252

 70     3071334900    AMPHENOL RJ-45 MODULAR JACK 4 PORT                          4       2.544       10.174

 70     3070021700    CONNECTOR DB 15 FEMALE                                      1       0.241        0.241

 70     3071340628    BNC RIGHT-ANGLE WITH FILTER                                 1       0.963        0.963

        0732000117    OSCILLATOR 20MHZ +-50ppm 14P                                1       0.926        0.926

        5508000679    PCB ASSY EN 116                                                     0.000        0.000

        5508000228    PCB ASSY DPS12021                                                   0.000        0.000

        3941300679    SMD ASSY EN 116                                                     0.000        0.000

        2976057400    PCB EN 116                                                  1       9.481        9.481

        3140660200    COVER ABS 94V-2                                             1       0.078        0.078

        3109000600    SCREW                                                       2       0.007        0.015

        3105032900    SCREW                                                       2       0.007        0.015

        3105032400    SCREW                                                       7       0.003        0.018

        3510061600    GIFE BOX                                                    1       1.037        1.037

        3510082200    INSERT                                                      1       0.741        0.741

        5011113600    MANUAL                                                      1       0.352        0.352

        5011113700    WARRANTY CARD                                               1       0.111        0.111

        3070036800    TCONNECTOR                                                  1       0.444        0.444

        3070037400    50 (OMEGA) TERMINATOR                                       1       0.556        0.556

        3510055600    CARTON                                                    0.1       1.259        0.126

        0990033900    POWER ADAPTER                                               1       3.296        3.296

        3240498400    RUBBET FOOT                                                 4       0.024        0.096

        3110230100    WASHER                                                      1       0.002        0.002

        3110260100    WASHER                                                      1       0.012        0.012

        3110270200    WASHER                                                      1       0.007        0.007

        3510147300    PAPER PAD                                                 0.1       0.204        0.020
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 of 3

Costed BOM for EN116NA

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    EN116                                                    USD
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EP CODE    Delta p/n               DESCRIPTION             QTY     UNIT-PRICE   SUB-TOTAL
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           3510147700     PAPER PAD                        0.1        0.370       0.037

           3240520100     INSULATOR                          2        0.074       0.148

           3200196500     LABEL ORIGIN                       1        0.013       0.013

           3200207300     LABEL                              1        0.002       0.002

           3200251200     LABEL                              2        0.015       0.030

           3200261400     LABEL                              1        0.074       0.074

           3200291200     LABEL                              1        0.002       0.002

           3200293500     LABEL                            0.1        0.037       0.004

           3520084500     PE BAG                             1        0.004       0.004

           3520086300     BAG PE                             1        0.015       0.015

           3990330100     CASE BASE SECC 286mm t=1mm         1        3.167       3.167

           3990330200     CASE COVER SECC 286mm t=1mm        1        2.574       2.574

           3140850000     PLASTIC CONICAL ANCHORS NY6/6      2        0.033       0.067

                                                                                 86.332
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

REMARKS: The costed BOM for EN116JP is the same as the above except for the following items.

-P/N 0990034000      Power Adapter          $ 3.48
-P/N 5011114800      Manual                 $0.352
-P/N 5012102500      Warranty Card          $0.111
-P/N 3510062900      Gift Box               $1.037

PS: The cost of EN108GE's power adapter, P/N 0990034100, is $3.30.

3 of 3

FE508NA Costed BOM

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     USB
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Part Number             Description              QPA     Unit-Price     Sub-Total
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 0710390023     FAN 5V 0.21A 0.192 26.3 40mm      2.00       4.630         9.259

 2900600801     EMI FILTER 6A 6A 06DENG3B         1.00       3.650         3.650

 3070000700     POWER CARD SVT#18AWG*3C           1.00       0.944         0.944

 3072001900     DB25 CABLE ASSY                   1.00       5.370         5.370

 3100030500     SCREW S20C N-1024                 8.00       0.002         0.016

 3100120600     SCREW MACHINE M3*0.5*6           12.00       0.003         0.039

 3100432500     SCREW MACHINE M3%*0.5*25          4.00       0.008         0.033

 3102410600     SCREW S20C M4*0.7                 1.00       0.004         0.004

 3105032400     SCREW S20C N-1031                12.00       0.003         0.034

 3105032900     SCREW MACHINE M3*0.5*4            7.00       0.008         0.057

 3105070500     SCREW STAINLESS STEEL             4.00       0.122         0.489

 3110110800     NUT HEX M3*0.5P NI                4.00       0.003         0.013

 3110232800     WASHER SPCC                       1.00       0.004         0.004

 3110270000     WASHER STAR SK5-7                 1.00       0.001         0.001

 3110270200     WASHER STAR SK5-7                 4.00       0.007         0.030

 3200120200     LABEL PAPER t:0.1mm               1.00       0.007         0.007

 3200129900     LABEL                             1.00       0.004         0.004

 3200196500     LABEL ORIGIN                      1.00       0.013         0.013

 3200265200     PC LABEL                          1.00       2.222         2.222

 3200293500     LABEL                             0.20       0.033         0.007

 3200333800     LABEL                             1.00       0.074         0.074

 3227001900     TUBE HS POLYOLEFIN 5*0.25         0.11       0.185         0.019

 3240499100     RUBBER FOOT                       4.00       0.023         0.093

 3240512700     INSULATOR NOMEX 94VO             1.00       0.926         0.926

 3240512800     INSULATOR SHIELD                  1.00       0.241         0.241

 3421031300     CABLE TIE NYLON66 94V-2           2.00       0.074         0.148

 3421227200     BRACKET SPCC                      2.00       0.370         0.741

 3510056700     CARTON 569*407*340                0.20       1.667         0.333

 3510063000     GIFT BOX                          1.00       1.593         1.593

 3510083100     BOX INNER                         1.00       0.296         0.296

 3510148800     PAPER PAD 565*402*7.5             0.40       0.241         0.096

 3520083700     BAG SEALED PE T:0.1mm PB-007      1.00       0.020         0.020

 3520083800     BAG SEALED PE T:0.1mm PB-008      2.00       0.006         0.011

 3520203500     PLASTIC BAG PE                    1.00       0.056         0.056

35203803800     EPE TRAY                          2.00       0.667         1.333

 3951400700     WIRE WITH R-TERMINAL 15.5 G/Y     1.00       0.156         0.156

 3963100200     WIRE WITH HOUSING & TUBING        1.00       0.370         0.370

 3964000200     WIRE WITH HOUSING 4P L=220        1.00       0.300         0.300

 3990332000     CASE F/P SECC 330mm t=1mm         1.00       1.296         1.296

 3990332100     CASE COVER SECC 330mm t=1mm       1.00       2.778         2.778

 3990332200     CASE BASE SECC 328mm t=1mm        1.00       4.444         4.444

 4900200200     POWER SUPPLY SMP-43EP-8A          1.00      19.630        19.630

 5015111000     WARRANT CARD                      1.00       0.111         0.111
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 of 3

FE508NA Costed BOM

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
0730280117     OSCILLATOR 25MHZ +-100ppm 14 p       1.00   1.037    1.037

1151954000     CAP CD 2KV 10KP Z Z5V P10            8.00   0.061    0.489

1435409525     CAP AL LD 25V 47U M 6.3* 11TP       23.00   0.031    0.712

2300391309     LED 5.5*2.4 GRN WITH HOLDER          3.00   0.444    1.333

2300391909     LED 5.5*2.4 YEL WITH HOLDER          1.00   0.444    0.444

3000064200     SWITCH PUSHBOTTON DPDT 2*6PIN        1.00   0.556    0.556

3070107300     CONNECTOR SOCKET 94V-0 2*20PIN       1.00   0.481    0.481

3071034334     HEADER NY66 94V-2 4PIN               1.00   0.031    0.031

3071334900     PHONEJACK+LED 8PBC*4 SHIELD G        2.00   2.600    5.199

3071373100     D-SUB R/A DUAL PORT FEMALE 25P       1.00   2.407    2.407

3071480100     HEADER NYLON66 94V-2 2PIN            2.00   0.010    0.019

3140743300     CAP FOR SWITCH THERMO BLACK          1.00   0.096    0.096

3941300683     SMD ASSY FE508 MOTHER BD             1.00   0.000    0.000

0340000100     RES CH 1/10W O OHM 0805              8.00   0.003    0.021

0341041100     RES CH 1/10W 1K F 0805               1.00   0.004    0.004

0341042100     RES CH 1/10W 1.2K F 0805             5.00   0.004    0.021

0341043100     RES CH 1/10W 1.5K F 0805             1.00   0.004    0.004

0341190100     RES CH 1/10W 261 F 0805             32.00   0.004    0.130

0341222100     RES CH 1/10W 511 F 0805              8.00   0.005    0.037

0341234100     RES CH 1/10W 49.9 F 0805            16.00   0.004    0.066

0341271100     RES CH 1/10W 422 F 0805              1.00   0.005    0.005

0341351100     RES CH 1/10W 12.1 F 0805            16.00   0.004    0.065

0341379100     RES CH 1/10W 75 F 0805              32.00   0.004    0.130

0341425100     RES CH 1/10W 510K F 0805             1.00   0.005    0.005

0341496100     RES CH 1/10W 37.4 F 0805            16.00   0.004    0.065

0341522100     RES CH 1/10W 143 F 0805              1.00   0.004    0.004

0343101100     RES CH 1/10W 100 J 0805             26.00   0.003    0.068

0343102100     RES CH 1/10W 1K J 0805              16.00   0.003    0.042

0343161100     RES CH 1/10W 160 J 0805             32.00   0.003    0.085

0343202100     RES CH 1/10W 2K J 0805               7.00   0.003    0.018

0343220100     RES CH 1/10W 22 J 0805              19.00   0.003    0.050

0343330100     RES CH 1/10W 33 J 0805               2.00   0.002    0.005

0343470100     RES CH 1/10W 47 J 0805               1.00   0.002    0.002

0343472100     RES CH 1/10W 4.7K J 0805            65.00   0.003    0.169

0343473100     RES CH 1/10W 47K J 0805              1.00   0.003    0.003

0343511100     RES CH 1/10W 510 J 0805             20.00   0.003    0.052

0343518100     RES CH 1/10W 5.1 J 0805              8.00   0.003    0.021

0343681100     RES CH 1/10W 680 J 0805              1.00   0.003    0.003

1511508100     CAP MC CP 50V 10P J NPO 0805         9.00   0.007    0.062

1511513100     CAP MC CP 50V 20P J COG 0805         6.00   0.008    0.046

1511523100     CAP MC 50V 51PF J CG 0805           24.00   0.008    0.184

1511526101     CAP MC CP 50V 68P J NPO 0805         8.00   0.009    0.075

1513445100     CAP MC CP 50V 1KP M X7R 0805         1.00   0.008    0.008

1513454100     CAP MC CP 50V .01U M X7R 0805       74.00   0.009    0.657

1517658100     CAP MC CP 50V .1U Z Y5U 0805        86.00   0.008    0.697
-------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 of 3

FE508NA Costed BOM

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1553667200     CAP MC CP 25V 1.0U M Y5U 1206        3.00    0.046     0.139

2020300407     DIO SBD 1A 40V SMD                   1.00    0.083     0.083

2020802113     DIO SBD .6A 7V SOT-23                8.00    0.130     1.037

2040010200     DIO SW 0.2A 75V MELF                 3.00    0.185     0.556

2140009002     TR 40V 0.6A SOT23                    1.00    0.022     0.022

2140010001     TR 40V 0.6A 0.3W SOT23               1.00    0.033     0.033

2500038014     IC 7705A SOIC-8PIN                   1.00    0.664     0.664

2500060133     IC VOL ADJ 2.5V 1% SOT-89 T&R        1.00    0.333     0.333

2540061040     IC DUAL DIFFERENTIAL SO-16PIN        1.00    1.200     1.200

2540102055     IC 9L SCSI TERMINATOR SOIC-16        1.00    2.750     2.750

2600019102     IC CMOS 74ACT86 SO-14                1.00    0.320     0.320

2600023309     IC TTL 74F125 SOP-14                 1.00    0.250     0.250

2600023609     IC QUAD BUFFER SO-14                 1.00    0.180     0.180

2600027711     IC OCTAL TRANSCEL VER SOP-20         3.00    0.550     1.650

2600027909     IC OCTAL X'CEIVER SO-20              1.00    0.650     0.650

2600039209     IC NOR GATE TRIPLE 3-IN SO-14        2.00    0.230     0.460

2600042311     IC TTL HEX INVERTER SO-14            1.00    0.280     0.280

2600043311     IC CMOS 74HC02 SOIC-14PIN            1.00    0.250     0.250

2600077011     IC QUAD 2-IN OR GATE SO-14           1.00    0.250     0.250

2600078011     IC D F/F 3 OUT SO-20                 1.00    1.200     1.200

2817301720     PULSE X'FMR ST6114                   8.00    2.200    17.600

2921110210     CORE BEAD FERRI 1206                29.00    0.078     2.256

2976058701     PCB SM FR4 225*195 FE516A            1.00   14.500    14.500

X261000069     BUFFER/CLOCK DRIVER SO-20            1.00    2.650     2.650

                                                                    122.184
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 of 3

FE516NA Costed BOM

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 FE516NA                                             USD
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Part Number             Description                 QPA    Unit-Price     Sub-Total
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0710390023     FAN 5V 0.21A 0.192 26.3 40mm         2.00      4.630          9.259

2900600801     EMI FILTER 6A 06DENG3B               1.00      1.444          1.444

3070000700     POWER CORD SVT#18AWG*3C              1.00      0.944          0.944

3072001900     DB25 CABLE ASSY                      1.00      5.370          5.370

3100030500     SCREW S20C N-1024                    8.00      0.002          0.016

3100120600     SCREW MACHINE M3*0.5*6              12.00      0.003          0.039

3100432500     SCREW MACHINE M3%*0.5*25             4.00      0.008          0.033

3102410600     SCREW S20C M4*0.7                    1.00      0.004          0.004

3105032400     SCREW S20C N-1031                   12.00      0.003          0.034

3105032900     SCREW MACHINE M3*0.5*4               7.00      0.008          0.057

3105070500     SCREW STAINLESS STEEL                4.00      0.122          0.489

3110110800     NUT HEX M3*0.5P NI                   4.00      0.003          0.012

3110232800     WASHER SPCC                          1.00      0.004          0.004

3110270000     WASHER STAR SK5-7                    1.00      0.001          0.001

3110270200     WASHER STAR SK5-7                    4.00      0.007          0.030

3200120200     LABEL PAPER t:0.1mm                  2.00      0.007          0.015

3200129900     LABEL                                1.00      0.004          0.004

3200196500     LABEL ORIGIN                         1.00      0.013          0.013

3200265300     PC LABEL                             1.00      2.222          2.222

3200293500     LABEL                                0.20      0.033          0.007

3200333900     LABEL                                1.00      0.074          0.074

3227001900     TUBE HS POLYOLEFIN 5*0.25            0.11      0.185          0.019

3240499100     RUBBER FOOT                          4.00      0.023          0.093

3240512700     INSULATOR NOMEX 94VO                 1.00      0.926          0.926

3240512800     INSULATOR SHIELD                     1.00      0.241          0.241

3421031300     CABLE TIE NYLON66 94V-2              2.00      0.074          0.148

3421074400     STAND OFF BRASS BOLT                 6.00      0.074          0.444

3421227200     BRACKET SPCC                         2.00      0.370          0.741

3510056700     CARTON 569*407*340                   0.20      1.667          0.333

3510063100     GIFT BOX                             1.00      1.593          1.593

3510083100     BOX INNER                            1.00      0.296          0.296

3510148800     PAPER PAD 565*402*7.5                0.40      0.241          0.096

3520083700     BAG SEALED PE T:0.1mm PB-007         1.00      0.020          0.020

3520083800     BAG SEALED PE T:0.1mm PB-008         2.00      0.006          0.011

3520203500     PLASTIC BAG PE                       1.00      0.056          0.056

3520380800     EPE TRAY                             2.00      0.667          1.333

3951400700     WIRE WITH R-TERMINAL 15.5 G/Y        1.00      0.156          0.156

3963100200     WIRE WITH HOUSING & TUBING           1.00      0.370          0.370

3964000100     WIRE WITH HOUSING 4P L=220           1.00      0.856          0.856

3990331900     CASE F/P SECC 330mm t=1mm            1.00      1.296          1.296

3990332100     CASE COVER SECC 330mm t=1mm          1.00      2.778          2.778

3990332200     CASE BASE SECC 328mm t=1mm           1.00      4.444          4.444

4900200200     POWER SUPPLY SMP-43EP-8 A            1.00     19.630         19.630
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 of 4

FE516NA Costed BOM

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5015111000    WARRANT CARD                         1.00      0.111    0.111

0730280117    OSCILLATOR 25MHZ +-100ppm 14P        1.00      1.037    1.037

1151954000    CAP CD 2KV 10KP Z Z5V PI0            8.00      0.056    0.444

1435409525    CAP AL LD 25V 47U M 6.3*11TP        23.00      0.028    0.647

2300391309    LED 5.5*2.4 GRN WITH HOLDER          3.00      0.444    1.333

2300391909    LED 5.5*-2.4 YEL WITH HOLDER         1.00      0.444    0.444

3000064200    SWITCH PUSHBOTTON DPDT 2*6PIN        1.00      0.556    0.556

3070107300    CONNETOR SOCKET 94V-0 2*20PIN        1.00      0.481    0.481

3071034334    HEADER NY66 94V-2 4PIN               1.00      0.031    0.031

3071334900    PHONEJACK+LED 8PBC*4 SHIELD G        2.00      2.600    5.199

3071373100    D-SUB R/A DUAL PORT FEMALE 25P       1.00      2.407    2.407

3071480100    HEADER NYLON66 94V-2 2PIN            2.00      0.010    0.019

3140743300    CAP FOR SWITCH THERMO BLACK          1.00      0.096    0.096

3941300683    SMD ASSY FE516 MOTHER BD             1.00      0.000    0.000

1151954000    CAP CD 2KV 10KP Z Z5V P10            8.00      0.061    0.489

1435409525    CAP AL LD 25V 47U M 6.3* 11TP       20.00      0.031    0.619

3070153400    HEADER D-BODY PET 2*20PIN 8mm        1.00      0.741    0.741

3071034334    HEADER NY66 94V-2 4PIN               1.00      0.031    0.031

3071334900    PHONEJACK+LED 8PBC*4 SHIELD G        2.00      2.600    5.199

3941300684    SMD ASSY FE516 DAUGHTER BD           1.00      0.000    0.000

0340000100    RES CH 1/10W 0 OHM 0805              8.00      0.003    0.021

0341041100    RES CH 1/10W 1K F 0805               1.00      0.004    0.004

0341042100    RES CH 1/10W 1.2K F 0805             5.00      0.004    0.021

0341043100    RES CH 1/10W 1.5K F 0805             1.00      0.004    0.004

0341190100    RES CH 1/10W 261 F 0805             32.00      0.004    0.130

0341222100    RES CH 1/10W 511 F 0805              8.00      0.005    0.037

0341234100    RES CH 1 /10W 49.9 F 0805           16.00      0.004    0.066

0341271100    RES CH 1/10W 422 F 0805              1.00      0.005    0.005

0341351100    RES CH 1/10W 12.1 F 0805            16.00      0.004    0.065

0341379100    RES CH 1/10W 75 F 0805              32.00      0.004    0.130

0341425100    RES CH 1/10W 510K F 0805             1.00      0.005    0.005

0341496100    RES CH 1/10W 37.4 F 0805            16.00      0.004    0.065

0341522100    RES CH 1/10W 143 F 0805              1.00      0.004    0.004

0343101100    RES CH 1/10W 100 J 0805             26.00      0.003    0.068

0343102100    RES CH 1/10W 1K J 0805              16.00      0.003    0.042

0343161100    RES CH 1/10W 160 J 0805             32.00      0.003    0.085

0343202100    RES CH 1/10W 2K J 0805               7.00      0.003    0.018

0343220100    RES CH 1/10W 22 J 0805              19.00      0.003    0.050

0343330100    RES CH 1/10W 33 J 0805               2.00      0.002    0.005

0343470100    RES CH 1/10W 47 J 0805               1.00      0.002    0.002

0343472100    RES CH 1/10W 4.7K J 0805            65.00      0.003    0.169

0343473100    RES CH 1/10W 47K J 0805              1.00      0.003    0.003

0343511100    RES CH 1/10W 510 J 0805             20.00      0.003    0.052

0343518100    RES CH 1/10W 5.1 J 0805              8.00      0.003    0.021

0343681100    RES CH I/10W 680 J 0805              1.00      0.003    0.003
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 of 4

FE516NA Costed BOM

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1511508100    CAP MC CP 50V 10P J NP0 0805         9.00      0.007     0.062

1511513100    CAP MC CP 50V 20P J COG 0805         6.00      0.008     0.046

1511523100    CAP MC 50V 51PF J CG 0805           24.00      0.008     0.184

1511526101    CAP MC CP 50V 68P J NPO 0805         8.00      0,009     0.075

1513445100    CAP MC CP 50V 1KP M X7R 0805         1.00      0.008     0.008

1513454100    CAP MC CP 50V .01U M X7R 0805       74.00      0.009     0.657

1517658100    CAP MC CP 50V .1U Z Y5U 0805        86.00      0.008     0.697

1553667200    CAP MC CP 25V 1.0U M Y5U 1206        3.00      0.046     0.139

2020300407    DIO SBD 1A 40V SMD                   1.00      0.083     0.083

2020802113    DIO SBD .6A 7V SOT-23                8.00      0.130     1.037

2040010200    DIO SWD.2A 75V MELF                  3.00      0.185     0.556

2140009002    TR 40V 0.6A SOT23                    l.00      0.022     0.022

2140010001    TR 40V 0.6A 0.3W SOT23               1.00      0.033     0.033

2500038014    IC 7705A SOIC-8PIN                   1.00      0.664     0.664

2500060133    IC VOL ADJ 2.5V 1% SOT-89 T&R        1.00      0.333     0.333

2540061040    IC DUAL DIFFERENTIAL SO-16PIN        1.00      1.200     1.200

2540102055    IC 9L SCSI TERMINATOR SOIC-16        l.00      2.750     2.750

2600019102    IC CMOS 74ACT86 SO-14                1.00      0.320     0.320

2600023309    IC TTL 74F125 SOP-14                 1.00      0.250     0.250

2600023609    IC QUAD BUFFER SO- 14                1.00      0.180     0.180

2600027711    IC OCTAL TRANSCELVER SOP-20          3.00      0.550     1.650

2600027909    IC OCTAL X'CEIVER SO-20              1.00      0.650     0.650

2600039209    IC NOR GATE TRIPLE 3-IN SO-14        2.00      0.230     0.460

2600042311    IC TTL HEX INVERTER SO-14            1.00      0.280     0.280

2600043311    IC CMOS 74HC02 SOIC-14PIN            l.00      0.250     0.250

2600077011    IC QUAD 2-IN OR GATE SO-14           l.00      0.250     0.250

2600078011    IC D F/F 3 OUT SO-20                 l.00      1.200     1.200

2817301720    PULSE X'FMR ST6114                   8.00      2.200    17.600

2921110210    CORE BEAD FERR1 1206                29.00      0.078     2.256

2976058701    PCB SM FR4 225*195 FE516A            1.00     14.500    14.500

X261000069    BUFFER/CLOCK DRIVER SO-20            1.00      2.650     2.650

0341190100    RES CH 1/10W 261 F 0805             32.00      0.004     0.130

0341222100    RES CH 1/10W 511 F 0805              8.00      0.005     0.037

0341234100    RES CH 1/10W 49.9 F 0805            16.00      0.004     0.066

0341351100    RES CH 1/10W 12.1 F 0805            16.00      0.004     0.065

0341379100    RES CH 1 /10W 75 F 0805             32.00      0.004     0.130

0341496100    RES CH 1/10W 37.4 F 0805            16.00      0.004     0.065

0343101100    RES CH 1/10W 100 J 0805             24.00      0.003     0.063

0343102100    RES CH 1/10W 1K J 0805              16.00      0.003     0.042

0343161100    RES CH 1/10W 160 J 0805             32.00      0.003     0.085

0343202100    RES CH 1/10W 2K J 0805               2.00      0.003     0.005

0343220100    RES CH 1/10W 22 J 0805              12.00      0.003     0.031

0343472100    RES CH 1/10W 4.7K J 0805            58.00      0.003     0.151

0343511100    RES CH 1/10W 510 J 0805             16.00      0.003     0.042

0343518100    RES CH I/10W 5.1 J 0805              4.00      0.003     0.010

----------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 of 4

FE516NA Costed BOM

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1511508100    CAP MC CP 50V 10P J NPO 0805         8.00       0.007    0.055

1511513100    CAP MC CP 50V 20P J COG 0805         4.00       0.008    0.030

1511523100    CAP MC 50V 51PF J CG 0805           24.00       0.008    0.184

1511526101    CAP MC CP 50V 68P NPO 0805           8.00       0.009    0.075

1513454100    CAP MC CP 50V .01U M X7R 0805       72.00       0.009    0.639

1517658100    CAP MC CP 50V .1U Z Y5U 0805        68.00       0.008    0.551

1553667200    CAP MC CP 25V l.0U M Y5U 1206        1.00       0.046    0.046

2600027711    IC OCTAL TRANSCELVER SOP-20          3.00       0.550    1.650

2600039209    IC NOR GATE TRIPLE 3-1N SO-14        2.00       0.230    0.460

2600078011    IC D F/F 3 OUT SO-20                 1.00       1.200    1.200

2817301720    PULSE X'FMR ST6114                   8.00       2.200   17.600

2921110210    CORE BEAD FERRI 1206                25.00       0.078    1.944

2976058801    PCB SM FR4 225*162 FE516B            1.00      12.800   12.800

X261000069    BUFFER/CLOCK DRIVER SO-20            1.00       2.650    2.650

                                                         TOTAL COST  168.764
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

4 of 4

Attachment 2

CUSTOMIZATION OF PRODUCTS

1. DEVELOPMENT EFFORT. Supplier will provide certain services and/or technology for the development, test and manufacture of a custom version of the Supplier Products in return for payment of Non-Recurring Engineering cost so that it operates with the respective features, functions and specifications all as described in Exhibit A (the "Development Effort"). NETGEAR shall assist Supplier in the Development Effort by providing full technical details of the requirements for modifying the Products and reviewing the design, as well as assisting in testing of the customized Products and other assistance as may be specifically described in the Exhibit A.

2. PROTOTYPES, TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE BY NETGEAR. Supplier shall deliver 5 working prototype units at no additional charge for use in alpha, beta and other testing. As the Development Effort proceeds, Supplier shall conduct the prototype testing as described in Exhibit A. Upon completion of the Development Effort, Supplier and NETGEAR shall perform quality control and acceptance tests (the "Acceptance Tests") and Supplier shall demonstrate that the customized Products operate and perform in accordance with respective Specifications. If a customized Product fails to satisfactorily complete the Acceptance Tests, Supplier shall promptly and diligently correct any defects and complete any uncompleted portion of the Development Effort so that the customized Product satisfactorily operates and performs in accordance with specifications.

3. SAFEGUARD OF THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE AND RELATED INFORMATION. The parties acknowledge the customized Products may incorporate software technology to be licensed from certain third parties (collectively the "Third Party Software"). Supplier agrees that all information delivered by NETGEAR with respect to the Third Party Software shall be used by Supplier only for the purpose contemplated by this Agreement, and shall safeguard and treat such information in the manner required by Section 18 of the Agreement. In addition, NETGEAR may deliver to Supplier certain software source code which Supplier shall use only for the purposes referenced in Exhibit A, and shall safeguard and treat such information in the manner required by Section 18 of the Agreement. Supplier acknowledges and agrees that it will procure from the providers of the Third Party Software all license rights necessary to enable Supplier to incorporate the Third Party Software technology within the customized Products and to grant to NETGEAR the rights to distribute such technology as part of the customized Products as contemplated by this Agreement for no additional cost.

4. OWNERSHIP IN TECHNOLOGY. Except for the rights granted expressly in this Agreement, (i) Supplier, or its licensors, will own all right, title and interest in the customized Products and associated documentation, including, but not limited to,


all copyright, patent, trade secret and other intellectual property rights, and
(ii) NETGEAR or its licensors, will own all right, title and interest in all software source and object code provided by NETGEAR, and all associated documentation, including, but not limited to, all copyright, patent, trade secret and other intellectual property rights. Notwithstanding the above, all right, title and interest in any modifications, enhancements or additional software or documentation developed by NETGEAR without assistance by Supplier, or by a third party acting on NETGEAR behalf without assistance by Supplier, will be the exclusive property of NETGEAR. In addition all right, title and interest in the layout of the circuit boards, will be the exclusive property of NETGEAR.] Nothing in this Section will preclude either party from independent development of any technology without use of the other party's confidential or proprietary information.

5. LIMITATIONS ON USE OF TECHNOLOGY, TOOLING, TRADEDRESS, TRADEMARKS. NETGEAR and Supplier agree, except as otherwise expressly and unambiguously authorized hereunder, (a) not to make any copies or duplicates of any software provided by the other party pursuant to this Agreement, (b) not to create or attempt to create, by reverse engineering or otherwise, the source code or internal structure or design of any software or hardware or any part thereof or any other works based thereon from the object code or from the confidential information or hardware made available in connection with this Agreement, and
(c) not to remove any product identification or notices of any proprietary or copyright restriction from hardware or software or any support material provided by the other party pursuant to this Agreement. The parties intend that NETGEAR will be entitled to reproduce and/or distribute the software to the extent specifically set forth in this Agreement. Any tooling procured for use in manufacture of the customized products will be used exclusively for the benefit of NETGEAR. Supplier shall use the tradedress and trademarks of NETGEAR exclusively on products manufactured for NETGEAR. Supplier shall not manufacture any product with a tradedress similar to that of NETGEAR which could cause confusion in the marketplace.

6. INDEMNIFICATION BY NETGEAR. NETGEAR will defend at its own expense any action brought against Supplier, to the extent that it is based on a claim by a third party (i) that any NETGEAR products or documentation infringes a patent or copyright, or contains misappropriated trade secrets, or (ii) which is based upon the use, operation or performance of NETGEAR products, or (iii) which is based upon any specification provided by NETGEAR to Supplier for development of customized Products and will pay any costs and damages finally awarded against Supplier in any such action which are attributable to any such claims. NETGEAR's obligations under the preceding sentence are subject to the conditions that: (i) Supplier promptly notifies NETGEAR in writing of any such claim, and (ii) NETGEAR will have sole control of such defense and all negotiations for any settlement or compromise, although Supplier may participate in the same at its expense. NETGEAR will have no liability to Supplier under this Section with respect to any claim of infringement to the extent that it is based upon (i) the combination of any NETGEAR products with any machine, device, firmware or software not furnished


by NETGEAR, or (ii) any product not sold or licensed by NETGEAR, or (iii) any modification of any NETGEAR product by a party other than NETGEAR.


Exhibit A to Attachment 2

STATEMENT OF WORK AND NRE

For the EN104, EN108, EN116 Slimline hubs.

FEATURES

EN104 4 port; EN108 8 port; EN116 16 port 10Base-T hubs Built in LED indicators
BNC/AUI Backbone support
Uplink port for network expansion

FUNCTIONS

SPECIFICATIONS

Packaged contents - AC power adapter, Installation manual, warranty registration card, BNC "T" connector and terminator, wall mounting anchors and screws.

Physical Specifications

Custom metal housing and color

NETGEAR logo and silkscreen
Localized versions for North America, Japan, and Germany with Manual, Warranty Registration card, and packaging to be to NETGEAR specifications
Master carton to be customized for NETGEAR Serial number to be serialized on unit, giftbox, and master carton Safety and Power Adapter labels to NETGEAR specifications

                     EN104             EN108                EN116
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
10BASE-T PORTS    Four          Eight                    Sixteen

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUI/BNC PORT      BNC           Auto-sensing AUI or      AUI and BNC
                                BNC, AUI takes           simultaneously
                                precedence if both are
                                connected
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIMENSIONS        w 94mm        w 158mm                  w 286mm
                  d 101mm       d 101mm                  d 101mm
                  h 28mm        h 28mm                   h 28mm
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
WEIGHT            .34kg         .53kg                    .89kg

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
POWER ADAPTER     5V DC0 .8A    12V DC 1.2A              12VDC 1.2A
                  47 TO 63 Hz   47 TO 63 Hz              47 TO 63 Hz

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC POWER          3.5 W         13.7 W                   20.5 W


AC VOLTAGE          115-125V, 6QHz, North America
                    90-110V, 50Hz, Japan
                    220-240V, 50Hz, Germany

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STANDARDS SUPPORT   IEEE 802.31 Type 10BASE-T, 10BASE-2, 10BASE-5 10 Mbps
                    Ethernet CSMA/CD

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATUS LEDs         Unit, Power, Collision; Per 10BASE-T port: Link, Rx; AUI port:
                    Active, Rx; BNC port: Active, Rx

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENVIRONMENTAL       Operating temperature: 0 C to 40 C
SPECIFICATIONS      Operating humidity: 90% max. relative humidity, non-condensing

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ELECTROMAGNETIC     CE mark, commercial
EMISSIONS           FCC Part 15 Class A
                    EN55 022 (CISPR22), Class A
                    VCCI Class 1

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ELECTROMAGNETIC     CE mark, commercial
SUSCEPTIBILITY      Electrostatic discharge (ESD):IEC 801-2, Level 2/3/4
                    Radiated electromagnetic field: IEC 801-3, Level 2
                    Electrical fast transient/burst: IEC 801-4, Level 2
                    Electrical surge: IEC 801-5, Level 2

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POWER ADAPTER       UL Listed, CSA certified, T-Mark, TUV licensed
SAFETY APPROVALS

-------------------------------------------------------
NRE                           EN104    EN108    EN116
-------------------------------------------------------
EMI TEST                         NA       NA       NA
-------------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATION                    NA       NA       NA
REPORTS
FCC Class A
VCCI 1
CE A
-------------------------------------------------------
TOOLING                       $4948    $7073    $9888

-------------------------------------------------------
PACK OUT                         NA       NA       NA
DEVELOPMENT
Box
Insert
Manual Set Up
-------------------------------------------------------
PER MODEL                     $4948    $7073    $9888
-------------------------------------------------------


STATEMENT OF WORK AND NRE

For the FE508 and FE516 Fast Ethernet Hubs.

FEATURES

FE508 8 port 100Base-TX hubs; FE516 16 port 100Base-TX hubs Built in LED indicators
Uplink port for network expansion

FUNCTIONS

SPECIFICATIONS

Package contents - FE508 or FE516 hub, AC power cord, Cascade Cable, Installation manual, warranty registration card, and Rack Mount Kit.

Physical Specifications

Custom metal housing and color

NETGEAR labeling and silkscreening Localized versions for North America, Japan, and Germany with Manual, Warranty Registration card, and packaging to be to NETGEAR specifications
Master carton to be customized for NETGEAR Serial number to be serialized on unit, giftbox, and master carton Safety labels to NETGEAR specifications

                            FE508                                                             FE516
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10BASE-T PORTS             Eight                                                             Sixteen
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIMENSIONS                 w 330mm                                                            w 330mm
                           d 202mm                                                           d 202mm
                           h 43mm                                                            h 43mm
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WEIGHT                     2.2kg                                                             2.4 kg
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POWER CONSUMPTION          35W                                                               65W

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC VOLTAGE                 115-125V, 60Hz, North America
                           90-110V, 50Hz, Japan
                           220-240V, 50Hz, Germany

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STANDARDS                  IEEE 802.3u 100 BASE-TX, Class 1 repeater
COMPATILITY                CSMA/CD
                           Windows 95, MacIntosh, Novell Netware

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STATUS LEDs                Unit, Power, data, collision; Per 100 BASE-TX port: Link, Rx;
                           Rear Panel: Terminator LED

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INPUT VOLTAGE              Auto-sensing
                           100 to 240 V
                           50/60 Hz

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                           FE508                                                                FE516
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10BASE-T PORTS            Eight                                                                Sixteen
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DIMENSIONS                w 330mm                                                              w 330mm
                          d 202mm                                                              d 202mm
                          h 43mm                                                               h 43mm
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WEIGHT                    2.2kg                                                                2.4 kg
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POWER CONSUMPTION         35W                                                                  65W

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AC VOLTAGE                115-125V, 60Hz, North America
                          90-110V, 50Hz, Japan
                          220-240V, 50Hz, Germany

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
STANDARDS                 IEEE 802.3u 100 BASE-TX, Class 1 repeater
COMPATILITY               CSMA/CD
                          Windows 95, MacIntosh, Novell Netware

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ENVIRONMENTAL             Operating temperature: 0 C to 40 C
SPECIFICATIONS            Operating humidity: 90% max. relative humidity, non-condensing

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ELECTROMAGNETIC           CE mark, commercial
EMISSIONS                 FCC Part 15 Class A
                          EN55 022 (CISPR22), Class A
                          VCCI Class 1

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ELECTROMAGNETIC           CE mark, commercial
SUSCEPTIBILITY

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SAFETY APPROVALS          CE mark, commercial
                          UL Listed (UL1950),
                          CSA certified (CSA 22.2 #950)
                          TUV licensed (EN 60 950)

---------------------------------------------------
        NRE                     FE508       FES16
---------------------------------------------------
EMI TEST                        $1100       $1100
---------------------------------------------------
CERTIFICATION REPORTS
FCC A                           $1200       $1200
VCCI 1                          $1500       $1500
CE A                            $2500       $2500
CSA                               TBD         TBD
UL                                TBD         TBD
TUV                               TBD         TBD
---------------------------------------------------
TOOLING                         $24,104 combined
---------------------------------------------------
PACKOUT DEVELOPMENT
Box                             $ 110       $ 110
Insert                          $ 350       $ 350
Manual                          $ 112         N/A
---------------------------------------------------
SUBTOTAL NRE                    $37.736
---------------------------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.28

SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS SERVICES AGREEMENT is made between TRINET Employee Group. In ("TRINET"), a California corporation, and NETGEAR, Inc. ("NETGEAR"), a Delaware corporation, as of the Effective Date (hereinafter defined).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, NETGEAR is a subsidiary of Nortel Networks Corporation ("Nortel"), which has been formed to operate a certain portion of Nortel's business after Nortel's transfer of certain assets to NETGEAR in accordance with the terms of a Contribution Agreement to be entered into between NETGEAR and Nortel;

WHEREAS, in connection with NETGEAR's operation of such business, NETGEAR shall employ NETGEAR Employees (hereinafter defined);

WHEREAS, in connection with NETGEAR's employment of NETGEAR Employees, it wishes to engage TRINET to provide the Services (hereinafter defined);

WHEREAS, NETGEAR is in the process of selling its securities to parties other than Nortel (specifically excluding any issuance of securities in NETGEAR or any right to acquire securities in NETGEAR granted to employees, vendors or consultants, the "Private Placement"); and

WHEREAS, the parties' entry into this Agreement is conditioned upon the closing of the aforementioned Private Placement and the effective time of this Agreement shall be 12:00 a.m. on the day following the closing of the Private Placement;

NOW, THEREFORE, In consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

I. SCOPE.

In consideration of NETGEAR's payment of Service Fees, TRINET agrees to provide to NETGEAR the employment related services set forth in this Agreement and in Exhibit A and the Schedule of Due Dates And Special Fees ("Services"), which are incorporated herein by reference, as may be amended from time to time in writing by both parties. During the Term, TRINET and NETGEAR may agree to additional Services, and the Service Fees applicable thereto, or to change the Services or the Service Fees. Such changes must be made in writing and signed by both TRINET and NETGEAR.

II. DEFINITIONS.


A. "ADA" shall mean the Americans with Disabilities Act.

B. "Affiliate" shall mean, with respect to any entity, any other entity, which directly or indirectly controls, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, such entity. As used in this definition, "control" shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies of the subject entity (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise).

C. "Agreement" shall mean this Services Agreement entered into by NETGEAR and TRINET as of the Effective Date.

D. "Benefit Plans" shall mean (i) employee benefit plans (within the meaning of Section 3(8) of Title I of ERISA) that are written and covered or qualified under the Code, ERISA or other applicable Regulation, whether funded or unfunded, which are established, contributed to, sponsored or maintained by an employer, including all welfare, pension, profit sharing, retirement, stock purchase, stock option, stock bonus, severance or deferred compensation plans and (ii) any other plans, funds, programs, policies, arrangements, practices, customs and understandings that provide benefits of economic value to employees, other than Compensation.

E. "Claim" shall mean any arbitration, action, litigation, suit, charge, investigation, audit, claim, demand, assessment or other proceeding of or before any court, arbitrator or governmental or regulatory official, body or authority.

F. "Claim Notice" shall mean a party's notice to the other of the existence of a claim or demand, which is being asserted or sought to be collected from an NETGEAR Indemnitee or TRINET Indemnitee by a third party, and specifying the nature of such claim or demand and the amount or the estimated amount thereof to the extent then feasible (which estimate shall not be conclusive of the final amount of such claim or demand).

G. "COBRA" shall mean the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985.

H. "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

I. "Compensation" shall mean remuneration, such as wages, salary, bonuses and commissions, paid relatively concurrent with and in consideration for an employee's services.

J. "Confidential Information" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section VII. A.

K. "Dispute" shall mean a claim, controversy or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever that arises between TRINET and NETGEAR with respect to this Agreement.

L. "Effective Date" shall mean the effective date of this Agreement, which shall be 12:00 a.m. on the day following the closing of the Private Placement.

M. "NETGEAR" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble of this Agreement.

N. "NETGEAR Benefit Plans" shall mean Benefit Plans adopted by

2

NETGEAR for the benefit of NETGEAR Employees (excluding TRINET Benefit Plans).

O. "NETGEAR Contract Coordinator" shall mean that individual designated as such in Section XV. A. (or such other individual as NETGEAR may specify in a notice duly given to TRINET pursuant to Section XV. A.) to whom TRINET shall address all questions regarding Services and submit all reports and Invoices required under this Agreement.

P. "NETGEAR Employee" shall mean any individual jointly employed by NETGEAR and TRINET with respect to whom Services are supplied.

Q. "NETGEAR Employment Policies" shall mean NETGEAR employment-related policies, programs, procedures or practices applicable to NETGEAR Employees, such as, but not limited to, policies related to holidays, attendance, performance evaluation, and business expense and travel reimbursement (excluding TRINET Employment Policies).

R. "NETGEAR Indemnitee" shall mean NETGEAR, its successors, assigns and Affiliates, and their directors and officers, individually and collectively.

S. "NETGEAR Managers" shall mean NETGEAR Employees designated as managers by NETGEAR.

T. "NETGEAR's Knowledge" shall mean the knowledge of the NETGEAR Contract Coordinator.

U. "Electronic Funds Transfer Agreement" shall mean that agreement entered into by TRINET and NETGEAR as of the Effective Date that is designated as such and is incorporated herein by reference.

V. "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

W. "FAR" shall mean Federal Acquisition Regulation.

X. "HIPAA" shall mean the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996.

Y. "Human Resources Manager" shall mean that qualified Human Resources professional designated by TRINET to perform those Services assigned to Human Resources Manager under this Agreement and to serve as NETGEAR's primary contact with respect to Services. NETGEAR shall submit all reports and records required under this Agreement to the Human Resources Manager or such Individual designated by the Human Resources Manager.

Z. "Inventions" shall mean any and all inventions, including but not limited to, improvements, designs, original works of authorship, formulas, processes, compositions of matter, computer software programs, databases, mask works and trade secrets.

AA. "Losses" shall mean liabilities, losses, damages or costs (including, without limitation, penalties, fines, costs, attorney fees, liability to third parties and amounts agreed upon in settlement).

BB. "Managers" shall mean the NETGEAR Contract Coordinator and the Human Resources Manager.

CC. "Nortel" shall mean Nortel Networks Corporation.

DD. "Notice" shall mean a party's notice to the other of the existence of a Dispute.

3

EE. "Notice Period" shall mean the fifteen (15) calendar days from a party's receipt of the Claim Notice.

FF. "Private Placement" shall have the meaning described to it in the Recitals to this Agreement.

GG. "Prospective NETGEAR Employee" shall mean those individuals who accept and satisfy the conditions of those written offers made by NETGEAR for employment with NETGEAR and TRINET during the Term.

HH. "Qualifying Event" shall mean an event which triggers continued health care coverage eligibility under COBRA for NETGEAR Employees or their eligible dependents, including death, termination or reduction of hours, divorce or legal separation, Medicare entitlement, dependent child changing statue, or bankruptcy of NETGEAR.

II. "Regulation" shall mean law, ordinance or governmental or regulatory rule, regulation or requirement.

JJ. "Service Fees" shall mean those rates or fees for Services set forth in Exhibit A and the Schedule of Due Dates and Special Fees.

KK. "Services" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section I.

LL. "Term" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section IV.A.

MM. "TRINET" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the preamble to this Agreement.

NN. "TRINET Benefit Plans" shall mean those Benefit Plans included in the Services.

OO. "TRINET Corporate Employee" shall mean a TRINET Worker who is an employee solely of TRINET.

PP. "TRINET Employee" shall mean any TRINET Corporate Employee or an employee of TRINET and an entity (other than NETGEAR) to which TRINET supplies services similar to the Services.

QQ. "TRINET Employment Policies" shall mean those TRINET employment related policies, programs, procedures or practices applicable to NETGEAR Employees under this Agreement, such as, but not limited to, policies related to disciplinary action, termination, safety, hiring, and leaves of absence.

RR. "TRINET Indemnitee" shall mean TRINET, its successors, assigns and Affiliates, and their directors and officers, individually and collectively.

SS. "TRINET'S Knowledge" shall mean the knowledge of the Human Resources Manager or TRINET'S General Counsel.

TT. "TRINET Systems" shall mean any software or systems used by TRINET or TRINET Workers in the supply of Services or performance of this Agreement in any way.

UU. "TRINET Workers" shall mean all employees, agents (including, without limitation, employees of such agents) and sub-contractors (including, without limitation, employees of such sub-contractors) of TRINET who supply Services, but excluding any NETGEAR Employees.

VV. "WARN" shall mean the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act.

III. FEES AND PAYMENTS.

4

A. In consideration of the Services, NETGEAR shall pay TRINET the Service Fees. NETGEAR agrees to pay all Invoices for these fees through electronic funds transfer pursuant to the Electronic Funds Transfer Agreement. NETGEAR acknowledges its obligation to sign the Electronic Funds Transfer Agreement as a condition precedent to entering into this Agreement.

B. A late payment charge of one (1) percent of the unpaid balance of the applicable invoice, plus any additional costs directly incurred by TRINET, shall be applied if insufficient funds are available in NETGEAR's designated account on the date of the electronic funds transfer. The minimum late payment charge is One Hundred Dollars ($100). Such unpaid balance shall also be subject to a periodic charge of one and one half percent (1 1/2%) percent per calendar month, beginning with the next full calendar month, until paid. Such late payment charges shall not be applicable to amounts in dispute until such time as a final determination is made under Section VIII. that NETGEAR owes such amount. If such fund insufficiency is ten percent (10%) or more, and the amount or the default of the payment is not in dispute, TRINET shall have the right, at its option, to suspend performance of the Services on or after the tenth business day Allowing its written notice to NETGEAR of its intent to do so, and such suspension may, at TRINET's discretion, remain in effect until full payment has been made of any amount not in dispute and past due.

C. The Service Fees shall remain in effect for the Term. TRINET shall give NETGEAR notice at least ninety (90) days before the anniversary of the Effective Date of its intention to increase these Service Fees. Any revised fees or rates mutually agreed upon by the parties shall be set forth in an amendment to this Agreement.

D. TRINET shall invoice NETGEAR on each regular or special payroll for the applicable Service Fees.

E. Contribution rates for payroll taxes, workers compensation, and TRINET Benefit Plans are subject to change retroactively or without notice by regulators or Benefit Plan providers. In such cases, TRINET shall notify NETGEAR as soon as TRINET learns of such changes, and a commensurate change shall be made in the Service Fees on the effective date of such changes. Upon NETGEAR's request, TRINET shall provide documentation substantiating such contribution rate changes.

IV. TERM AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT.

A. The term of this Agreement is effective on the Effective Date and shall automatically renew on the anniversary date(s) of the Effective Date unless (i) either party gives sixty (60) calendar days written notice prior

5

to such anniversary date of its intention to terminate on the last day of the calendar month in which such anniversary data occurs or (ii) either party has terminated in accordance with
Section IV. B., Section XIII or Section XIV ("Term").

B. Upon ninety (90) calendar days prior written notice, either party may terminate this Agreement for its convenience as of the last day of the calendar month in which the ninetieth day following such notice occurs, without obligation or liability of any nature arising out of such termination except, on the part of NETGEAR, to pay TRINET applicable Service Fees for the portion of Services supplied prior to the effective date of termination specified in such notice. If so requested in such written notice of termination, TRINET shall complete any Services specified in the notice, and the terms of this Agreement shall continue to govern such Services; otherwise, TRINET shall use its beat efforts to conclude the Services and minimize any Service Fees prior to the effective date of termination, TRINET may charge a one time fee of One Hundred Dollars ($100) per NETGEAR Employee if NETGEAR fails to give ninety (90) days prior written notice of the termination of thin Agreement for its convenience.

V. COVENANTS OF THE PARTIES.

A. TRINET covenants as follows:

1. In connection with the Services, TRINET shall obtain, create and maintain such records with respect to NETGEAR Employees as required by, and in accordance with, applicable Regulations and/or as necessary to satisfy TRINET's obligations under this Agreement. Such records shall be deemed to be Confidential Information and copies shall be provided to NETGEAR as set forth in Section VII. A.

2. TRINET shall provide, within thirty (30) days following the end of each calendar year, a certification that the representations contained in
Section VI. A. hereof are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such annual certification with the same effect as if such representations were made on and as of such date.

3. TRINET shall provide to NETGEAR a minimum of thirty
(30) calendar days notice prior to the implementation of any modification to or addition or elimination of any TRINET Benefit Plans or TRINET Employment Policies. Such notice shall include a copy of relevant documents reflecting such changes.

4. Upon giving one business day's prior notice, NETGEAR and any of its authorized representatives shall have the right during ordinary

6

business hours to visit and inspect TRINET'S facilities and/or any systems or processes pertaining to the Services, TRINET shall provide all reasonable facilities and assistance for the safety and convenience of such visitors and inspectors during their visits, including making personnel engaged, whether directly or indirectly, in the supply of Services available for consultation at all reasonable times. Every such visitor and inspector present at any facility of TRINET or other relevant site shall comply at all times with all applicable safety and security rules and regulations established by TRINET.

5. TRINET, when in or upon the premises of NETGEAR, shall obey all workplace health, safety and security rules and regulations regarding the conduct of NETGEAR Employees and any additional rules and regulations for non-employees, including without limitation, security rules and regulations.

6. Services supplied under this Agreement shall be supplied in a professional and highly skilled manner and to standards not less than those generally accepted in the industry and shall conform to the specifications or other requirements of this Agreement.

7. If it is necessary for TRINET to have access (either on-site or remotely) to, and use of, any NETGEAR computer systems in supplying Services, TRINET shall limit such access and use solely to the supply of Services and shall not access or attempt to access any computer systems, files, software or services other than those required for the supply of Services. TRINET shall limit such access to those TRINET Workers with an express requirement to have such access in connection with the supply of Services, shall advise NETGEAR in writing of the name of each such TRINET Worker who shall be granted such access and shall strictly follow all security rules and procedures of NETGEAR for restricting access to its computer systems. All user identification numbers and passwords disclosed to TRINET and any information obtained by TRINET as a result of TRINET'S access to, and use of, NETGEAR's computer systems shall be deemed to be, and treated as, Confidential Information. TRINET shall cooperate in the investigation of any apparent unauthorized access to any NETGEAR computer system. The requirements of this
Section V. A. 7. shall apply equally to any access and use by TRINET of NETGEAR's electronic mail system, NETGEAR's electronic switched network, either directly or via a direct inward service access (DISA) feature or of any other property, equipment or service of NETGEAR. TRINET shall be liable for any Losses arising from the failure of TRINET Workers to comply with provisions of this Section.

7

8. TRINET shall perform background checks on each TRINET Corporate Employee prior to such TRINET Corporate Employee's assignment to supply Services. Such background checks shall be performed in accordance with current industry standards, but in any event shall include at a minimum verification of such TRINET Corporate Employee's employment and educational history and a felony criminal conviction record check. TRINET shall not assign any TRINET Corporate Employee to supply Services who has been found to have a felony criminal conviction which is relevant to the type of Services to be supplied without the express written consent of NETGEAR. TRINET shall provide information to NETGEAR upon request regarding its procedure for performing such background checks.

9. TRINET shall comply with all Regulations applicable to Services, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, the following Regulations: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the ADA, Family and Medical Leave Act, Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Fair Labor Standards Act, National Labor Relations Act, Immigration Reform and Control Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, ERISA, Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Code, COBRA, Equal Pay Act, Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act, HIPPA, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, Toxic Substances Control Act, Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act, Vietnam Era Veterans Readjustment Assistance Act (including, without limitation, the affirmative action clause as set forth in 41 CFR 80-250.4), Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (including, without limitation, the equal opportunity clause a set forth in 41 CFR 60-7415(a)), Executive Order 11246 (including, without limitation, the equal opportunity clause as set forth in 41 CFR 60-1.4 (a)), and the clauses set forth in FAR (subject to "Contractor," "Subcontractor" and "Contract" used in such clauses meaning NETGEAR, TRINET and this Agreement, respectively) 52.219-8, 52.219-9, 52.219-18, 52.220-8, 52.220-4, 52.222-1, 52.222-4, 52.222-20, 52.222-21, 52.222-26 (subparagraphs b(1)-b(11)), 52.222-35,52.222-36 and 52.222-37 (provided, however, if Services are a "commercial item", as defined in the clause set forth in FAR 52.202-1, then only the clauses set forth in the following FARs shall be deemed applicable: 52.222-26, 52.222-35 and 52.222-36), which clauses are incorporated by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. TRINET shall be liable for any Losses arising from the failure of TRINET Workers to comply with provisions of this Section.

8

10. Except as otherwise provided in this Section V.A.10., TRINET shall employ and commence supplying Services with respect to Prospective Employee upon the employment commencement date set forth in the pre-hire worksheet provided by NETGEAR to TRINET; provided, however, that, if TRINET receives such pre-hire worksheet more than seventy-two (72) hours after such employment commencement date, such employment commencement date shall be the date TRINET receives such worksheet. TRINET shall pay Compensation to NETGEAR Employees at the rate specified by NETGEAR, increased by any legally required premium and reduced by any applicable tax withholdings or authorized deductions, as determined by TRINET as part of the Services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TRINET shall have the right to refuse to employ a Prospective NETGEAR Employee upon reasonable notice to, but without the consent of, NETGEAR if such employment is not legally permitted, or for other lawful reasons upon reasonable notice to, and consent by, NETGEAR. TRINET shall not employ or supply Services to any individual while such individual is an independent contractor with NETGEAR or supplies services to NETGEAR through a temporary or contract staffing firm.

11. TRINET shall terminate the employment of any NETGEAR Employee, upon receipt of notice from NETGEAR to take such action for a reason that is not unlawful, Notwithstanding the foregoing. TRINET shall have the right to (i) terminate the employment of an NETGEAR Employee upon reasonable notice to, but without the consent of, NETGEAR if the continued employment of such employee is not legally permitted, or for other lawful reasons upon reasonable notice to, and consent by, NETGEAR and (ii) remove any NETGEAR Employee from an NETGEAR worksite upon reasonable notice to, but without the consent of NETGEAR, if such NETGEAR Employee is deemed by TRINET to be exposed to an imminent safety hazard.

12. TRINET agrees to take all actions, or to refrain from taking any action, as may be permitted hereunder, in each case as may be deemed necessary or advisable by NETGEAR, to ensure that NETGEAR Employees are eligible to receive incentive stock options under an incentive stock option plan adopted by NETGEAR, if any, under the Code or other applicable Regulations. As such, TRINET agrees that it shall not grant stock options to any NETGEAR Employee and acknowledges that any NETGEAR Employee shall be an employee of NETGEAR for the purpose of determining such NETGEAR Employee's eligibility for incentive stock options under any incentive stock option plan adopted by NETGEAR.

9

13. TRINET shall notify NETGEAR of any Claim or union organization activity, pending or threatened, relating to NETGEAR Employees within three (3) business days immediately following TRINET's knowledge of such Claim or organizing activity.

14. TRINET certifies that each invoice issued by it shall be based solely on Services actually supplied by TRINET or TRINET Workers and that no part or portion of any invoice represents or is attributable to any payment, gift, gratuity or other thing of value given to any person, organization, entity or governmental body (except for those payments required by Regulation), other than as payments made to TRINET Workers for Services or to NETGEAR Employees pursuant to this Agreement. NETGEAR reserves the right to audit all invoices submitted to it and TRINET shall afford NETGEAR reasonable access to all supporting documentation to enable NETGEAR to do so.

B. NETGEAR covenants as follows:

1. Upon request by TRINET, NETGEAR shall provide to TRINET such records and/or reports as are necessary for TRINET'S performance of Services. Such records and/or reports shall (i) contain information as specified by TRINET, (ii) be delivered in a format and on a schedule to be agreed upon between TRINET and NETGEAR, (iii) be accurate and (iv) be subject to verification and audit by TRINET.

2. NETGEAR shall provide within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar year a certification that the representations contained Section VI.B.1. and 2. hereof are true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such annual certification with the same effect as if such representations were made on and as of such date.

3. Upon giving one business day's prior notice, TRINET and any of its authorized representatives shall have the right during ordinary business hours to visit and inspect NETGEAR's facilities and/or any systems or processes pertaining to the Services, including, but not limited to, for the purpose of conducting a safety inspection of NETGEAR's premises and equipment. NETGEAR shall provide all reasonable facilities and assistance for the safety and convenience of such visitors and inspectors during their visits, including making NETGEAR Employees available for consultation at all reasonable times. Every visitor and inspector present at any facility of NETGEAR or other relevant site shall comply at all times with all applicable safety and security rules and regulations.

4. NETGEAR, when in or upon the premises of TRINET, shall obey

10

all workplace health, safety and security rules and regulations regarding the conduct of TRINET Corporate Employees and any additional rules and regulations for non-employees, including without limitation, security rules and regulations, security rules and regulations.

5. NETGEAR shall provide the daily supervision, direction and control of NETGEAR Employees with respect to the services which NETGEAR Employees provide to NETGEAR. In providing such supervision, direction and control, NETGEAR agrees to follow TRINET Employment Policies, to the extent that NETGEAR receives reasonable notice of such TRINET Employment Policies, including the notice required in
Section V. A. 3., and such TRINET Employment Policies are consistent with this Agreement.

6. Except with respect to those NETGEAR Employees employed by an NETGEAR Affiliate immediately preceding the commencement of Services to such employees under this Agreement, NETGEAR shall verify a Prospective NETGEAR Employee's eligibility for employment by conducting an appropriate Investigation, as determined by NETGEAR, of such Prospective Employee's job related background, including, without limitation! skills, education and employment history; provided, however, that nothing in this Section V, B. 6. shall require NETGEAR to engage in any activity included in Services or relieve TRINET of its obligations under this Agreement.

7. NETGEAR shall identify licensing requirements applicable to NETGEAR Employees in relation to the services which they provide to NETGEAR and shall ensure compliance with applicable licensing requirements; provided, however, that nothing in this
Section V, B 7, shall require NETGEAR to engage in any activity included in Services or relieve TRINET of its obligations under this Agreement,

8. NETGEAR shall ensure that all NETGEAR Benefit Plans comply with applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and any other applicable Regulations and are operated in accordance with their terms and in compliance with all applicable Regulations, and shall provide TRINET with appropriate documentation supporting any NETGEAR Employee's authorization for a wage deduction and the amount of such wage deduction with respect to NETGEAR Benefit Plans.

9. With respect to any NETGEAR Employee whose employment is voluntarily terminated during the Term, and who provides NETGEAR with at least seventy-two (72) hours notice of such termination, NETGEAR agrees to inform TRINET of, and provide TRINET with required forms relating to, such termination no

11

later than seventy-two (72) hours prior to its occurrence. Additionally, with respect to any NETGEAR Employee whose employment is terminated during the Term, NETGEAR agrees to reimburse TRINET for its payment of any accrued, but unused, vacation to such employee and for employer premiums due for coverage under TRINET Benefit Plans through the end of the calendar month in which such employment termination occurs.

10. NETGEAR shall ensure that the facilities to which it assigns NETGEAR Employees comply with requirements applicable to such facilities under the ADA. NETGEAR shall provide those reasonable accommodations required by the ADA to any NETGEAR Employee or applicant for employment with NETGEAR; provided, however, that nothing in this Section V. B. 10. shall require NETGEAR to engage in any activity included in Services or relieve TRINET of its obligations under this Agreement.

11. NETGEAR shall comply with all applicable requirements of the WARN Act with respect to NETGEAR Employees if an event which triggers WARN occurs during the Term; provided, however, that, nothing in this section shall relieve TRINET of its indemnification obligations, as specified in Section XI. A. 3. if an event which triggers WARN arises from TRINET8 default under this Agreement or bankruptcy.

12. NETGEAR shall notify TRINET within three (3) business days immediately following NETGEAR's Knowledge of union organizing activity, pending or threatened, among NETGEAR Employees. NETGEAR shall be responsible for the formulation and implementation of a response, if any, to such union organizing activity; provided however, that nothing in this
Section V. B. 12, relieves TRINET of its obligations under this Agreement,

13. NETGEAR shall pay TRINET a placement fee of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) if, during the Term, NETGEAR hires any TRINET Corporate Employee who holds a position in field service or sales or management in TRINET's Information Systems, Payroll or Benefits functions or TRINET'S satellite offices and directly sells or supplies Services to NETGEAR, and such hire occurs within the one hundred twenty (120) day period immediately following the termination of such individual's employment as a TRINET Corporate Employee; provided. however, that TRINET shall not be entitled to a placement fee if TRINET consents in writing to such employment

14. NETGEAR shall train NETGEAR Employees regarding the safe performance of their work, including the use of required personal

12

protective equipment and handling or use of hazardous materials, as applicable, and shall comply with TRINET Employment Policies with respect to workplace health and safety including, without limitation, supplying required personal protective equipment to NETGEAR Employees, following requirements in the safety plan provided by TRINET to NETGEAR, and posting notices as directed by TRINET; provided, however, that nothing in this section V.B. 14 shall require NETGEAR to engage in any activity included in the Services or relieve TRINET of its obligations under this Agreement.

15. NETGEAR shall notify TRINET of any Claim, pending or threatened, relating to NETGEAR Employees within three (3) business days immediately following NETGEAR's Knowledge of such Claim.

16. NETGEAR shall provide continued health care coverage for NETGEAR Employees and their eligible dependents as required under COBRA only if such COBRA requirement arises as a result of the termination of this Agreement for a reason other than TRINET's default under this Agreement or bankruptcy. If NETGEAR fails to provide such continued health coverage, NETGEAR shall pay TRINET a one-time fee of Five Hundred Dollars ($500) per NETGEAR Employee who elects to continue such coverage under COBRA in consideration for TRINET providing such COBRA coverage. Additionally, NETGEAR shall notify TRINET of the occurrence of a Qualifying Event within ten
(10) calendar days immediately following NETGEAR's receipt of notice of the occurrence of such Qualifying Event so that TRINET can provide required Services related to COBRA. NETGEAR shall provide any continued coverage required under COBRA with respect to NETGEAR Employees that arises from a Qualifying Event which occurred prior to the Effective Date and while such employee was employed by NETGEAR or an NETGEAR Affiliate.

17. With respect to fulfillment of NETGEAR's obligations under this Agreement, NETGEAR shall comply with all applicable Regulations, including, without limitation, to the extent applicable, the following:
Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the ADA, Family and Medical Leave Act, Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Fair Labor Standards Act, National Labor Relations Act, Immigration Reform and Control Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act, ERISA, Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Code, COBRA, Equal Pay Act, Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, Toxic Substances Control Act, Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act, Vietnam

13

Era Veterans Readjustment Assistance Act (including, without limitation, the affirmative action clause as set forth in 41 CFR 60-250.4), Rehabilitation Act of 1978 (including, without limitation, the equal opportunity clause opportunity clause as set forth in 41 CFR 60-741.5 (a)), and Executive Order 11246 (including, without limitation, the equal opportunity clause as set forth in 41 CFR 60-1.4 (a)).

18. NETGEAR shall ensure that NETGEAR Employment Policies comply with applicable Regulations, are operated in accordance with their terms and in compliance with all applicable Regulations and are not inconsistent with TRINET Employment Policies. NETGEAR shall provide TRINET with true and complete copies of documents setting forth NETGEAR Employment Policies in advance of their implementation and shall only implement such NETGEAR Employment Policies upon TRINET's consent which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

VI. GENERAL WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS.

A. TRINET represents and warrants to NETGEAR that:

1. TRINET is duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and able to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

2. TRINET shall maintain in full force and effect such insurance as required by applicable Regulations or the term or this Agreement.

3. Any TRINET Systems shall (i) process date and time related data without causing any processing interruptions, abnormal terminations, or changes in performance characteristics, and (ii) shall process and manipulate all date and time related functions correctly. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such TRINET Systems Shall;

(a) correctly handle date and time related data before, during and after January 1, 2000, including but not limited to accepting date and time input, providing date and time output, and performing ongoing operations on dates and times and portions of dates and times including, but not limited to, calculating, comparing and sequencing of dates and times (in both forward and backward operations spanning century boundaries);

(b) correctly handle leap year calculations including, but not limited to, identification of leap years, interval calculations (in both forward and backward operations spanning century boundaries), day-in-year calculations day-of-the-week calculations, and week-of-the-year calculations);

(c) correctly handle all two digit date and time related input in a manner that resolves ambiguity as to century in a

14

disclosed, defined and predetermined manner; and

(d) correctly store, retrieve and provide output of all date and time data in a manner that is unambiguous as to century.

TRINET shall correct any failure of TRINET Systems or Services to conform to the above warranties on an emergency basis.

Any provisions of this Agreement that tend to limit or eliminate the liability of TRINET shall have no application with respect to the year 2000 compliance warranty set out above.

4. With respect to TRINET Benefit Plans, (i) to TRINET's Knowledge, no material written Claim is pending or threatened that relates to any TRINET Benefit Plans,
(ii) TRINET has delivered to NETGEAR prior to the Effective Date true, accurate and complete copies of all plan documents, summary plan descriptions, and other written materials providing the terms of all TRINET Benefit Plans and (iii) the operation of TRINET Benefit Plan is (and has been at all times shall be) in compliance and conforms with their terms and applicable provisions of ERISA, the code, HIPPA and any other applicable Regulations. TRINET further warrants and represent that the Services do not include the participation of NETGEAR Employees in TRINET Benefit Plans which are intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from tax under Section 501(a) of the Code.

5. With respect to TRINET Employment Policies, (i) TRINET has delivered to NETGEAR prior to Effective Date true, accurate and complete copies of all TRINET Employment Policies which are in effect as of the Effective Date; (ii) all TRINET Employment Policies are and shall be operated in accordance with their terms and in compliance with all applicable Regulations; and (iii) to TRINET's Knowledge no material written Claim is pending or threatened which relates to any TRINET Employment Policy.

6. TRINET is not a party to any collective bargaining agreement with respect to, and no such agreement determines the terms and conditions of employment of, any TRINET Employee. Additionally, no collective bargaining agent is certified as representative of any TRINET Employee and no representation campaign is now or is anticipated to be in progress with respect to any TRINET Employee.

7. To TRINET's Knowledge, there are no pending or threatened material Claims in writing relating to TRINET's employment relationship or termination of employment relationship with any TRINET Employee or former TRINET Employee under

15

employment related Regulations, such as, without limitation, Regulations governing wages and hours, payment of Compensation, payment or withholding of employment taxes, fair employment, labor relations, health, safety or leave, or under the common law with respect to wrongful termination, breach of implied contract, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress or causes of action of a similar nature.

B. NETGEAR represents and warrants to TRINET that:

1. NETGEAR is duly authorized to enter into this Agreement and able to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

2. NETGEAR or its Affiliates shall maintain in full force and effect such insurance as required under the terms of this Agreement or by applicable Regulations, except with respect to any required workers compensation insurance for NETGEAR Employees, such insurance being included in the services.

3. With respect to NETGEAR Employees, NETGEAR or its Affiliates has paid in full, or shall pay in full when due, all compensation, employment taxes, benefits under Benefit plans of NETGEAR or its Affiliates or other obligations which are owed to or for such employees arising out of such employees' employment or termination of employment with NETGEAR or its Affiliates on or prior to the Effective Date.

4. To NETGEAR's Knowledge, with respect to NETGEAR Employees, there are no material pending or threatened Claims in writing relating to the employment relationship or termination of employment relationship between any NETGEAR Employee and NETGEAR or its Affiliates under employment related Regulations, such as, without limitation, Regulations governing wages and hours, payment of Compensation, payment or withholding of employment taxes, fair employment, labor relations, health, safety, workers' compensation or leave, or under the common law with respect to wrongful termination, breach of implied contract, negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress or causes of action of a similar nature.

5. Neither NETGEAR nor NETGEAR's Affiliates are a party to any collective bargaining agreement with respect to, and no such agreement determines the terms and conditions of employment of, any NETGEAR Employee and no representation campaign is now or is anticipated to be in progress with respect to any NETGEAR Employee.

16

VII. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, PUBLICITY AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

A. NETGEAR considers the following categories of information to be confidential ("Confidential Information");

1. information relating to NETGEAR Employees including, without limitation, such employees' Compensation, perquisites, other terms and conditions of employment and any personal information, which is disclosed to or obtained or maintained by TRINET for any purpose under this Agreement, including the negotiation, execution or performance thereof; and

2. any financial and other proprietary information of NETGEAR disclosed to TRINET in the course of its performance of duties and obligations under this Agreement.

TRINET agrees to utilize the same degree of care as TRINET uses with respect to its own information of a similar nature to not disclose Confidential Information to parties other than TRINET Workers having a need to know in order to provide Services. In the event that TRINET discloses such Confidential Information to TRINET Workers, TRINET shall advise such TRINET Workers of the confidential nature of such information and direct them not to disclose such Confidential Information to any other person.

Any Confidential Information shall be held in confidence by TRINET and TRINET Workers and, if in written form, such Confidential Information shall be returned to NETGEAR upon NETGEAR's request and/or the termination of this Agreement; provided, however, that the return of copies of such records shall be permitted with respect to NETGEAR Employees. TRINET shall not (i) use the Confidential Information for any purpose other than the satisfaction of TRINET's obligations under this Agreement or (ii) divulge the Confidential Information other than to TRINET Workers with a bona fide need to know or as otherwise required by Regulation. TRINET acknowledges that monetary damages may not be adequate in the event of a default of this Section by TRINET, and NETGEAR shall be entitled to injunctive or other affirmative relief and/or to give notice of default pursuant to section XIII. TRINET shall be liable for any Losses arising from the failure of TRINET Workers, for whatever reason, to comply with provisions of this Section.

Notwithstanding the above, TRINET shall not be bound by the obligations of confidence set forth in this section with respect to Confidential Information, or any part thereof, which (a) was lawfully known or received by TRINET prior to disclosure, as evidenced by its business records (b) was lawfully in the public domain prior to its disclosure, or becomes publicly available other than through a breach of

17

this Agreement or a breach of any confidentiality obligation to NETGEAR in respect of such information (c) was rightfully obtained by TRINET from third parties, provided that TRINET had no reason to believe such third party, or any other party from whom such third party receives information is in breach of any confidentiality obligation to NETGEAR in respect of such information (d) is independently developed by TRINET, as evidenced by its business records or (e) is disclosed as required by Regulation following TRINET's reasonable efforts to provide notice to NETGEAR to allow it to seek protective or other court orders.

B. TRINET shall not in any advertising, sales promotion materials, press releases or any other publicity matters use the name "NETGEAR Networks Inc.", "Northern Telecom", or "NORTEL NETWORKS" or any variation thereof or language from which the connection of such names may be implied, nor shall TRINET disclose or advertise in any manner the nature of Services supplied or the fact that it has entered into this Agreement, unless NETGEAR, in its sole discretion, grants TRINET prior written permission to do so.

C. TRINET acknowledges that NETGEAR may enter into an Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement or a similar type agreement with any NETGEAR Employee. Furthermore, the parties acknowledge that any NETGEAR Employee shall be an employee of NETGEAR for the purpose of establishing rights to any and all Inventions made of conceived by such NETGEAR Employee. NETGEAR and TRINET further acknowledge and agree that all rights to any patent, patent application, copyright, mask works, trade secrets, or intellectual property or any interest in any Invention shall be unaffected by this Agreement. Nothing about this Agreement shall create in TRINET any such rights or interests in any Invention now or in the future and, to the extent that such rights or interests are otherwise created in TRINET, TRINET irrevocably assigns and conveys any and all such rights and interests to NETGEAR.

D. NETGEAR agrees that the terms and conditions of this Agreement are confidential and shall not be disclosed to a third party without the written permission of TRINET unless such disclosure is required by Regulation or legal process or proceeding; provided, however, that NETGEAR shall not be required to obtain the written permission of TRINET prior to such disclosure to NETGEAR's Affiliates or, on a reasonable need to know basis, to the external auditors, accountants, legal counsel, tax advisors or investors of NETGEAR or its Affiliates. Additionally, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent NETGEAR from using any language included in this Agreement in agreements between NETGEAR and other third parties, whether or not such agreements relate to services similar to the Services; provided, however, that NETGEAR shall not disclose to such third parties an original or copy of this Agreement and the Service Fees under this Agreement.

18

VIII. DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

In the event of a Dispute, the Managers shall try to resolve the Dispute amicably and promptly. In the event that the Managers are unable to resolve the Dispute within fifteen (15) business days of Notice, the parties shall use best efforts to reconcile the Dispute through escalation of the Dispute to each party's senior management. In the event that the Dispute is not resolved through those escalation procedures within sixty (60) business days of the date of the Notice, then the Dispute shall be referred to arbitration. If an arbitrator is appointed pursuant to this Agreement, the parties shall confer in good faith through their counsel, to attempt to agree upon a single arbitrator. If the parties are unable to agree upon a person to act as an arbitrator or an organization to appoint an arbitrator, then the parties shall each appoint an arbitrator. Those two arbitrators shall each be charged with the responsibility of selecting a third person. If the third person so selected is acceptable to both parties, then the arbitration shall proceed as an arbitration before a single arbitrator, with the person so selected acting as the arbitrator. His or her decision on the issues shall be final and binding. In the event that the parties are not satisfied with the single arbitrator so selected, then the arbitration shall proceed before an arbitration panel of three arbitrators with the person so selected acting as the Chair. The arbitrator or the arbitration panel shall not be precluded by any applicable Regulation, to the extent legally permissible, from attempting to mediate this dispute.

IX. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.

TRINET and TRINET Workers shall supply Services as an independent contractor, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to create or imply a joint venture, partnership, principal-agent or employer/employee relationship between the parties or between NETGEAR and TRINET Workers. TRINET and TRINET Workers shall not take any action or permit any action to be taken on their behalf which purports to be done in the name of or on behalf of NETGEAR except as is required in their performance of Services.

X. INSURANCE.

A. TRINET shall have the following obligations:

1. TRINET shall keep in full force and effect at all times during the Term, a comprehensive general liability insurance policy with a minimum combined single limit of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) including bodily injury, property damage, completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, and personal injury liability. TRINET agrees to cause its insurance carrier to name NETGEAR as an additional insured, consistent with the indemnifications herein, on the policy providing such coverage. TRINET shall provide NETGEAR with certificate(s) of insurance evidencing such coverage and providing for thirty (30) days' notice to NETGEAR in the event of cancellation.

19

2. TRINET shall obtain and maintain in effect such workers, compensation insurance and other employee insurance coverages with respect to NETGEAR Employees that employers are required by applicable Regulation to provide to their employees. TRINET agrees to cause its workers' compensation carrier to name NETGEAR as an additional insured on TRINET's workers' compensation insurance policy and to include in such policy an endorsement which shall provide payment of workers' compensation benefits on behalf of NETGEAR if applicable Regulation requires that NETGEAR, rather than or in addition to TRINET, pays such workers' compensation benfits to NETGEAR Employees.

B. NETGEAR shall have the following obligations:

1. NETGEAR shall keep in full force and effect at all times during the Term, comprehensive automobile liability insurance covering all NETGEAR owned or hired (and non-owned) vehicles with a minimum limit of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence, and providing uninsured motorist insurance with a minimum combined single limit of Sixty Thousand Dollars ($60,000). NETGEAR agrees to cause its insurance carrier to name TRINET as an additional insured on the policy providing such coverage. NETGEAR shall provide TRINET with certificate(s) of insurance evidencing such coverage and providing for thirty (30) days notice to TRINET in the event of cancellation.

2. NETGEAR shall keep in full force and effect at all times during the Term, a comprehensive general liability insurance policy with a minimum combined single limit of one Million Dollars ($1,000,000) including bodily injury, property damage, completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, and personal injury liability. NETGEAR agrees to cause its insurance carrier to name TRINET as an additional insured on the policy providing such coverage with respect only to NETGEAR's operations. NETGEAR shall provide TRINET with certificate(s) of insurance evidencing such coverage and providing for thirty (30) days' notice to TRINET in the event of cancellation.

XI. INDEMNIFICATIONS.

A. From and after the Effective Date, TRINET shall indemnify and hold harmless any NETGEAR Indemnitee from Losses suffered by such NETGEAR Indemnitee resulting from, relating to or arising out of:

1. Any Claim with respect to work-related injuries, illnesses or disabilities of NETGEAR Employees during the Term arising from

20

an allegation that NETGEAR is a third party tortfeasor not entitled to the special immunity afforded employers, whether special or general, under applicable workers' compensation Regulations;

2. Any Claim alleging that an employment relationship exists between NETGEAR and any TRINET Worker except where NETGEAR has affirmatively entered into such employment relationship as evidenced by a written offer of employment, employment agreement or similar written document;

3. Any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or non-fulfillment of any agreement, obligation or covenant of TRINET under this Agreement, or from any misrepresentation in or omission from any written statement, document or instrument furnished by TRINET pursuant hereto or in connection with the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement, provided, however, that notwithstanding the fact that TRINET may have disclosed certain matters with respect to the representations and warranties made in Section VI. A., TRINET shall indemnify the NETGEAR Indemnitee, as required by this Agreement, for any and any Losses incurred or suffered by such NETGEAR Indemnitee that result from, relate to or arise out of such disclosed matters;

4. Any services provided by TRINET to any entity other than NETGEAR; and

5. Any negligent acts or omissions or willful misconduct by TRINET or TRINET Workers related to this Agreement.

B. NETGEAR's Indemnification Obligations

From and after the Effective Date, NETGEAR shall Indemnify and hold harmless any TRINET Indemnitee from Losses suffered by such TRINET Indemnitee resulting from, relating to or arising out of:

1. Any Claim alleging that an employment relationship exists between TRINET and any independent contractor or personnel from a temporary or contract staffing firm supplying services to NETGEAR which are unrelated to this Agreement;

2. Any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or nonfulfilment of any agreement, obligation or covenant or NETGEAR under this Agreement, or from any misrepresentation in or omission from any written statement, document or instrument furnished by NETGEAR pursuant hereto or in connection with the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement, provided, however, that notwithstanding the fact that NETGEAR may have disclosed certain matters with respect to the representations and warranties made in Section VI. B., NETGEAR shall indemnify the TRINET Indemnitee, as required by this Agreement, for any and all Losses incurred or suffered by such TRINET Indemnitee that result from, relate to or arise out of such disclosed matters;

21

3. Any Claim relating to the employment or termination of employment of an NETGEAR Employee By NETGEAR or an NETGEAR Affiliate which exists or arose on or prior to the Effective Date; and

4. Any negligent acts or omission or willful misconduct by NETGEAR related to this Agreement.

C. If any claim or demand for which TRINET would be liable to an NETGEAR Indemnitee is asserted against or sought to be collected from an NETGEAR Indemnitee by a third party, NETGEAR shall promptly deliver to TRINET a Claim Notice. The Claim Notice may by be revised to include subsequent or additional information or detail on the bases for the claim or demand. TRINET shall have the Notice Period to deliver to NETGEAR a notice stating (i) whether to not it disputes TRINET'S liability to the NETGEAR Indemnitee with respect to such claim or demand or the amount of such liability and (ii) notwithstanding any such dispute, whether or not TRINET desires, at the sole cost and expense of TRINET, to defend the NETGEAR Indemnitee against such claim or demand.

1. If TRINET disputes liability with respect to such claim or demand or the amount thereof (whether or not TRINET desires to defend the NETGEAR Indemnitee against such claim or demand), such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section VIII. Pending the resolution of any dispute of TRINET's liability with respect to any claim or demand, such claim or demand shall not be settled without the prior written consent of NETGEAR.

2. If TRINET notifies NETGEAR within the Notice Period that it desires to defend the NETGEAR Indemnitee against such claim or demand then, except as hereinafter provided, TRINET shall have the right to defend the NETGEAR Indemnitee to a final conclusion or prosecute to a final conclusion in such a manner as to avoid any risk of the NETGEAR Indemnitee becoming subject to liability for any other matter, provided, however, TRINET, shall not, without the prior written consent of NETGEAR, consent to the entry of any judgment against the NETGEAR Indemnitee or enter into any settlement that does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to the NETGEAR Indemnitee of a release, in form and substance satisfactory to NETGEAR, from all liability in respect of such claim or demand. If NETGEAR desires to participate in, but not control, any such defense or settlement, it may do so at its sole cost and expense. If, in the reasonable opinion of NETGEAR, any such claim or demand or resolution of any such claim or demand involves an issue or matter that could have a materially adverse effect on the business, assets or other operations, properties or prospects of an NETGEAR Indemnitee, then NETGEAR shall have the right to

22

control the defense or settlement of any such claim or demand and its reasonable costs and expenses shall be included as part of the indemnification obligation of TRINET; provided, however, that NETGEAR shall not settle any such claim or demand without the prior written consent of TRINET, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If NETGEAR should elect to exercise such right, TRINET shall have the right to participate in, but not control, the defense or settlement of such claim or demands at the sole cost and expense of TRINET.

3. If NETGEAR does not receive a notice within the Notice Period from TRINET disputing TRINET'S liability and/or the amount of the liability for a claim or demand set forth in a Claim Notice, then the following amount shall be conclusively deemed to be a liability of TRINET; (a) if TRINET has not properly elected to defend the NETGEAR Indemnitee against such claim or demand and the NETGEAR Indemnitee (but none of the NETGEAR Indemnitees shall have any obligation to defend any such claim or demand) does not elect to defend itself against such claim or demand, the amount of such claim or demand, (b) if the NETGEAR Indemnitee does elect to defend itself against such claim or demand, that portion thereof as to which such defense is unsuccessful or (c) if TRINET has properly elected to defend the NETGEAR Indemnitee against such claim or demand, that portion thereof as to which such defense is unsuccessful. If NETGEAR receives a notice within the Notice Period from TRINET disputing TRINET'S liability and/or the amount of the liability for a claim or demand set forth in a Claim Notice and such dispute is not subsequently withdrawn, then such dispute shall be resolved as provided in Section VIII.

4. All claims or demands for indemnification by a TRINET Indemnitee under this Agreement shall be asserted and resolved under the procedures set forth above substituting in the appropriate place "TRINET Indemnitee" for "NETGEAR Indemnitee" and, "TRINET for
"NETGEAR" and "NETGEAR" for "TRINET".

5. The duty of parties to indemnify and hold harmless as set forth in this Agreement shall extend beyond the term of this Agreement for events occurring within the Term.

XII. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PARTY (INCLUDING EITHER PARTY'S AFFILIATES, CONTRACTORS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS) BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOST BUSINESS, LOST SAVINGS,

23

LOST DATA, AND LOST PROFITS, REGARDLESS OF THE CAUSE AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT (INCLUDING FUNDAMENTAL BREACH), TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF THE BREACHING PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

XIII. DEFAULT.

If either party defaults in performance of a material obligation under this Agreement and such default shall continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice thereof is given to the party in default by the non-breaching party, the non-breaching party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice.

XIV. BANKRUPTCY.

If TRINET shall be declared insolvent or bankrupt, or if any assignment of its property shall be made for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, or if its interest herein shall be levied upon under execution or seized by virtue of any writ of any court, or if a petition is filed in any court to declare TRINET bankrupt and not dismissed within sixty (60) days, or if a trustee in bankruptcy, receiver or receiver-manager or similar officer is appointed for TRINET or for any of TRINET's assets, then NETGEAR may, at its option, terminate the Agreement without charge and shall thereupon be free from all liability thereunder. The ability of NETGEAR to terminate in such instances shall be subject to the applicable bankruptcy and insolvency statutes.

XV. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

A. All notices and consents required to be given or made by the parties under this Agreement shall be sent to the addresses set forth below or such other address as may be established by notice hereunder, and shall be deemed received on the fourth business day after deposit or when actually received, whichever is sooner. Such notices or consents shall be directed to:

For NETGEAR:      NETGEAR, Inc.
                  4401 Great America Parkway
                  Santa Clara, CA 95052-8185
                  Attn: Rick Fabiano

For TRINET: Grag Hammond
            TRINET
            101 Callan Avenue
            San Leandro, Ca 94577

B. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.

24

C. If any term, warranty, covenant, condition, or provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the balance of this Agreement shall remain in force and shall stand as if the unenforceable part did not exist unless such invalidity materially impairs the rights, benefits or obligations of the parties under this Agreement

D. Neither party may assign this Agreement or its rights and duties hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other party.

E. All obligations and liabilities which, by their nature, are intended to survive the Term shall remain in effect beyond the Term.

F. The failure of a party to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such provision or the right of such party to enforce such provision and every other provision.

G. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, notwithstanding its rules regarding the conflict of laws.

H. All Section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted solely for convenience of reference, and in no way define, limit, extend, or aid in the construction of the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any term or provision thereof.

I. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Agreement, binding upon all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all the parties are not signatories to the original of the same counterpart.

J. This Agreement, including Exhibit A, Exhibit B, the Schedule of Due Dates and Special Fees, and the Electronic Funds Transfer Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and communications, written or oral, with respect thereto. This Agreement may not be modified or any right of a party waived, except by means of an amendment, which expressly references this Agreement and is duly executed by each of the parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative.

25

NETGEAR, INC.                          TRINET EMPLOYER GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ Patrick Lo                     By: /s/ Craig A. McGannon
    --------------                         ---------------------

Print Name: PATRICK LO                 Print Name: CRAIG A. MCGANNON

Title: CEO                             Title: Division President Venture Group

Date: 2/8/2000                         Date: 2/9/00

26

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Entity Name Jurisdiction

Netgear International, Inc. Delaware Netgear Deutschland GmbH* Germany

* Netgear Deutschland GmbH is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Netgear International, Inc. and an indirect subsidiary of NETGEAR, Inc.


EXHIBIT 23.1

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of NETGEAR, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated March 9, 2001, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and of our report dated March 9, 2001, relating to the consolidated financial statement schedule appearing elsewhere in this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the headings "Selected Financial Data" and "Experts" in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California
April 8, 2003


EXHIBIT 23.2

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
NETGEAR, Inc.

We have audited the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows of NETGEAR, Inc. and its subsidiaries ("the Company") for the year ended December 31, 2000 and have issued our report thereon dated March 9, 2001. Our audit also included the consolidated financial statement schedule for the year ended December 31, 2000 listed in Item 16(a) of this registration statement. The consolidated financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audit. In our opinion, such consolidated financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

San Jose, California
March 9, 2001


EXHIBIT 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our reports dated March 20, 2003 relating to the consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial statement schedules of Netgear Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the references to us under the headings "Experts" and "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
April 8, 2003


EXHIBIT 23.4

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Board of Directors
of NETGEAR, Inc.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report dated March 20, 2003 appearing in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 also included an audit of the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(a) of this Form S-1. In our opinion, this financial statement schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
March 20, 2003


.

.
.

EXHIBIT 99.1

NETGEAR, INC.
SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(IN THOUSANDS)

                                                      BALANCE AT                            BALANCE AT
                                                      BEGINNING                               END OF
                                                       OF YEAR     ADDITIONS   DEDUCTIONS      YEAR
                                                      ----------   ---------   ----------   ----------
Year ended December 31, 2000:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...................   $ 1,661      $   311     $   (507)    $ 1,465
  Deferred tax asset valuation allowance............   $ 3,810      $    --     $     --     $ 3,810
  Reserve for sales returns.........................   $    --      $    30     $     --     $    30
  Reserve for price protection......................   $    --      $ 6,336     $ (5,916)    $   420
Year ended December 31, 2001:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...................   $ 1,465      $   588     $   (553)    $ 1,500
  Deferred tax asset valuation allowance............   $ 3,810      $ 9,189     $     --     $12,999
  Reserve for sales returns.........................   $    30      $$21,865    $(14,228)    $ 7,667
  Reserve for price protection......................   $   420      $11,981     $(10,099)    $ 2,302
Year ended December 31, 2002:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...................   $ 1,500      $   656     $ (1,283)    $   873
  Deferred tax asset valuation allowance............   $12,999      $    --     $ (3,826)    $ 9,173
  Reserve for sales returns.........................   $ 7,667      $18,371     $(13,734)    $12,304
  Reserve for price protection......................   $ 2,302      $ 9,059     $ (8,309)    $ 3,052